Business Policy and Strategy SWOT analysis

Strategic Management Cases

Domino’s Pizza, Inc., 2013

www.dominos.com , DPZ

Based in Ann Arbor, Michigan, Domino’s is the largest pizza delivery company in the USA having a 22.5 percent share of the pizza delivery market. Domino’s digital ordering channels include online ordering at www.dominos.com, mobile ordering at http://mobile.dominos.com, and ordering on iPhone, Kindle Fire, and Android apps. More than $2 billion of Domino’s pizza is ordered online annually. There are more than 10,300 Domino’s stores in over 70 countries. Domino’s had sales of over $7.4 billion in 2012, with $3.6 billion of that coming from the USA.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Growing up in foster homes most of their childhood, Tom Monaghan and his brother James borrowed $900 in 1960 to purchase a mom-and-pop pizza store in Ypsilanti, Michigan, named Domi-Nick’s. After trading his brother James a Volkswagen Beetle for his half of the business in 1961, Tom changed the store name in 1965 from Domi-Nick’s to Domino’s Pizza Inc. The company experienced steady growth during the 1960s, and by 1978, there were 200 Domino’s stores in the USA. During the 1980s, the company expanded rapidly both in the USA and internationally. By the end of the decade, Domino’s had more than 5,000 stores in the USA, Canada, United Kingdom, Japan, Australia, and Colombia. By 1998, there were more than 6,000 Dominos, with 1,500 located outside the USA. Tom Monaghan retired in 1998 and sold 93 percent of the company (worth $1 billion) to Bain Capital Inc. In the six years following the sale, Domino’s enjoyed great success under Bain Capital and in 2004 Domino’s became a publically traded company on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol DPZ. The initial stock price was $16 per share and placed a value on the company at more than $2 billion (double the price Bain paid).

Domino’s changed its 49-year-old recipe at year end 2009 and started a heavily advertised marketing campaign called “new inspired pizza.” Domino’s stock price appreciated from around $8 a share at the start of 2010 to $60 in mid-2003. Fueled by the new recipe and new products, Domino’s celebrated its 50th anniversary in 2010 and was awarded best pizza chain in 2010 and 2011 by Pizza Today magazine, marking the first time ever that the same pizza chain had received the award in consecutive years. Domino’s CEO Patrick Doyle was named the best CEO of 2011 by CNBC. Domino’s was recently ranked number 1 in Forbes magazine’s “Top 20 Franchises for the Money” list.

About 96 percent of Domino’s stores are owned by franchisees. There are very few company-owned Domino’s stores.

Corporate Philosophy and Mission Statement

Domino’s does not have a stated vision statement, but the company mission statement is as follows: “Exceptional franchisees and team members on a mission to be the best pizza delivery company in the world.” Domino’s “guiding principles” are based on the concept of one united brand, system and team:

  • • putting people first;

  • • striving to make every customer a loyal customer;

  • • delivering with smart hustle and positive energy; and

  • • winning by improving results every day. (2012 Annual Report)

Organizational Structure

As indicated in Exhibit 1, Domino’s has 11 top executives, mostly executive vice-presidents (EVPs). It appears that Domino’s operates from a functional organizational structure with Doyle being “where the buck stops,” although for a firm of this size, a divisional or strategic business unit type structure by region (or by franchised versus company owned) may be more effective in promoting delegation of authority, responsibility, and accountability.

EXHIBIT 1 Domino’s Organizational Chart

Business Segments

Domino’s provides financial information for four key business segments: (1) domestic company-owned stores, (2) domestic franchise stores, (3) domestic supply chain, and (4) international. Note in Exhibit 2 that the largest revenue-generating segment is the domestic supply chain with more than 50 percent of all revenue. Note also the large revenue numbers for the relatively few company owned stores, because each Domino’s domestic franchisee owns his or her own store(s) and reports their revenues on their own personal financial statements rather than Domino’s. From franchisees, Domino’s reports only the royalties and advertising fees it receives from franchisees as revenue. The financial data for the international supply chain centers are included in the international division, not under the domestic supply chain division. Also note in Exhibit 2 the slight revenue decline in 2012 for domestic company-owned stores.

Exhibit 3 reveals that for 2012, Domino’s international stores had the highest growth in revenue, followed by U.S. company-owned stores. However the sales growth among all three segments slowed in 2012.

Exhibit 4 reveals that Domino’s growth in number of stores is highest outside the USA, with the actual number of company-owned stores in the USA falling to 388. About 10,000 employees work for Domino’s, but counting all workers for all franchisees, this number is closer to 205,000.

EXHIBIT 2 Finances by Segment (in millions)

Business Segment

Revenue, 2012

Revenue, 2011

Revenue, 2010

Revenue, Increase (%)

Domestic company-owned stores

$324

$336

$345

(3.6)

Domestic franchise

195

187

173

4.3

Domestic supply chain

942

928

876

1.5

International

217

201

176

8.0

TOTAL

$1,678

$1,652

$1,571

1.6

Source: Company documents.

Note: Domino’s 2012 year ended 1-31-13.

EXHIBIT 3 Same Store Sales Growth (Percent)

 

U.S. company-owned stores

U.S. franchiseowned stores

International stores

2008

−2.2

−5.2

  6.2

2009

−0.9

  0.6

  4.3

2010

  9.7

10.0

  6.9

2011

  4.1

  3.4

  6.8

2012

  1.3

  3.2

  5.2

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 4 Growth: Total Number of Domino’s Stores

 

U.S. company-owned stores

U.S. franchiseowned stores

International stores

2008

489

4,558

3,736

2009

466

4,461

4,072

2010

454

4,475

4,422

2011

394

4,513

4,835

2012

388

4,540

5,327

Source: Company documents.

Domestic Supply Chain

Domino’s domestic supply chain supplies franchisees with dough, vegetables, ovens, uniforms, and much more, enabling better control, pizza consistency, and timely delivery of products. This backward integration strategy enables Domino’s to offer pizza at lower prices and allows store managers to focus on store operations rather than mixing dough on site, prepping vegetables, and bargaining with independent suppliers for ingredients. Domino’s has 16 regional doughmanufacturing and supply chain centers and leases a fleet of more than 400 trucks to aid in delivering products to stores twice a week. However, Dominos’ franchisees are not required to purchase supplies from Domino’s, but interestingly more than 99 percent do purchase all its supplies from the company’s domestic supply chain segment. To ensure this division remains viable, Domino’s provides profit-sharing incentives to franchisees to buy its products from Domino’s. In addition to the 16 domestic supply chain centers, Domino’s also operates 6 supply chain centers outside the USA.

Domestic Stores

The company’s domestic stores division includes a network of 4,540 stores operated by 1,026 franchisees and 388 company-owned stores in the USA. Domino’s desires to have all of its stores owned and operated by franchisees, but if certain stores are underperforming, Domino’s often will purchase these stores in hopes of turning them around and then refranchising them at a later date. Domino’s uses company-owned stores as test sites for new products, promotions, new potential store layout improvements, and as test sites for prospective new franchisees.

Although the typical franchisee of Domino’s operates 4 stores, the nine largest franchisees operate more than 50 stores, including the largest domestic franchisee that operates 135 stores. Currently, Domino’s has 1,077 different domestic franchisees with the average franchisee being in Domino’s system for an impressive 14 years. Much of this longevity can be attributed to Domino’s requiring prospective franchisees to manage a store for 1 year before entering into a long-term contract with Domino’s. Domino’s feels this system is unique to the pizza industry and provides a competitive advantage over rival pizza firms.

International Division

Domino’s has 5,327 franchise stores outside the USA. The company’s international revenues as a percent of total revenues increased to 13.0 percent in 2012, up from 11.2 percent in 2010. Exhibit 5 provides is a breakdown of Domino’s stores in the top 10 markets, which account for more than 75 percent of all Domino’s international stores. Note that the United Kingdom has the most Domino’s of all countries, followed by Mexico. Among the company’s six “international” supply chain centers, four of these are in Canada, one is in Alaska, and one is in Hawaii. (It is unclear why Domino’s categorizes Alaska and Hawaii as international). As with Domestic franchisee stores, most of the company’s revenue in the international division comes from royalty payments and advertising, as well as the sales of food and supplies to certain markets (predominantly Canada, Alaska, and Hawaii). Note in Exhibit 5 the rapid growth in Domino’s stores in India, Turkey, and Japan. The largest Domino’s franchisee outside the USA operates 911 stores.

EXHIBIT 5 Top 10 Countries Where Domino’s Are Located

Country

Number of Stores, 2011

Number of Stores, 2012

% Change

United Kingdom

670

720

7.5

Mexico

577

581

0.7

Australia

450

464

3.1

India

439

522

25.7

South Korea

358

372

3.9

Canada

354

368

3.9

Turkey

220

284

29.0

Japan

205

245

19.5

France

195

215

10.3

Taiwan

141

140

Source: Company documents.

Internal Issues

Domino’s has a vertically integrated supply chain where they have backward control to some extent over many of its supplies such as dough, veggies, equipment, and uniforms and forward control over around 400 retail stores that are company owned. Domino’s offers little to nothing in terms of healthy food options on the menu, such as salads or fruit. Although this approach enables Domino’s to focus exclusively on pizza, this practice also increases the firm’s vulnerability to the increasingly health-minded customer and possible government mandates for fast-food restaurants to stop using certain ingredients and preservatives, and potentially forcing all restaurants to label all nutrition information on the menu at the point of sale. Such a law would not be favorable to Domino’s.

Domino’s attributes much of its success to an incentive-based system for franchisees in which it actively shares in profits through increasing demand for new stores and through purchasing supplies from the Domino’s supply chain. Domino’s individual franchisee stores and company-owned stores also enjoy a simple and effective store layout enabling pizza delivery and carryout orders to be processed and executed efficiently as compared to many competitors. Unlike Domino’s, many rival pizza firms use a dine-in business model, which is much more costly than Domino’s strategy. Competitive advantages such as these make Domino’s an attractive franchisee option in the quick-service restaurant (QSR) market because overhead and investment is generally cheaper than competing firms.

Sustainability

Sustainability refers to the extent that an organization’s operations and actions protect, mend, and preserve rather than harm or destroy the natural environment. Many firms today develop an annual sustainability report, similar to an annual report, to reveal to stakeholders its actions and commitment to sustainability. However, Domino’s does not produce an annual sustainability report nor does the company have a sustainability statement on its website.

Advertising and Sales Force

Dominos domestic stores contributed 5.5 percent of all retail sales to support national and local advertising campaigns. Domino’s expects this rate to remain unchanged for the foreseeable future. Much of those monies are devoted to mass-mail flyers promoting specials at the local Domino’s.

Domino’s Pulse Point-of-Sale System

To maximize efficiencies and provide timely financial and marketing data, Domino’s requires all stores to install and use its PULSE system that now exists in all company-owned stores and 98 percent of franchisee-owned stores. The system enables touch-screen ordering that improves order accuracy and efficiency and provides the driver with directions and the best route to take for multiple deliveries, saving time and money. In addition, the PULSE system better enables Domino’s to ensure it receives full royalties from all transactions in what is often a cash business, assuming the franchisees are honest and always use the PULSE system when receiving orders.

Finance

Domino’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 6 and 7, respectively. Note that Domino’s revenues increased 2.6 percent in 2012 and the firm’s long-term debt rose slightly to $1.53 billion. Note the company has zero goodwill on its balance sheet.

EXHIBIT 6 Domino’s Pizza, Statements of Income (In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

2010

2011

2012

REVENUES:

 

 

 

   Domestic company-owned stores

$ 345,636

$ 336,349

$ 323,652

   Domestic franchise

173,345

187,007

195,000

   Domestic supply chain

875,517

927,904

942,219

   International

176,396

200,933

217,568

      Total revenues

1,570,894

1,652,193

1,678,439

COST OF SALES:

 

 

 

   Domestic company-owned stores

278,297

267,066

247,391

   Domestic supply chain

778,510

831,665

843,329

   International

75,498

82,946

86,381

      Total cost of sales

1,132,305

1,181,677

1,177,101

OPERATING MARGIN

438,589

470,516

501,338

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

210,887

211,371

219,007

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

227,702

259,145

282,331

INTEREST INCOME

244

296

304

INTEREST EXPENSE

(96,810)

(91,635)

(101,448)

OTHER

7,809

INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

138,945

167,806

181,187

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

51,028

62,445

68,795

NET INCOME

$ 87,917

$ 105,361

$ 112,392

EARNINGS PER SHARE:

 

 

 

   Common Stock—basic

$ 1.50

$ 1.79

$ 1.99

   Common Stock—diluted

$ 1.45

$ 1.71

$ 1.91

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 50.

EXHIBIT 7 Domino’s Pizza, Balance Sheets (In thousands except share and per share amounts)

 

2011

2012

ASSETS

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 50,292

$ 54,813

   Restricted cash and cash equivalents

92,612

60,015

   Accounts receivable, net of reserves of $5,446 in 2011 and $5,906 in 2012

87,200

94,103

   Inventories

30,702

31,061

   Notes receivable, net of reserves of $324 in 2011 and $630 in 2012

945

1,858

   Prepaid expenses and other

12,232

11,210

   Advertising fund assets, restricted

36,281

37,917

   Deferred income taxes

16,579

15,290

      Total current assets

326,843

306,267

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

 

 

   Land and buildings

23,714

24,460

   Leasehold and other improvements

79,518

80,279

   Equipment

171,726

168,452

   Construction in Process

6,052

9,967

 

281,010

283,158

   Accumulated depreciation and amortization

(188,610)

(191,713)

      Property, plant and equipment, net

92,400

91,445

OTHER ASSETS:

 

 

   Investments in marketable securities, restricted

1,538

2,097

   Notes receivable, less current portion, net of reserves of $1,735 in 2011 and $814 in 2012

5,070

3,028

   Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $25,590 in 2011 and $5,201 in 2012

16,051

34,787

   Goodwill

16,649

16,598

   Capitalized software, net of accumulated amortization of $51,274 in 2011 and $48,381 in 2012

8,176

11,387

   Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $4,070 in 2011 and $4,404 in 2012

8,958

8,635

   Deferred income taxes

4,858

3,953

      Total other assets

61,300

80,485

      Total assets

$ 480,543

$ 478,197

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT CURRENT LIABILITIES:

2011

2012

   Current portion of long-term debt

$ 904

$ 24,349

   Accounts payable

69,714

77,414

   Accrued compensation

21,691

21,843

   Accrued interest

15,775

15,035

   Insurance reserves

13,023

12,964

   Legal reserves

10,069

5,025

   Advertising fund liabilities

36,281

37,917

   Other accrued liabilities

29,718

34,951

      Total current liabilities

$ 197,175

$ 229,498

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

   Long-term debt, less current portion

$ 1,450,369

$ 1,536,443

   Insurance Reserves

21,334

24,195

   Deferred income taxes

5,021

7,001

   Other accrued liabilities

16,383

16,583

      Total long-term liabilities

1,493,107

1,584,222

      Total liabilities

1,690,282

1,813,720

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

   Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; 170,000,000 shares authorized; 57,741,208 in 2011 and 56,313,249 in 2012 issued and outstanding

577

563

   Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

   Additional paid-in capital

1,664

   Retained deficit

(1,207,915)

(1,335,364)

   Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(2,401)

(2,386)

      Total stockholders’ deficit

(1,209,739)

(1,335,523)

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

$ 480,543

$ 478,197

Source: 2012 Form 10K, pp 48-49.

Competitors

Competition in both the USA and international pizza-delivery and carry-out business is extremely intense, with Pizza Hut (owned by Yum Brands) being the largest competitor in the industry. Pizza Hut’s revenues are more than 60 percent greater than Domino’s. Papa John’s and Little Caesars are also fierce rivals in the industry. In fact, Little Caesars was listed as the fastest-growing pizza chain in 2010, with revenues up 13.6 percent over 2009, followed by Pizza Hut’s 8 percent increase and Domino’s 7.2 percent increase. In addition to the three main rivals, Domino’s faces intense competition from many local mom-and-pop pizza stores, frozen pizzas from the grocery store, as well as hundreds of non-pizza fast-food options. Pizza Hut, Domino’s, and Papa John’s account for 51 percent of all consumer spending on pizza delivery stores in the USA, with the other 49 percent coming from regional or mom-and-pop establishments.

Internationally, Pizza Hut and Domino’s are the main players in the industry, but various countries have numerous national companies and thousands of mom-and-pop pizza and Italian restaurants vie for business as well. As with the domestic market, some customers consider local pizza stores to offer better quality products than large chains and are willing to pay marginally higher prices for this perceived quality.

Another competitor is Pizza Inn Holdings, Inc., based in The Colony, Texas. Pizza Inn owns 10 stores and franchises out 300 more stores.

Pizza Hut

A division of Yum Brands, Pizza Hut is based in Plano, Texas, and operates more than 7,200 restaurants in the USA and more than 5,600 restaurants internationally in more than 90 countries. In contrast to Domino’s, almost all Pizza Huts are dine-in restaurants. Pizza Huts serve pan pizza, as well as its thin n’ crispy, stuffed crust, hand tossed, and sicilian. Other menu items include pasta, salads, and sandwiches. Pizza Huts offer dine-in service at its famous redroofed restaurants, as well as carryout and delivery service. About 15 percent of all Pizza Huts are company-operated, whereas the remaining stores are franchised. The world’s largest fast food company, YUM Brands also owns and operates Kentucky Fried Chicken (KFC), Long John Silvers, and Taco Bell. Pizza Hut is Domino’s major pizza rival outside of the USA.

Papa John’s International, Inc.

Headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, and founded in 1985, Papa John’s operates 3,883 pizza restaurants with 3,255 of these being franchisee-owned and 628 being company-owned stores. Papa John’s has restaurants in all 50 U.S. states and 32 foreign markets. The company currently has 16,500 full-time employees and markets its pizza under the slogan “better ingredients, better pizza.” Between 2001 and 2012, Papa John’s was ranked number one (by the American Customer Satisfaction Index) among national pizza chains for 10 of the 11 years during this period. The company reported revenue of more than $1.2 billion for year-end 2011, and consistent with the industry, it shows no revenue allocated to research and development. Papa John’s carries $75 million in goodwill on its balance sheet; founder and CEO John Schnatter owns more than 20 percent of the chain. Papa John’s offers several different pizza styles and topping choices, as well as a few specialty pies such as The Works and The Meats. Papa John’s stores typically offer delivery and carryout service only.

Exhibit 8 provides a comparison between Domino’s and Papa John’s. Note that Domino’s appears to generate more revenue with less employees, but that is not true because employees at franchised stores are not Domino’s employees. Pizza Inn’s 57 employees work at company-owned restaurants, not franchised stores.

Pizza Inn Holdings, Inc.

Pizza Inn is a relatively small chain of franchised quick-service pizza restaurants, with more than 300 locations in the USA and the Middle East. Pizza Inns offer pizzas, pastas, and sandwiches, along with salads and desserts. Most locations offer buffet-style and table service, whereas other units are strictly delivery and carryout units. The chain also has limited-menu express carryout units in convenience stores and airport terminals, and on college campuses. Pizza Inn’s domestic locations are concentrated in more than 15 southern states, with about half located in Texas and North Carolina.

Little Caesars

Headquartered in Detroit, Michigan, and privately held, Little Caesars is famous for its advertising slogan, “Pizza! Pizza!” which was introduced in 1979. The phrase refers to two pizzas being offered for the comparable price of a single pizza from competitors. In November 2010, Little Caesars introduced Pizza! Pizza! Pantastic, denying that the return of “Pizza! Pizza!” had any relationship to the recent success of Domino’s. Little Caesars operates under its parent Little Caesars Enterprises and is estimated to be the fourth largest pizza chain in the USA. Little Caesars operates in 30 foreign countries.

External Issues

EXHIBIT 8 A Comparison Between Domino’s and Papa John’s

 

Domino’s

Papa John’s

Pizza Inn Holdings

Revenue

1.65B

1.24B

43.5M

Market Capitalization

1.76B

1.16B

20.1M

Gross Margin

0.29

0.31

0.12

Net Income

98.99M

55.97M

888K

EPS

1.63

2.24

0.10

Price/Earnings Ratio

18.67

21.69

24.51

Number of Employees

10K

16.5K

57

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Company documents.

Domino’s competes in the Quick Service Restaurant (QSR) pizza category, which consists of two categories: 1) delivery and 2) carry-out. Delivery revenues for the industry in 2012 were $9.6 billion, up only slightly the last few years. The delivery portion accounts for 30 percent of the total QSP pizza revenues. However, the carry-out portion of the industry grew revenues from $14.1 billion in 2011 to $14.6 billion in 2012. Domino’s is the market leader in delivery and second largest in carry-out. Outside of the USA, pizza delivery is underdeveloped, with Domino’s and one rival being the only firms.

Nutrition Concerns

An area of concern for all fast-food establishments, including pizza stores, is the growing health-minded customer, as well as the growing pressure from government agencies to label all products with nutrition information. There have been battles between the restaurant industry and government agencies for many years, but much like the tobacco industry (in respect to labeling its products). It appears the war is close to being lost for the restaurant industry. Domino’s itemizes nutrition information on its website, but forces the customer to add the calories for crust, sauce, cheese, and topping, and then divide by the number of slices to derive the total calorie count per slice. After doing the calculations, one large slice of hand-tossed pepperoni pizza for example has 300 calories and 12 grams of fat, and there are 8 slices in a pizza. To complicate matters for restaurants such as Domino’s, it is difficult to provide accurate nutrition labels when there can be an almost endless combination of ingredients on a pizza. For example, someone may order a large sausage pizza with onions and olives whereas someone else might order extra cheese and tomatoes. Having to print out nutrition labels for all these combinations would be quite costly as opposed to a restaurant like McDonald’s where it can print the nutrition label on the Big Mac because there is uniformity in ingredients and the label is understood to be for the base item. However, Domino’s PULSE system could possibly be adjusted to resolve this potential issue.

Chipotle Mexican Grill claims to only use meat and dairy products from free-ranging cattle, as opposed to cattle injected with growth hormones. Domino’s Pizza markets its pizzas as having gluten-free crust. This is an attempt to win over health-conscious customers, comply with government regulations, and make current customers feel a little less guilty about eating pizza. The tug of war between customers, governments, lawyers, and the restaurant industry on health issues is likely to continue for some time.

In response to these challenges, many restaurants have opted for healthy menu options. Wendy’s, for example, has promoted several meal combinations that contain less than 10 grams of fat. All of these items were originally on its menu, just not marketed in that manner. Wendy’s has added side salads and fruit to help cut down on calories, fat, and sodium. Subway is also famous for marketing its products as healthy alternatives to other fast-food options. Domino’s, and many pizza competitors, offer few to no menu options for the health-conscious consumer.

Barriers to Entry

Barriers to entry are relatively low for the restaurant industry, but rivalry (competitiveness) among firms is exceptionally high. One large contributing factor for the low barriers to entry is many small entrepreneurs can open mom-and-pop establishments and bypass the franchise fees, royalties, selection process, and so on of owning a franchised restaurant and lease an existing building relatively cheap. However, even avoiding high fixed costs, variable costs are often high and small-scale entrepreneurs are not able to compete with larger franchise stores, who can better negotiate pricing on food, packaging, and other supplies. In the QSR industry, the bargaining power of consumers is quite powerful, availability of restaurant options in most places is abundant, and consequently there is intense price competitiveness among rival firms. Even if you are sure you want pizza for lunch or dinner, you likely have many options.

Economic Factors

The current landscape in the QSR business is a bimodal population distribution with a large population of bargain-minded customers seeking deals on cheaper end fast food options, and another population of more affluent consumers targeting middle to higher-end restaurants. Domino’s is well positioned strategically to target the first group of consumers because there are many more of them; Domino’s often has excellent sales and discounts to target this group.

Among the subset of customers who are value shoppers, many of these are also shoppers of quality and are willing to wait in line a little longer or pay a little more for better quality food products. Domino’s has recently capitalized on this well with the introduction of its artisan pizzas and new recipes (or higher quality products) for its crust, sauce, and cheeses. In addition, Domino’s offers many pick up specials. Although an inconvenience over delivery, many customers in today’s climate are willing to tolerate a degree of inconvenience that they historically were not if they can get a better deal.

Similar to Domino’s, many restaurant owners in the fast-food industry have experienced stronger growth in international markets than domestic markets. This trend is expected to continue, especially in China and other developing nations because many U.S. fast-food options are still novel, even in Europe. According to the S&P Industry Surveys, QSRs are expected to see a sales increase of 3 percent in 2012 and orders to increase 1.5 percent as a result in large part of consumers trading down to cheaper restaurant alternatives. There also is a steadily growing international appetite for U.S. fast food and an improving global economy. These positive trends are expected to continue into 2013 and should bode well for Domino’s with its strong international presence.

Ethics and Corporate Citizenship

Domino’s has two extensive “Code of Ethics” documents on its website: one statement for its employees and one statement for its executives. The documents outline matters such as: conflicts of interest, how to report unethical conduct, fair dealing with all employees, compliance with laws, proper way to use company assets, and much more.

In addition to Domino’s Code of Ethics statements, the company is noted for its corporate citizenship record in particular with St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital. Since 2006, Domino’s has donated more than $12 million to St. Jude and has hosted pizza parties for patients and its families on St. Jude properties.

In 1986, Domino’s launched its Pizza Partners Foundation with a mission of “team members helping team members.” The foundation is 100-percent funded by team member and franchise contributions and has disbursed nearly $12 million to aid team members facing crisis situations such as fire, illness, or other personal tragedies.

The Future

As CEO Doyle and his management team contemplate the future direction of Domino’s, it has much to consider. Should the firm continue its aggressive market development strategies and accept the risk associated with expanding into markets it has little expertise operating within? What new geographic locations or regions should Domino’s focus? Should Domino’s simply follow Pizza Hut’s international rollout of stores? How would this expansion affect the corporate structure of Domino’s? Would restructuring by geographic division and thus establishing offices in Asia, the Middle East, and South America better enable them to manage these more risky environments? Can Domino’s afford this financially? Should Domino’s consider offering salads or a line of healthy menu options? Should Domino’s purchase trucks to deliver its products rather than incurring such heavy leasing expenses?

Domino’s needs a clear three-year strategic plan. Prepare this document for the company.

Spirit Airlines, Inc., 2013

www.spirit.com , SAVE

Headquartered in Miramar, Florida, Spirit Airlines competes in the ultra-low cost carrier (ULCC) airline industry in the USA, Caribbean, and Latin America. Spirit offers some of the lowest fares in the industry, usually up to $100 less than competitors and sometimes as cheap as $9 plus taxes and fees. Spirit targets customers who are paying for their own travel rather than business-class customers. Spirit charges passengers fees of up to $45 for a carry-on and checked bags. Everything on a Spirit flight costs, including water and snacks, selecting a seat, and maybe soon even to get off the plane before others. Spirit charges a fee of $5 to passengers who have their boarding passes printed by the check-in agent. Spirit’s weight limit for checked luggage is 40 pounds per bag, charging $25 for the first 9 extra pounds, and up to $100 for bags approaching 100 pounds. Despite the fees, thousands of customers are loyal to Spirit because of its lowpriced tickets. Spirit has reconfigured all its planes for high-density seating. For example, their A319 planes seat 145 passengers, 25 more than the same plane being used by United.

Spirit currently has more than 200 flights a day and serves 52 airports with 4 focused airports consisting of Chicago, Dallas Ft. Worth, Detroit, and Las Vegas. Other Spirit hubs are Ft. Lauderdale, Myrtle Beach, and Atlantic City. Spirit has a fleet of 43 Airbus aircraft and employs more than 3,033 full-time employees, but is rapidly adding flights, planes, employees, and customers. Spirit leases planes rather than buys planes.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Spirit Airlines was founded in Michigan as Clipper Trucking Company in 1964, and in 1974, the company changed its name to Ground Air Transfer, Inc. The company operated this way for nine years until 1983 when it became a passenger airline called Charter One. Charter One specialized as a tour operator taking customers to such locations as Atlantic City, Las Vegas, and the Bahamas. In 1990, Charter One received its Air Carrier Certificate from the Federal Aviation Administration allowing air charter operations. In 1992, Charter One changed its name to Spirit Airlines, Inc. and increased its destinations to include such cities as Fort Lauderdale, Detroit, Myrtle Beach, Los Angeles, New York, and many more.

Spirit’s average fleet age is 4.5 years old, the third youngest airline, fleet in the Americas after Virgin America and the Mexican airline, Volaris. Big front seats are available on all Spirit aircraft, although they are sold as an upgrade and not as a distinct class of service. These seats are wider because of its two-by-two configuration, whereas the standard economy seats feature a three-by-three configuration.

Spirit added about 50 new destinations in 2012, all at rock-bottom fares. Spirit packs 178 seats on its A320 aircraft jets that usually have 150 seats. Most airlines offer at least three more inches of legroom in the aisles of their planes as compared to Spirit. Spirit is financially doing great, but it does have critics, such as Jami Counter, senior director of SeatGuru, which informs travelers about airline cabin features. Jami says “Spirit is as bare-bones as bare-bones can be, basically stripping everything from the flight experience and charging for anything they view as an add-on. And part of that is cramming as many seats in the plane as possible. The flight experience is probably the worst in the USA.”

Vision and Mission

Spirit’s president and CEO, Ben Baldanza, says: “Our vision is to make sure the customer who can’t afford to pay current airline prices has an option to still travel.” The CEO goes on to say that “Whenever we add a new market or a new service, we always try to price that market at lower than the prevailing fares in that market to bring back some people who’ve been priced out.”

Spirit does not have a mission statement, but its company slogan is: “The Ultra Low Cost Airline for the Americas.”

EXHIBIT 1 Spirit Airlines’ Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company documents.

Organizational Structure

Spirit appears to operate from a functional organizational structure as illustrated in Exhibit 1. Note the absence of any women among top management and the absence of any divisions (segments), although the company does provide a revenue breakdown by United States versus Latin America. Perhaps executives not listed in Exhibit 1 report to the chief operations officer (COO) as division heads.

Internal Issues

Statement of Ethics and Governance

Spirit has a detailed Code of Ethics provided on its website that pertains to all directors, officers, and employees. The code provides all the standards expected of Spirit employees and reveals how to report violations and what to do if an employee is not sure of how to address a particular problem. The code also clearly outlines acceptable conduct with employees, customers, and business suppliers, conflicts of interest, dealings with the government, and considerably more. In addition to the Code of Ethics, Spirit also provides detailed corporate governance guidelines. Issues such as the size of the board, level of independence the board should have, director-selection processes, term limits, responsibilities, compensation, access to senior management, and much more is included in the document. Spirit has standing committees to address issues such as audits, finance, violations of ethics, and compensation.

In April 2012, citing the airline’s strict refund policy, Spirit Airlines would not issue a refund to dying veteran, Jerry Meekins, who chose to purchase a nonrefundable ticket though other options were available. The 76-year-old Vietnam veteran and former Marine tried to get his $197 back after learning his esophageal cancer was terminal and being told by his doctor not to fly from Florida to Atlantic City. The decision caused outrage among veterans’ groups and the general public, some of whom threatened to boycott Spirit unless a refund and apology were issued. On May 4, Spirit CEO Ben Baldanza apologized for how the situation was handled and announced that he would personally refund Meekins’ ticket and that the airline would make a $5,000 donation to the Wounded Warrior Project in Meekins’s name.

Segment Data

As indicated in Exhibit 2, Spirit provides revenue data in two categories: Domestic and Latin America. Note the 103 percent growth in the domestic segment from 2009 to 2012 compared to 29 percent growth in the Latin American segment. Spirit’s domestic revenues were 86 percent of all revenue in 2012, up from 80 percent in 2009. No single international market accounted for more than 4 percent of total revenue.

Current Strategies

Spirit’s low cost leadership strategy, or ULCC as it is referred to in the industry, allows customers to purchase only what items they deem necessary. Spirit markets themselves as offering transparent pricing and does not consider themselves a no frills airline, but rather a frills-for-fee airline. Spirit offers the same amenities as higher cost airlines if the customer wishes to purchase the amenities. Spirit’s strategy is analogous somewhat to discount carrier Ryanair’s strategy in Europe.

EXHIBIT 2 Spirit’s Revenues by Category (in thousands)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Domestic

$1,135

$900

$635

$558

Latin America

$183

171

156

142

Total

$1,318

$1,071

$791

$700

Source: Company documents.

By charging for bags, drinks, and food, Spirit is able to keep costs low, generate extra revenue for these items, and reduce weight, which reduces fuel consumption. Charging for bags encourages customers to pack lighter and perhaps get by with less expensive carry-on bags as opposed to checked bags. This allows quicker turnaround times at airport gates. In addition to the cost savings, nonticket revenue is an important component of Spirit’s business model because customers, according to Spirit’s research, seem less price-sensitive to drinks, pillows, and even bags than ticket prices. Since 2006, Spirit’s nonticket revenue has increased 800 percent as a result in part to bag and drink fees, but also through the $9 fare club subscription service, Spirit credit card, and the sale of advertising to third parties on Spirit’s website and on-board aircraft.

Spirit’s strategic plan is to aggressively expand geographically (market development) and gain more market share (market penetration) in the United States, Caribbean, and Latin America. Many travel destinations in the Caribbean and Latin America have historically only been served by large carriers charging relatively higher prices. But many cost-minded flyers visit these areas, so there is substantial room for growth in these markets.

To support Spirit’s expansion strategy, the company has on order 106 Airbus 320 aircraft with delivery ranging from 2012 through 2021 as well as spare and replacement engines that are on order between 2012 through 2018. Spirit expects to take delivery of seven aircraft in each of 2013, and 2014, and then 10 airplanes in 2015, and an additional 75 planes between 2016 and 2021. Spirit’s use of the A320 over the A319 enables the carrier to configure the planes to hold 178 passengers as opposed to 150 on the smaller A319 that rival carrier Jet Blue primarily uses.

Locations

Spirit currently operates more than 200 flights a day to 50 different airports throughout North America, the Caribbean, and Latin America. Approximately 54 percent of all flights are to or from the home base in Fort Lauderdale, and a large percentage of the balance originate from Detroit, Las Vegas, Atlantic City, Chicago, Orlando, and Myrtle Beach. Global operations include service to Canada, Mexico, all of Central America, Colombia, Peru, and much of the Caribbean. However, many of the global flights are seasonal, and even the flights that are year round, many only fly once or twice a week to these locations. Spirit’s single largest airport is Ft. Lauderdale/Hollywood, with over 20 percent of all Spirit flights operating to or from Ft. Lauderdale.

Marketing

Spirit focuses on direct marketing to price-sensitive consumers rather than focusing on higher end business travelers. Spirit actively promotes its lowest fares in the industry business model. Sprit spends a paltry 0.2 to 0.5 percent of total revenues on advertising for customers who pay their own way and spends nothing on corporations, government agencies, or other business-class travelers. Spirit relies heavily on repeat customers, word-of-mouth, and its email distribution systems that consist of more than five million e-mail addresses. In addition, Spirit also heavily markets its $9 club online, in radio and TV advertisements, in airport kiosks, and in flight promotions.

A striking weakness for Spirit is its lack of a marketing alliance within the airline industry. Competitors such as Delta, American, and US Airways all have alliances with other airlines enabling them to share codes, combine frequent-flier programs, aid in connections, and much more. Lack of affiliation with an alliance puts Spirit in a competitive disadvantage, particularly on international routes, and may partially explain why this area of the business is not growing as fast as the domestic segment.

Finance

Spirit’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 3 and 4 respectively. Note the 13.2 percent operating profit margin in 2012. Note that Spirit’s non-ticket revenue increased to 41 percent of revenues in 2012 from 36 percent the prior year.

EXHIBIT 3

Spirit Airlines, Inc. Statements of Operations (In thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31

 

2012

2011

2010

Operating revenues:

 

 

 

   Passenger

$ 782,792

$ 689,650

$ 537,969

   Non-ticket

535,596

381,536

243,296

Total operating revenue

1318,388

1,071,186

781,265

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

   Aircraft fuel

471,763

388,046

248,206

   Salaries, wages and benefits

218,919

181,742

156,443

   Aircraft rent

143,572

116,485

101,345

   Landing fees and other rents

68,368

52,794

48,118

   Distribution

56,668

51,349

41,179

   Maintenance, materials and repairs

49,460

34,017

27,035

   Depreciation and amortization

15,256

7,760

5,620

   Other operating

127,886

91,172

83,748

   Loss on disposal of assets

956

255

77

   Special charges (credits)

(8,450)

3,184

621

Total operating expenses

1,144,398

926,804

712,392

Operating income

173,990

144,382

68,873

Other (income) expense:

 

 

 

   Interest expense

1,350

24,781

50,313

   Capitalized interest

(1,350)

(2,890)

(1,491)

   Interest income

(925)

(575)

(328)

   Other expense

331

235

194

Total other (income) expense

(594)

21,551

48,688

   Income before income taxes

174,584

122,831

20,185

   Provision for income taxes

66,124

46,383

(52,296)

Net income

$ 108,460

$ 76,448

$ 72,481

Net income per share, basic

$ 1.50

$ 1.44

$ 2.77

Net income per share, diluted

$ 1.49

$ 1.43

$ 2.72

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 60.

Competitors

The airline industry is highly competitive on price, flight schedules, newness and roominess of aircraft, amenities, and frequent-flier programs just to name a few. In recent years, many airlines have participated in alliances and mergers; Southwest and AirTran merged in 2011 and United and Continental merged in 2010, allowing them greater liquidity and access to capital that smaller airlines such as Spirit and Jet Blue do not have. Alliances such as OneWorld, SkyTeam, and Star Alliance allow larger and regional airlines to share marketing relationships, increase destinations, access to restrictive markets, and provide the ability to use cheaper air craft to service small markets. Currently, Spirit does not engage any type of alliance, which gives Spirit much more flexibility in pricing, policies, and procedures. Spirit’s single largest overlap in routes is with American Airlines at 60 percent.

Southwest and JetBlue no longer have the lowest airline prices. Spirit, along with Allegiant Air and Frontier, now has the legitimate claim as the industry’s lowest-cost flyers. Spirit spokeswoman Misty Pinson says that her airline aims to have a total fare that is at least 25-percent lower than any other available ticket price for any route that Spirit serves. Not even a glass of water is free on Spirit, but no carrier in the USA beats Spirit on ticket price.

EXHIBIT 4 Spirit’s Balance Sheets

Spirit Airlines, Inc. Balance Sheets (In thousands, except share data)

 

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2011

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 416,816

$ 343,328

   Accounts receivable, net

22,740

15,425

   Deferred income taxes

12,591

20,738

   Other current assets

95,210

63,217

Total current assets

547,357

442,708

Property and equipment:

 

 

   Flight equipment

2,648

4,182

   Ground and other equipment

43,580

46,608

   Less accumulated depreciation

(17,825)

(27,580)

 

28,403

23,210

Deposits on flight equipment purchase contracts

96,692

91,450

Aircraft maintenance deposits

122,379

120,615

Deferred heavy maintenance and other long-term assets

125,053

67,830

Total assets

$ 919,884

$ 745,813

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Accounts payable

$ 24,166

$ 15,928

   Air traffic liability

131,414

112,280

   Other current liabilities

121,314

98,856

Total current liabilities

276,894

227,064

   Long-term deferred income taxes

33,216

12,108

   Deferred credits and other long-term liabilities

27,239

39,935

      Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

      Common stock: Common stock, $.0001 par value, 240,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively; 70,861,822 and 61,954,576 issued and 70,801,782 and 61,946,361 outstanding as of December 31,2012 and 2011, respectively

      Common stock: Non-Voting common stock: $.0001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively; 1,669,205 and 10,576,180 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

      Additional paid-in-capital

504,527

496,136

   Treasury stock, at cost: 60,040 and 8,215 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

(1,151)

(129)

   Retained earnings (deficit)

79,152

(29,308)

Total shareholders’ equity

582,535

466,706

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 919,884

$ 745,813

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 61.

The airline industry is somewhat easy to enter as airlines such as Spirit lease some or all of its aircraft. Even a restaurant company such as Hooters was able to lease planes, hire pilots, staff, and make a go at the industry. Of course, in the end, Hooters was forced to divest its airline business and stick to its niche of serving chicken wings, beer and sports.

EXHIBIT 5 A Financial Comparison of Spirit with American and JetBlue

 

Spirit

American

JetBlue

Market Capitalization ($)

1.61B

174M

1.6B

Number of Employees

3.1K

80.1K

11.9K

Revenue

1.14B

25.5B

4.7B

Gross Margin

0.28

0.20

0.28

Net Income

92.0M

(3.2B)

113M

EPS Ratio

1.41

(9.55)

0.35

P/E Ratio

15.71

N/A

16.15

Note: EPS is earnings per share; P/E, price-to-earnings ratio.

Perhaps the most competitive aspect in the airline industry is ticket price because many carriers use the same airports and customers generally have options regarding which carrier to fly with. Anyone can search various travel sites such as Orbitz and Priceline.com to easily determine the most attractive prices and routes. Despite airlines’ efforts to conserve fuel by charging for bags, thus reducing weight, airlines readily admit, albeit two-faced, that carrying extra passengers as opposed to having an empty seat does little to impact the overall fuel cost of the trip. The incremental extra cost of selling unused seats can be drastically offset by selling the seats even at a perceived steal for the customer. Spirit has its “red light sales” in which the company provides many flights for as cheap as $9 and many others for less than $50 one-way. Selling the seats even at these discounted fares can add tremendously to net profit at the end of the year as opposed to letting the seat remain vacant.

The three principle competitors for Spirit on domestic routes are American Airlines, Delta Airlines, and JetBlue Airways. Approximately 60 percent of Spirit destinations also are serviced by American and Delta; American and JetBlue are the main competitors in the Caribbean and Latin America. Note in Exhibit 5 that Spirit has fewer employees and revenue than either American or JetBlue, but Spirit has the highest earnings per share (EPS).

American

AMR Corporation, headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, in conjunction with AMR Eagle Holding Corporation, operates about 3,400 daily flights to more than 250 cities and 50 different countries around the world. Once the largest airline in the world, AMR now trails both Delta and United Continental in total U.S. market share. As a result of declining market share from lack of an effective strategic response to changing market conditions, AMR entered a voluntary reorganization under Chapter 11 bankruptcy in November of 2011. Interestingly enough, US Airways stock tripled the same day AMR formally declared Chapter 11, signaling that investors thought US Airways may now acquire AMR cheaply. As of July 2013, AMR and US Airways were still two separate companies, but a pending merger is still expected by many investors and analysts. If a successful merger takes place as expected in late 2013, the new company, American Airlines Group, will be the largest airline in the world, even larger than Delta and United Continental in U.S. market share.

JetBlue Airways

Headquartered in Long Island City, New York, JetBlue operates approximately 700 daily flights to 22 different states, Mexico, the Caribbean, and Latin America. Starting in November 2012, the airline also began serving Grand Cayman Island, bringing the total different Caribbean destinations served to 23. The company operates several aircraft including 120 of the same Airbus A320s that Spirit operates, but in addition JetBlue also uses 49 Brazilian-made Embraer 190 aircraft. In addition to providing some of the best rates in the industry, JetBlue also provides some of the best in-flight entertainment in the industry with its voice communication, satellite television and radio, wireless data links, and more.

As part of its environmentally friendly policies, JetBlue discontinued disposable headphones in 2008 and encourages customers to bring their own. Furthering its sustainability strategy, JetBlue also markets the following: (a) using only one engine to taxi, (b) using ground power instead of engines at the gate for air-conditioning, (c) using the latest GPS technology to develop more efficient routes, (d) using lighter seats and LED lighting, (e) not offering in-flight magazines to save paper, and many more ecofriendly options. Critics suggest the true intent of these moves by JetBlue is to cut costs similar to other airlines.

Delta Airlines

Headquartered and founded in 1924 in Atlanta, Georgia, Delta provides service to 342 destinations in 61 different countries via a mainline fleet of approximately 700 aircraft. In addition to its Atlanta hub, Delta also operates hubs in Amsterdam, Cincinnati, Detroit, Memphis, New York–JFK, Paris, and Tokyo.

In 2011, Delta was named the world’s most admired airline company by Fortune magazine and the “Top Tech-Friendly USA Airline” by PCWorld magazine. In addition to these accolades, Delta has an industry-leading global network with the markets it serves. As the founding member of SkyTeam global alliance, Delta furthers is presence around the globe and has joint ventures with Air France–KLM and Alitalia Airlines in Italy. Delta’s SkyMiles program is the largest frequent-flier program in the world and is supplemented with BusinessElite and more than 50 Sky Clubs in airports worldwide.

External Issues

Oil Prices

One of the largest absorbers of revenue in the airline industry is the cost of fuel. About 26 percent of all air-carrier revenue is used to pay the fuel bill. Back in 2008, a whopping 36 percent of revenues went toward fuel when oil hit an all time high of $147 a barrel and jet fuel was $4.32 gallon. Jet fuel today is much lower as oil prices have dropped significantly from its highs a few years ago.

One possible way to counter volatile fuel prices is to purchase futures contracts to hedge against rising prices by accepting a price at what the firm hopes is lower than the price will be at the time the fuel is needed. During the economic downturn, many airlines stopped hedging because it expected fuel prices to decline, and most benefited tremendously from this strategy. However, as the market rebounded and oil again resumed its uptrend, many airlines started to participate in hedging once again and for most the results were disastrous.

Labor

Labor is either the largest or second-largest expense for the airlines depending on the current price of oil. Labor accounts for a fairly consistent 20 to 25 percent of total revenue each year and is divided into several areas: flight crews (pilots and engineers), flight attendants, ground service, maintenance, customer service, and dispatchers. Most employees belong to one of a dozen major unions that plague the airline industry. A few examples are the Association of Flight Attendants, Air Line Pilots Association, and the Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers. It is not uncommon for the airline to be in discussion with several unions at one particular time and negotiations can extend upward of two years. However, strikes are not that common because the law in the USA requires labor disputes to be submitted to the National Mediation Board and a “cooling off period” must pass before the strike can be enacted.

Spirit currently has 54 percent of its total workforce represented by labor unions, up from 52 percent the prior year. This is problematic for Spirit because the cost of labor could increase drastically based on labor decisions with other airlines, and there is also the risk a large percent of the 46 percent of employees not represented by unions may join a union. Spirit has reduced its labor costs as a percent of total operating costs to 19.1 in 2012, down from 19.6 and 22.0 the prior years. Spirit now has 3,033 employees, including 680 pilots.

Ancillary Fees

Although Spirit views its frills-for-fee strategy as customer friendly, many customers disagree and get irate. However, Spirit is by no means the only airline to implement these ancillary fees and it appears these fees are here to stay. In 2010 the U.S. airline industry collected $8 billion in baggage, drink, food, and other fees not associated with the price of a ticket, up 47 percent from 2008. Although many customers are not happy with the fees, most are willing to pay the extra and airlines who have attempted to differentiate as a high-end, high frills airline have experienced little growth in customer loyalty from this approach. The only exception is for business class travelers who purchase higher priced seats and are more profitable on balance for the airline. But the number of business-class travelers is declining. Some airlines wave all extra fees for business-class travelers.

Increased Taxes

As governments look to increase their own revenues, airlines have been targeted as potential revenue streams. The USA has put new taxes into place that are embedded into all airplane ticket prices at the time of purchase. Spirit and others airlines have fought for disclosure of these taxes and are now able to separate the taxes and fare prices, but the tax often exceeds the actual ticket price at Spirit.

The Barack Obama administration has recently proposed two new taxes on the airline industry. The first addition would be a $100 departure tax to all flights leaving a U.S.-based airport. The second proposed tax is to increase the “passenger security tax” from $2.50 per passenger to $5 and then triple the current tax to $7.50 by 2017. The taxes are expected to impose a $36 billion burden on flights in the USA over the next 10 years. Interestingly, in the previous 10 years, the best year ever for domestic airlines, the airlines posted a profit of $3.6 billion, which is the exact amount of the annual tax burden purposed by the Obama administration.

Environmental Issues

Airlines face increasing pressure to be more proactive in combating greenhouse gasses and noise pollution. Some organizations such as the European Union have even imposed further penalties and restrictions on carbon emissions. To combat this concern, airlines to their credit have invested in more fuel-efficient designs of planes and engines and have marketed these changes to their customers. Critics suggest airlines are only undertaking these measures as a means to cut their own fuel burden and have little regard for the environment as a whole.

One interesting aspect on this front is the increased usage of biofuels (cooking oil) in conjunction with jet fuel. United Airlines has experimented using 40 percent biofuel and many other airlines have experimented using 20-percent biofuel blended with jet fuel. Biofuel can perform as good or better than 100-percent jet fuel and can drastically reduce emissions and possibly increase fuel economy. However, biofuels remain much more expensive and full implementation of supplementing with biofuels is still several years away.

Stranded Passengers

The Department of Transportation (DOT) in the USA has a rule that provides protection for passengers stuck on the tarmac for domestic flights. The rule is that airlines must not force passengers to remain on the aircraft for more than three hours. Exceptions are when it would be too disruptive to return to the gate or for security or safety reasons. The rule was established after several flights forced passengers to endure sitting on the tarmac with no toilets, food, or drink for extended periods of time. In 2011, American Eagle was fined $900,000 ($27,500 per passenger) for several lengthy tarmac delays. The rules have had one apparently unintended but yet easily foreseeable consequence of increased flight cancelations if there is a risk of a three-hour delay. In 2012, a domestic flight from the east to the west coast could expect to generate revenues upward of $100,000, assuming 250 passengers. However a $27,500 fine per customer for a delay would impose a penalty of $6.9 million. It is this risk-to-reward ratio being out of balance that sometimes causes airlines to cancel fights (which there is no penalty for) and ultimately force what would be a three-hour delay into a much longer delay for the passengers.

Future

Spirit has committed to ordering many new planes so the primary strategic decision for the company is what cities and countries to add to its destination list. How many flights per day should be offered to various cities from various other cities? Should Spirit expand to more Latin American and South American countries and which ones would be best when? To go along with expansion, the company needs both a marketing plan and a human resources plan to support growth. Spirit is actually doing so well financially that the firm could, if desired, seek to acquire another airline, perhaps an airline based in Mexico or Brazil. And there is no reason why Spirit could not penetrate Canada and even the USA with more flights to more cities.

Prepare a three-year strategic plan for Spirit given its existing commitments to purchase or lease additional planes annually for the next five years.

Buffalo Wild Wings, Inc., 2013

www.buffalowildwings.com , BWLD

Headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota, Buffalo Wild Wings (BWW) is the largest chicken wing–based sports bar in the USA. BWW offers a welcoming atmosphere, open layout catering to families, sports enthusiasts, and chicken wing lovers. The typical store offers 20 to 30 different beers on draft and tap, up to 10 projection TV screens, and up to 50 smaller TVs for people to watch sporting events.

BWW specializes in traditional bone-in chicken wings and boneless chicken wings complimented by its 16 different wing sauces. BWW also sells burgers, other finger foods, and alcoholic beverages. The typical restaurant offers a diverse selection of beers, wines, and liquor options. As of year end 2012, BWW operated 891 stores of which 381 were company-owned and 510 were franchisee-owned. The company expects to increase its total number of restaurants by 105 in 2013 and approximately by the same amount in 2014. The typical restaurant is between 4,000 and 10,000 square feet and costs around $2 million to build, including the land, building, appliances, etc. Each has 50 high-definition flat-screen TV’s and 10 large projection screen TV’s. Takeout orders comprise 14 percent of BWW sales.

In their company-owned restaurants, BWW employs 25,500 people, 2,800 full-time and 22,300 part-time, which it calls team members. Five of the top nine executives are females including the CEO, Sally J. Smith. BWW operates its 817 stores in 48 U.S. states and Canada. BWW opened five new restaurants in 2012 on the parking lots of big-box retail stores such as Home Depot. BWW expects to have 1,500 restaurants in the USA and Canada by 2016, and many of them will be in vacant space of Sears stores, parking lots, and malls.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

In 1981, James Disbrow, from Buffalo, New York, along with friend, Scott Lowery, went looking for a Buffalo-style chicken wing restaurant around the campus of Kent State University in Ohio while judging a figure skating competition. Unable to find a satisfactory restaurant in the area similar to what they knew was good from back home, the concept of opening Buffalo Wild Wings and expanding this tradition of Buffalo, New York, to other areas of the country was born. The first restaurant named Buffalo Wild Wings & Weck or BW3, was opened in Columbus, Ohio, in 1982 near the campus of Ohio State University. In 1991, BWW began its franchising program and in 2003 the company completed its initial public offering.

Vision and Mission

BWW refers to its mission statement in its code of ethics, but the firm does not provide an explicit mission or vision statement on its website or its annual report. However, BWW does provide its “concept and business strategy” as follows:

  • Continue to strengthen the Buffalo Wild Wings brand

  • Deliver a unique guest experience

  • Offer boldly-flavored menu items with broad appeal

  • Create an inviting, neighborhood atmosphere,

  • Focus on operational excellence,

  • Open restaurants in new and exciting domestic markets and new countries and

  • Increase same-store sales, average unit volumes and profitability.

EXHIBIT 1 BWW’s Organizational Design

Source: Company documents.

Organizational Chart

As indicated in Exhibit 1, BWW appears to operate from a divisional by geographic region structure.

Internal Issues

Statement of Ethics and Governance

BWW has two statements of ethics: one for regular employees and one for executives. For employees, the Code of Ethics provides an overall standard for ethical conduct in conjunction with what is viewed today as ethical business behavior. The statement also provides the following: (a) how to report violations of conduct, (b) extensive personal conduct policies, (c) conflicts of interests, (d) protecting trade secrets, (e) disclosure of financial data, (f) environmental impact, and much more. The executive code of ethics is similar to the document for employees. Both codes of ethics stress doing the job to the best of one’s ability and seeking help before making a decision on any matters of which the employee is not sure of.

BWW provides a well-detailed corporate governance document for view on its website. This document stresses all key issues related to the governance of BWW, including but not limited to: board size, board leadership policies, selection of new directors, retirement, compensation, and stock ownership policies.

Business Segments

As indicated in Exhibit 2, 22 percent of BWW’s revenues come from alcoholic beverages. Not included in the chart but important to note is that 13 percent of BWW’s sales come from takeout orders, an area in which BWW states it does not try to compete on and do not consider takeout wing establishments its primary competitors. But 13 percent is quite large and may be a growth area for the company in the future.

Exhibit 3 reveals strong revenue growth for BWW’s company-owned and franchised stores over the last three years. Revenue from company-owned stores increased 34 percent in 2012. Exhibit 4 reveals average revenue per store. Note that franchised stores are outperforming company-owned stores on average, but this is partly the result of BWW repurchasing underper-forming franchised stores.

EXHIBIT 2 A BWW Revenue-by-Product Percentage Analysis

Traditional Wings

Boneless Wings

Alcoholic Beverages

Other Food/Beverages

Years

20%

19%

24%

37%

2011

20%

19%

22%

39%

2012

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 3 BWW Revenue Analysis: Company Owned versus Franchised Restaurants

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Company Owned

$964M

$717M

555M

489M

Franchised

$1,510M

$1,326M

1,148M

992M

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 4 BWW’s Average Revenue per Restaurant

 

2011

2010

2009

Company Owned

$2.25M

2.14M

2.11M

Franchised

$2.66M

2.43M

2.36M

Source: Company documents.

Strategies

BWW is currently employing both market penetration and market development strategies and plans to have around 1,500 restaurants within the next several years, nearly double what they currently own. BWW is considering adding locations outside its current two countries: USA and Canada. The company also expects to maintain its 60–40 split of franchised-owned to company-owned stores. Opening new stores especially in new countries would create additional risks, such as limited brand awareness, supply chain issues, unknown competitors, and much more. BWW is considering expanding into international markets via joint ventures with an established global brand.

Exhibit 5 reveals BWW growth over recent years. Note in 2012 the 19 percent growth in company-owned stores and 2.4 percent for franchised stores.

Marketing and Advertising

EXHIBIT 5 BWW’s Growth: Number of Restaurants

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Company-Owned

381

319

259

232

Franchised

510

498

473

420

Source: Company documents.

Since its inception in 1982, BWW has specialized in offering a unique brand experience for guests with the wide array of 6 award-winning sauces, beer variety, conveniently located TVs, a great social and sporting atmosphere, and though not acknowledged by the company, sex appeal with young attractive female waitresses. BWW instituted Tablegating at its restaurants in 2011 to promote sporting events, good food, beverages, and fellowship among fans. BWW maintains a year-round advertising presence but increases this advertising around its peak seasons, generally NCAA football in the fall and NCAA basketball in the spring. Each BWW franchise pays a royalty fee of 5.0 percent and an advertising fee of 3.5 percent of restaurant sales.

Finance

In 2011 alone, BWW built 50 new company-owned stores and repurchased 18 franchised stores. Exhibits 6 and 7 are the financial statements for BWW. Note net income increased 13.6 percent from 2011 to 2012. Note on the balance sheet that BWW currently has $32 million in goodwill, up from $17 million in 2011.

EXHIBIT 6 BWW’s Income Statements

(Amounts in thousands except per share data)

 

Fiscal years ended

 

December 30, 2012

December 25, 2011

December 26, 2010

Revenue:

 

 

 

   Restaurant sales

$ 963,963

717,395

555,184

   Franchise royalties and fees

76,567

67,083

58,072

      Total revenue

1,040,530

784,478

613,256

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

   Restaurant operating costs:

 

 

 

      Cost of sales

303,653

203,291

160,877

      Labor

289,167

215,649

167,193

      Operating

141,417

109,654

88,694

      Occupancy

54,147

44,005

36,501

Depreciation and amortization

67,462

49,913

39,205

General and administrative

84,149

72,689

53,996

Preopening

14,630

14,564

8,398

Loss on asset disposals and store closures

3,291

1,929

2,051

      Total costs and expenses

957,916

711,694

556,915

Income from operations

82,614

72,784

56,341

Investment income

754

118

684

Earnings before income taxes

83,368

72,902

57,025

Income tax expense

26,093

22,476

18,625

Net earnings

$ 57,275

50,426

38,400

Earnings per common share – basic

$ 3.08

2.75

2.11

Earnings per common share – diluted

$ 3.06

2.73

2.10

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic

18,582

18,337

18,175

Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted

18,705

18,483

18,270

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 38.

EXHIBIT 7 BWW’s Balance Sheets

(Dollar amounts in thousands)

 

December 30, 2012

December 25, 2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 21,340

$ 20,530

   Marketable securities

9,579

39,956

   Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $25

20,203

12,165

   Inventory

7,820

6,311

   Prepaid expenses

3,869

3,707

   Refundable income taxes

4,122

7,561

   Deferred income taxes

5,774

6,323

   Restricted assets

52,829

42,692

      Total current assets

125,536

139,245

Property and equipment, net

386,570

310,170

Reacquired franchise rights, net

37,370

21,028

Goodwill

32,365

17,770

Other assets

9,246

7,146

      Total assets

$ 591,087

$ 495,359

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Unearned franchise fees

$ 1,763

$ 1,852

   Accounts payable

36,418

30,089

   Accrued compensation and benefits

39,637

30,499

   Accrued expenses

11,461

7,580

   System-wide payables

51,564

44,250

      Total current liabilities

140,843

114,270

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

   Other liabilities

1,752

1,544

   Deferred income taxes

37,128

38,512

   Deferred lease credits

27,992

23,047

      Total liabilities

207,715

177,373

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

   Undesignated stock, 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued

   Common stock, no par value. Authorized 44,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 18,623,370 and 18,377,920, respectively

121,450

113,509

   Retained earnings

262,047

204,772

   Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(125)

(295)

      Total stockholders’ equity

383,372

317,986

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 591,087

$ 495,359

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 37.

Locations

BWW’s home office in Minneapolis consists of 48,000 square feet and is under a lease that terminates in 2017 with an option to renew for another five-year term. BWW has 891 restaurants in 49 different U.S. states and 7 additional restaurants in Ontario, Canada. Exhibit 8 provides the top 10 U.S. markets ranked by total number of BWW restaurants. Note that Texas has the most BWWs, followed by Ohio. Exhibit 9 reveals that approximately 43 percent of all BWW restaurants are located in Midwestern states. The Northeast, West, Canada, and other world locations are still relatively untapped by BWW.

Restaurant Franchise Operations

Approximately 59 percent of all BWWs are franchised and owned and operated by the franchisee. Franchises fees range from $25,000 to $42,500 depending on the owner’s restaurant experience and the number of stores he or she currently operates. The general lease is typically for a 20-year initial term with the possibly to renew subject on certain conditions that the company does not specify.

In addition to the initial start-up costs, franchisees also pay royalty fees of 5 percent on all restaurant sales, with an additional 3.5 percent of sales revenue being attributed to advertising. There is a provision in all contracts whereby BWW can increase the fees by 0.5 percent once every three years. It is unclear from company documents whether this would amount to a 5.5 percent fee or a 5.025 percent fee. BWW does not expect to enact this provision in the next two years.

EXHIBIT 8 BWW’s Top 10 U.S. States (Number of Stores)

 

2011

2012

2011

2012

2011

2012

USA

Company-Owned

Franchised

Total

Texas

37

43

51

45

88

88

Ohio

32

32

53

53

85

85

Illinois

13

18

46

43

59

61

Indiana

42

42

49

49

Michigan

43

47

43

47

California

11

18

24

28

35

46

Virginia

15

16

20

20

35

36

Florida

26

27

30

32

Minnesota

23

23

28

28

Missouri

20

21

27

27

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 9 BWWs’ by U.S. Region (2011)

Region

Total Stores

Percent

Midwest

353

43

Southeast

282

35

West

107

13

Northeast

71

Canada

Total

817

100%

Source: Company documents.

Competitors

In the competitive restaurant industry, BWW is attracting customers based on taste, quality, service, and ambience. Primary competitors include Hooters, T.G.I Friday’s, Chili’s, Applebees, and many regional and mom-and-pop sports bars across the USA and Canada. In addition to sports bars and chicken wing-themed establishments, BWW does not consider quick-service restaurants (QSR), such as McDonald’s and Kentucky Fried Chicken, as competitors, nor surprisingly quick takeout chicken wing establishments. This corporate view is surprising because many quick-service chicken wing stores can offer much lower prices than BWW because its overhead is significantly less. Recall that 13 percent of all BWW sales are derived from takeout customers. This 13 percent can somewhat be considered a gift because BWW does not promote its takeout business with volume discounts, “tailgate specials,” or any other marketing strategy.

Exhibit 10 provides a financial comparison of BWW with DineEquity (owner of Applebees’s) and Brinker International (owner of Chili’s). Note that BWW has the highest price-earnings ratio but has the lowest revenues among the three.

T.G.I. Friday’s

With about 1,000 locations worldwide, T.G.I. Friday’s (often shortened to “Friday’s” in most countries, and stylized “FRiDAY’S”, or “T.G.I.s” in the United Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland) is a U.S. restaurant chain focusing on casual dining, similar to BWW. T.G.I is owned by the Carlson Companies, a privately-held firm, so financial information is difficult to obtain about T.G.I Friday’s. The company name, however, is taken from the expression TGIF, which stands for “Thank Goodness It’s Friday,” although some recent television commercials for the chain have also made use of the alternative phrase, “Thank God It’s Friday.” The company is known for its red-striped canopies, brass railings, Tiffany lamps, and frequent use of antiques as dècor.

Hooters

HOA Restaurant Group (Hooters), based in Atlanta, Georgia, was founded in 1983 in Clearwater, Florida, and currently operates more than 430 franchise restaurants in more than 27 different countries, and additionally, the company operates 160 stores. The theme and concept of Hooters has changed little over the last 30 years and chicken wings is a main product served. The typical Hooters restaurant experience includes the sex appeal of female waitresses, jukebox-style music, sports on television, and a menu that focuses around chicken wings, but also includes seafood, salads, and sandwiches. Around 68 percent of all Hooters sales are derived from food and nonalcoholic beverages, 28 percent from beer or other alcoholic beverages, and 4 percent from merchandise, such as Hooters calendars and appeal.

EXHIBIT 10 A Financial Comparison of BWW with Brinker International and DineEquity

 

BWW

DineEquity

Brinker Int.

Market Capitalization

1.61B

804M

2.4B

Number of Employees

2.8K

640

60.3K

Revenue

1.04B

1.02B

2.81B

Gross Margin

0.26

0.40

0.18

Net Income

57.2M

72.6M

146M

EPS Ratio

2.90

4.00

1.77

P/E Ratio

29.91

10.99

18.00

EPS, earnings per share; P/E, price-to-earnings.

Source: Company documents.

Applebee’s

Founded in 1976 as the International House of Pancakes (IHOP) and based in Glendale, California, with 640 full-time employees, DineEquity today operates both Applebee’s Neighborhood Grill and Bar and IHOP. As of year-end 2011, the company operated 1,842 Applebee’s franchise restaurants in the USA and 16 different foreign markets and 177 additional company-owned restaurants. There were 1,535 IHOP-franchised restaurants in the USA and 5 in foreign markets and 10 company-owned IHOP restaurants. DineEquity has experienced a 40-percent decline in revenues from $1.4 billion in 2009 to $1.0 billion in 2011.

The Applebee’s segment of DineEquity competes with BWW by serving chicken wings, burgers, and other bar finger foods along with alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverage items. Applebee’s also sells steaks, its most popular item, and have begun a new fresh menu offering new chicken, seafood, and salads in an attempted to capitalize on a healthier-minded consumer. In addition to the historical similarity in food times with BWW, Applebee’s also markets itself as a neighborhood bar and grill and provides a limited sports bar atmosphere around the bar area during times of significant sporting events. New CEO Mike Archer of Applebee’s is currently reducing the pop culture feel of Applebee’s decor, adding healthier items such as its less-than 500-calorie menu, so it has yet to be determined how close of a competitor of BWW Applebee’s will remain.

Chili’s

Founded in 1975 as Chili’s in Dallas, Texas, Brinker International operates both Chili’s Grill & Bar and Maggianos’s Little Italy. As of year-end 2011, Brinker operated 1,534 Chili’s and 45 Maggiano’s. The company has restaurants in all 50 states and in more than 30 countries. The company experienced an 18-percent decline in revenues from $3.2 billion in 2009 to $2.7 billion in 2011. The Chili’s segment most closely competes with BWW offering many similar food items, alcoholic beverages, and a care-free atmosphere. However, Chili’s does not incorporate a sports bar aspect into its stores.

External Issues

Chicken wing prices in 2012 increased 62.8 percent over the prior year to an average price per pound of $1.97. Chicken wings accounted for 27 percent of BWW’s cost of sales in 2012, up from 19 percent the prior year.

Domestic Economy

Unemployment is hovering just above 8 percent and interest rates are low but banks are not readily lending. Consumers continue to pinch pennies. “Dining out easily can be postponed, so many restaurants are a “very visible indicator” of what’s happening in the economy,” says Malcolm Knapp, a New York-based consultant who created the Knapp-Track Index and has monitored the industry since 1970. “Amid declining confidence, consumers don’t have the appetite to eat away from home as frequently,” he said. The USA is facing more than $600 billion in higher taxes and reductions in defense and other government programs in 2013. U.S. retail sales are weakening, and consumer sentiment, measured by the Bloomberg Comfort Index, is declining. “It doesn’t feel like we’re out of a recession for many middle-class American households,” Knapp said. In what’s become an “allocation nation,” consumers must choose between different categories of discretionary spending, and dining out is “very sensitive” to changing habits.

Commodity Prices

BWW does not engage in any form of futures contracts for purchasing wings, instead purchasing at market prices and accepting the volatility that comes with that strategy. BWW acknowledges this problem and is actively looking for a long-term pricing agreement but has yet to come to agreement with any provider of chicken wings. Also, most BWW supplies are provided by third parties, leaving BWW with limited little control over its supply chain. Failure to deliver chicken wings, sauce, paper products, beverages, and such on time could severely impact its business.

Future

BWW is one of the fastest-growing restaurant chains in the USA and also one of the hottest stocks for investors. The company’s strategy to focus on chicken wings, beer, sports, and attractive waitresses continues to be a winning business model. Perhaps the most important challenge facing BWW is with its expansion policy. The company expects to double its total stores in the next three to four years. CEO Sally Smith is currently faced with continuing expansion in stronghold markets in the Midwest and Southeast or exploring markets in the Northeast, West, Canada, and other international markets. BWW has two franchise development agreements for restaurants in the Middle East and Puerto Rico.

BWW lacks control over its supply chain and has no real futures contracts in place to hedge against volatile chicken wing prices. Should CEO Smith actively establish contracts with chicken producers to buy chicken wings on a futures contract? Are there other backward integration strategies CEO Smith could pursue to help protect against untimely delivery, poor quality, or volatile pricing of supply chain products?

Another strategic issue facing BWW is its neglect of the takeout business. Although the company focuses on selling a casual sporty dining environment, many sports fans enjoy watching games at home, tailgating at the event, or even just enjoying a day at the lake or beach. Currently BWW does not offer any type of marketing package or takeout options for this customer group, rather it expects the customer to pay full menu dine-in prices with little price discount for volume purchases. However, with 13 percent of sales, and a much larger percent of food sales because takeout typically does not include alcohol, there is an opportunity to grow this business.

Develop a three-year strategic plan for CEO Sally Smith at BWW.

Rite Aid Corporation, 2013

www.riteaid.com , RAD

Headquartered in Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, and incorporated in Delaware, Rite Aid is the third-largest retail drugstore chain in the USA based on both revenue and number of stores. Rite Aid operates 4,623 stores in 31 states and the District of Columbia and has 89,000 associates, of which 13 percent were pharmacists, 43 percent were part-time, and 26 percent were members of a union. Rite Aid’s fiscal 2013 year ended on March 2, 2013.

Rite Aid stores sell prescription drugs and other merchandise, dubbed “front-end products” such as over-the-counter medications, beauty products, cosmetics, household items, beverages, snack foods, greeting cards, seasonal merchandise, and much more. Currently prescription drugs account for 67.6 percent of revenue, whereas front-end products account for 32.4 percent of revenue. The average size Rite Aid store is 12,600 square feet with 61 percent of the stores free standing and 40 percent built into another building such as a strip mall. Approximately 52 percent of stores include a drive through, 24 percent include a one-hour photo and 47 percent include a General Nutrition Corporation (GNC) store inside.

Although performing poorly and in financial trouble, Rite Aid tries to distinguish itself from other drugstores with its wellness + loyalty program, plus their private brands that account for 18.3 percent of front-end sales, and a strategic alliance with GNC, the leading retailer of vitamin and mineral supplements. In the prior fiscal year that ended March 1, 2012, Rite Aid private brands comprised 17 percent of sales. However, CVS and Walgreens, as well as pharmacies in mass discounters such as Walmart and Target, are crushing Rite Aid, which needs a clear strategic plan and turnaround strategy to survive the next few years.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Rite Aid opened its first store in 1962 as Thrift D Discount Center in Scranton, Pennsylvania. Thrift D Discount Center grew rapidly and in 1968 changed its name to Rite Aid Corporation and was listed on the American Stock Exchange only to switch to the New York Stock Exchange in 1970. The company grew rapidly and by 1972 operated 267 stores in 10 different states, and by 1981, was, and remains to this day, the third-largest drugstore chain in the USA. When Rite Aid celebrated its twenty-fifth year in operation in 1987, the company continued its acquisition and market penetration strategy by acquiring 420 stores in 10 different states plus the District of Columbia, bringing the total number of Rite Aid stores to 2,000, at that time the nation’s largest drugstore chain based on total stores.

In 1995, Rite Aid acquired Perry Drug Stores in Michigan and a year later acquired Thrifty PayLess Holdings, the largest drugstore chain in the western USA. Also in 1996, Rite Aid entered the Gulf Coast market with the acquisition of Harco, based in Alabama and then acquired K&B Inc. based in New Orleans. Rite Aid formed a strategic partnership with GNC whereby the two companies have cobranded a line of vitamins and nutritional supplements called PharmAssure that are sold in both Rite Aid and GNC stores nationwide.

In 2007, Rite Aid acquired (for more than $4 billion from Canadian drugstore chain Jean Coutu), the U.S. drugstore chain named Brooks and Eckerd. This acquisition established Rite Aid as the largest drugstore chain on the East coast, and all 1,850 Brooks and Eckerd stores were renamed and rebranded as Rite Aid; but the acquisition left Rite Aid heavily in debt and with redundant stores in some areas.

Today, Rite Aid is clinging to its position as a distant third (behind CVS and Walgreens) in the U.S. retail drugstore business. Unprofitable and operating more than 4,700 drugstores in about 30 states and the District of Columbia, Rite Aids fills prescriptions (about two-thirds of sales) and sells health and beauty aids, convenience foods, greeting cards, and other items, including some 3,000 Rite Aid brand private-label products.

Vision and Mission

According to its website, Rite Aid’s mission statement is:

  • “To be a successful chain of friendly, neighborhood drugstores. Our knowledgeable, caring associates work together to provide a superior pharmacy experience, and offer everyday products and services that help our valued customers lead healthier, happier lives.”

The company has no stated vision statement.

Organizational Structure

Rite Aid appears to use a divisional-by-geographic region organizational structure as portrayed in Exhibit 1. Doing business only in the USA, Rite Aid has five divisions: Southern, Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, Western, and New York City Metro. Note in Exhibit 1 that the division heads are lower levels of top management, which may be a problem. For example, do the executive vice-president’s noted in the chart have authority and responsibility over the division senior vice-president head persons. Note also that there are only three women among the top 31 executives.

Internal Issues

Statement of Ethics

Rite Aid has two separate Codes of Ethic posted on its website. One code reinforces the overall commitment of Rite Aid and its associates, board of directors, and the companies that do business with Rite Aid, whereas the second code is principally targeted for the chief executive officer (CEO) and senior officers within the company. Rite Aid’s Codes of Ethics provide guidelines for many workplace issues including but not limited to: associate privacy, equal employment and discrimination, sexual and other forms of harassment, environmental policies, safety in the work place, drugs and alcohol, weapons in the work place, and much more. The Code of Ethics also establishes conditions of ethical behavior for the company as a whole. Some examples discussed in the code are: dealing with suppliers, dealing with conflicts of interest, receiving and giving gifts, confidential information and trade secrets, document records, and insider trading. The code also describes in detail how to function with integrity in respect to honest advertising, fair billing of prescription drugs, and product safety. Finally the Code of Ethics discusses interaction with local, state, and the national government, mainly focusing on gifts to politicians, political contributions, and lobbying activities.

Segment Data

Rite Aid provides data for four unique business segments. As indicated in Exhibit 2, prescription drugs account for approximately 68 percent of sales. It is interesting that titles of the company executives do not indicate a divisional-by-product structure so apparently there is none. Front-end products (all products that are not prescription drugs) account for the balance of 32 percent of revenue. Approximately 17 percent of the company’s front-end sales can be attributed to private branded products; Rite Aid plans to increase the offerings of Rite Aid branded products in 2013–2015.

Properties

Rite Aid does no business outside the USA. Rite Aid’s store size varies depending on location with stores in the East averaging 11,100 square feet per store and stores in the West averaging 19,500 square feet for an overall average of 12,600 square feet. Exhibit 3 provides a breakdown of the store count for the top 10 states in which Rite Aid operates. Note that the only western state in the top 10 in store count is California. Note also that no state added stores in fiscal 2013. Exhibit 4 reveals further attributes about Rite Aid stores.

More than 4,400 of Rite Aid stores, or approximately 94 percent are under noncancelable leases with terms of 10 to 22 years. Rental payments are set at comparable fair market rates and certain leases also require additional payments based on sales volumes, reimbursement for taxes, maintenance, and building insurance. Rite Aid outright owns 259 stores and also owns its corporate headquarters a 205,000-square-foot building in Camp Hill, Pennsylvania, and leases another building more than 366,000 square feet in neighboring Harrisburg. Rite Aid in addition owns or leases 17 distribution centers across the USA that average approximately 425,000 square feet, and, for some reason, owns a 55,800-square-foot ice cream manufacturing facility in California.

EXHIBIT 1 Rite Aid’s Organizational Structure

Source: Chart constructed based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 2 Rite Aid’s Revenue Breakdown

Product Class

Sales (%)

Prescription drugs

67.6

Over-the-counter medications and personal care

9.9

Health and beauty aids

5.2

General merchandise and other

17.3

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 3 Rite Aid Locations

 

Fiscal 2012

Fiscal 2013

State

Store Count

Store Count

New York

630

620

California

588

583

Pennsylvania

548

540

Michigan

282

279

New Jersey

264

262

North Carolina

228

226

Ohio

227

224

Virginia

192

192

Georgia

191

189

Massachusetts

155

153

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 4 A Profile of Rite Aid Stores (March 2012)

 

Fiscal 2012

Fiscal 2013

2012

2013

Attribute

Number

 

Percentage (%)

 

Freestanding Store

2,803

2,800

60.1

60.6

Drive-Through Pharmacy

2,400

2,400

51.4

51.9

GNC Stores Inside Rite Aid

2,138

2,186

45.8

47.3

Source: Company documents.

Current Strategies

Rite Aid’s strategy is to become the neighborhood destination for health and wellness for all Americans. The company in fiscal 2013 converted 500 more stores to their wellness format. Rite Aid’s Wellness and Loyalty Program, established in April 2010, allows customers to accumulate points on purchases in both front-end products and prescription drugs by achieving Bronze, Silver, and Gold levels. Rite Aid has more than 25 million members enrolled in the program. Currently 74 percent of front-end sales and 68 percent of prescriptions are filled by members of the program. Members also tend to do more business with Rite Aid on both front-end items and prescription drugs.

In addition to the new Wellness and Loyalty Program, Rite Aid has increased the number of immunizing pharmacists to 11,000 to cover all Rite Aid stores and in fiscal 2013 administered 2.4 million flu shots. The 2.4 million was up 60 percent from 1.5 million the prior year. Rite Aid also actively promotes its private brands and currently has more than 3,000 different Rite Aid brands, many that Rite Aid considers its “price fighter” or best value for the money.

Also helping to increase same-store sales is Rite Aid’s partnership with GNC. Rite Aid has more than 2,100 GNC stores located within Rite Aid stores and a commitment to open additional stores by December 2014.

Technology

Rite Aid’s information system allows customers to fill or refill prescriptions at any Rite Aid in the country. The system provides pharmacists with warnings of possible drug interactions. Customers can order its prescriptions over the Internet or telephone through Rite Aid’s automated-response system. Efficiency derived from the use of technology allows Rite Aid’s pharmacists to spend more time consulting and advising customers on supplementary products that the customers may find useful and creating a friendly atmosphere leading to more customer loyalty. Customers may also place orders on both the iPhone and Android platforms.

Suppliers

Rite Aid is currently under a contract with McKesson Corporation to deliver both brand-name and generic pharmaceuticals. About 91 percent of all prescription drugs are purchased through McKesson, leaving Rite Aid dependent on McKesson for timely supplying drugs. Rite Aid’s contract with McKesson expires in March 2016. About 80 percent of all generic drugs are purchased directly from the manufacturer. Front-end products are purchased through numerous other manufacturers.

Marketing

In fiscal 2013, Rite Aid’s marketing and advertising expense was $336 million, down from $369 million the prior year, mostly as a result of weekly circular advertising flyers focusing on price promotions to drive customers to stores. The ads also promote the firm’s Wellness and Loyalty Program, market the Rite Aid private-branded products, and try to convince consumers that Rite Aid should be its first choice for health and wellness products.

Finance

Rite Aid is highly leveraged with more than $5.9 billion in long-term debt, so debt financing is not a good option for the company going forward. A large portion of the company’s cash flow is dedicated to servicing debt. Even with all of its acquisitions over the years, Rite Aid’s goodwill remains $0 so that is good, but Rite Aid’s stock price has been less than $3 per share for five years and is still $3 as of 8-15-13, so equity financing is also not an attractive financing option. The low stock price could also make the company vulnerable to a hostile takeover, but the large debt and negative stockholders’ equity may reduce this concern. If a firm’s stock value drops below the minimum New York Stock Exchange listing price, then the security could be delisted from the exchange.

Rite Aid’s relationship with Canadian pharmacy chain Jean Coutu Group (through the acquisition of Brooks Eckerd), which controls 25 percent of the voting power, also hinders Rite Aid’s financial position. Based in Longueuil, Quebec, Canada, Jean Coutu owned Eckerd when Rite Aid made that acquisition. Jean Coutu today operates about 400 franchised stores in Quebec, New Brunswick, and Ontario. In April 2012, Jean Coutu sold on the open market 56 million shares of Rite Aid. That sell was part of Jean Coutu’s initial $234.4 million stake in Rite Aid. Jean Coutu would be a rival if Rite Aid expanded to Canada. What is there to prevent even a firm such as CVS from buying Jean Coutu’s bulk amount of Rite Aid common stock?

Rite Aid’s current income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 5 and 6, respectively. Note the $118 million earnings in fiscal 2013, coming off bad losing years.

Competitors

There are more than 44,000 drugstores in the USA with slightly more than half of these stores belonging to chains and the rest being independent mom-and-pop operations. Mail-order drug companies such as www.drugstore.com, as well as large discount firms such as Walmart, significantly erode potential sales for Rite Aid. Prescription drug sales, where around 60 percent of drugstore sales originate from, total about $150 billion annually and are expected to increase as the economy improves, baby boomers age, a strong drug pipeline, and the introduction of healthcare reform.

Walgreens, CVS Caremark, and Rite Aid are the three-largest drugstore chains in the USA by store number and revenues, respectively. These top three chains represent 47 percent of total retail drugstore sales and 63 percent of the retail chain drugstore sales. With 37 percent of the retail chain drugstore sales not coming from the big three, there remains room for acquisitions for the big players if they chose that strategy. Historically, Rite Aid has been the acquirer, but its weak financial condition now makes it more likely that they would be acquired.

Note in Exhibit 7 that Rite Aid generates more revenue per employee than Walgreens but less than CVS. The key statistic in Exhibit 7 however is that Rite Aid’s two major rivals are financially stable.

EXHIBIT 5 Rite Aid’s Income Statement (All amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

Year Ended

 

March 2, 2013 (52 Weeks)

March 3, 2012 (52 Weeks)

February 26, 2011 (52 Weeks)

Revenues

$ 25,392,263

$ 26,121,222

$ 25,214,907

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

   Cost of goods sold

18,073,987

19,327,887

18,522,403

   Selling, general and administrative expenses

6,600,765

6,531,411

6,457,833

   Lease termination and impairment charges

70,859

100,053

210,893

   Interest expense

515,421

529,255

547,581

   Loss on debt retirements, net

140,502

33,576

44,003

   Gain on sale of assets, net

(16,776)

(8,703)

(22,224)

 

25,384,758

26,513,479

25,760,489

Income (loss) before income taxes

7,505

(392,257)

(545,582)

Income tax (benefit) expense

(110,600)

(23,686)

9,842

   Net income (loss)

$ 118,105

$ (368,571)

$ (555,424)

Computation of income (loss) applicable to common stockholders:

 

 

 

   Net income (loss)

$ 118,105

$ (368,571)

$ (555,424)

   Accretion of redeemable preferred stock

(102)

(102)

(102)

   Cumulative preferred stock dividends

(10,528)

(9,919)

(9,346)

   Income (loss) attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

$ 107,475

$ (378,592)

$ (564,872)

   Basic and diluted income (loss) per share

$ 0.12

$ (0.43)

$ (0.64)

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: 2013 Form 10K, page 63.

EXHIBIT 6 Rite Aid’s Balance Sheet (All amounts in thousands except per share amounts)

 

March 2, 2013

March 3, 2012

ASSETS

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 129,452

$ 162,285

   Accounts receivable, net

929,476

1,013,233

   Inventories, net

3,154,742

3,138,455

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

195,377

190,613

      Total current assets

4,409,047

4,504,586

Property, plant and equipment, net

1,895,650

1,902,021

Other intangibles, net

464,404

528,775

Other assets

309,618

428,909

      Total assets

$ 7,078,719

$ 7,364,291

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Current maturities of long-term debt and lease financing obligations

$ 37,311

$ 79,421

   Accounts payable

1,384,644

1,426,391

   Accrued salaries, wages and other current liabilities

1,156,315

1,064,507

      Total current liabilities

2,578,270

2,570,319

Long-term debt, less current maturities

5,904,370

6,141,773

Lease financing obligations, less current maturities

91,850

107,007

Other noncurrent liabilities

963,663

1,131,948

      Total liabilities

9,538,153

9,951,047

Commitments and contingencies

Stockholders’ deficit:

 

 

   Preferred stock—series G, par value $1 per share; liquidation value $100 per share; 2,000 shares authorized; shares issued .007 and .006

   Preferred stock—series H, par value $1 per share; liquidation value $100 per share; 2,000 shares authorized; shares issued 1,821 and 1,715

182,097

171,569

   Common stock, par value $1 per share; 1,500,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding 904,268 and 898,687

904,268

898,687

Additional paid-in capital

4,280,831

4,278,988

Accumulated deficit

(7,765,262)

(7,883,367)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(61,369)

(52,634)

      Total stockholders’ deficit

(2,459,434)

(2,586,756)

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit

$ 7,078,719

$ 7,364,291

Source: 2013 Form 10K, p. 62.

EXHIBIT 7 A Financial Comparison of Rite Aid, Walgreens, and CVS

 

Rite Aid

Walgreens

CVS

Number of Employees

89,000

176,000

202,000

Net Income ($)

118M

2.57B

3.56B

Revenue ($)

25.3B

72.5B

112.2B

Revenue ($)/Employee

284K

411K

555K

EPS Ratio ($)

0.12

2.91

2.64

Market Capitalization

2.71B

25.85B

61.01B

EPS, earnings per share.

Walgreens

Founded in 1901 and based in Deerfield, Illinois, Walgreens operates 7,900 drugstores in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. With more than 176,000 full-time employees and sales of more than $72 billion, Walgreens is the largest drugstore in both sales and number of stores in the USA. The company is a full-fledge brick-and-mortar drugstore offering a full pharmacy and front-end products as well as one-hour photo services.

In 2011, Walgreens was involved in an ongoing dispute with Express Scripts, its pharmacy benefit manager (PBM), over contractual renewal terms. Walgreens had informed its customers that it is no longer part of the Express Scripts network. However in July 2012, the companies resolved their dispute, so Express Scripts now continues to supply Walgreens with the necessary prescriptions. During the lag though, Walgreens was not able to service customers whose prescription plans are managed by Express, thus costing Walgreens many of its Express-reliant customers and losing not only prescription sales to these customers but also front-end sales. Despite the July agreement, Walgreens still fears Express possibly merging with Express’ largest competitor, Medco Health Solutions, which could severely hurt Walgreens’ position in obtaining the necessary prescriptions depending on the terms of the new agreement, which are not made public.

Walgreens recently expanded into Europe through its $6.7 billion acquisition of 45 percent of Alliance Boots GmbH in Germany. This acquisition could have large potential benefits for Walgreens in the months ahead. Some analysts, however, contend that Walgreens paid too much for Alliance and should not move to acquire the remaining 55 percent of that company. The acquisition supposedly brings cross benefits to both companies whereby Walgreens gains exposure to an international market, helping it create a network of stores globally, and the deal allows Alliance Boots to enter the U.S. market, which it was eying for the past 10 years. The combined entity is supposed to be one of the biggest drugstore businesses with about 11,600 stores across 12 countries with more than 170,000 pharmacies, hospitals, and health centers.

CVS Caremark

Founded in 1892 in Woonsocket, Rhode Island, CVS operates 7,352 retail drugstores, 570 MinuteClinics, 31 retail specialty pharmacy stores, 12 specialty mail-order pharmacies, and 4 mail-order pharmacies. CVS offers many of the same products chief competitors Walgreens and Rite Aid offers, including prescription drugs, over-the-counter drugs, food, snacks, beauty products, and one-hour photo services.

In 2007, CVS acquired Caremark RX, (a PBM), in a backward integration strategy, although many experts questioned the synergy and benefits of such an alliance. One of the main concerns was that PMBs aim is to reduce costs for the consumers whereas a retail store aim is to maximize sales. Within the first two years of the merger, CVS experienced a loss of more than $4 billion in PBM business to competitors. However, starting in 2010, CVS began to experience a profit from the merger, picking up a $575 million contract with a retirement system in California, a $9 billion annual contract with Aetna Inc., and a $3 billion in sales from federal employees’ plans.

Mail-Order Drugstores

Mail-order drugstores and pharmacies are the fastest-growing format in the drugstore industry. They vary from simply providing vitamins and supplements to providing over-the-counter drugs cheaper, to providing full prescription needs. Its main customer is people with an ongoing condition such as diabetes that have ongoing treatment needs. Typically, mail-order stores will fill prescriptions in up to a 90-day supply instead of the typical 30- to 60-day supply drugstores use. Brick-and-mortar drugstores offer lower duration supplies hoping to entice customers to purchase other front-end products while in its stores, but the convenience of online shopping with products mailed to the customer’s house, the reduction of copays from receiving fewer prescriptions per year, and often overall lower prices because overhead of mail-order stores is considerably less, is expected on balance to hurt brick-and-mortar stores. Some stores such as CVS have expanded into the mail-order business, but CVS maintains more than 7,000 retail stores.

External Issues

People globally are getting older, so the consumption of prescription and nonprescription drugs is expected to increase quite dramatically in the years ahead, benefiting drugstore companies such as Rite Aid. The Affordable Care Act was recently upheld in the USA, benefiting drugstores. Although Rite Aid competes only in the USA, emerging economies globally are also purchasing more and more prescription and nonprescription drugs because those societies strive to become healthier. As Rite Aid’s rivals such as Walgreens gain economies of scale doing business outside the USA, that trend hurts Rite Aid. Increasing penetration of cell phones and wireless devices globally also is spurring consumers to purchase more medicines and vitamins.

There is a general trend in the USA and elsewhere toward greater awareness of healthiness as well as information on how to stay healthy. This trend helps drugstores. Corporate wellness programs are gaining widespread acceptance in the business world and this too helps drugstores. But competition is exceptionally intense, so a clear strategic plan is essential to gain and sustain competitive advantage in a growing industry with growing numbers of consumers.

Generic Drugs

Hundreds of prescription drugs have recently become generic or even over-the-counter after their patents have expired. The Food and Drug Administration provides patent protection to drug companies so those firms can recover research and development costs and eventually make a profit without the risk of competition. However, when the patents expire, generic companies can market the same chemical drug at fractions of the cost to the consumer. Despite their lower sales prices, generics now account for about 78 percent of all prescriptions filled and yield a much higher gross margin for pharmacies than brand-named drugs. The average generic drug price is less than $40 whereas the average brand-name drug is about $155. About $98 billion in prescription sales will lose patent protection by 2015, resulting in an estimated $26 billion in sales from generic drugs and greatly benefiting drugstores such as Rite Aid, but of course the task is to best attract and keep customers who have many choices and thus great bargaining power.

Greater Convenience

To compete with mail-order stores, traditional drugstores are increasing the number of freestanding stores with drive-through pharmacies and investing in technology that fills prescriptions. Many drugstores are now open 24 hours a day, but the pharmacy and 1-hour photo aspects are generally only open during normal business hours.

To provide customers greater convenience, Walgreens recently added a line of grocery items. This strategy appears to be working well for Walgreens, so analysts expect Rite Aid and CVS to follow suit in the coming months or years, perhaps sooner than later.

Store Brands

Focusing on low cost-minded customers, many drugstores now have developed their own store-branded products and even offer deep discounts through their rewards programs for customers who purchase their respective brands. CVS for example has recently launched “Just the Basics” brand with more than 100 items targeted at value-minded customers. This product line currently makes up more than 17 percent of CVS front-end sales. CVS plans to further increase its private-branded products. In addition to CVS, Rite Aid has its “price fighter” store brands that total to more than 3,000 individual products. Much like generic drugs, these products are cheaper for the consumer but offer larger margins for the corporation. Store branding is expected to be a main strategy of all players in the drugstore industry.

New Healthcare Laws

In 2008, approximately 46 million Americans lacked health insurance. With the passage of the Affordable Care Act, an additional 32 million formally uninsured Americans will now be covered. It is estimated that the Affordable Care Act will cost more than $938 billion over the next 10 years, leaving many opportunities for retail drugstore operations. By 2019, it is expected that health insurance will be available for 95 percent of all Americans, up from 85 percent in 2012.

The Future

Rite Aid’s big problem is high indebtedness, which stifles the firm’s ability to make strategic moves and creates high interest expenses. Rumors are beginning to surface that Walgreens may be interested in acquiring Rite Aid to compete better against CVS. Although a deal would help Walgreens grow, it would also saddle the company with Rite Aid’s debt.

Even if Rite Aid would consider a friendly takeover by Walgreens, a clear strategic plan would be essential for Rite Aid’s shareholders to recoup its investment in the firm. Even in a hostile takeover attempt, a clear strategic plan would be vital for Rite Aid shareholders.

Best Buy Co., Inc., 2014

www.bby.com , BBY

Headquartered in Richfield, Minnesota, Best Buy Co., Inc. is the world’s largest consumer electronics retailer with 1,400 stores that carry phone products, computers, televisions, appliances, cameras, and much more. In addition to its product line, Best Buy also offers service contracts, extended warranty, and product repair. Best Buy Co., Inc. is the parent company of Best Buy, Five Star, Future Shop, Pacific Sales, Geek Squad, CinemaNow, Magnolia Audio, and The Phone House stores. With 165,000 full-time employees, Best Buy is struggling to reinvent itself amid fierce competition from Apple and Amazon. A huge problem for Best Buy is that people shop there to get educated and then buy online at cheaper prices.

The brick-and-mortar business model is in severe trouble, especially for retailers that do not sell perishable goods (such as Best Buy and RadioShack). With the popularity and cost effectiveness of online shopping, coupled with a lack of sales taxes and not having the expense of operating large stores, online retailers have a huge competitive advantage. Best Buy stores serve as showrooms for online retailers. Best Buy has expensive long-term leases on its buildings and those leases must be honored, unless the firm goes into bankruptcy, which some analysts say is inevitable, especially without a clear strategic plan going forward. Best Buy’s fiscal 2013 ended on February 1, 2013.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Founded in Saint Paul, Minnesota, in 1966, Best Buy (then named Sound of Music) was started by Richard Schulze and Gary Smoliak. After acquiring two small stores in 1967, the Sound of Music went public in 1969, and enacted an employee stock option plan. By 1970, the Sound of Music hit $1 million in annual revenues.

The name Best Buy first originated in 1981 after a tornado hit a store in Roseville, Minnesota, resulting in a major sale dubbed as “Best Buy,” which subsequently became an annual event, and in 1983 Sound of Music officially changed its name to Best Buy Co., Inc. After the name change, Best Buy increased average store selling space and began offering a wider range of products, many of them at discounted prices.

During the 1990s, Best Buy continued to grow, hitting the $1 billion mark in annual revenues. Best Buy launched bestbuy.com in 2000 and acquired the Canada-based electronics chain Future Shop in 2001. Future Shop still operates under its original name and still operates independently from Best Buy. Best Buy acquired Geek Squad, the 24-hour computer support taskforce in 2002 and opened its first Canadian Best Buy store in Ontario in the same year.

In 2006, Best Buy’s common stock closed at an all-time high of $59.50 and in 2008 the chain opened its 1,000th physical store in the Mall of America, one of the largest malls in the world, located in Bloomington, Minnesota. Best Buy continued international expansion in 2008 by opening stores in Puerto Rico, Mexico, and Shanghai, China. In 2009, the company opened stores in Turkey and the United Kingdom. Best Buy planned to expand heavily into the United Kingdom (UK) when the company hired Brian Dunn as its CEO. Dunn had started at Best Buy 25 years previously as a salesperson and was widely liked by all rank-and-file workers at the time of the appointment because they viewed Dunn as “one of their own.” Sluggish growth of sales in the United Kingdom led to Best Buy closing 11 Best Buy Europe stores in 2011.

Best Buy CEO Brian Dunn resigned in 2012. Less than a month later, founder and chairman Schulze was forced to resign, partly because he did not reveal that CEO Dunn, who is married, had an inappropriate relationship with a 29-year old subordinate female employee, which is violation of the company’s Code of Ethics. Dunn allegedly misused company funds in conjunction with the relationship. Schulze was replaced by Hatim Tyabi in mid-2012. George Mikan III became Best Buy’s CEO in late 2012. Schulze, age 71, offered about $10 billion or $25 per share to buy Best Buy and take the company private. He already owns 20 percent of the company’s stock. Shareholders and analysts are skeptical of Schulze’s offer. In August 2012, Hubert Joly was hired as CEO, but the company’s stock was down another 10 percent in response to the announcement.

Vision and Mission

Best Buy does not have a written vision statement. The company’s mission statement is as follows:

  • Our formula is simple: we’re a growth company focused on better solving the unmet needs of our customers—and we rely on our employees to solve those puzzles. Thanks for stopping.

Organizational Structure

Best Buy currently uses a divisional-by-geographic region organizational structure. As noted in Exhibit 1, the company has a chief administrative officer rather than a chief operating officer for the divisional heads to report.

Segments

Best Buy operates under two distinct business segments: domestic and international. The domestic segment includes all states, districts and territories of the USA, including Puerto Rico. The international segment includes all of Canada, China, Mexico, and Europe. Best Buy reports domestic revenues of $33.3 and $37.6 billion in fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively, and international revenues of $11.7 and $11.9 billion in 2013 and 2012, respectively. For 2013, approximately 26 percent of total revenue was from domestic operations.

Despite Best Buy claiming and presenting data based on geographic region, it is possible that Best Buy is in fact a strategic business unit (SBU) structure with the two geographic regions serving as the two distinct SBUs. However, the executive titles provided in Exhibit 1 suggest a purely divisional-by-geographic structure rather than an SBU.

Domestic

There were 1,056 U.S. Best Buy stores at fiscal year-end 2013, and 409 U.S. Best Buy Mobile Stand-Alone stores. During fiscal 2013, Best Buy closed 47 U.S. Best Buy stores while opening 105 U.S. Best Buy mobile stand-alone stores.

Within the domestic segment, Best Buy further breaks down the SBU by products and services and assigns employees to distinct leadership teams for each respective product and service. Teams are empowered to determine the most effective ways to market products and services through Best Buy’s channels, retail stores and online, and call centers. Further, Best Buy breaks down its domestic SBU into six different revenue categories: consumer electronics, computing and mobile phones, entertainment, appliances, services, and other.

Consumer electronics includes items such as TVs, e-Readers, navigation products, cameras, mp3 players, musical instruments, home theater systems, and much more. Computing and mobile phone segment includes items such as: notebook and desktop computers, tablets, monitors, phones, phone subscription plans, storage devices, printers, and random office supplies. Entertainment segment includes video gaming hardware and software, DVDs, CDs, and computer software. Best Buy’s appliances category includes both large and small household appliances. The service category includes: service contracts, extended warranties, product repair, installation of home theater systems, and much more. Exhibit 2 reveals the percentage of revenue in each domestic product arena. Note all the negative numbers.

Exhibit 2 reveals that consumer electronics has been in a steady decline for each of the last two years. Much of the decline can be attributed to soft market for TVs and the overall declining prices of TVs. The overall TV market is much weaker than the most recent 5.4 percent decline indicates because this number would have been much worse if not for the high customer interest in e-Readers.

At fiscal year-end 2013 (March 1, 2013), there were 872 Carphone Warehouse stores and 1,517 Phone House stores in Europe, while in Canada there were 140 Future Shop stores, 72 Best Buy stores, and 49 Best Buy Mobile stores. In China there were 211 Five Star stores, and in Mexico there were 14 Best Buy stores. Computing and mobile phones experienced a 6-percent increase in same-store sales from fiscal 2011, primarily from tablets and mobile phones.

EXHIBIT 1 Best Buy’s Organizational Structure

EXHIBIT 2 Best Buy’s Revenue by Product

 

Revenue Mix by Product (%)

Same-Store Sales (%)

 

Fiscal Year End

Fiscal Year End

 

February 2011

March 2012

March 2013

February 2011

March 2012

March 2013

Consumer electronics

37

36

18

(6.3)

(5.4)

(7.0)

Computing and mobile phones

37

40

61

3.6

6.0

(0.3)

Entertainment

14

12

(13.3)

(16.3)

(13.4)

Appliances

10

7.0

10.6

2.9

Services

0.5

(0.6)

(1.3)

Other

(-)

 

Total

100

100

 

(3.0)

(1.6)

(2.5)

Source: Company documents.

The entertainment segment continues to experience significant same-store declines as a result primarily of the decline in the video gaming industry and decline in sales of music and movies because many more people are downloading music offline and watching movies through outlets such as Red Box, Netflix, and Time Warner Cable’s movies on demand.

Best Buy attributes the increase in appliances to promotional sales, but the slowly improving housing market in some parts of the country could explain this increase.

International

The United Kingdom and Ireland only have Carphone Warehouse stores, whereas mainland Europe only has the Phone House Stores. Canada is home to Future Shop, Best Buy, and Best Buy Mobile stand-alone stores. China is the exclusive home to only Five Star stores. In fiscal 2013, Best Buy introduced its Best Buy Express concept in Mexico. Best Buy Europe opened 122 new stores in fiscal 2013 while closing 126 other stores. Outside the USA and Europe, Best Buy opened 40 new stores and closed 21 in 2013.

Internal Issues

Statement of Ethics and Governance

Best Buy has a detailed Code of Ethics on its website, addressing the culture at Best Buy, outlining ethical behavior expected of all constituents of Best Buy, and detailing how to report violations of ethical behavior. In the wake of the embarrassing resignation of Dunn and Schulze’s dismissal, the current Code of Ethics provided on Best Buy’s website (several months after the dismissals) begins with a letter from former Dunn addressing the code and thanking all employees and constituents of Best Buy for their ethical behavior.

In 2010, two years before the ethical fiasco with Dunn and Schulze, research company Management CV Inc., disclosed several questionable issues, which as of 2012 are still an ongoing problem according to Management CV Inc. For example, Best Buy paid Schulze $1 million in 2011 to rent two stores he owned with one of these leases running through 2018. Schulze’s daughter, the founder of Best Buy Children’s Foundation, currently works as both the chairwoman and CEO of this foundation with a base salary of $242,000 and bonuses of approximately $120,000 annually. Her husband also has worked with Best Buy. A contract with Phoenix Fixtures, Schulze brother’s business, has led to spending more than $70 million in fixtures for stores from 2008 to 2012. In addition, Best Buy has paid close to $4 million for chartered aircraft owned by Schulze Trust. The questionable ethics is not limited to the Schulze family either because there have been many contracts between Best Buy and businesses that have connections with Best Buy board members.

EXHIBIT 3 A Breakdown of Best Buy Stores

 

Total Stores at Year End

 

March 2010

February 2011

March 2012

March 2013

Best Buy

1,069

1,099

1,103

1,099

Best Buy Mobile stand alone

74

177

305

177

Pacific Sales

35

35

34

35

Magnolia Audio Video

Geek Squad

Total Domestic Segment Stores

1,190

1,317

1,447

1,317

Source: Company documents.

Properties

Exhibit 3 below reveals a three-year trend for domestic stores in each of Best Buy’s various segments. Many customers do not even know Best Buy’s traditional stores offer mobile devices and service plans.

At fiscal year-end 2013, Best Buy had 1,503 domestic stores, up from 1,447 the prior year—and had 2,876 international stores, up from 2,861 the prior year. Exhibit 4 reveals the top-five markets based on store count in the domestic segment, and Exhibit 5 reveals the total number of stores in the international segment.

Suppliers

Best Buy’s largest supplier is Apple, followed by Samsung, Hewlett-Packard, Sony, and LG Electronics, which together represent 45 percent of total merchandise purchased. Best Buy could possibly be subject to significant revenue reductions if any one of these top five suppliers were unable to or chose not to continue to provide products to Best Buy. Best Buy does not have long-term contracts with suppliers, but the company does not foresee any problems in the future with suppliers not being able to meet the demands of Best Buy. Without long-term contracts, Best Buy is more flexible regarding which suppliers to do business with, but the fact is a supplier such as Apple is also a competitor and could potentially crush Best Buy if desired.

EXHIBIT 4 Number of Best Buy Stores in the Five Top U.S. States (Fiscal 2012)

State

Best Buy Stores

Best Buy Mobile Stand-alone Stores

Pacific Sales Stores

Magnolia Audio Video Stores

California

126

29

31

Texas

110

25

Florida

67

30

Illinois

58

14

New York

55

13

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 Number of Best Buy Stores Outside the USA

 

Total Stores at Year End

 

March 2010

February 2011

March 2012

March 2013

Best Buy Europe

2,371

2,357

2,393

2,357

Canada

 

 

 

 

   Future Shop

144

146

149

146

   Best Buy

64

71

77

71

Best Buy Mobile stand-alone

10

30

10

China (Five Star Only)

158

166

204

166

Mexico (Best Buy Only)

Total

2,746

2,876

2,861

2,756

Source: Company documents.

Finance

EXHIBIT 6 Best Buy’s Income Statements

 

11 Months Ended

12 Months Ended

Fiscal Years Ended

February 2, 2013

January 28, 2012

March 3, 2012

February 26, 2011

 

(unaudited recast)

Revenue

$ 45,085

$ 46,064

$ 50,705

$ 49,747

Cost of goods sold

34,435

34,693

38,113

37,197

Restructuring charges—cost of goods sold

1

19

19

9

Gross profit

10,649

11,352

12,573

12,541

Selling, general and administrative expenses

9,502

9,339

10,242

10,029

Restructuring charges

450

34

39

138

Goodwill impairments

822

1,207

1,207

Operating income (loss)

(125)

772

1,085

2,374

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

   Gain on sale of investments

18

55

55

   Investment income and other

33

37

37

43

   Interest expense

(112)

(121)

(134)

(86)

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense and equity in income (loss) of affiliates

(186)

743

1,043

2,331

Income tax expense

231

622

709

779

Equity in income (loss) of affiliates

(4)

(3)

(4)

2

Net earnings (loss) from continuing operations

(421)

118

330

1,554

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations (Note 4), net of tax of $(2), $83, $89 and $65

1

(295)

(308)

(188)

Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interests

(420)

(177)

22

1,366

   Net earnings from continuing operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

(22)

(1,378)

(1,387)

(127)

   Net loss from discontinued operations attributable to noncontrolling interests

1

130

134

38

Net earnings (loss) attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders

$ (441)

$ (1,425)

$ (1,231)

$ 1,277

Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders

 

 

 

 

   Continuing operations

$ (1.31)

$ (3.38)

$ (2.89)

$ 3.51

   Discontinued operations

0.01

(0.45)

(0.47)

(0.37)

   Basic earnings (loss) per share

$ (1.30)

$ (3.83)

$ (3.36)

$ 3.14

Weighted-average common shares outstanding (in millions)

 

 

 

 

   Basic

338.6

372.5

366.3

406.1

   Diluted

338.6

372.5

366.3

416.5

Source: 2013 Form 10K, p. 60.

All amounts in millions of U.S. dollars except per share amounts.

EPS, earnings per share.

EXHIBIT 7 Best Buy’s Balance Sheets

 

February 2, 2013

March 3, 2012

Assets

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 1,826

$ 1,199

   Receivables

2,704

2,288

   Merchandise inventories

6,571

5,731

   Other current assets

946

1,079

   Total current assets

12,047

10,297

Property and Equipment

 

 

   Land and buildings

756

775

   Leasehold improvements

2,386

2,367

   Fixtures and equipment

5,120

4,981

   Property under capital lease

113

129

 

8,375

8,252

   Less accumulated depreciation

5,105

4,781

   Net property and equipment

3,270

3,471

Goodwill

528

1,335

Tradenames, Net

131

130

Customer Relationships, Net

203

229

Equity and Other Investments

86

140

Other Assets

522

403

Total Assets

$ 16,787

$ 16,005

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

   Accounts payable

$ 6,951

$ 5,364

   Unredeemed gift card liabilities

428

456

   Accrued compensation and related expenses

520

539

   Accrued liabilities

1,639

1,685

   Accrued income taxes

129

288

   Short-term debt

596

480

   Current portion of long-term debt

547

43

      Total current liabilities

10,810

8,855

Long-Term Liabilities

1,109

1,099

Long-Term Debt

1,153

1,685

Contingencies and Commitments

 

 

Equity

 

 

   Best Buy Co., Inc. Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

      Preferred stock, $1.00 par value: Authorized—400,000 shares; Issued and outstanding—none

      Common stock, $0.10 par value: Authorized—1.0 billion shares; Issued and outstanding—338,276,000 and 341,400,000 shares, respectively

34

34

      Additional paid-in capital

54

      Retained earnings

2,861

3,621

      Accumulated other comprehensive income

112

90

         Total Best Buy Co., Inc. shareholders’ equity

3,061

3,745

   Noncontrolling interests

654

621

         Total equity

3,715

4,366

Total Liabilities and Equity

$ 16,787

$ 16,005

Source: 2013 Form 10K, p. 61.

All amounts in millions of U.S. dollars except per share amounts.

EXHIBIT 8 Best Buy Operating Statistics

 

2013

2012

2011

Comparable stores sales gain (decline)

(2.9%)

(1.7%)

(1.8%)

Operating income (loss) rate

(0.3%)

2.1%

4.8%

Source: Company documents.

Current Performance

Exhibit 8 reveals recent operating statistics for Best Buy. Note the fiscal 2013 comparable store sales decline of 2.9 percent.

Competition

Stores such as Walmart, the world’s largest retailer, and Costco are expanding their selection of TVs, notebook computers, cameras, mp3 players, and other electronic devices at prices typically lower than traditional merchants in the industry such as Best Buy. Online shopping at Amazon.com, overstock.com, eBay, and other online merchants creates a rough ocean for firms such as Best Buy to navigate.

Many retailers are entering overseas markets especially in Asia. For example, Office Depot generates close to 30 percent of their sales overseas, whereas Best Buy generates 27 percent and Staples generates 22 percent of sales. Amazon.com generated 44 percent of 2012 sales from outside the USA. Many brick-and-mortar retailers are adding services such as in-home installation as a way to differentiate themselves from online merchants and Walmart. Also, many retailers are focusing on sustainability as a means of differentiating their business as many of the products and services are the same. Best Buy was recently named one of the greenest companies in the USA. Many retailers are expanding their marketing of gift cards. Research reveals that many customers who enter the store with a gift card often spend more than the card amount. In addition, after several years of a gift card full amount not being used, companies are allowed to assume the card’s unused credit as assets on their financial statements.

Exhibit 9 gives a quick synopsis of Best Buy and two of its many rival companies. Note that Amazon has one-third the number of Best Buy employees yet generates roughly the same revenue. Amazon’s revenue-to-employee ratio reveals how they dominate in terms of cost efficiencies, price, and convenience. Best Buy’s market capitalization is a fraction of both Walmart and Amazon’s. RadioShack is a huge competitor to Best Buy and both companies are arguably on the brink of financial disaster.

Amazon

Amazon.com, an online retailer, operates worldwide focusing on price, convenience, selection, and timely delivery. Founded in 1994 as an online bookseller, Amazon has expanded its product line over the last decade and formed agreements with other retailers to sell their products under the Amazon.com name. Amazon is also the manufacturer and seller of the Kindle e-reader that allows customers to instantly order many books for $9.99. In 2011, Amazon experienced a 56-percent increase in electronic sales following an electronic merchandise growth rate of 66 percent in 2010.

EXHIBIT 9 A Synopsis of Best Buy and Two Rival Firms

 

Best Buy

Walmart

Amazon

Number of Employees

165,000

2.2M

56,200

Net Income ($)

(441M)

16.08B

560M

Revenue ($)

45.1B

455.7B

51.4B

Revenue/Employee ($)

273K

207K

914K

EPS Ratio ($)

-1.31

4.64

1.21

Market Capitalization

9.29B

244.7B

97.0B

Historically, Amazon reinvested most of profits, and even took on extra debt, to further expand the Amazon footprint. In recent years Amazon has begun to pay down debt and even hoard cash. For example, at year-end 2009, Amazon had $3.2 billion in cash on their balance sheet, and by year-end 2011, the company had $5.3 billion. Amazon reports $0 long-term debt over the three-year period of 2009 to 2011. Retained earnings have increased from $172 million in 2009 to a staggering $1.9 billion by year-end 2011.

One potential area of concern for Amazon is the large amount of goodwill on their balance sheet. As of 2011, Amazon had $1.9 billion in goodwill up from $1.2 billion in 2009. Some of Amazon’s recent purchases include Zappos.com, an online shoe store, and Quidsi, the parent company of diapers.com and soap.com. Amazon also acquired LoveFilm a European-based company similar to Netflix. As Amazon continues to purchase firms to further diversify its business, it needs to be mindful of potentially paying too much as indicated by the nearly $2 billion in goodwill on its balance sheet.

Amazon is pursuing forward integration by quietly installing large metal cabinets, called Amazon Lockers, in hundreds of grocery, 7-Eleven, and drugstores that accept the packages for customers for later pickup. This strategy especially dispels the concern of urban apartment dwellers, who fear they will miss an Amazon delivery or have their item stolen. This strategy also combats a growing problem of thieves following UPS and FedEx trucks and stealing packages at doorsteps. Amazon has lockers in the USA and United Kingdom. This strategy entails Amazon emailing customers a code to open the locker holding their merchandise. Curtailing failed deliveries is essential for Amazon because otherwise consumers might actually make their purchase in a Best Buy brick-and-mortar store. Amazon pays a small fee each month to store owners where it has lockers.

RadioShack Corp.

Although struggling to survive, RadioShack, like Best Buy, is a huge consumer electronics goods and services retailer with about 4,475 stores in the USA, Mexico, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. RadioShack’s operations include Target Mobile, dealer outlets, RadioShack de Mexico, and RadioShack.com. RadioShack operates 1,496 Target Mobile centers and has a network of 1,091 RadioShack dealer outlets, including 33 located outside of North America. The company recently discontinued its kiosks segment.

RadioShack’s stock price has continuously dropped of late to about $3.00 per share in October 2013 as company revenues and profits have plummeted. The company suspended its dividend payment in 2012. People want RadioShack (and Best Buy’s) products, but they simply make their purchase at Amazon, eBay, Target, Costco Wholesale, or Walmart.

RadioShack is another electronics brick-and-mortar retailer on a fast decline in the face of online shopping. The company has more than $500 million in cash and equivalents, and its next debt repayment of $375 million is due in August 2013. By suspending its dividend, the company will save $50 million per year to help cover its interest expenses, which only totals $31 million within the next year. Beyond interest and debt, and like Best Buy, RadioShack is contractually obligated to pay its leases and product and marketing agreements, which within the next year total $195 million and $316 million, respectively. Also like Best Buy, RadioShack’s credit has recently been downgraded to junk status. It still has $390 million available of a $450 million revolving credit facility through early 2016 to help it survive. The company’s CEO, Jim Gooch, says RadioShack “will focus on cellphones and tying together its brick-and-mortar stores with its website.” Analysts say that is way too vague of a strategic plan and is way too little too late for the company to survive.

Walmart

Walmart, founded in 1945 in Bentonville, Arkansas, has more than 2.2 million full-time employees and operates retail stores, restaurants, supermarkets, supercenters, warehouse clubs, apparel stores, and much more. If there is any product someone wants, Walmart likely offers the product at an attractive price point. The company emphasizes low prices and provides flat screen TVs, phones, mp3 players, cameras, notebook computers, and many other electronics at prices typically lower than Best Buy. In addition to electronics, Walmart is so diversified, especially with its grocery business, that it is able to withstand downturns in the economy better than most retailers. Currently, Walmart operates more than 10,000 retail stores under 69 different brand names in 27 different countries.

External Issues

Internet Shopping

With tax-free benefits still present for online sales, coupled with convenience, lower prices, and more variety, online sales are increasing at a much rate faster than traditional retail sales. Online sales could reach 15 percent of total retail sales by 2015. These numbers still leave the majority of retail sales to brick-and-mortar establishments.

Currently there is no state sales tax on many Internet purchases in the USA. This savings can provide consumers who buy and sell products online from a central location up to a 10-percent price advantage over rival firms who have brick-and-mortar locations in the respective state of the transaction. However, there is growing sentiment among U.S. politicians to even this playing field, and it is expected that states could receive a $23 billion windfall from taxed sales on the Internet. Many states financially need the money badly. Taxing Internet sales would make it more likely consumers would patronize local stores rather than buying off the Internet. This would be especially true for firms such as Best Buy who sell many higher ticket priced items. For example, a $500 notebook computer purchased in state and local township with 8 percent combined sales taxes would cost a consumer an extra $40 in tax, so removing this potential $40 savings from online sales should benefit stores such as Best Buy.

Even if the tax-free environment on most Internet transactions is removed, firms such Best Buy still face an uphill battle with online merchants. Amazon.com for example offers free shipping on many orders more than $25 and in addition offers the same product from many different merchants allowing customers to price check easily and conveniently. In addition, customers can view product reviews and comments from users of the products as part of their research. Furthering the online threat for brick-and-mortar establishments such as Best Buy is the increased use of smartphones for price checking while shopping in brick-and-mortar stores. Forrester Research reports there were 82 million smartphones in the USA in 2010 and this number is expected to increase to 159 million by 2015. Ironically, the mobile phone that Best Buy is betting so heavily on in the future is also the device that allows customers to price shop competing firms for other products while shopping in Best Buy.

Customers often will visit a store such as Best Buy to talk to experienced sales people and to view the products before purchasing elsewhere. This was one of the contributing reasons why Best Buy did not work in China. Chinese customers simply used Best Buy as an information agent and purchased elsewhere.

Social Media

A 2011 Social Media’s Impact on Customer Engagement report revealed that more than 70 percent of firms say they are no longer are able to avoid using social media in its marketing and communications with customers. Forrester Research reports that Best Buy and Amazon.com are two of the most proactive companies when using and implementing social media into their business operations. For example, Best Buy aids consumers through Twelpforece, where customers can send a tweet about consumer electronics problems to an account that is shared by 2,500 Best Buy employees. Amazon’s success with social media is based largely on its ratings and reviews from customers, providing both Amazon and potential customers meaningful information in pricing, quality, and features of the products offered. Although social media may seem as burdensome to some corporations, failure to take full advantage of this technology will likely leave corporations at a distinct disadvantage with rival firms.

Future

Regardless if Schulze or someone else acquires Best Buy or the firm continues to operate on its own, a clear, detailed strategic plan will be essential for the firm to navigate such turbulent water ahead. Walmart and Amazon especially continue to take market share from Best Buy, and many other firms too are joining in the fray. If the company is not real careful, it will go the way of its former rival Circuit City and be forced to eventually liquidate. Some analysts ponder who will declare bankruptcy first, Best Buy or RadioShack, arguing that the writing is on the wall for both firms, unless an effective strategic plan can be formulated and implemented pronto.

Assist new CEO Hubert Joly in developing a strategic plan for Best Buy.

Publix Super Markets, Inc., 2013

www.publix.com

Headquartered in Lakeland, Florida, Publix operates grocery stores in Florida, Tennessee, Georgia, and South Carolina. More than two-thirds of Publix’s 1,069 stores are in Florida. With 158,000 employees, Publix is the largest employee owned supermarket in the USA. Publix’s employees today own about 31 percent of the company, which is still run by the George Jenkins family as an employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) company. Free Wi-Fi is available in all Publix grocery stores, both for customers and employees. Publix emphasizes service and a family-friendly image rather than low price. Publix’s slogan is “Where Shopping Is a Pleasure.”

Publix’s sales for the second quarter of 2013 were $7 billion, a 3.8 percent increase from last year’s $6.8 billion. Comparable-store sales for Q2 of 2013 increased 2.1 percent, while net earnings were $400.9 million, compared to $381.6 million in 2012, an increase of 5 percent. On August 1, 2013, Publix’s board of directors increased the company’s stock price from $26.90 per share to $27.55 per share. Publix stock is not publicly traded and is made available for sale only to current Publix associates (employees), members of its board of directors, and founders of the company.

Like its rivals, Publix stores sell dairy, produce, deli, bakery, traditional food items, meats as well as typical health, beauty products that can be found in a grocery store. Many Publix stores also have pharmacy, sushi bars, cafes, a bank, and floral segments. Currently ranked number 67 on Fortune magazine’s list of 100 Best Companies to Work For and is ranked number 6 on Forbes’ list of America’s Largest Private Companies, Publix is the largest private company in Florida ranks number 106 among all Fortune 500 companies. Publix is the fourteenth-largest U.S. retailer.

Publix rival Supervalu reported sales down 4.3 percent in the third quarter of 2012, and rival Safeway also reported falling sales, as those companies (and Publix) struggle to compete with dollar stores, drugstores, and mass-market retailers, such as Walmart, all of whom are expanding their grocery departments and offering lower prices than conventional supermarkets. Supervalu, with its network of 4,400 supermarkets, reported a third-quarter 2012 loss of $111 million compared to a year-earlier profit of $60 million.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

In 1930, George Jenkins left a secure job in the middle of the Great Depression to open the first Publix Foods grocery store in Winter Haven, Florida. Mr. George, as everyone called him, understood the need for high morale in the workplace and initiated a profit-sharing plan and ESOP that is still present in Publix today. Chairman and founder, Mr. George began offering stock to Publix employees the same year he opened the first store.

By 1940, Publix stores were revolutionary in the sense they had air-conditioning, florescent lights, eight-foot wide isles, pumped in music, cold cases for frozen foods, donut and flower shops, and even electric doors. Other dècor included glass, marble, and stucco. People would travel for many miles to shop at the Publix “food palace.” In 1945, Publix purchased 19 All American food stores and subsequently converted them into Publix stores to meet rising demand. In the 1950s, Publix moved their headquarters to Lakeland, Florida, and built a large distribution warehouse there as well.

Throughout the 1960s, Publix expanded over the entire state of Florida and by 1974 had reached $1 billion in sales and then $5 billion by 1989. In 1991, Publix opened a supermarket in Savannah, Georgia, and a distribution center in Lawrenceville, Georgia. Publix soon expanded into South Carolina and Alabama, and in 2002 opened the first Publix grocery store in Tennessee. In 2009, Publix opened its 1,000th store becoming only one of five U.S. grocery retailers to operate more than 1,000 stores.

In its history, Publix has never had a layoff of employees. The company has a tuition employee reimbursement program originally designed for degree-seeking students. This benefit has recently become available to Publix employees taking individual courses or technical training, including online courses. The program is available to all Publix employees who work an average of 10 hours per week for six months.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Publix’s vision is “to become the premier provider of quality grocery items for American families.” The company’s mission statement is:

  • Our Mission at Publix is to be the premier quality food retailer in the world. To that end we commit to be:

  • • Passionately focused on Customer Value,

  • • Intolerant of Waste,

  • • Dedicated to the Dignity, Value and Employment Security of our Associates,

  • • Devoted to the highest standards of stewardship for our Stockholders, and

  • • Involved as Responsible Citizens in our Communities.

In contrast, Kroger’s mission is as follows:

  • Our mission is to be a leader in the distribution and merchandising of food, pharmacy, health and personal care items, seasonal merchandise, and related products and services.

Supervalu is a major competitor to Publix. Supervalu’s mission is:

  • We will provide America’s Neighborhoods with a superior grocery shopping experience enhanced by local expertise, national strength and a passion for our customers.

Organizational Structure

As illustrated in Exhibit 1, it appears that Publix operates from a functional organizational structure. Note there are no regional presidents by state or region or type of store. Some analysts contend that Publix is too large an organization to still be operating from a centralized, functional design. Although executive titles in Exhibit 1 do not reflect a divisional structure, some researchers say Publix is organized into four divisions: Miami, Atlanta, Lakeland, and Jacksonville.

EXHIBIT 1 Publix’s Organizational Chart

Facilities Location

Publix has leases to open new supermarkets in North Carolina in 2014. Exhibit 2 reveals where Publix’s facilities and stores are located. In total, Publix operates more than 48-million square feet of supermarket space with supermarkets varying in size from 28,000 to 61,000 square feet. Typically Publix supermarkets are located in strip shopping areas, and most of these stores are leased but the company has some standalone stores. Publix operates 1,069 supermarkets, eight distribution centers, and six manufacturing facilities. Almost all their distribution and manufacturing facilities are located in Florida and a few in Georgia. Among the six manufacturing plants are three dairy plants, two bakeries, and one deli plant. To aid in control and cost reduction, Publix is backward integrated with more than 72 percent of all products (based on cost) being delivered through Publix distribution centers. Publix is not dependent on any one or few suppliers for any meaningful amount of total sales. Publix is more backward integrated than most grocery chains with their private label items such as dairy and bakery being manufactured solely by and for Publix.

Sustainability

Publix is building more energy-efficient stores, minimizing water use, offering reusable shopping bags, and working with suppliers on more environmentally friendly packaging options. Publix emphasizes for employees to pack more items per bag and this program has helped reduce the total bags used per day by one million. Publix sold more than 21 million reusable bags priced at $0.99 each between 2007 and 2012. Publix offers customers options for bagging groceries: choosing paper, plastic, or reusable bags. Publix’s annual total recycling rate is about 50 percent with 221,900 tons of cardboard, 8,800 tons of plastic, and 3,200 tons of mixed paper being recycled annually. Publix Pharmacy customers return more than 2.8 million vials for recycling annually.

Awards

Publix has won many local, regional, and national industry and philanthropic awards. Some recent awards are:

  • • One of the “100 Best Companies to Work For” (1998-2012), Fortune

  • • One of the “Best Places to Work in IT” (2005-2010), Computerworld

  • • One of the “Best Companies to Work for in Florida” (2009), Florida Trend

  • • Sustainability Excellence Award (2009), Supermarket News

  • • One of the “Most Admired Companies” (1994-2009), Fortune

  • • “Green Grocer” Award (2008), Progressive Grocer magazine

Advertising

In 2012, 2011, and 2010, Publix spent $208 million, $202 million, and $192 million respectively on advertising.

EXHIBIT 2 Where Are Publix Stores Located?

 

Super Markets

GreenWise Markets

Publix Sabor

Publix Pix

Cooking Schools

 

2011

2012

Florida

751

757

Georgia

179

180

South Carolina

45

47

Alabama

51

52

Tennessee

32

33

Total

1,058

1,069

11

Source: Company documents.

Segments

Publix’s Form 10K does not provide a by-segment breakdown of revenues or profits by any division or region, except to say that their (a) grocery segment contributes 85 percent of revenue and its (b) other segment provides 15 percent, and those percentages have not changed much in recent years. Although not disclosed in the Form 10K, Publix actually has segments and regions as described in this section.

Apron’s Cooking School

Publix operates seven Apron’s cooking schools, located in Boca Raton, Jacksonville, Plantation, Sarasota, Tampa, Tallahassee, Florida, and Alpharetta, Georgia. Classes are geared toward all cooks wanting to expand their repertoire and feature renowned chefs, authors, and cooking celebrities, as well as experienced cooking instructors. The classes are designed to teach skills including basic techniques and wine pairing. Publix also offers classes for children ages 8 to 12, with separate classes for 13- to 18-year olds and adults.

Publix GreenWise Markets

Publix GreenWise Markets is a concept the company introduced in response to the increase in the number and profitability of health food stores. GreenWise Markets were created to increase awareness of nutrition and focus on organic and natural items. These stores are similar to the Whole Food Market chain. Most regular Publix stores have a GreenWise section, but the first standalone GreenWise Market grocery store opened in 2007 in Palm Beach Gardens. These stores include salad and hot bars.

Publix Sabor

Publix operates six stores, branded “Publix Sabor” (sabor is Spanish for “flavor”), which cater to Hispanic Americans living in Florida and offer products for Hispanics. Four Publix Sabor locations are in the Miami area, one is in Orlando, and a sixth in Palm Beach opened in the summer of 2012. Publix Sabor locations have bilingual English-Spanish employees, open seating cafès, and a wide selection of hot foods. Publix offers cafes and hot foods because many Hispanic Americans grew up in foreign cities, which had open public squares where people socialize and eat.

Pharmacy

Publix’s first in-store pharmacy was opened in 1986 in Altamonte Springs, Florida. By 1995, one-third of Publix stores had a pharmacy and today, approximately 81 percent of Publix stores include a pharmacy. Publix Pharmacies consistently ranked number one for customer satisfaction among supermarket pharmacies in several surveys conducted by independent research companies.

Publix offers several types of free antibiotics to its customers. Customers must have a prescription; they are given a maximum of a two-week supply. These medications include amoxicillin and ampicillin and even penicillin. Publix also offers another free prescription, metformin, for Type II Diabetes, the generic of Glucophage. In August 2011, Publix began offering Lisinopril, a angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor that is used to prevent, treat, or improve symptoms of high blood pressure, certain heart conditions, diabetes, and certain chronic kidney conditions, as another free prescription. Customers can get a 30-day supply of this vital prescription for free at any Publix Pharmacy. Publix also offers free flu shots to associates (employees) and shots for $20 for their family member(s).

DVD Kiosks

In September 2009, Publix reported it started adding Blockbuster DVD rental kiosks to its stores, with the movie rentals starting at $1 per day. In 2010, Publix completed its rollout of Blockbuster Express kiosks to its stores.

Publix Pix and Publix Liquors

Publix operates 11 Publix Pix gasoline-convenience stores. Locations are limited during the trial basis of the concept. In addition is Publix Liquors, a stand-alone liquor store. The liquor sales will be in an area accessed via an entrance separated from the supermarket, as required by local laws. The company is modeling this after many other grocery chains. Currently, all Publix Pix locations are adjacent to a Publix Super Market. Publix opened its first stand-alone liquor store in 2009 in Orlando.

Finance

Publix’s Stock

As an ESOP, Publix’s common stock is not traded on any of the established securities exchange markets. As of February 5, 2013, there were 7.7 million shares of Publix stock outstanding. With no open market providing daily stock transactions there is no clear market value for the stock so the board sets the stock price based on several factors including (a) state of the economy, (b) comparisons of similarly publically traded companies, and (c) after an analysis of Publix’s own financial statements. Publix paid a cash dividend on common stock of $0.89 in 2012, $0.53 in 2011, and $0.46 in 2010. Although not obligated to pay dividends, the board foresees paying comparable cash dividends in the future, on June 1 of each year.

Publix offers stock to its associates through three programs: Profit plan (ESOP), purchase plan, and 401(k) plan. The profit plan generally gives an associate who has worked 1,000 hours in an anniversary 7 to 10 percent of the regularly pay earned in the form of free stock the following March 1. An associate must work three years to be vested in the plan. The plan is at no cost to the associate. Publix associates may buy the stock outright in the purchase plan, however there is a six-month restriction on buying stock once it is sold. Publix matches 50 percent of 3 percent of eligible wages through the 401(k) plan, up to $750 per year in matched contributions. Publix offers stock to its board of directors through a separate plan.

Income Statements

Publix’s recent income statements are provided in Exhibit 3. Note that the company’s revenues increased 1.9 percent in 2012 to $27.5 billion whereas net income increased 4.0 percent to $1.55 billion.

Balance Sheets

Publix’s recent balance sheets are provided in Exhibit 4. Note that the company has zero goodwill, which is good, and overall is in excellent financial condition.

EXHIBIT 3

PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. Consolidated Statements of Earnings Years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 25, 2010

 

2012

2011

2010

 

(Amounts are in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenues:

 

 

 

   Sales

$27,484,766

$26,967,389

$25,134,054

   Other operating income

222,006

211,375

194,000

      Total revenues

27,706,772

27,178,764

25,328,054

Costs and expenses:

 

 

 

   Cost of merchandise sold

19,910,984

19,520,370

18,111,443

   Operating and administrative expenses

5,630,537

5,523,469

5,295,287

      Total costs and expenses

25,541,521

25,043,839

23,406,730

Operating profit

2,165,251

2,134,925

1,921,324

Investment income

88,449

99,039

91,835

Other-than-temporary impairment losses

(6,082)

      Investment income, net

88,449

92,957

91,835

Other income, net

48,894

33,891

26,259

Earnings before income tax expense

2,302,594

2,261,773

2,039,418

Income tax expense

750,339

769,807

701,271

Net earnings

$1,552,255

1,491,966

1,338,147

Weighted average shares outstanding

782,553

784,815

786,378

Basic and diluted earnings per share

$1.98

$1.90

$1.70

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 24.

EXHIBIT 4 Publix’s Balance Sheets (000 Omitted)

PUBLIX SUPER MARKETS, INC. Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

2012

2011

 

(Amounts are in thousands)

Assets

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 337,400

366,853

   Short-term investments

797,260

447,972

   Trade receivables

519,137

542,990

   Merchandise inventories

1,409,367

1,361,709

   Deferred tax assets

57,834

59,400

   Prepaid expenses

28,124

24,316

      Total current assets

3,149,122

2,803,240

Long-term investments

4,235,846

3,805,283

Other noncurrent assets

202,636

171,179

Property, plant and equipment:

 

 

   Land

688,812

592,843

   Buildings and improvements

2,249,176

2,062,833

   Furniture, fixtures and equipment

4,587,883

4,540,988

   Leasehold improvements

1,385,823

1,321,646

   Construction in progress

67,775

103,006

 

8,979,469

8,621,316

   Accumulated depreciation

(4,288,753)

(4,132,786)

      Net property, plant and equipment

4,690,716

4,488,530

   Total Assets

$ 12,278,320

11,268,232

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Accounts payable

$ 1,306,996

$ 1,133,120

   Accrued expenses:

 

 

      Contribution to retirement plans

430,395

405,818

      Self-insurance reserves

138,998

125,569

      Salaries and wages

109,091

110,207

      Other

230,486

221,713

   Current portion of long-term debt

5,018

15,124

   Federal and state income taxes

39,225

      Total current liabilities

2,220,984

2,050,776

Deferred tax liabilities

327,294

316,802

Self-insurance reserves

212,728

219,660

Accrued postretirement benefit cost

116,721

103,595

Long-term debt

153,454

119,460

Other noncurrent liabilities

118,321

116,482

      Total liabilities

3,149,502

2,926,775

Stockholders’ Equity:

 

 

   Common stock of $1 par value. Authorized 1,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 776,094 shares in 2012 and 779,675 shares in 2011

776,094

779,675

   Additional paid-in capital

1,627,258

1,354,881

   Retained earnings

6,640,538

6,131,193

   Accumulated other comprehensive earnings

38,289

30,261

   Common stock related to ESOP

(2,272,963)

(2,137,217)

      Total stockholders’ equity

6,809,216

6,158,793

Noncontrolling interests

46,639

45,447

      Total equity

9,128,818

8,341,457

Commitments and contingencies

Total Liabilities and SE equity

$12,278,320

11,268,232

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 23.

Competition

Amazon is getting more and more into the online grocery business, initially in California but now moving east rapidly towards Publix’s territory. The grocery store business has low margins given the intense price competition, high food inflation, and high spoilage of inventory. Competitors include national and regional grocery stores, super centers, drugstores, specialty stores, convenience stores, and even restaurants. Most firms attempt to compete on either price, or selection of high-end goods. Location also is a driving factor in competition but usually after price for most customers. Publix competes with national chains Kroger, Supervalu, Safeway, Costco, and Walmart. In addition, regional competitors include BI-LO, Winn-Dixie, Ingles, Piggy Wiggly, and Fresh Market. Food Lion recently closed 113 underperforming stores, including all its Florida and Kentucky stores, and rebranding some others as part of their new market strategy.

Publix has grown faster and been more profitable than Winn-Dixie Stores and BI-LO, two major rival grocery store chains that are also headquartered in Florida. In March 2012, Winn-Dixie became a wholly owned subsidiary of BI-LO Holdings. At that time, BI-LO moved its headquarters from Greenville, South Carolina, to Winn-Dixie’s headquarters site in Jacksonville, Florida. Together, Winn-Dixie and BI-LO operate 690 grocery stores in eight southeastern states, with heavy emphasis in Florida.

Exhibit 5 reveals comparative competitive information for Publix versus several rival grocery chains. Note that Publix trails the three rivals in revenue per employee, which is not good, but Publix’s earnings per share leads all rivals, which is good.

Kroger

Kroger is a major competitor to Publix and is doing great. The company increased its dividend payout by 30 percent in late 2012. Kroger operates 2,435 grocery stores in 31 states, with half of these having fuel centers. Founded in 1883 and headquartered in Cincinnati, Ohio, Kroger has more than 330,000 employees. Kroger also operates department stores, drugstores, jewelry stores, convenience stores, and service stores. Kroger manufactures certain food items for their grocery store business. Kroger is a well-diversified company, offering 15 different branded grocery stores, two “price-impact warehouse” food stores, Fred Meyer department stores, four market place stores, six convenience stores, four jewelry stores, and three service stores that include Kroger finance, and The Little Clinic.

One of the world’s largest retailers, Kroger’s banner name businesses include City Market, Dillons, Jay C, Food 4 Less, Fry’s, King Soopers, QFC, Ralphs, and Smith’s. Kroger owns and operates 789 convenience stores, 337 fine jewelry stores, 1,109 supermarket fuel centers, and 38 food-processing plants in the USA. Recognized by Forbes as the most generous company in the USA, Kroger supports hunger relief, breast cancer awareness, the military and their families, and more than 30,000 schools and grassroots organizations in the communities it serves. Kroger contributes food and funds equal to 160 million meals a year through more than 80 Feeding America food bank partners.

EXHIBIT 5 Comparative Information Among Grocery Chain Firms

 

Publix

Kroger

Supervalu

Safeway

Number of Employees

158K

339K

130K

178K

Net Income ($)

1.55B

605M

−1.04B

568M

Revenue ($)

27.53B

91.9B

36.1B

43.8B

Revenue ($)/Employee

174K

271K

277K

246K

EPS Ratio ($)

1.90

1.05

−4.91

1.75

Market Capitalization

19.3B

11.96B

570M

3.78B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Company documents.

Kroger has self-use health screening kiosks in almost all locations nationwide. Assessments include blood pressure, weight, body composition, BMI, color vision, and the ability to upload blood glucose numbers and other biometric results. “Our customers tell us they want to make healthy choices but don’t always know where to start,” said Matthew Feltman, Kroger’s health strategy coordinator. “We’re pleased to expand the availability of Kroger HealthCENTERs to help customers take their first steps toward overall health and wellness.” Kroger customers will be able to create personal health record accounts, which they can access at any time at Kroger.com, to chart their progress. They will also have access to health information and solutions designed to help them in their personal health and fitness goals.

Supervalu

Supervalu is a major rival to Publix, but it is not doing so well. In late 2012, Supervalu initiated a cost-reduction program, reduction of capital expenditures, and also suspended its quarterly dividend. In addition, Supervalu closed 60 underperforming stores, including 38 in its retail food reporting segment and 22 Save-A-Lot locations. The largest cuts will come from the Albertsons chain, which will shut 27 locations. Supervalu had revenue of $36.1 billion in its fiscal 2012, but it has endured three consecutive years of declining revenues.

Supervalu operates under the brand names Acme, Albertsons, Farm Fresh, Save-A-Lot, and several others. Supervalu has more than 4,000 stores with more than 1,300 being hard discount stores. Approximately 1,900 stores were independently owned and 798 had an in-store pharmacy. Supervalu’s footprint stretches across the USA including Alaska, but the bulk of all stores are in the Eastern USA. Founded in 1871 and headquartered in Eden Prairie, Minnesota, Supervalu has 130,000 employees.

Supervalu has been struggling since 2007 when their stock price was an all-time high of just under $50. In the fall 2012, the stock price was near $2. Much of the decline can be attributed to a failed acquisition strategy when the firm acquired Albertsons grocery store and a logistics company during the height of the stock market run-up in 2005 and 2007. Goodwill for Supervalu totaled $6.9 billion in 2008 and $3.7 billion in 2010 but dropped to $800M in 2012. However, Supervalu paid way over fair value for their acquisitions and today is a highly leveraged company with debt to equity ratio of 98 compared to 1 for the industry average. Also, inventory turnover, an extremely important ratio when dealing with perishable goods, is 12 for Supervalu compared to 18 for the industry and 19.8 for Publix.

Safeway

Safeway is a major rival to Publix. Safeway operates more than 2,000 food and drugstores across North America under the brand names Safeway, Vons, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Genuardi’s, and Carrs. Safeway also operates floral, pharmacy, coffee shops, and fuel centers within their grocery and drugstores. The company also operates 156 food stores in Mexico with a 49-percent interest in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. Headquartered in Pleasanton, California, Safeway was founded in 1915 and has 178,000 employees.

Safeway recently divested its gift card business, Blackhawk Network Holdings, in a planned initial public offering (IPO). Spin-offs generally benefit a firm’s stock price because the parts of the original firm are usually valued more than the whole. Safeway’s stock price to earnings ratio of 8.6 in September 2012 is below Kroger’s 21.5, Whole Foods Market’s 41.3, Harris Teeter Supermarkets’ 19.4, and The Fresh Market’s 47.7.

External Issues

Food Inflation

Unlike most retailers, food retailers measure financial performance based on gross profit margin as opposed to gross profit dollars. The difference can be attributed to the volatile price of foods, which are subject to droughts, insect plagues, and high or low inflation. For example, food inflation only rose 0.3 and 0.5 percent in 2010 and 2009, respectively, but rose 6.4 and 4.2 percent in 2008 and 2007, respectively. However, in 2011, food prices rose 6.2 percent with partly the result of an 11-percent rise in fats and oils, 9 percent in dairy, and 7.4 percent in meats and eggs. Inflation or even deflationary constraints are a common battle among food retailers. Excessive heat or cold or severe droughts can lead to rapid rise in food prices.

Consumers are cutting back on discretionary purchases even among grocery items. Customers are visiting grocery stores more often but are buying less at each visit because their visits are targeted at finding items on sale or promotions. A related trend that may benefit Publix is that customers are increasingly buying store-branded products instead of the more expensive brand names. However, customers are also increasingly trading down to lower-priced dollar stores for food items. Well-off customers still have money, however, and have not altered their shopping habits as much as the average customer.

Natural and Organic Foods

Focusing more on natural and organic food is one viable strategy to counter higher food inflation and less disposable income among customers. Typically, customers who purchase natural and organic foods are loyal customers who believe in the perceived benefits of such a diet and are less willing to accept adequate substitute products. Most customers of natural and organic foods belong to a higher income bracket, and in 2010, foods in this category rose 7.7 percent whereas overall grocery items only rose 1.0 percent. Currently, however, organic foods only account for around 2 percent of total food sales worldwide, but the market is growing at a much faster rate than the overall grocery market both in both developed and undeveloped nations. This is somewhat surprising considering organic foods typically range between 10 to 40 percent more than their respective nonorganic products.

Interestingly, the United Kingdom’s Food Standards Agency recently stated that although consumers may elect to purchase organic fruits, vegetables, and meats for their perceived health benefits, research so far does not support in any way that these foods are more nutritious than nonorganic counterparts. Nevertheless, with the growing health-minded public, increasing offerings of organic and natural foods should remain a viable strategy and component to any food-related business.

Labor Costs

Labor costs are one of the greatest operating costs for supermarkets, accounting for more than 50 percent of total operating expenses. Part of the expense can be attributed to the unionization of many supermarket chains but even without a union, supermarkets must strive to keep labor costs low just to breakeven.

In-Store Dietitian

Hy-Vee is the only grocery chain in the country that posts a registered dietitian in almost every one of its 235 stores. In rural areas, some of its more than 190 dietitians serve a cluster of stores. A phenomenon sweeping the grocery business is to capitalize on growing consumer awareness of the role food plays in health and wellness and to find new ways to fend off competition from specialty markets like Whole Foods, and even big-box stores such as Walmart. “There’s been an explosion of interest in having a dietitian among grocery store retailers in the last three or four years,” said Annette Maggi, chairwoman of the supermarket subgroup of the food and culinary professionals practice group at the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics and a consultant to the retail and food manufacturing industries. Jane Andrews at the grocery chain Wegmans is the most renown of supermarket dietitians, becoming the first dietitian on its staff in 1988 and now supervising a team of six. Other regional chains like Meijer, Giant Eagle, Bashas’, and H-E-B also have dieticians. Kroger, which already has dietitians on staff, is adding more of them to its King Soopers chain in the west. Publix might should consider this new feature.

A reasonable question is how can a grocery store calculate the financial return on its investment in dietitians. Grocers increasingly find that dietitians bring customers into stores, offering in-store consultations and store tours with customers, holding cooking classes, assembling take-home meals, taking biometric screenings, doing presentations in schools, businesses, and civic events, working with merchandisers, helping set up community gardens, assessing products for nutritional value, and a variety of other things. The dietitian’s role is expanding, said Phil Lempert, a grocery industry expert and author of the blog Supermarket Guru. “The field of nutrition is getting more and more complicated,” Mr. Lempert said. “Merchants used to buy on price and promotion, but you can’t buy that way any more with all the product claims. You need someone around who understands whether products can really deliver, whether they’re safe.”

The Future

Publix plans to open 24 new supermarkets in 2013. Many analysts contend that traditional grocery retailers such as Publix may not survive long term because big-box grocery stores such as Walmart are offering groceries at significantly lower prices, largely to drive traditional grocery chains out of business. Also, pharmacies such as Walgreens, CVS, and Rite Aid are increasingly selling groceries at cost to drive traffic into the stores. Furthermore, discount chains such as Family Dollar, Dollar General, and Dollar Tree are taking more and more business from traditional grocery store chains. For these and other reasons, the grocery chains that are most diversified, such as Kroger, are doing best.

Publix is trying to diversify further, conducting trials of various boutiques, including a cologne and perfume fragrance department, in conjunction with Camrose Trading. Publix is experimenting with a gourmet deli at its Lake Mary Collection store in Lake Mary, Florida. Publix has grown rapidly for much of their existence but the world is changing more rapidly now. Should Publix continue to expand across the Southeast, entering new markets where customers may have never heard of Publix and have no brand association with the company? Or would it be better for Publix to focus on increasing store locations and attracting customers in their current markets? Which of Publix’s segment businesses, if any, should the firm add more of in the future, and why?

Publix is a well-known ESOP company with only employees having the opportunity to purchase stock. Is it time for Publix to list their stock for public sale on an exchange? With the low margins in the industry, would this enable Publix to more effectively finance operations? With the growing trend in heath conscious customers, should Publix increase their organic and natural food offerings and attempt to attract this style of customer and build more GreenWise Market stores? How rapidly and where (if anywhere) should Publix add new stores?

JPMorgan Chase & Co., 2013

www.jpmorganchase.com , JPM

Headquartered in New York City, JPMorgan & Chase (JPM) is a financial holding company that competes worldwide, serving customers for more than 200 years, making it one of the oldest financial intuitions in the USA. Considered to be the largest bank in the USA, JPM has total assets of more than $2.3 trillion and employs more than 240,000 people in more than 60 countries around the globe. JPM’s stock is one of the 30 components of the Dow Jones Industrial Average. The hedge fund unit of JPM is one of the largest in the USA.

JPM in mid-2013 announced plans to stop trading in physical commodities, but in August 2013, JPM purchased the over-the-counter business in commodity derivatives of Switzerland’s UBS AG. The deal excluded precious metals and index-based trades, but included hedge positions on financial exchanges. Zurich-based UBS is closing the majority of its commodities “flow” trading business involving raw materials and financial derivatives as part of its slimming down and laying off 10,000 employees.

JPM operates under two principle brands, (1) JPMorgan and (2) Chase. The JPMorgan brand focuses on large multinational corporations, governments, wealthy individuals, and institutional investors. The Chase brand is further divided into two distinct segments: (1) consumer business and (2) commercial banking business. The Chase consumer business includes such businesses as traditional bank branches, ATMs, credit cards, home finance, retirement and investing, and merchant services among others. The Chase commercial banking business includes such areas as business credit, corporate client banking, commercial term lending, and community development. The two JPM brands overlap so much in terms of regions and products that the company does not report revenues or income by the two brands.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Dating back to 1799, JPM is one of the oldest financial institutions in the world. The heritage of the House of Morgan traces its roots to the partnership of Drexel, Morgan & Co., which in 1895 was renamed J.P. Morgan & Co. Arguably the most influential financial institution of its era, J.P. Morgan & Co. financed the formation of the United States Steel Corporation, which took over the business of Andrew Carnegie and others and was the world’s first billion-dollar corporation. In 1895, J.P. Morgan & Co. supplied the United States government with $62 million in gold to float a bond issue and restore the treasury surplus of $100 million. In 1892, the company began to finance the New York, New Haven, and Hartford Railroad and led it through a series of acquisitions that made it the dominant railroad transporter in New England. Although his name was big, Morgan owned only 19 percent of Morgan assets. The rest was owned by the Rothschild family following a series of bailouts and rescues attributed by some to Morgan’s stubborn will and seemingly “nonexistent” investment savvy.

In 2004, JPM merged with Chicago-based Bank One Corp., bringing on board current chairman and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Jamie Dimon as president and Chief Operating Officer and designating him as CEO William Harrison, Jr.’s successor. Dimon’s pay was pegged at 90 percent of Harrison’s. Dimon quickly made his influence felt by embarking on a cost-cutting strategy, and replaced former JPMorgan Chase executives in key positions with Bank One executives—many of whom were with Dimon at Citigroup. Dimon became CEO and chairman of JPM in 2006.

JPM has acquired more than 1,200 financial institutions over its life. Several key acquisitions during the last 20 years include in 1991 Chemical Banking Corp., the second largest bank in the USA and in 1995, First Chicago Corp., the largest bank in the Midwest. The acquisition responsible for the current name of the company was in 2000 when J.P. Morgan & Co. merged with The Chase Manhattan Corp. In 2010, JPM acquired Cazenove, an advisory and underwriting joint venture established in 2004 in the United Kingdom. Since 2010, JPM has refrained from making acquisitions that had historically been its trademark.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

JPM does not list a formal mission statement, but the company vision statement is:

  • At JPMorgan Chase, we want to be the best financial services company in the world. Because of our great heritage and excellent platform, we believe this is within our reach.

Organizational Structure

Some analysts contend that JPM has organizational design problems because there are numerous CEOs, no presidents, dual-title individuals, lack of a clear JP Morgan-versus-Chase dichotomy, and overall, too many top-level executives. As best as can be determined, the existing organizational chart for JPM is given in Exhibit 1. Note that Jamie Dimon is both chairman of the board and CEO, a practice being shunned by more and more by corporations.

In 2013, the company replaced its Chief Financial Officer, Doug Braunstein, with Marianne Lake, who is now one of the most powerful women on Wall Street. Lake joins asset-management chief Mary Erdoes as the only two women on the bank’s elite 14-member operating committee.

Ethics Issues

JPM has an extensive Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics posted on its website. Part of the company’s code of conduct says in part: “The Code is based on our fundamental understanding that no one at JPMorgan Chase should ever sacrifice integrity—or give the impression that they have—even if they think it would help the firm’s business.” The company’s code of ethics is more lengthy, and says in part: “The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to promote honest and ethical conduct and compliance with the law, particularly as related to the maintenance of the firm’s financial books and records and the preparation of its financial statements.”

Despite having extensive ethical-based statements, JPM has had its fair share of ethical issues over the years. In January 2011, JPM admitted that it wrongly overcharged several thousand military families for their mortgages, including active-duty personnel in Afghanistan. The bank also admitted it improperly foreclosed on more than a dozen military families; both actions were in clear violation of the Service Members Civil Relief Act, which automatically lowers mortgage rates to 6 percent and bars foreclosure proceedings of active-duty personnel. The overcharges may have never come to light were it not for legal action taken by Marine Capt. Jonathan Rowles, a fighter pilot. Both Captain Rowles and his spouse Julia accused Chase of violating the law and harassing the couple for nonpayment.

In April 2012, hedge fund insiders became aware that the market in credit default swaps was possibly being affected by the activities of Bruno Iksil, a trader for JPM, referred to as “the London whale” in reference to the huge positions he was taking. Heavy opposing bets to his positions are known to have been made by traders, including another branch of JPM that purchased the derivatives offered by JPM in such high volume. Early reports were denied and minimized by the firm in an attempt to minimize exposure. Major losses of $2 billion were reported by the firm in May 2012 in relationship to these trades and updated to $4.4 billion on July 13, 2012. The disclosure, which resulted in headlines in the media, did not disclose the exact nature of the trading involved, which remains in progress and as of June 28, 2012, was continuing to produce losses that could total as much as $9 billion under worst case scenarios. The item traded, possibly related to CDX IG 9, an index based on the default risk of major U.S. corporations, has been described as a “derivative of a derivative.” On the company’s emergency conference call, JPM CEO Jamie Dimon said the strategy was “flawed, complex, poorly reviewed, poorly executed, and poorly monitored.” The episode is being investigated by the Federal Reserve, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and the FBI.

Strategy

JPM strategies revolve around the areas of (a) international expansion of its wholesale business and global corporate bank, (b) small business growth, (c) commodities, (d) growth in branch network, and (e) growth in private client business.

EXHIBIT 1 JPM’s Organizational Chart

Source: Extrapolated based on executive titles given on the corporate website.

JPM’s international expansion strategy aims to increase the firm’s global presence through an aggressive international expansion plan. JPM is focused on expanding its asset management, investment bank, and treasury and securities services segments in Asia, Latin America, Africa, and the Middle East. Additionally, slowly expanding into newly emerging or even frontier markets, JPM’s clients in this expansion plan include multinational corporations, sovereign wealth funds, and public entities. In 2008, JPM had approximately 200 clients in Brazil, China, and India combined, but by 2012, the number of clients in these nations had expanded to 800. By 2017, JPM is expected to have more than 2,000 clients in these nations.

U.S. small businesses remain a central focus of the Chase arm of JPM. In 2011 alone, Chase provided more than $17 billion of credit to domestic small businesses, up 52 percent from 2010, indicating Chase believes the economic recovery is robust enough to tolerate any short-term downward pressures. The $17 billion of credit in 2011 makes Chase the number-1 Small Business Administration (SBA) leader nationwide for the second straight year. In addition, JPM is also the number-1 SBA lender to women- and minority-owned businesses. To help facilitate growth in the small business arm, JPM has added more than 1,200 relationship managers and business bankers since 2009 and anticipates an aggressive hiring of bankers for the foreseeable future.

With the 2011 acquisition of Sempra, JPM is currently one of the top-three firms in the world in commodity dealings. Growth from 2011 to 2012 grew by 10 percent to bring total commodity clients to more than 2,200, as well as increased commodity packaging and selling to existing clients. JPM expects commodity demand to increase with the growth of emerging markets and anticipates increased business in the various commodity asset classes the firm currently offers.

Surprising to some, JPM is actively growing its physical branches despite many predictions from outside pundits who suggest that brick-and-mortar branches are a relic of the past. JPM’s own research suggests however that although 17 million JPM customers do much of their banking business online, they still value a face-to-face conversation when it comes to taking out a mortgage, applying for a credit card, or seeking general financial advice in a physical branch location. Currently 45 percent of Chase credit cards and 50 percent of retail mortgages are sold on site at branch locations.

Segments

Within its two brands, JPM operates under seven major business segments as indicated in Exhibit 2, with respective revenues given. Note that JPM’s revenues have been declining in three of the seven segments.

Exhibit 3 provides a breakdown of JPM revenues and net income over the geographic regions where the bank does business. Note that North America accounts for 81 percent of revenues and 86 percent of net income. Note also the dramatic drop in North American revenues in 2011 associated with a dramatic increase in associated net income.

Investment Bank

Within JPM’s investment bank segment, $8,303 million of the $26,274 million was derived from noninterest sources, with the balance of $17,971 derived from interest sources. Clients of the investment bank division include corporations, financial institutions, and government and institutional investors. Investment bank activities include advising on business strategy and structure, raising capital though debt or equity, derivative instruments, prime brokerage, and research.

Exhibit 4 provides a geographic breakdown of JPM’s investment bank segment. Note the decline in revenue from North America and Asia and Pacific, but the increase in revenue from other areas globally. Total 2011 net income from this division totaled $1,678 million.

Bonds trading is an important part of JPM’s Investment Bank. A Wall Street Journal article (11-2-12, p. C3) reported that JPM’s 12.3 percent market share in the USA in bonds trading was the largest among all banks, followed by Deutsche Bank (10.5 percent), Barclays (9.9 percent), Bank of America (9.6 percent), and Goldman Sachs (8.3 percent). A part of fixed-income operations, bond-trading is risky business. That is why UBS AG recently exited the bond-trading business to focus its investment bank on less-risky businesses such as advising on mergers and stock underwriting.

EXHIBIT 2 JPM’s Financial Results by Segment (in millions $)

Revenue by Product

2012

%Change

2011

2010

Consumer & Community Banking

49,945

+9

45,687

48,927

Corporate & Investment Bank

34,326

+1

33,984

33,477

Commercial Banking

6,825

+6

6,418

6,040

Asset Management

9,946

+4

9,543

8,984

Corporate/Private Equity

(1,152)

−128

4,135

7,414

Total

99,890

99,767

104,842

Net Income by Product

2012

 

2011

2010

Consumer & Community Banking

10,611

+71

6,202

4,578

Corporate & Investment Bank

8,406

+05

7,993

7,718

Commercial Banking

2,646

+12

2,367

2,084

Asset Management

1,703

+07

1,592

1,710

Corporate/Private Equity

(2,082)

−353

822

1,280

Total

21,284

+12

18,976

17,370

Return on Equity (%) by Product

2012

 

2011

2010

Consumer & Community Banking

25

 

15

11

Corporate & Investment Bank

18

 

17

17

Commercial Banking

28

 

30

26

Asset Management

24

 

25

26

Corporate/Private Equity

NM

 

NM

NM

Total

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 3 JPM’s Revenues and Net Income by Region Globally (in millions)

 

Revenue

Net Income

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

2012

2011

2010

2009

Europe, Middle East. and Africa

$10,522

$16,212

$14,135

$16,294

$1,508

$4,844

$3,635

$5,212

Asia and Pacific

5,605

5,992

6,073

5,429

$1,048

1,380

1,614

1,286

Latin America and Caribbean

2,328

2,273

1,750

1,867

$454

340

362

463

Total International

18,455

24,477

21,958

23,590

$3,010

6,564

5,611

6,961

North America

78,576

72,757

80,736

76,844

$18,274

12,412

11,759

4,767

Total JPM

$97,031

$97,234

$102,694

$100,434

$21,284

$18,976

$17,370

$11,728

Source: Annual Report, page 300.

EXHIBIT 4 JPM’s Investment Bank Revenue Breakdown by Region (in millions)

 

2011

2010

2009

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

8,418

7,380

9,164

Asia and Pacific

3,334

3,809

3,470

Latin America and Caribbean

1,079

897

1,157

North America

13,443

14,131

14,318

Net Revenue

$26,724

$26,212

$28,109

Net Income

$6,789

$6,639

$6,899

Source: 2011 Annual Report, page 84.

Retail Financial Services

JPM’s retail financial services segment accounts for about 27 percent of 2011 net revenues with $10,405 million of the segments, $26,538 million being derived from noninterest sources, with the balance of $16,133 derived from interest sources. The retail financial services segment includes: bank branches, ATMs, mortgages, real estate, among others. JPM customers have access to more than 17,200 ATMs and 5,500 bank branches. The Chase business segment currently services more than 8 million loans in 23 states and services more than $150 billion of mortgage originations each year.

Exhibit 5 provides a breakdown of businesses within JPM’s financial services segment. Note the decreases in both revenue and net income in 2011.

Card Services and Auto

JPM’s credit card services and auto segment accounted for about 19 percent of 2011 net revenues with $4,892 million of the segments, $19,141 million being derived from noninterest sources with the balance of $14,249 derived from interest sources. The segment accounts for more than $132 billion in credit card loans with over 65 million open credit card accounts, making JPM one of the largest credit card issuers in the USA. JPM customers can also obtain financing through 17,200 auto dealerships and 2,000 schools and universities. Exhibit 6 provides a breakdown of businesses within JPM’s credit card and auto segment. Note the reduction in revenues but increase in net income over the last three years.

Finance

JPM earned an all-time record of $19 billion in net income in 2011, up 9 percent from the previous record of $17.4 billion the prior year. The company’s net income would have been considerably more, except for losses from the JPM mortgage business. Mortgage losses are expected to continue for a while longer, but the bulk of JPM bad mortgages have already been absorbed.

JPM’s recent income statements are provided in Exhibit 7. Note the unusual decline in revenue associated with the increase in net income.

EXHIBIT 5 JPM’s Retail Financial Services Revenue Breakdown by Product (in millions)

 

2011

2010

2009

Lending- and deposit-related fees

$3,190

$3,061

$3,897

Asset management, administration, and commissions

1,991

1,776

1,665

Mortgage fees and related income

2,714

3,855

3,794

Credit card income

2,025

1,955

1,634

Other income

485

580

424

Net Revenue

$26,538

$28,447

$29,797

Net Income

$1,678

$1,728

$(335)

Source: 2011 Annual Report, page 85.

EXHIBIT 6 A Breakdown of JPM’s Credit Card Business (in millions)

 

2011

2010

2009

Credit card revenue

$4,127

$3,514

$3,613

Other income

765

764

93

Total revenue

$19,141

$20,472

$23,199

Net income/(loss)

$4,544

$2,872

$(1,793)

Source: 2011 Annual Report, page 94.

JPM reinstated its annual dividend of $1.00 per share in April of 2011 and increased it to $1.20 a share in April of 2012. Although JPM’s goodwill has remained the same over the last three years, total goodwill of $48 billion indicates a history of paying more than fair market value for many acquisitions. JPM’s long-term debt is declining as shown in Exhibit 8.

EXHIBIT 7 JPM’s Income Statement (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

Interest Income, Bank

56,063.0

61,293.0

63,782.0

Total Interest Expense

11,153.0

13,604.0

12,781.0

Non-Interest Income, Bank

52,121.0

49,545.0

51,693.0

Total Revenue

97,031.0

97,234.0

102,694.0

Loan Loss Provision

3,385.0

7,574.0

16,639.0

Non-Interest Expense, Bank

64,729.0

62,911.0

61,196.0

Income Before Tax

28,917.0

26,749.0

24,859.0

Income Tax Total

7,633.0

7,773.0

7,489.0

Income After Tax

21,284.0

18,976.0

17,370.0

Minority Interest

0.0

0.0

0.0

Equity In Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income Before Extra Items

21,284.0

18,976.0

17,370.0

Total Extraordinary Items

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income

21,284.0

18,976.0

17,370.0

Source: Company documents.

Competition

Banks are seemingly everywhere on every corner and online. Some analysts say bank products and services are becoming more and more like commodities, all being similar. An interesting note is that foreign banks have not yet penetrated into the U.S. marketplace. But online banks are proliferating.

JPM competes with literally hundreds of banks but a few key rivals are showcased in Exhibit 9. Note that JPM has higher revenue per employee and earnings per share (EPS) than Bank of America or Citigroup.

Bank of America

Headquartered today in Charlotte, North Carolina, and having total assets exceeding $2.5 billion, Bank of America is the second largest U.S. bank, trailing only JPM, and is the largest bank according to number of employees. Bank of America has a relationship with 99 percent of the Fortune 500 companies and 83 percent of the Fortune Global 500. The 2008 acquisition of Merrill Lynch made Bank of America the world’s largest wealth management corporation and a major player in the investment banking market.

As of May 2012, Bank of America served more than 5,700 banking centers and had more than 17,000 ATMs serving customers in more than 150 countries and had branches in more than 40 countries. During 2011, Bank of America began laying off an estimated 36,000 people, contributing to intended savings of $5 billion per year by 2014. In December 2011, Forbes ranked Bank of America’s financial health 91st out of the nation’s largest 100 banks and thrift institutions. Bank of America will cut around 16,000 jobs in a quicker fashion by the end of 2012 as revenue continues to decline because of new regulations and a slow economy. This will put a plan one year ahead of time to eliminate 30,000 jobs under a cost-cutting program called Project New BAC. Bank of America generates 90 percent of its revenues in its domestic market and continues to buy businesses in the USA. The core of Bank of America’s strategy is to be the number-one bank in its domestic market. It has achieved this through key acquisitions.

EXHIBIT 8 JPM’s Balance Sheets (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

Assets

 

 

 

Cash & Due From Banks

53,723

59,602

27,567

Other Earning Assets, Total

1,358,307

1,271,811

1,174,042

Net Loans

711,860

696,111

660,661

Property/Plant/Equipment, Total - Net

14,519

14,041

13,355

Goodwill, Net

48,175

48,188

48,854

Intangibles, Net

9,849

10,430

17,688

Long Term Investments

Other Long Term Assets, Total

Other Assets, Total

162,708

165,609

175,438

Total Assets

2,359,141

2,265,792

2,117,605

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

195,240

202,895

170,330

Payable/Accrued

Accrued Expenses

Total Deposits

1,193,593

1,127,806

930,369

Other Bearing Liabilities, Total

Total Short Term Borrowings

392,762

362,048

415,551

Policy Liabilities

Notes Payable/Short Term Debt

Current Port. of LT Debt/Capital Leases

Other Current Liabilities, Total

 

312,215

322,752

348,302

Total Long Term Debt

 

 

 

Deferred Income Tax

Minority Interest

Other Liabilities, Total

61,262

66,718

76,947

Total Liabilities

2,155,072

2,082,219

1,941,499

Redeemable Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock - Non Redeemable, Net

9,058

7,800

7,800

Common Stock

4,105

4,105

4,105

Additional Paid-In Capital

94,604

95,602

97,415

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

104,223

88,315

73,998

Treasury Stock—Common

−12,002

−13,155

−8,160

ESOP Debt Guarantee

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

Other Equity, Total

4,081

906

948

Total Equity

204,069

183,573

176,106

Total Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity

2,359,140

2,265,792

2,117,605

Total Common Shares Outstanding

3,803.95

3,772.7

3,910.3

Source: Company documents.

Citigroup

Citigroup was formed on October 9, 1998, following the $140 billion merger of Citicorp and Travelers Group to create the world’s largest financial services organization. The history of the company is comprised of many acquired firms such as the City Bank of New York (later named Citibank) in 1812; Bank Handlowy in 1870; Smith Barney in 1873, Banamex in 1884; and Salomon Brothers in 1910.

EXHIBIT 9 A Synopsis of Large Banks

 

JPM

Bank of America

Citigroup

Number of Employees

261K

279K

263K

Net Income ($)

17.5B

−1.31B

10.7B

Revenue ($)

90.5B

76.8B

66.3B

Revenue ($)/Employee

346K

275K

252K

EPS Ratio ($)

4.5

−0.13

3.59

Market Capitalization

129B

80.6B

74.1B

Source: Company documents.

Based today in New York City, Citigroup is a diversified financial services holding company broken down into two segments, Citicorp and Citi Holdings, providing global banking, advisory services, derivative services, brokerage, and much more. Citigroup today is the largest banking enterprise in the world based on geographic coverage with operations in 140 nations and more than 16,000 offices worldwide.

On Tuesday, March 13, 2012, the Federal Reserve reported Citigroup as one of the 4 financial institutions, out of 19, that have failed its stress tests. The tests make sure banks have enough capital to withstand huge losses in a financial crisis like one Citigroup faced in 2008 and early 2009 when it almost collapsed. The 2012 stress tests determine whether banks could withstand a financial crisis with unemployment at 13 percent, stock prices cut in half, and home prices decreased by 21 percent from current levels. According to Citi and the Federal Reserve stress test report, Citi failed the stress tests because of Citi’s high capital return plan and its international loans rated by the Federal Reserve to be at higher risk than its domestic U.S. loans. Citi gets half their revenues from its international businesses. In comparison, Bank of America, which passed the stress test and did not ask for a capital return to investors, gets 78 percent of its revenue in the USA.

Wells Fargo & Co.

Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, Wells Fargo is a nationwide, diversified, community-based financial services company with $1.4 trillion in assets. Wells Fargo provides banking, insurance, investments, mortgage, and consumer and commercial finance through more than 9,000 stores, 12,000 ATMs, the Internet, and has offices in more than 35 countries to support the bank’s customers who conduct business in the global economy. With more than 265,000 employees, Wells Fargo serves one in three households in the USA. Wells Fargo was ranked number 26 on Fortune’s 2012 rankings of the largest corporations in the USA. Wells Fargo’s vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs and help them succeed financially.

As most large banks retreat from the trading business, Wells Fargo is expanding. The fourth-largest U.S. bank says it can earn solid returns in investment banking while taking little risk for itself. It is focusing on services that its corporate lending customers need, such as stock and bond underwriting and merger advice. For investors, it is looking at areas such as processing futures and swaps trades.

The Wells Fargo Securities unit is relatively small now, but in a few years, the unit could account for twice as much of the firm’s revenue, an estimated 10 percent compared to its current 5 percent, Deutsche Bank analyst Matt O’Connor wrote in a report in May 2012. For JPM, Bank of America, and Citigroup, that percentage is closer to 20 to 25 percent. A much bigger proportion of Wells Fargo’s revenue comes from traditional commercial and retail banking businesses: residential mortgages, lines of credit for corporations, and so on.

Online Banks

Online banks are growing rapidly in number and taking market share from large banks. The website http://www.mybanktracker.com/best-online-banks rates more than 30 online banks in the USA in terms of having low fees, low interest rates, excellent technology, and great customer service. Exhibit 10 reveals in rank order the top 18 Internet Banks in the USA. Note that Ally is number 1 and E*TRADE is number 18.

EXHIBIT 10 The Best Online U.S. Banks (1= best, 18 = least best)

  • 1. Ally

  • 2. Bank of Internet

  • 3. ING Direct

  • 4. Charles Schwab Bank

  • 5. Sallie Mae Bank

  • 6. USAA

  • 7. TIAA Direct

  • 8. Barclays Bank

  • 9. State Farm Bank

  • 10. Discover Bank

  • 11. UFB Bank

  • 12. Simple

  • 13. Incredible Bank

  • 14. Nationwide Bank

  • 15. First Internet Bank

  • 16. One United Bank

  • 17. Presidential Online Bank

  • 18. E*TRADE

Source: Based on info at http://www.mybanktracker.com/best-online-banks.

External Issues

Regulatory Reform

Following the 2007 to 2009 financial crisis, President Barack Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act in 2010 that affects all aspects of the financial industry. Provisions include: prohibition of proprietary trading, restrictions on who can own hedge funds, establishing the Financial Stability Oversight Council, elimination of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and much more. The new regulations are expected to greatly increase the fees all financial institutions must pay. Provisions of Dodd-Frank aim to avoid situations in which large banks (such as AIG and Citigroup) are bailed out by the government because they are “too big to fail.” Dodd-Frank did ease public perception and opinion of the financial crisis and may in fact apply to middle-size firms. However, recent research reveals that the largest institutions are so interconnected worldwide that, should a similar financial situation arise again, world governments again would be forced to save these behemoths. It is expected that there will be more than 14,000 new regulatory requirements enacted by 2015.

Mobile Payments

One of the hottest topics and business challenges facing banks today is the advent of mobile payment systems and the new competitors that enter the market associated with these payment systems. Bank Technology News even stated in 2012 that credit and debit cards used today are soon headed to the museum to be replaced by a linkage of mobile, Web, and point of sale options. As of 2012, there were more than five billion mobile phone users in the world, with more than 70 percent of the world’s population having a mobile phone, yet only half the world’s population having a bank account. Juniper Research reports that the market for global payments should exceed $600 billion by 2013. Businesses such as Intuit’s GoPayment are already available for the Apple iPhones and Android platforms.

Near Field Communications (NFC) is allowing customers to pay for products using their mobile phones at retail stores. Big players such as MasterCard, American Express, Visa, eBay, and Google are also establishing mobile payment systems. Traditional banks such as JPM perhaps need to form strategic alliances to participate in this new arena because less people will be using cash, checks, and plastic cards to perform their business transactions.

Mortgage Business

As of 2012 there were 76 million homes in the USA with 52 million of these homes having a mortgage, and 4.7 million of these homes in a delinquent state. Around 2.5 million of the delinquent homes are worth less than their mortgage and around 10 million homeowners who are not delinquent are paying mortgage notes that are worth less than their home. About 25 percent of these homes are expected to go into default because homeowners either cannot afford to continue paying or are simply unwilling to pay more for a home than it is worth.

Future

Going up and up on fees much like the U.S. Postal Service Office, are large banks on permanent decline? The Wall Street Journal (9-12-12, p. A1) reported that the percentage of Americans who own checking accounts dropped from 92 to 88 percent between 2010 and 2011, whereas the number of Americans who own a major credit card dropped from 74 to 67 percent, and those who own a major debit or check card dropped from 78 to 66 percent. In other words, Americans are using traditional banks less and less. In fact, the article reports that 8.2 percent of the nation’s households, nearly 12 million, are managing their finances without a bank. Bank overdraft fees, according to the article, cost Americans $31.6 billion in 2011. Consumer behavior is definitely shifting from bank credit and debit cards to prepaid debit cards offered by both NetSpend and Green Dot. Pew Charitable Trusts estimates the total dollars that flow through prepaid debit cards will reach $201.9 billion in 2013, up from $28.6 billion in 2009.

A movement called “Bank Transfer Day” emerged in November 2011. In February 2012, J.D. Power & Associates reported that customers of large, regional, and mid-sized banks were defecting at a higher rate because of frustration over factors such as fees and poor customer service. According to their survey, 9.6 percent of customers said they had switched to a new banking provider within the last year, compared to 8.7 and 7.7 percent in the previous two years. The main beneficiaries of the defections are credit unions and smaller banks, which experienced an average increase of 10.3 percent in the acquisition of new customers, versus 8.1 percent a year previously. In March 2012, the National Credit Union Administration reported that credit unions added 1.3 million members in 2011, hitting a record 91.8 million. Online banks are also gaining and increasingly sustaining competitive advantage over large banks.

Cash Advance Centers Inc. is the largest payday lending company in the USA and is widely being used now in lieu of doing business with a bank. That company reports that 22 percent of its customers earn more than $75,000, so the point here is that avoiding bank fees and such is becoming popular not only with individuals of lower incomes but also with people of medium incomes.

JPM needs a clear strategic plan for the future. Help JPM’s top managers by preparing a recommended strategic plan for the company.

Walt Disney Company, 2013

www.disney.com , DIS

Headquartered in Burbank, California, Walt Disney Company (Disney) and its subsidiaries compete in the entertainment and media broadcasting industry worldwide. Serving customers for nearly 100 years, Disney is a diversified conglomerate, owning ABC, ESPN, theme parks, cruise lines, and more. As a member of the DOW 30 and the world’s largest media conglomerate, Disney owns ABC television and cable networks such as ABC Family, Disney Channel, and ESPN (80 percent). Disney owns 8 television stations and 35 radio stations as well as Walt Disney Studios that produces films through Walt Disney Pictures, Disney Animation, and Pixar. Disney’s Marvel Entertainment is a top comic book publisher and film producer. Disney owns and operates huge cruise boats, as well as 14 popular theme parks around the world.

Disney’s earnings in Q3 of 2013 equaled the prior year’s number, while revenue increased 4 percent, led by Disney’s theme parks, resorts, and cable networks such as ESPN. For Q3 of 2013, Disney earned $1.85 billion, on revenue of $11.6 billion, up from $11.1 billion. Revenue at Disney’s parks and resorts grew 7 percent to $3.7 billion. Cable networks revenue grew 8 percent to $3.9 billion, led by ESPN, A&E and U.S. Disney channels. A laggard, Disney’s broadcast revenue was unchanged at nearly $1.5 billion. Overall, Disney’s media networks business grew 5 percent to $5.4 billion. For Q3 of 2013, Disney’s movie studio revenue fell 2 percent to $1.6 billion, due to poor results from the movies “The Lone Ranger” and “Iron Man 3.”

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Walt Disney and his brother Roy arrived in California in the summer of 1923 to sell a cartoon called Alice’s Wonderland. A distributor named M. J. Winkler contracted to distribute the Alice Comedies on October 16, 1923, and the Disney Brothers Cartoon Studio was founded. Over the years, the company produced many cartoons, from Oswald the Lucky Rabbit (1927) to Silly Symphonies (1932), Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs (1937), and Pinocchio and Fantasia (1940). The company name was changed to Walt Disney Studio in 1925. Mickey Mouse emerged in 1928 with the first cartoon in sound. In 1950, Disney completed its first live action film, Treasure Island, and in 1954, the company began television with the Disneyland anthology series. In 1955, Disney’s most successful series, The Mickey Mouse Club, began, and the new Disneyland Park opened in Anaheim, California.

Disney created a series of releases from 1950s through 1970s, including The Shaggy Dog, Zorro, Mary Poppins, and The Love Bug. Walt Disney died in 1966. In 1969, Disney started its educational films and materials. Another important time of Disney’s history was opening Walt Disney World in Orlando, Florida, in 1971. In 1982, the Epcot Center opened as part of Walt Disney World. The following year, Tokyo Disneyland opened.

After leaving network television in 1983, Disney introduced its cable network, The Disney Channel. In 1985, Disney’s Touchstone division began the successful Golden Girls and Disney Sunday Movie. In 1988, Disney opened Grand Floridian Beach and Caribbean Beach Resorts at Walt Disney World along with three new gated attractions: the Disney/MGM Studios Theme Park, Pleasure Island, and Typhoon Lagoon. Filmmaking soon hit new heights as Disney led Hollywood studios in box-office gross for the first time. Some of the successful films were: Who Framed Roger Rabbit, Good Morning Vietnam, Three Men and a Baby, and later, Honey, I Shrunk the Kids, Dick Tracy, Pretty Woman, and Sister Act. Disney moved into new areas by starting Hollywood Pictures and acquiring the Wrather Corp. (owner of the Disneyland Hotel) and television station KHJ (Los Angeles), which was renamed KCAL. In merchandising, Disney purchased Childcraft and opened numerous highly successful and profitable Disney Stores.

By 1992, Disney’s animation reached new heights with The Little Mermaid, Beauty and the Beast, and Aladdin. Also that year, Disneyland Paris opened. During the 1990s, Disney introduced Broadway shows, opened 725 Disney Stores, acquired the California Angels baseball team to add to its hockey team, opened Disney’s Wide World of Sports in Walt Disney World, and acquired Capital Cities/ABC.

From 2000 to 2007, Disney created new attractions in its theme parks, produced many successful films, opened new hotels, and built Hong Kong Disneyland. Disney acquired Pixar in 2006, Marvel in 2009, and launched Disney Dream, a new cruise liner in 2011. Newer Disney initiatives include the April 2011 groundbreaking of Shanghai Disney Resort at a price tag of $4.4 billion and expected opening day slated for sometime in 2015. In February 2012, Disney finalized acquisition of UTV Software Communications, an Indian entertainment company. In October of 2012, Disney announced plans to acquire Lucasfilm, producers of the popular Star Wars movies. The acquisition is expected to cost $4.05 billion. Disney plans to release Star Wars Episode VII in 2015.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Disney’s vision is “to make people happy.”

Organizational Structure

As indicated in Exhibit 1, Disney operates using a strategic business unit (SBU) organizational structure that consists of five diverse, but all family entertainment segments: (1) media networks, (2) parks and resorts, (3) studio entertainment, (4) consumer products, and (5) interactive media. The president, chief executive officer, and director of Walt Disney is Robert Iger. There is no chief operations officer (COO) in the Disney hierarchy, but Andy Bird, Chairman of Walt Disney International, functions like a COO.

Segments

Disney provides segment revenue and operating income for each of their five SBUs. Exhibit 2 displays the three most recent years of revenue and operating income per Disney SBU, along with a percentage change for each of the last two years. Note that total consolidated revenues and operating income increased in 2012 and 2011, albeit at a decreasing rate during the most recent period. Note that the consumer products and the interactive media segments are small compared to media networks and parks and resorts.

Media Networks

Media networks is the largest Disney SBU in both revenues and operating income, accounting for 45 percent of all revenues in 2012. Revenue growth in 2012 came from increased affiliate fees, higher advertising rates, increased viewership of ESPN programs and the shows Castle, Once Upon a Time, and Revenge. The positive growth was limited by lower home entertainment revenues from programs such as Lost and lower Disney Channel viewership. Production costs increased as college sports, as well as NFL, MLB, NBA, and Wimbledon were able to negotiate more lucrative contracts. For example, the Southeastern Conference (SEC) signed a deal with ESPN in 2008 for $2 billion for 15-year rights to broadcast football and men’s and women’s basketball games. However, with the 2012 additions of Texas A&M and Missouri to the SEC, the previous contract is contractually renegotiable and a new, much more expensive, contract is expected in the near future.

With media networks, Disney owns and operates the ABC Television Network that reaches 99 percent of all U.S. households. This segment also includes ABC-owned Television Stations Group, ABC Studios, Disney Channels Worldwide, ABC Family, SOAPnet, Disney ABC Domestic Television, Disney Media Distribution, Hyperion, and Radio Disney network. The ABC Television Network operates more than 220 affiliated stations across the USA. Disney channels worldwide consists of 94 kids and family entertainment channels available in 169 countries and 33 languages. ABC Family is a mixture of series and movies. SOAPnet owns character-driven soapy drama, from daytime and primetime soaps, to reality shows and movies. Disney ABC Domestic Television provides motion pictures and TV programming to U.S.-based media platforms. Disney Media Distribution is an international distributor of branded and nonbranded content to all platforms. Hyperion publishes fiction and nonfiction titles for adults. Radio Disney is available in more than 40 U.S. markets, and on satellite radio, mobile apps, and the Web.

EXHIBIT 1 Disney’s Organizational Chart

Source: Based on information in company documents.

EXHIBIT 2 A Breakdown of Disney Revenues by SBU

 

 

 

 

Change (%)

(in millions)

2012

2011

2010

2012 vs. 2011

2011 vs. 2010

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

Media Networks

$19,436

$18,714

$17,162

4%

9%

Parks and Resorts

12,920

11,797

10,761

10%

10%

Studio Entertainment

5,825

6,351

6,701

(8)%

(5)%

Consumer Products

3,252

3,049

2,678

7%

14%

Interactive Media

845

982

761

(14)%

29%

Total Consolidated Revenues

$42,278

$40,893

$38,063

3%

7%

Segment operating income:

Media Networks

$6,619

$6,146

$5,132

8%

20%

Parks and Resorts

1,902

1,553

1,318

22%

18%

Studio Entertainment

722

618

693

17%

(11)%

Consumer Products

937

816

677

15%

21%

Interactive Media

(216)

(308)

(234)

30%

(32)%

Total segment operating income

$9,964

$8,825

$7,586

13%

16%

Source: Company documents. 2012 Annual Report, p. 31.

Exhibit 3 reveals a further breakdown of Disney’s media networks’ revenues and operating profits. Note the recent gains.

Parks and Resorts

EXHIBIT 3 A Breakdown of Media Networks Revenues (in millions)

 

2012

2011

Change (%)

Revenues:

 

 

 

Cable Networks

13,621

12,877

Broadcasting

5,815

5,837

 

19,436

18,714

Operating Income:

 

 

 

Cable Networks

5,704

5,233

Broadcasting

915

913

 

6,619

6,146

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 33.

Disney’s parks and resorts segment includes 10 divisions: (1) Disneyland Resorts in California, (2) Tokyo Disney Resort, (3) Disneyland Resort Paris, (4) Hong Kong Disneyland, (5) Walt Disney World Resort in Florida, (6) Disney Cruise Line, (7) Adventures by Disney, (8) Disney Vacation Club, (9) Walt Disney Imagineering, and (10) Aluani, a Disney Resort and Spa in Hawaii. Disney has a 51 percent ownership in Disneyland Resort Paris and a 47 percent ownership in Hong Kong Disneyland. Disney’s newest theme park will be in the Pudong district of Shanghai opening in 2015. Exhibit 2 revealed that Disney’s parks and resorts revenue for 2012 increased 10 percent to $12.9 billion, and operating income increased 22 percent to $1.9 billion. Results for 2012 reflected increases at nearly all theme parks, except a decrease at Disneyland Paris.

EXHIBIT 4

 

Domestic

International

Total

 

2012

2011

2010

2012

2011

2010

2012

2011

2010

Parks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in attendance

3%

1%

(1)%

6%

6%

1%

4%

2%

(1)%

Increase in Per Capital Guest Spending

7%

8%

3%

1%

2%

3%

5%

6%

3%

Hotels

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Occupancy

81%

82%

82%

85%

88%

85%

_____

83%

82%

Available Room Nights (in thousands)

9,850

9,625

9,629

2,468

$2,466

2,466

12,318

12,091

12,095

Per Room Guest Spending

$257

$241

$224

$317

$294

$273

$270

$251

$234

a

Per capita guest spending and per room guest spending include the impact of foreign currency translation. Guest spending statistics for Disneyland Paris were converted from euros into U.S. dollars at weighted average exchange rates of 1.36 and 1.35 for fiscal 2010 and 2009, respectively.

bPer room guest spending consists of the average daily hotel room rate as well as guest spending on food, beverages, and merchandise at the hotels. Hotel statistics include rentals of Disney Vacation Club units.

Source: Walt Disney Company, Annual Report, page 34 (2012).

The new 4,000-passenger ship, Disney Dream, was christened at Port Canaveral in 2011 and was designed especially for families. Disney Dream joins Disney Magic and Disney Wonder. Another new ship, Disney Fantasy, joined the Disney fleet in 2012. Disney Dream will sail to Disney’s private island, Castaway Cay.

Revenue in this segment is generated primarily from the sale of admissions tickets to the theme parks, as well as hotel room charges per night and sales from merchandise, food, and beverages. Revenue also comes from rentals and sales from vacation club properties and sales of cruise vacations.

Exhibits 4 and 5 reveal that Disney domestic revenues from its parks and resorts division increased 11 percent in 2011, to $12.9 billion, resulting from customers spending 6 percent more, mainly from higher ticket and hotel prices. Revenue growth was 6 percent in international operations stemming from 4 percent in higher spending, a 3-percent volume increase, and a 3-percent gain on foreign currency appreciation.

Studio Entertainment

EXHIBIT 5 Parks and Resorts: Revenue and Operating Income

(in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Change (%)

Revenues:

Domestic

$10,339

$9,302

$8,404

11%

International

$2,581

2,495

2,357

3%

 

$12,920

$11,797

$10,761

10%

Segment operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

$1,902

$1,553

$1,318

22%

Source: Walt Disney Company, Annual Report, page 33 (2012).

Disney produces live-action and animated motion pictures, direct-to-video programming, musical recordings, and live-stage plays. Disney motion pictures are distributed under the names: Theatrical Market, Home Entertainment Market, Television Market, Disney Music Group, and Disney Theatrical Productions. Disney has also licensed the rights to produce and distribute features films such as Spider-man, The Fantastic Four, and X-Men to third-party studios. Disney earns a licensing fee on these films, whereas the third-party studio incurs the cost to produce and distribute the films. Currently Disney has a diverse business line in the studio entertainment SBU consisting of: Marvel, Touchstone, Pixar, Disneynature, Disney Studios Motion Pictures, and more Disney-branded services. Disney’s studio entertainment revenues for 2012 decreased 8 percent to $5.8 billion and segment operating income increased 17 percent to $722 million. Exhibit 6 reveals a revenue breakdown for this segment.

EXHIBIT 6 Studio Entertainment: Revenue and Operating Income

(in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Change (%)

Revenues:

   Theatrical Distribution

$1,470

$1,733

$2,050

(15)%

   Home Entertainment

$2,221

2,435

2,666

(9)%

   Television Distribution and Other

$2,134

2,183

1,985

(2)%

Total Revenues

$5,825

$6,351

$6,701

(8)%

Segment operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

$722

$618

$693

+17%

Source: Walt Disney Company, Annual Report, page 34 (2012).

Consumer Products

Disney’s consumer products segment partners with licenses, manufacturers, publishers, and retailers worldwide who design, promote, and sell a wide variety of products based on new and existing Disney characters. Product offerings are: (a) character merchandise and publications licensing, (b) books and magazines, and (c) The Disney Store. Disney released in mid-2011 a new toy line that captured the fantasy, action, and adventure of Pirates of the Caribbean: On Stranger Tides. Disney is perhaps the largest worldwide licensor of character-based merchandise and producer and distributor of children’s film-related products based on retail sales. Disney’s consumer products revenues for 2012 increased 7 percent to $3.25 billion; operating income increased 15 percent to $937 million.

Interactive Media

Disney’s interactive media segment creates and delivers games and media for smartphones and tablets. Interactive media revenues for 2012 decreased 14 percent to $845 million and operating income incurred a loss of $216 million. As indicated in Exhibit 8, games and subscription revenue increased 36 percent in 2011, but the segment has incurred losses for several years, as revealed in Exhibit 2.

EXHIBIT 7 Consumer Products: Revenue and operating income

(in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Change (%)

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

   Licensing and Publishing

$2,056

$1,933

$1,725

6%

   Retail and Other

1,196

1,116

953

7%

Total Revenues

$3,252

$3,049

$2,678

7%

Segment operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

$937

$816

$677

15%

Source: Walt Disney Company, Annual Report, page 35.

EXHIBIT 8 Interactive: Revenue and Operating Income

(in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Change (%)

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

   Games Sales and Subscriptions

$613

$768

$563

(20)%

   Advertising and Other

232

214

198

8%

Total Revenues

845

982

$761

(14%)

Segment operating income:

 

 

 

 

 

$(216)

$(308)

$(234)

(30)%

Finance

Income Statement

Disney’s 2012 income statement is provided in Exhibit 9. Note the 17.4 percent increase in net income.

Balance Sheets

Disney’s 2012 balance sheets are provided in Exhibit 10. Note that Disney has $2.45 billion of “projects in progress.” Also, note the $25 billion in goodwill, fully one-third of total assets, which is not a good thing. Long-term debt is staying about the same at $10 billion, which is a lot of debt to service.

Competition

Disney competes directly with NBC Universal, Paramount Pictures, Time Warner, CBS Corp., News Corp., Carnival Corp., and Royal Caribbean and indirectly with all family entertainment oriented businesses globally. In essence, all hotels, restaurants, water parks, and attractions anywhere near Disney’s 14 theme parks, are rival businesses, such as Sea World, Marineland, and Silver Springs in Florida. There is a large, new (China state run) theme park scheduled to open in 2014 right beside the Disney theme park (also slated for opening in 2014) in Shanghai, China, so that will be a major competitor.

EXHIBIT 9 Disney’s Recent Income Statements (in millions of dollars, except EPS)

Income Statement

2012

2011

Revenues

42,278

40,893

Costs and expenses

(33,415)

(33,112)

Restructuring

(100)

(55)

Other revenue

239

75

Net interest expense

(369)

(343)

Equity in the income

627

585

Income before taxes

9,260

8,043

Income taxes

(3,087)

(2,785)

Net income

6,173

5,258

Noncontrolling interests

(491)

(451)

Net income

$5,682

$4,807

EPS

3.13

2.52

Shares outstanding (in thousands)

1,818

1,909

EPS, earnings per share. Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 10 Disney’s Unaudited Balance Sheets (in millions)

 

2012

2011

Assets

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

3,387

3,185

   Receivables

6,540

6,182

   Inventories

1,537

1,595

   Television costs

676

674

   Deferred income taxes

765

1,487

   Other current assets

804

634

Total current assets

13,709

13,757

   Film and television costs

4,541

4,357

   Investments

2,723

2,435

   Parks, resorts and other property

38,582

35,515

   Accumulated depreciation

(20,687)

(19,572)

 

17,895

15,943

   Projects in progress

2,453

2,625

   Land

1,164

1,127

 

21,512

19,695

   Intangible assets

5,015

5,121

   Goodwill

25,110

24,145

   Other assets

2,288

2,614

Total Assets

74,898

72,124

Liabilities and Equity

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

   Accounts payable

6,393

6,362

   Current portion of borrowings

3,614

3,055

   Unearned royalties

2,806

2,671

   Total current liabilities

12,813

12,088

   Borrowings

10,697

10,922

   Deferred income taxes

2,251

2,866

   Other long-term liabilities

7,179

6,795

   Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 100 million shares authorized but none issued

 

 

   Common Stock, 4.6 billion shares, 2.8 and 2.7 billion shares issues respectively

31,731

30,296

   Retained earnings

42,965

38,375

   Accumulated other loss

(3,266)

(2,630)

 

71,430

66,041

   Treasury Stock, 1.0 billion shares

(31,671)

(28,656)

Total Equity

39,759

37,385

Noncontrolling interests

2,199

2,068

Total Equity

41,958

39,453

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

74,898

72,124

Source: Company documents.

CBS Corp.

Headquartered in New York City, CBS is a large media conglomerate with operations in television, radio, online content, and publishing. CBS Broadcasting operates the number-1 rated CBS television network, along with a group of local TV stations. CBS also owns cable network Showtime and produces and distributes TV programming through CBS Television Studios and CBS Television Distribution. Also competing with Disney, other operations include CBS Radio, CBS Interactive, and book publisher Simon & Schuster. In addition, CBS Outdoor is a leading operator of billboards and outdoor advertising. Chairman Sumner Redstone controls CBS through National Amusements.

Time Warner, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Time Warner is the world’s third-largest media conglomerate behind Walt Disney and News Corp., with operations spanning television, film, and publishing. Time Warner owns Turner Broadcasting that runs a portfolio of popular cable TV networks including CNN, TBS, and TNT. Time Warner also operates pay-TV channels HBO and Cinemax, all of which compete with Disney. Time Warner owns Warner Bros. Entertainment that includes films studios (Warner Bros. Pictures, New Line Cinema), TV production units (Warner Bros. Television Group), and comic book publisher DC Entertainment.

News Corp.

Headquartered in New York City, News Corp. is the second largest media conglomerate in the world, trailing only Walt Disney. News Corp. owns film, TV, and publishing businesses that make and distribute movies through Fox Filmed Entertainment. Owned by News Corp., FOX Broadcasting has more than 200 affiliate stations in the USA and owns and operates about 25 TV stations, as well as a portfolio of cable networks. Publishing assets of News Corp. include newspaper publishers Dow Jones (The Wall Street Journal) and News International (The Times, The Sun), and book publisher HarperCollins. News Corp. has stakes in British Sky Broadcasting (BSkyB) and Sky Deutschland. The company has recently split into two parts.

Carnival Corp.

Headquartered in Miami, Florida, Carnival is the world’s number-1 cruise operator, owning and operating a dozen cruise lines and about 100 ships with a total passenger capacity of more than 190,000. Carnival operates in North America primarily through its Princess Cruise Line, Holland America, and Seabourn luxury cruise brand, as well as its flagship Carnival Cruise Lines unit. Brands such as AIDA, P&O Cruises, and Costa Cruises offer services to passengers in Europe, and the Cunard Line runs luxury trans-Atlantic liners. Carnival’s cruise boats compete with the Disney cruise boats wherever Disney sails. Another large cruise line company, Royal Caribbean, also competes with Disney ships wherever they sail.

Paramount Pictures Corp.

Headquartered in Hollywood, California, and a subsidiary of Viacom, Paramount produces and distributes films through Paramount Pictures (Tranformers: Dark of the Moon) and Paramount Vantage (Capitalism: A Love Story). The Paramount Pictures library consists of some 3,500 films, including classic hits from the Star Trek, Godfather, and Indiana Jones series, and releases about a dozen new titles annually. Competing with Disney, Paramount Pictures distributes movies on video and DVD through Paramount Home Entertainment.

Lucasfilm

In October 2012, Disney acquired Lucasfilm for a whopping $4.05 billion, with Disney paying approximately half of that money in cash and issuing approximately 40 million shares at closing. Headquartered in San Francisco, California, and founded by George Lucas in 1971, Lucasfilm is a large, privately held, entertainment company that has motion-picture and television production operations. Lucasfilm’s global activities include (a) Industrial Light & Magic and Skywalker Sound that serves the digital needs of the entertainment industry for visual-effects and audio post-production, (b) LucasArts, a leading developer and publisher of interactive entertainment software worldwide, (c) Lucas Licensing that manages the global merchandising activities for Lucasfilm’s entertainment properties, (d) Lucasfilm Animation, (e) Lucas Online that creates Internet-based content for Lucasfilm’s entertainment properties and businesses, and (f) Lucasfilm Singapore that produces digital animated content for film and television, as well as visual effects for feature films and multi-platform games.

With the Lucasfilm acquisition, Disney obtains a substantial portfolio of cutting-edge entertainment technologies that have kept audiences enthralled for many years. Kathleen Kennedy, current co-chairman of Lucasfilm, will become President of Lucasfilm, reporting to Walt Disney Studios Chairman Alan Horn. Additionally she will serve as the brand manager for Star Wars, working directly with Disney’s global lines of business to build, further integrate, and maximize the value of this global franchise. Kennedy will serve as executive producer on new Star Wars feature films, with George Lucas serving as creative consultant. Star Wars Episode 7 is targeted for release in 2015, with more feature films expected to continue the Star Wars saga and grow the franchise well into the future.

The Future

Disney is busy completing its Shanghai theme park while at the same time integrating the Lucasfilm acquisition into its operations. Analysts ponder whether the Lucasfilm acquisition added more goodwill to the Disney balance sheet that already is too laden with that burden. As the world comes online, the opportunities, as well as the threats, abound for Disney. Strategic decisions have to be made in terms of what segments to bolster and what segments to focus on improving. The interactive media segment has not turned a profit in a number of years.

Kevin Mayer is Disney’s Executive Vice-president for Corporate Strategy and Business Development. Help Mr. Mayer by preparing a draft three-year strategic plan for Disney.

Lowe’s Companies, Inc., 2013

www.lowes.com , LOW

Headquartered in Mooresville, North Carolina, Lowe’s is among Fortune’s top 50 companies and is the second-largest home improvement store in the world, trailing only Atlanta, Georgiabased Home Depot. Lowe’s operates 1,745 stores totaling 197 million square feet of retail selling space with all Lowe’s stores being located in the USA, Canada, and Mexico. Lowe’s has an agreement, as a one-third owner, with Australian Woolworths Limited to develop a Lowe’sthemed store in Australia.

Lowe’s in late 2013 acquired Orchard Supply Hardware for approximately $205 million in cash, plus the assumption of payables owed to nearly all of Orchard’s suppliers. The acquisition gave Lowe’s a new customer base in California. Lowe’s plans to have Orchard operate as a separate, standalone business, retaining its brand under the leadership of Orchard’s current management team. Based in San Jose, California, and with fiscal 2012 annual revenue of $657 million, Orchard operates 91 neighborhood hardware and garden stores primarily located in densely populated markets in California. Under the terms of the transaction, Lowe’s acquired at least 60 of these stores. On average, Orchard stores have about 36,000 square feet of selling space, compared to 113,000 square feet for an average Lowe’s home improvement store. Lowe’s currently operates 110 stores in California.

Lowe’s stores offer appliances, lawn and garden, lumber, plumbing, electrical, power tools, flooring, and much more for home repair and construction. Lowe’s principle goal is “to execute better than our competitors, and make the process of home improvement as seamless and simple as possible for customers.” Lowe’s customers are primarily homeowners, renters, homebuilders, and commercial construction firms. Lowe’s has 160,000 full-time employees and 85,000 part-time employees, all of whom are led by CEO Robert Niblock. Lowe’s has a chief rival, Home Depot, which reported a profit of $ 4.5 billion in 2012 on sales of $74.75 billion.

Lowe’s fiscal 2012 sales increased 0.6 percent to $50.5 billion, while earnings increased 6.5 percent to $2.0 billion. But Lowe’s total customer transactions in 2012 declined to 804 million from 810 million the prior year. Lowe’s fiscal year 2012 ended January 31, 2013.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

The first Lowe’s was opened in North Wilkesboro, North Carolina, in 1921 by Lucius Lowe as “Lowe’s North Wilkesboro Hardware.” However, from the start, in addition to hardware, the store also offered produce, groceries, tobacco products, and dry goods. Lowe died in 1940 and his daughter Ruth Buchan inherited the business and sold it the same year to her brother Jim Lowe. In 1946, Lowe’s was officially founded. Jim Lowe hired Ruth’s husband, Carl Buchan, after World War II and the two men ran the store together until 1952 when they split, with Buchan taking control of the hardware business and Jim Lowe opening up Lowes Foods in 1954, which is still operational today.

After the split, Buchan began expanding Lowe’s throughout the 1950s opening stores in several North Carolina markets. However, Buchan died from a heart attack in 1960 at age 44, and Lowe’s five-man executive team took the company public in 1961. The following year, Lowe’s totaled 21 stores and had annual revenues of over $32 million.

During the 1960s and 1970s, the U.S. housing market expanded rapidly with professional builders becoming Lowe’s primary customer. In 1982, Lowe’s reported its first billion-dollar revenue year with a record profit of $25 million. Starting in the 1980s, however, Lowe’s, in addition to builders, started focusing on the home do-it-yourself (DIY), whose aim was for weekend projects to add value to their homes.

In 1994, the “modern” Lowe’s began with all new store expansion, having stores greater than 85,000 square feet of retail space. As of 2012, Lowe’s opens two styles of stores: 117,000-square foot stores in large markets and relatively smaller 94,000-square foot stores in smaller markets. In 2007, Lowe’s opened its first stores in Canada, where it currently operates 20 stores and in 2010 the first store opened in Mexico. Lowe’s plans to open 150 stores in Australia in the next five years.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

The Lowe’s mission statement is:

  • Lowe’s Promise: We are committed to delivering better customer experiences across the entire home improvement spectrum, by pulling together the best combination of possibilities, support and value for customers wherever and whenever they choose to engage.

Lowe’s vision statement is as follows:

  • We will provide customer-valued solutions with the best prices, products and services to make Lowe’s the first choice for home improvement.

Lowe’s focuses its employees on the following core values:

  • • Customer Focused

  • • Teamwork

  • • Ownership

  • • Passion for Execution

  • • Respect

  • • Integrity

Lowe’s markets the slogan:

  • Never stop improving.

Organizational Structure

As illustrated in Exhibit 1, Lowe’s operates from a divisional-by-region organizational structure. Some analysts suggest that Lowe’s may have too many top executives.

Lowe’s Locations

Exhibit 2 reveals where all the Lowe’s stores are located. The company plans to open 10 new stores in 2013.

Supply Chain

Lowe’s receives products from more than 7,000 venders with the largest single vender only supplying around 7 percent of total purchases. To facilitate product movement, Lowe’s operates 14 highly automated regional distribution centers in the USA with each distribution center serving around 120 stores. In addition, Lowe’s operates 15 flatbed distribution centers for items such as vinyl siding, ladders, lumber, and other products that require special handing.

Lowe’s considers its supply chain finance (SCF) to be one of its top means for gaining competitive advantage over rival firms such as Home Depot, Ace, and True Value. Because most rival firms offer the same or similar products, maximizing SCF efficiencies can be critically important. Lowe’s considers three key areas of its SCF strategy to be (1) standardization of payment terms, (2) incentives for buying organization, and (3) break even for the suppliers.

Sustainability

Lowe’s emphasizes sustainability and in 2012 was awarded the ENERGY STAR Sustained Excellence Award for the third straight year and also was awarded the WaterSense award from the EPA for the fourth straight year. The awards can be attributed to Lowe’s overall mission to protect the natural environment by continually expanding product offerings that are Energy Star and WaterSense qualified as well as offering numerous solar-powered alternatives.

EXHIBIT 1 Lowe’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 2 Lowe’s Stores by State and Province (as of February 3, 2013)

Alabama

39

Alaska

Arizona

32

Arkansas

20

California

110

Colorado

28

Connecticut

16

Delaware

10

Florida

120

Georgia

63

Hawaii

Idaho

Illinois

37

Indiana

44

Iowa

11

Kansas

11

Kentucky

42

Louisiana

31

Maine

11

Maryland

28

Massachusetts

27

Michigan

47

Minnesota

11

Mississippi

24

Missouri

48

Montana

Nebraska

Nevada

17

New Hampshire

13

New Jersey

39

New Mexico

14

New York

66

North Carolina

111

Vermont

Virginia

67

Washington

36

West Virginia

18

Wisconsin

North Dakota

Ohio

83

Oklahoma

29

Oregon

13

Pennsylvania

81

Rhode Island

Wyoming

South Carolina

49

South Dakota

Tennessee

60

Texas

141

Utah

16

   Total U.S. Stores

1,715

Alberta

British Columbia

Ontario

26

Saskatchewan

   Total Canadian Stores

34

   Nuevo Leon, Mexico

Total Stores

1,745

Lowe’s has installed recycling centers in more than 1,700 stores across the USA, helping customers to recycle rechargeable batteries, cell phones, fluorescent light bulbs and plastic shopping bags. Lowe’s recently expanded its appliance recycling programs and reduced its carbon footprint by installing more than 3 million new energy-efficient fluorescent laps in stores. Lowe’s is currently updating the lighting at 34 distribution facilities.

Segments

Lowe’s provides an excellent breakdown of revenues by product category. Exhibit 3 provides the most recent two years of available data. Note that no single category accounts for more than 11 percent of revenues and there have been consistent revenues across all categories over the two most recent years.

Within the wide product categories, Lowe’s offers both national brand-name and private-brand products. Many customers shop for brand name they know and trust to be the same regardless of the store they are sold. Private brands however do provide product differentiation from competitors in innovations, design, and are often cheaper as well. Lowe’s private brands include tools, paint, plumbing, flooring, lumber, and much more. Virtually all product categories are offered in both national brand and private-branded options. Lowe’s also offers a much larger selection of home improvement products than Home Depot, even offering designer towels, towel racks, and many more upscale home-decorating options.

Lowes also offers credit financing to customers through its consumer credit card with GE Money Bank. The card allows qualified customers to receive 5 percent off all purchases, and with purchases over $299, customers can select to receive no interest financing or 5 percent off the purchase price. In addition, Lowe’s offers a commercial account for small- to medium-size businesses with minimal monthly payments and the company also provides accounts receivables for commercial customers that pay in full each month.

Lowe’s does not provide a breakdown of revenues or profits by geographic region.

Strategies

Lowe’s initial strategy was focusing on builders but with the housing boom in the 1960s, Lowe’s added the DIY home improvement market. Lowe’s has always engaged in both market development and market penetration, adding stores across the USA and now in Canada, Mexico, and Australia. Having two store sizes is an advantage because Lowe’s tailors the respective store size market to particular markets. Lowe’s does, however, experiment with various layouts at various locations; nevertheless, having the same principle layout at most stores provides customers familiar in their shopping experience. Also, Lowe’s has slightly larger stores than rival Home Depot with an average store size of 113,000 to 105,000 square feet. Both Lowe’s and Home Depot have on average 32,000 square feet of garden space. Lowe’s also stocks 40,000 items, up to 10,000 more than certain Home Depot stores. Having wider isles, more signs, and better store lighting are also competitive advantages of Lowe’s. In addition, Lowe’s has around 69 to 89 percent fulltime employees to Home Depot’s 59 percent. Despite these “competitive advantages,” Home Depot is outperforming Lowe’s, and by what some analysts say is by alarming margins.

EXHIBIT 3 Lowe’s Sales by Product Category

 

(Dollars in millions)

 

2012

20111

20101

 

Total Sales

%

Total Sales

%

Total Sales

%

Plumbing

$ 5,448

11%

$ 5,400

11%

$ 5,146

11%

Appliances

5,210

10

5,341

11

5,392

11

Tools & Outdoor Power Equipment

4,967

10

4,749

4,563

Lawn & Garden

4,390

4,411

4,363

Fashion Electrical

4,049

4,034

3,744

Lumber

3,448

3,256

3,205

Seasonal Living

3,332

3,239

3,137

Paint

3,306

3,219

3,068

Home Fashions, Storage & Cleaning

3,026

2,997

2,891

Flooring

2,857

2,857

2,771

Millwork

2,791

2,897

3,067

Building Materials

2,790

3,040

2,760

Hardware

2,702

2,691

2,561

Cabinets & Countertops

1,817

1,810

1,810

Other

388

1

267

1

337

1

Totals

$ 50,521

100%

$ 50,208

100%

$ 48,815

100%

1

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to current product category classifications.

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 65.

Lowe’s is continuing its expansion and is attempting to better attract customers who normally would not visit home improvement stores. In addition, Lowe’s has implemented a new strategy to attract an increasing number of female customers.

Lowe’s has over 190,000 products online and recently started shipping items to customers from service stores and regional distribution centers. Historically, Lowe’s only shipped online purchased items from its dedicated Internet warehouse. This new strategy enables Lowe’s to provide faster deliveries, reduce order filling costs, and improve profitability overall. Building on the increased online presence, Lowe’s plans to reduce its brick-and-mortar expansion plans by 15 stores annually thereafter, or around a 50 percent reduction in planned new stores.

Finance

Lowe’s recent balance sheets are provided in Exhibit 5.

The Economy

Home prices are slowly rising in the USA and home construction too is rising, both good news for Lowe’s. June 2012 new home sales in the USA were up 15.1 percent over the prior year. Sales of existing homes are increasing, up to 4.37 million units in June 2012 from 4.18 units in June 2011 or a 4.5-percent increase. Unemployment rates have fallen to just below 8 percent in the USA, and are trending downward, good news for Lowe’s. More and more people are remodeling their homes, also good news for Lowe’s. The top four homebuilders in the USA are: D.R. Horton Inc., KB Homes, PulteGroup Inc., and Lennar Corp.; all four companies are growing and this is good news for Lowe’s.

EXHIBIT 4 Lowe’s Companies, Inc. Income Statement

 

(In millions, except per share and percentage data) Fiscal years ended on

 

February 1, 2013

February 3, 2012

January 28, 2011

Net sales

$ 50,521

$ 50,208

$ 48,815

Cost of sales

33,194

32,858

31,663

Gross margin

17,327

17,350

17,152

Expenses:

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

12,244

12,593

12,006

Depreciation

1,523

1,480

1,586

Interest—net

423

371

332

Total expenses

14,190

14,444

13,924

Pre-tax earnings

3,137

2,906

3,228

Income tax provision

1,178

1,067

1,218

Net earnings

$ 1,959

$ 1,839

$ 2,010

Basic earnings per common share

$ 1.69

$ 1.43

$ 1.42

Diluted earnings per common share

$ 1.69

$ 1.43

$ 1.42

Cash dividends per share

$ 0.62

$ 0.53

$ 0.42

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 38.

The 30-year fixed mortgage rate is over 3 percent and rising. Despite low rates however, banks are still reluctant to lend. Throughout much of the previous decade, banks would allow someone to purchase a home with as little as 5 percent down, but now banks are commonly requiring 20 percent cash down. In addition, banks are also requiring higher credit scores to qualify for a mortgage. Scores as high as 720 would historically be automatic for a loan, but scores as high as 755 are now not automatic for approval. Low interest rates are allowing many people to refinance their homes, thus providing them with additional cash to potentially spend on home improvement projects.

CEO Frank Blake of Home Depot in October 2012 said: “This housing market has been very very bad and it’s going to take some time to recover.” Blake’s comments were on the heels of the Federal Reserve blaming the U.S. housing situation for the country’s overall slow economic recovery. In Blake’s opinion, when customers start to consider home improvement projects, such as installing a new granite countertop as a home investment rather than a cost, then the housing market is likely heading for a more sustainable recovery.

Competition

Largely dependent on the state of the economy and especially the state of the housing market, competition is intense in the home improvement industry. Major players Lowe’s and Home Depot have the greatest market share, but many other firms such as True Value Hardware, Ace Hardware, and even Walmart all facilitate increased competition. For example, Ace markets its business as a one-stop place where a customer can receive friendly help with an appropriated size store that enables customers to find everything they need “without the use of a gps.” This marketing strategy is clearly aimed at behemoths Lowe’s and Home Depot and suggests that by being large warehouse stores, customers do not receive the personal attention Ace can deliver. True Value positions its business model around each store being independently owned and operated, providing customers with a store that offers products more tailored to local needs.

EXHIBIT 5 Lowe’s Companies, Inc. Balance Sheet

 

 

(In millions, except par value and percentage data)

 

 

February 1, 2013

February 3, 2012

Assets

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

 

$ 541

$ 1,014

   Short-term investments

 

125

286

   Merchandise inventory—net

 

8,600

8,355

   Deferred income taxes—net

 

217

183

   Other current assets

 

301

234

   Total current assets

 

9,784

10,072

   Property, less accumulated depreciation

 

21,477

21,970

   Long-term investments

 

271

504

   Other assets

 

1,134

1,013

   Total assets

 

$ 32,666

$ 33,559

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

   Current liabilities:

 

 

 

   Current maturities of long-term debt

 

$ 47

$ 592

   Accounts payable

 

4,657

4,352

   Accrued compensation and employee benefits

 

670

613

   Deferred revenue

 

824

801

   Other current liabilities

 

1,510

1,533

   Total current liabilities

 

7,708

7,891

   Long-term debt, excluding current maturities

 

9,030

7,035

   Deferred income taxes—net

 

455

531

   Deferred revenue—extended protection plans

 

715

704

   Other liabilities

 

901

865

   Total liabilities

 

18,809

17,026

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

   Preferred stock—$5 par value, none issued

 

   Common stock—$.50 par value;

 

 

 

      Shares issued and outstanding

 

 

 

      February 1, 2013

1,110

 

 

      February 3, 2012

1,241

555

621

   Capital in excess of par value

 

26

14

   Retained earnings

 

13,224

15,852

   Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

52

46

   Total shareholders’ equity

 

13,857

16,533

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

$ 32,666

$ 33,559

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 39.

In addition to brand-name stores, there are thousands of local mom-and-pop hardware stores that customers trust and frequent.

Lowe’s and Home Depot compete with many stores offering similar products. Walmart offers many of the same lawn and garden options, as well as lights, paint, tools, and many other home improvement items. Sears, Big Lots, SAMs, Costco, and thousands of specialty stores that focus exclusively on lighting or flooring for example are also fierce competitors. Although many building contractors use Lowe’s or Home Depot’s programs for purchasing materials, many are loyal to other local businesses. The Internet is also becoming more and more of a competitor for firms in the home improvement industry.

EXHIBIT 6 A Comparison of Lowe’s with Home Depot

 

Lowe’s

Home Depot

Number of Employees

161K

331K

Net Income ($)

1.9B

4.1B

Revenue ($)

51.1B

71.4B

Revenue ($)/Employee

317K

216K

EPS Ratio ($)

1.52

2.65

Market Capitalization

31.3B

78.9B

Lowe’s has not been performing as well as Home Depot. Note in Exhibit 6 that Home Depot has more than double the earnings of Lowe’s and has a significantly higher earnings per share (EPS).

Home Depot

Founded in 1978 in Atlanta, Georgia, Home Depot is the largest home improvement chain in the world with over 2,250 retail stores in all 50 U.S. states, Puerto Rico, Guam, Canada, and Mexico. Home Depot is the fourth-largest retailer in the USA and fifth largest in the world. Home Depot offers a large assortment of home improvement products at fair prices. At a Home Depot, customers can find experienced sales associates in flooring, plumbing, electrical, gardening, and many other areas. Home Depot offers in-home installation to any customers who do not wish to install their own flooring, sinks, and other products. Major brands that are sold exclusively at the Home Depot include: BEHR Paint, Chem-Dry, Homelite, Martha Steward Living, Thomasville, among others. Home Depot recently replaced its old slogan: “You can do it. We can help” with: “More saving. More doing.”

Home Depot is expanding its Internet business rather than expanding overseas, according to its CEO Frank Blake. Blake’s comments came on the heels of Home Depot closing all seven of its China-based stores in October of 2012, after a failed expansion attempt there. Blake also offered the comment that Home Depot can live without having a brick-and-mortar presence in Brazil or any other country. But what they cannot afford to do is not be the best home improvement company in the world. Home Depot still sells products to Chinese customers on its website, 360buy.com, and is continually looking to partner with other e-commerce sites. The trend toward shopping from the Internet, in particular mobile applications on smartphones, is a trend Home Depot plans to capitalize on.

True Value

Headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, True Value has more than 5,000 independent retail hardware store locations worldwide. All of the stores are independently owned and operated by regular people. True Value has 12 regional distribution centers and more than 3,000 associates. True Value supports True Value Hardware and Home Center Stores as well as Grand Rental Station, Party Central, Taylor Rental, Induserve Supply, and Home & Garden Showplace.

Home & Garden Showplace acts as the garden center identity of True Value. There are more than 260 Home & Garden Showplace stores across the USA. Like all True Value stores, each store is independently owned and purchases retail merchandise through True Value’s distribution centers and various True Value buying programs. The other divisions of True Value total more than 400 stores across the USA and are also all independently owned and operated.

All True Value store locations vary from small towns to large cities and stores reflect various sizes. Each respective independent retailer offers product categories and assortments tailored to local customer needs allowing customers across the country to shop a business that is uniquely focused on local needs. According to True Value, all its well-stocked stores offer superior customer service and a compelling shopping experience.

From 2009 to 2011, True Value reported net revenues of $1.8 billion in each of the three years, and long-term debt of $121, $137, and $143 million, respectively. In 2012, True Value’s stated goals were to grow retail sales by 2 percent, expand by adding another 100 stores with more than 1.1 million square feet of selling space, investing in a new Farm and Ranch category, and providing shareholders with a dividend for the sixth consecutive year.

Ace Hardware

Founded in 1924 in Oak Brook, Illinois, Ace Hardware was named after Ace fighter pilots of World War I who overcame all odds in fighting for the Allied Forces. Ace has more than 4,400 locations across the USA and operates locations in 60 different countries. Ace competes much like True Value with all stores being independently owned and operated. Ace, like True Value, markets this strategy as enabling business owners to tailor their products to meet local customers’ needs more effectively. Also, it places more of the initial capital risk on the franchisee and offers many products under the Ace brand. This store branding generally produces higher margins than selling brand-name items.

According to Franchise Times, Ace is the sixth largest franchise operation in the world trailing only McDonald’s, 7-Eleven, KFC, Subway, and Burger King. Ace has received numerous awards in customer satisfaction. J.D. Power and Associates ranked Ace the highest in customer satisfaction among home improvement stores for five years in a row from 2007 to 2011; Ace was ranked the same by Business Week from 2008 to 2010.

Future

Lowe’s opened its first store in Canada in 2007 and currently has 34 stores across the country. Lowe’s has recently shown interest in acquiring Rona, a Canadian-based chain that has 79 big box locations and more than 700 smaller stores. A takeover by Lowe’s would provide a substantial footprint in Canada, but in September 2012, Lowe’s withdrew its friendly offer for Rona and some analysts believe that the move is a precursor to a hostile takeover. Lowe’s activity in Canada is a stark contrast to announced store closings in its U.S. operations. Lowe’s is closing 20 underperforming U.S. stores in 2012 and reducing its pace of growth.

U.S. big box stores such as Target are popping up all over Canada, and these retailers are basking in the benefits of pent-up Canadian consumer demand. However, setting up and operating a retail store in Canada poses some unique challenges because all packaging and labeling must follow Canadian rules, including using both English and using metric weights and measurements. Stores operating in Quebec must also be able to serve customers in French, have French on all signage and advertising material, and produce French versions of web pages. With the Canadian population approximately one-tenth of that of the USA, the added administrative and legal expenses have often been deemed by large retailers to not be worth the effort. Should Lowe’s expand into Canada, or renew efforts to acquire Rona?

Would you recommend Lowe’s enter the Australian market with 150 new stores as currently planned in an attempt to match Ace’s international presence. Lowe’s currently operates two different size stores to better serve local markets. However both of these store fronts are similar in size. Would you recommend Lowe’s reduce the size of its stores to match Home Depot, and even smaller stores such as Ace and True Value?

Analysts believe Lowe’s will hold steady in coming years in terms of revenues and profitability, primarily because the housing market and general economy are improving. But shareholders and investors expect more than flat earnings.

What do you think are the best strategies for Lowe’s to outperform Home Depot as the housing market and world economy continue to improve? Design a three-year plan for CEO Niblock with specifics outlying the appropriate course of action.

United Parcel Service, Inc., 2013

www.ups.com , UPS

Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, United Parcel Service (UPS) is the largest logistics company in the world based on revenue and package volume. Operating in the air delivery and freight services industry, UPS delivers packages up to 150 pounds across the USA and to 220 countries worldwide. Serving customers since 1907, UPS operates a fleet of more than 100,000 cars, vans, trucks, tractors, and motorcycles and more than 530 aircraft and uses 35,000 transport cargo containers. In addition, UPS has 39,100 drop boxes, 2,100 customer centers, 4,700 independently owned UPS stores, and perhaps most importantly, 83,900 drivers.

UPS’s Q2 of 2013 revenue increased 1.2 percent as the company’s daily international package volume improved 5 percent and domestic volume grew 1.9 percent from the prior year. For Q2, UPS delivered 15.7 million packages per day, an increase of 2.3 percent over the prior-year period. The company’s domestic Q2 revenue improved to $8.24 billion, up

2.3 percent; domestic revenue per piece was up 0.3 percent. The company’s daily package volume improved 1.9 percent, compared to the same period last year, driven by residential shipments from e-commerce customers. Declining letter volume led to a 1.5 percent drop in Next Day Air. For Q2 of 2013, UPS’s international daily package volume grew 5.0 percent and revenue increased 1.6 percent to $3.06 billion. Daily Export shipments increased 5.0 percent, led by Europe and Asia. Customers globally continue to trade down to slower moving solutions, resulting in a 3.4 percent decline in UPS’s export revenue per piece.

UPS global air network is headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, where the company can process 416,000 packages per hour! UPS has numerous other airport hubs across the USA and in Germany, Canada, Hong Kong, Singapore, Taiwan, and China. A member of both the Dow Jones 30 Composite and Dow Transportation indexes, UPS employs 399,000 full-time employees (323,000 in the USA and 76,000 outside of the USA). A total of 349,000 of these employees were members of a union. UPS operates under three principle segments: (1) U.S. Domestic Package, (2) International Package, and the newer and much smaller (3) Supply Chain and Freight segment. UPS’s major competitors are FedEx and the United States Postal Service.

Although UPS’s primary business is the timely delivery of packages and documents, the company has extended its capabilities in recent years to encompass the broader spectrum of services known as supply chain solutions, such as freight forwarding, customs brokerage, fulfillment, returns, financial transaction, and even repairs. UPS is also a leading provider of less-than-truckload transportation services.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

UPS was founded in 1907 by teenagers Claude Ryan and Jim Casey as the American Messenger Company in Seattle, Washington. The teenagers saw an opportunity with the limited telephone and automobile options to run errands, carry notes, and make home deliveries for drugstores. The early strategy of UPS was to compete on cost by offering the best prices while maintaining dependable and courtesy service.

By 1913, the telephone was more common, reducing the need for messenger services, so the American Messenger Company changed its name to Merchant’s Parcel Delivery and merged with Evert McCabe’s to focus almost exclusively on package delivery of drugstore and grocery store packages to people’s homes. The acquisition of Evert McCabe’s added motorcycles and a single Ford Motel T to the business, so by 1916 “UPS” had an expanding fleet of delivery vehicles. Soon the company expanded its business to also deliver department store packages to homes in the Seattle area.

Geographic expansion continued throughout the 1920s, including air service, and the company expanded into cities along the entire Pacific coast. The company changed its name to United Parcel Service and moved its headquarters to New York. UPS continued to grow over the years, and in 1975 the company began serving Toronto, Canada, marking the first time UPS served customers outside the USA. The following year, UPS began operations in Germany, and then in 1989, with the purchase of a British document company, UPS was serving customers virtually worldwide.

The 1990s saw UPS adapt well to the growing presence of electronic data and package tracking. The company moved its headquarters to Atlanta, Georgia, in 1994. Operating as a private company for the first 90 years, UPS offered 10 percent of its stock to the public in 1999, giving the company the ability to raise capital through equity and make acquisitions more easily.

UPS’s 1999 acquisitions of Challenge Air resulted in UPS becoming the largest air cargo carrier in Latin America. Other acquisitions in the United Kingdom and Poland expanded UPS’s global reach throughout Europe. UPS has to date acquired more than 40 companies ranging from shipping and trucking to finance and international trade services.

UPS’s supply chain solutions capabilities are available to clients in over 220 countries and territories. UPS’s 2012 revenues increased 1.9 percent to $54.1 billion, but net income decreased 78.8 percent to $807 million. The company’s 2012 return on assets (ROA) dropped to 2.2 percent, from 11.1 percent the prior year. In 2013, UPS is trying to close on its acquisition of the European firm, TNT Express, for $6.8 billion, which will expand its presence in the European and Asian markets.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

The UPS vision is provided on the company website, as follows:

  • Our goal is to synchronize the world of commerce by developing business solutions that create value and competitive advantages for our customers.

The company provides the following mission statement on its website:

Mission: What We Seek to Achieve

  • • Grow our global business by serving the logistics needs of customers, offering excellence and value in all that we do.

  • • Maintain a financially strong company—with broad employee ownership—that provides a long-term competitive return to our shareowners.

  • • Inspire our people and business partners to do their best, offering opportunities for personal development and success.

  • • Lead by example as a responsible, caring, and sustainable company making a difference in the communities we serve.

UPS describes the nature of its business in the following way:

  • As the world’s largest package delivery company and a leading global provider of specialized transportation and logistics services, UPS continues to develop the frontiers of logistics, supply chain management, and e-Commerce … combining the flows of goods, information, and funds.

Sustainability

UPS provides an elaborate Sustainability Report on its website, after giving the following sustainability statement:

  • UPS is committed to operating our business in a socially, environmentally and economically responsible manner. We publish annual programs on goal attainment.

UPS was recently recognized as one of only 10 U.S. corporations to receive an A+ for superior transparency from companies registered with the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). “One of the guiding principles to UPS’s sustainability strategy is our commitment to transparency,” UPS Chairman and CEO Scott Davis wrote in the organization’s 2011 Sustainability Report. “We are disclosing more information than ever …. We have reported our five-year progress, successes and challenges. Now, we are focused ahead.” Chief Sustainability Officer Scott Wicker reported that UPS now uses a “materiality matrix” to track how the company’s interests match or differ from those of other stakeholders. A recent GRI report recognized UPS for (a) driving 85 million fewer miles, saving 8.4 million gallons of fuel and 83,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide emissions using advanced route-planning technology, (b) expanding telematics technology to eliminate more than 98 million minutes of engine idling time, saving 653,000 gallons of fuel, and (c) earning the highest Carbon Disclosure Project score among all U.S. companies, and tying with three others for the top score in the world.

Speaking at Fortune’s Brainstorm Green 2012, UPS Chief Operations Officer (COO) David Abney said: “Sustainability is a way of life. It’s always high on our radar screen.” The UPS Foundation, the charitable arm of the firm, recently started a long-term effort to support employee volunteer activities to plant more than 1 million trees around the world, beginning with tree-planting initiatives in China, Canada, Haiti, the Netherlands, Norway, Russia, Uganda, and the United States by the end of 2013. UPS was rated #1 in Fortune Magazine’s 2012 “World’s Most Admired” for the Delivery Industry.

Culture and Ethics

The company code of ethics is provided at on the UPS website under Governance Documents (http://www.investors.ups.com/phoenix.zhtml?c=62900&p=irol-govhighlights).

Additionally, UPS has what it refers to on its website as a “distinctive culture.” The statement reads as follows:

  • We believe that the dedication of our employees results in large part from our distinctive “employee-owner” concept. Our employee stock ownership tradition dates from 1927, when our founders, who believed that employee stock ownership was a vital foundation for successful business, first offered stock to employees. To facilitate employee stock ownership, we maintain several stock-based compensation programs.

The company’s brown-clothed drivers and employees and brown trucks symbolize the firm’s commitment to a distinctive culture, anchored by employee ownership of a large part of the firm. UPS is highly unionized.

After donating $150,000 to the Irving-based Boy Scouts of America, UPS announced recently that the company will no longer fund them, until gay scouts and leaders are allowed to be members. The Atlanta Business Chronicle reported that the Gay & Lesbian Alliance Against Defamation (GLADD) said it was told by UPS that under revised guidelines of The UPS Foundation, it will not support organizations that are unable to attest to having a policy that aligns with the foundation’s nondiscrimination policy.

Organizational Structure

Among UPS’s top eight corporate executives, there are two women and one African American. Exhibit 1 reveals UPS’s current organizational chart. Note the company uses a divisional-by-geographic region structure.

Strategy

During calendar 2012, UPS opened 12 new dedicated health care facilities on four continents, bringing the company total to 37. UPS strives daily to provide customers competitive prices and excellent services worldwide. UPS benefits from several key trends in the marketplace, including (a) expansion of global trade, (b) growth in emerging markets, (c) outsourcing, (d) retail commercial growth, and (e) increasing trade across borders. These are reasons why UPS recently acquired Italy-based Pieffe Group, a pharmaceutical logistics company that helps enhance the trust that European-based pharmaceutical and biotech companies have for UPS to handle the delivery of its products and services. UPS’s principle strategy is to identify successful businesses outside the USA and form alliances with them in the hope of eventually acquiring them. China remains the key emerging market with air hubs in Shanghai and Shenzhen. Recent UPS Chinese investments include adding intra-Asia and around-the-world flight frequencies, striving to serve customers more efficiently in Asia, Europe, and around the world. UPS already services more than 40 Asian nations through more than 20 alliances. In Vietnam alone, since a 2010 alliance, UPS’s volume in that country has doubled.

EXHIBIT 1 UPS’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on information on the company’s website.

UPS plans to increase its market share in Europe, where half of all its international revenue derives from; strong growth is expected to continue in Germany, the United Kingdom, France, Italy, Spain, and the Netherlands. Despite lingering economic troubles in Europe, UPS is expanding its European Air hub in Cologne, Germany, by 70 percent to a total capacity of 190,000 packages per hour. For reference, this is still well short of the hub in Louisville, Kentucky, that processes more than 400,000 packages per hour. The expansion of the Cologne hub was completed in 2013. In addition, the 2012 acquisition of Belgium-based Kiala S.A. enables e-commerce retailers to offer its customers timely delivery to retail locations or people’s homes.

UPS’s 2009 acquisition of Turkey-based Unsped Paket Servisi has led to double-digit growth to and from that country. South and Central America economies are growing along with Mexico, and UPS is currently well positioned in those countries as well.

Effective December 31, 2012, UPS instituted a 4.5 percent rate increase for UPS Air and U.S.-originating International Services shipments. UPS breaks the rate increase into two parts: a 6.5 percent base rate on UPS Air and International Services minus a two percentage point reduction in fuel surcharges on such shipments. UPS Ground base rates also increased on that date, by 5.9 percent, mitigated by a single percentage point reduction in the fuel surcharge, resulting in an average 4.9 percent price hike. UPS Next Day Air Freight, Second Day Air Freight, and Three-Day Freight rates for shipments among U.S., Canadian, and Puerto Rican locations also rose by 4.9 percent.

UPS recently closed on its $6.58 billion deal to acquire TNT Express N.V., an international courier delivery-services company with headquarters in Hoofddorp, Netherlands. Competing primarily with FedEx and DHL, TNT Express has fully owned operations in 65 countries and delivers documents, parcels, and pieces of freight to more than 200 countries. The company recorded sales of more than €7.2 billion in 2011. As part of the deal, UPS is seeking to avoid concessions that would hinder the company’s plan to double its operations in Europe through the acquisition of TNT whose air operations were at issue because companies outside the European Union cannot hold stakes of more than 49 percent in airlines. The TNT Express deal will mark the largest acquisition ever for UPS.

To expand its global healthcare distribution facility network in the Asia Pacific region, UPS recently opened new facilities in Hangzhou and Shanghai, China, and Sydney, Australia. These openings bring the total number of UPS dedicated healthcare facilities around the globe to 36, encompassing more than a half-million square meters of space. The UPS strategy is to invest in its global healthcare network to become the largest medical products transporter in the world. Increased globalization and growing healthcare consumption in emerging markets are the impetus for this strategy. The new distribution centers serve multinational and regional healthcare manufacturers across the Asia Pacific region.

Segments

UPS’s top 20 customers account for less than 10 percent of the company’s revenue. UPS has major air hubs in Hartford, CN; Ontario, CA; Philidalphia, PA; Rockford, IL and outside of the United States in Hamilton, Ontario; Cologne, Germany; Shanghai China; Shenzhen, China; Raipei, Taiwan; Incheon, South Korea; Hong Kong, and Singapore. UPS reports revenues and operating profits in three different segments: (1) U.S. Domestic Package, (2) International Package, and (3) Supply Chain and Freight. Exhibit 2 reveals that UPS’s Supply Chain and Freight division accounts for about 17 percent of all revenue and 10 percent of all operating profits. Also note that more than half of UPS’s profits come from its U.S. operations, so there is a lot of room for growth globally, which is another reason for the TNT Express acquisition. But South America, Australia, and to a lesser degree, Asia, are not UPS strongholds to say the least.

EXHIBIT 2 Selected Income Statement Data

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

   U.S. Domestic Package

$ 32,856

$ 31,717

$ 29,742

$ 28,158

$ 31,278

   International Package

12,124

12,249

11,133

9,699

11,293

   Supply Chain & Freight

9,147

9,139

8,670

7,440

8,915

   Total revenue

54,127

53,105

49,545

45,297

51,486

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

   Compensation and benefits

33,102

27,575

26,557

25,933

29,826

   Other

19,682

19,450

17,347

15,856

20,041

   Total operating expenses

52,784

47,025

43,904

41,789

49,867

Operating profit (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

   U.S. Domestic Package

459

3,764

3,238

1,919

823

   International Package

869

1,709

1,831

1,279

1,246

   Supply Chain and Freight

15

607

572

310

(450)

   Total operating profit

1,343

6,080

5,641

3,508

1,619

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 21.

EXHIBIT 3 U.S. Domestic Package Operations

 

Year Ended December 31,

% Change

 

2012

2011

2010

2012/2011

Average Daily Package Volume (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

   Next Day Air

1,277

1,206

1,205

5.9%

   Deferred

1,031

975

941

5.7%

   Ground

11,588

11,230

11,140

3.2%

      Total Avg. Daily Package Volume

13,896

13,411

13,286

3.6%

Average Revenue Per Piece:

   Next Day Air

$ 19.93

$ 20.33

$ 19.14

(2.0)%

   Deferred

13.06

13.32

12.50

(2.0)%

   Ground

7.89

7.78

7.43

1.4%

      Total Avg. Revenue Per Piece

$ 9.38

$ 9.31

$ 8.85

0.8%

Operating Days in Period

252

254

253

 

Revenue (in millions):

 

 

 

 

   Next Day Air

$ 6,412

$ 6,229

$ 5,835

2.9%

   Deferred

3,392

3,299

2,975

2.8%

   Ground

23,052

22,189

20,932

3.9%

      Total Revenue

$ 32,856

$ 31,717

$ 29,742

3.6%

Source: UPS 2012 Form 10K, p. 24.

U.S. Domestic Package Segment

UPS’s U.S. Domestic Package division reported revenues of $32.8 billion in 2012, up from $31.7 billion in 2011, a 3.6 percent increase. Operating profits decreased around 87.8 percent during this same time period. This division of UPS focuses on timely delivery of small packages across the USA offers customers same-, next-, two-, and three-day alternatives or standard shipping depending on how fast the delivery is needed. UPS delivers more than 11 million packages daily in the USA with most being delivered between one to three business days. Within this segment, UPS has an alliance with the United States Postal Service (USPS) called SurePost, a service for customers who are sending or receiving nonurgent lightweight shipments in which UPS handles the long haul ground transportation and USPS makes the final home delivery. Note in Exhibit 3, UPS’s “Next Day Air” and their “Deferred” business reported declines in business in 2012 versus 2011. Note in Exhibit 2 the 88 percent drop in UPS’s 2012 operating profit in their domestic segment.

International Package Segment

UPS’s International Package Reporting Segment includes all package operations outside the USA. This segment offers a wide selection of price and delivery options, such as Express Plus, Express, and Express Saver for urgent shipments. More traditional shipments that do not require express service can use UPS Worldwide. In addition, customers in the USA, Mexico, Canada, and Europe can use UPS Transborder Standard delivery services for its shipments.

Among the international regions served, Europe is the largest UPS customer and accounts for around half of the company’s international revenue. UPS expects Europe to continue being a large revenue source in the future because of the fragmented nature of the market in Europe and the fact that exports make up a large part of Europe’s gross domestic product (GDP). Additionally, UPS’s TNT Express acquisition will nearly double UPS’s business in Europe.

Asia is somewhat of a new frontier for UPS, but that continent offers the fastest growth opportunities. Note in Exhibit 4 that UPS’s international segment reported quite a few negative numbers in 2012 versus 2011.

EXHIBIT 4 International Package Operations

 

Year Ended December 31,

% Change

 

2012

2011

2010

2012/2011

Average Daily Package Volume (In Thousands):

   Domestic

1,427

1,444

1,403

(1.2)%

   Export

972

942

885

3.2%

      Total Avg. Daily Package Volume

2,399

2,386

2,288

0.5%

Average Revenue Per Piece:

   Domestic

$ 7.04

$ 7.17

$ 6.66

(1.8)%

   Export

36.88

37.85

36.77

(2.6)%

      Total Avg. Revenue Per Piece

$ 19.13

$ 19.28

$ 18.31

(0.8)%

Operating Days in Period

252

254

253

 

Revenue (In Millions):

   Domestic

$ 2,531

$ 2,628

$ 2,365

(3.7)%

   Export

9,033

9,056

8,234

(0.3)%

   Cargo

560

565

534

(0.9)%

      Total Revenue

$12,124

$12,249

$11,133

(1.0)%

Operating Expenses (In Millions):

 

 

 

 

   Operating Expenses

$11,255

$10,540

$ 9,302

6.8%

      Defined Benefit Plan Mark-to-Market Charge

(941)

(171)

(42)

 

   Adjusted Operating Expenses

$10,314

$10,369

$ 9,260

(0.5)%

Operating Profit (In Millions) and Operating

 

 

 

 

Margin:

 

 

 

 

   Operating Profit

$ 869

$ 1,709

$ 1,831

(49.2)%

Source: UPS’s 2012 Form 10K, p. 28.

Supply Chain and Freight

UPS’s Supply Chain and Freight segment includes logistics services, UPS freight business, and financial offerings through UPS Capital. As of December 2012, UPS managed supply chains in more than 195 countries and territories with more than 35 million square feet of distribution space. Because of the complex nature of supply chains, UPS offers the following services: freight forwarding, customs brokerage, logistics and distribution, UPS freight, and UPS capital.

UPS is the second-largest freight forwarding company in the USA and is among the top six internationally. A freight forwarder or forwarding agent is a person or company that organizes shipments for individuals or companies to get large orders from the manufacturer to market or final point of distribution. A forwarder is not typically a carrier but is an expert in supply chain management. In other words, a freight forwarder is a “travel agent” for the cargo industry, or a third-party logistics provider. Thus, instead of transporting cargo, UPS oftentimes just facilitates the movement of cargo ranging from raw agricultural products to manufactured goods. Cargo can travel on a variety of carrier types, including ships, airplanes, trucks, railroads, or all of these modes, and oftentimes not on UPS-owned assets.

UPS Freight is the long-haul segment of UPS providing long distance transportation of packages in all 50 states, several U.S. territories, and Mexico. UPS Capital aids customers in export and import financing, as well as protecting goods and payment solutions.

Finance

For calendar 2012, UPS’s overall volume grew 2.8 percent. The company’s business-to-business volume showed no growth, partly due to the increasing migration of traditional retail to online retail. UPS’s income statements are provided in Exhibit 5. Balance sheets are provided in Exhibit 6.

EXHIBIT 5 UPS’s Income Statements (in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

2012

2011

2010

Revenue

$ 54,127

$ 53,105

$ 49,545

Operating Expenses:

 

 

 

   Compensation and benefits

33,102

27,575

26,557

   Repairs and maintenance

1,228

1,286

1,131

   Depreciation and amortization

1,858

1,782

1,792

   Purchased transportation

7,354

7,232

6,640

   Fuel

4,090

4,046

2,972

   Other occupancy

902

943

939

   Other expenses

4,250

4,161

3,873

Total Operating Expenses

52,784

47,025

43,904

Operating Profit

1,343

6,080

5,641

Other Income and (Expense):

 

 

 

   Investment income

24

44

   Interest expense

(393)

(348)

(354)

Total Other Income and (Expense)

(369)

(304)

(351)

Income Before Income Taxes

974

5,776

5,290

Income Tax Expense

167

1,972

1,952

Net Income

$ 807

$ 3,804

$ 3,338

Basic Earnings Per Share

$ 0.84

$ 3.88

$ 3.36

Diluted Earnings Per Share

$ 0.83

$ 3.84

$ 3.33

Source: UPS’s 2012 Form 10K, p. 58.

EXHIBIT 6 UPS’s Balance Sheets (in millions)

 

December 31,

 

2012

2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 7,327

$ 3,034

   Marketable securities

597

1,241

   Accounts receivable, net

6,111

6,246

   Deferred income tax assets

583

611

   Other current assets

973

1,152

      Total Current Assets

15,591

12,284

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

17,894

17,621

Goodwill

2,173

2,101

Intangible Assets, Net

603

585

Investments and Restricted Cash

307

303

Derivative Assets

535

483

Deferred Income Tax Assets

684

118

Other Non-Current Assets

1,076

1,206

Total Assets

$ 38,863

$ 34,701

LIABILITIES AND SHAREOWNERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

   Current maturities of long-term debt and commercial paper

$ 1,781

$ 33

   Accounts payable

2,278

2,300

   Accrued wages and withholdings

1,927

1,843

   Self-insurance reserves

763

781

   Other current liabilities

1,641

1,557

      Total Current Liabilities

8,390

6,514

Long-Term Debt

11,089

11,095

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

11,068

5,505

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities

48

1,900

Self-Insurance Reserves

1,980

1,806

Other Non-Current Liabilities

1,555

773

Shareowners’ Equity:

 

 

   Class A common stock (225 and 240 shares issued in 2012 and 2011)

   Class B common stock (729 and 725 shares issued in 2012 and 2011)

   Additional paid-in capital

   Retained earnings

7,997

10,128

   Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(3,354)

(3,103)

   Deferred compensation obligations

78

88

   Less: Treasury stock (1 and 2 shares in 2012 and 2011)

(78)

(88)

      Total Equity for Controlling Interests

4,653

7,035

   Noncontrolling Interests

80

73

Total Shareowners’ Equity

4,733

7,108

Total Liabilities and Shareowners’ Equity

$ 38,863

$ 34,701

Source: UPS’s 2012 Form 10K, p. 57.

External Issues

Changing Consumer Behavior

More and more people are no longer willing to pay more for an overnight delivery service. They would rather wait another day for the goods to be delivered, instead of paying a premium for quicker delivery. This change in customer preferences and attitude appears to be permanent, regardless of the economy.

Companies Exporting More

UPS anticipates that most high-tech companies expect to export more cell phones, tablets, and other electronics over the next several years to growing middle-class populations in developing nations. The Barack Obama administration has a goal to double exports by 2015. Scott Davis, UPS chief executive officer, is on the President’s Export Council and has touted free trade agreements as critical for boosting U.S. exports and the economy. A free trade agreement between the USA and Panama will soon go into effect, following on the heels of such agreements with Colombia and South Korea. Some analysts expect that high-tech product sales and shipments are expected to grow by 22 percent in India, the Middle East, and Africa over the next three to five years. Those same analysts expect such sales increases to range from 18 percent in Brazil and 19 percent in the rest of South America to 15 percent in Eastern Europe, 13 percent in Korea, and 8 percent in China and in other Asian nations.

Many executives are planning to modify its distribution networks to handle more volume at East Coast ports once a wider Panama Canal is opened to bigger ships around 2015. Quite a few companies plan to shift from air to ocean freight when that happens, so many East Coast ports are heavily investing in dredging and other projects to be able to accept bigger ships. Both FedEx and UPS have already seen a shift in demand for shipping products cheaper, such as by sea, rather than premium-priced express air services, because of the weakening global economy.

Internet and Catalog Purchasing

About 40 percent of total UPS shipments are from businesses-to-consumers, compared with about one-third from a few years ago. It expects these shipments, typically from large catalog or Internet retailers, to grow to half of all packages during the holiday season. Consumers are expected to do more and more online shopping. UPS and its smaller rival FedEx can benefit twice when consumers shop online: UPS ships the gift to the receiver, and it also ships the unwanted presents that are later returned. Online sales are expected to grow at four times the pace of traditional retail sales in 2012. This trend is helping UPS’s earnings despite weakness in trade between businesses. Business-to-business shipments are typically between a manufacturer and a retailer, and are closely tied to industrial production.

Competitors

As indicated in Exhibit 7, UPS competes with USPS and FedEx. Another large competitor is DHL International. Exhibit 6 reveals that UPS generates more revenue per employee than either the USPS or FedEx. Note how low the USPS is on revenue per employee.

USPS

USPS incurred a record loss of $15.9 billion for its fiscal year 2012, which it blamed primarily on a mandate to set aside billions of dollars for a retirement heath fund. The USPS loss included $11.1 billion in defaulted payments it owes to “prefund” health benefits for future retirees. Postal officials have complained for years about these prepayments, which are required by Congress, to pay for future retirees. The USPS points out that other federal agencies do not have similar mandates for prefunding.

The $15.9 billion loss was more than triple the $5.1 billion in loss the USPS posted in the prior year. Fredric Rolando, president of the National Association of Letter Carriers, recently blamed the congressionally mandated prefunding for the bulk of USPS’s financial woes. The USPS is highly unionized.

USPS has been struggling with declines in mail revenue for a variety of reasons, including everyone’s transition to e-mail. To combat massive losses, USPS plans to cut 150,000 workers through 2015, reduce existing staffers’ work hours and hike the price on first-class stamps by 3 cents to 49 cents. USPS officials are considering a scale back of delivery service to five days, ceasing its low-volume, low-revenue, Saturday service. The notion of five-day service however is intensely unpopular in Congress and unlikely to prevail.

EXHIBIT 7 Comparing UPS to Rivals

 

USPS

UPS

FedEx

Number of Employees

551K

222K

230K

Net Income ($)

3.26B

2.02B

Revenue ($)

65.7B

53.66B

42.95B

Revenue ($)/Employee

119K

241K

187K

EPS Ratio ($)

3.38

6.40

Market Capitalization

66.8B

27.1B

EPS, earnings per share.

Unlike other federal agencies, the USPS does not technically receive taxpayer support, though it has borrowed $15 billion from the U.S. Treasury.

FedEx

Headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee, FedEx is the world’s number-1 express transportation provider, delivering about 3.5 million packages daily to more than 220 countries and territories from about 2,000 FedEx Office shops. FedEx owns and operates a fleet of about 690 aircraft and more than 50,000 motor vehicles and trailers. To complement its express delivery business, FedEx Ground provides small-package ground delivery in North America, and less-than-truckload (LTL) carrier FedEx Freight hauls larger shipments. FedEx Office Stores offer a variety of document-related and other business services and serve as retail hubs for other FedEx units.

FedEx is spending $100 million to build a new 134,000-square-meter international express and cargo hub, to be up and running at the airport in Pudong, China, by 2017. FedEx said it will be capable of handling 36,000 parcels and documents per hour. The new facility’s annual sorting capacity may reach more than 90 million items, meeting the demand in the next 20 years.

Shanghai is forecast to become the world’s top air cargo hub by 2015, with a throughput of more than more than 5 million tons. Major domestic airlines have based 80 percent of its freight capacities at the Pudong airport, which now ranks number 3 by cargo turnover, after Hong Kong and Memphis.

FedEx is expanding its services across the USA, Canada, and Mexico. The company is expanding its Priority next-day services in its FedEx Freight segment by opening a new service center in Rochester, New York, that will cater to 13 U.S. and Canadian markets dealing in cross-border shipments to and from Toronto and Montreal. In Mexico, FedEx recently added two new service centers—one each in Culiacán and Silao—to strengthen its freight network in northwestern and north central part of Mexico. FedEx is building a new hub in Guangzhou, China, for catering to 100 new Chinese cities within the next five years.

As for acquisitions, FedEx completed the take over of Polish courier company, Opek Sp. z o.o., and French B2B Express transportation company, TATEX, both in mid-2012. Then FedEx acquired Rapidão Cometa, a Brazilian transportation and logistics company. These acquisitions should provide FedEx greater operational efficiencies, provide a competitive edge, generate significant long-term synergies, support international business growth, and drive higher profitability.

DHL

Headquartered in Germany and privately held, DHL is a gigantic package delivery company that constitutes the express delivery and logistics business segments of its parent, Deutsche Post. DHL is a leader in the worldwide market for express delivery services, operating through four divisions: Express, Global Forwarding and Freight Forwarding, Mail, and Supply Chain. (Mail service in Germany is handled by the Deutsche Post brand; DHL handles all of the Global Mail business). DHL’s Express courier service network spans more than 220 countries and territories using a fleet of 32,000 vehicles and about 250 aircraft. DHL’s supply chain division maintains some 23 million square meters (almost 250 million square feet) of warehouse space.

The Future

UPS is on the hunt for businesses similar to TNT Express in Europe that it recently acquired. Similar businesses in Asia, Australia, South America, and Africa would enable UPS to extend its services globally. More than half of UPS’s revenues still comes from the USA, yet 95 percent of the world’s population lives outside the USA. More and more people are buying and selling online, which is a key positive trend for UPS in the future. A key threat however is that rival FedEx is aggressive and savvy and also on the hunt to make acquisitions. FedEx does not like being number 2 in the global packaging business. UPS needs a clear strategic plan going forward.

United States Postal Service, 2013

www.usps.com

An agency of the federal government, the United States Postal Service (USPS) is responsible for providing postal service to citizens at a uniform cost regardless of geography. Founded in 1775 in Philadelphia during the Second Continental Congress, the USPS appointed Benjamin Franklin as the first Postmaster General. USPS has not received any taxpayer funds since the early 1980s, with the exception of minor subsidies for costs associated with overseas voters. USPS hit an all-time high in mail volume in 2006. As of 2012, the USPS employs more than 574,000 workers and operates more than 218,000 vehicles, which makes USPS the largest operator of a single vehicle fleet in the world. The USPS fiscal year ends on September 30.

USPS is the only delivery service that reaches every address in the nation, 151 million residences, businesses, and post office boxes. USPS receives no tax dollars for operating expenses and relies on the sale of postage, products, and services to fund its operations. With 32,000 retail locations and the most frequently visited website in the federal government (usps.com), USPS has an annual revenue of more than $65 billion and delivers nearly 40 percent of the world’s mail.

USPS is the third-largest civilian employer in the USA, trailing only the federal government and Walmart. USPS delivers around 660 million pieces of mail to 142 million delivery points each day. USPS operates 31,000 post offices and has more than 218,000 vehicles currently in operation. However, USPS recorded a loss of $15.9 billion in its fiscal year 2012 that ended September 2012. Of that amount, the accrual for mandated retiree health benefits payments accounted for a whopping $11.1 billion. USPS has defaulted on these obligations to conserve cash to fund operations, demonstrating the depth and urgency of its current financial predicament.

In August 2013, the USPS launched major changes to its Priority Mail services, with improved features including free insurance, improved USPS Tracking and 1-, 2-, or 3-day-specific delivery. These new services are expected to generate more than a half a billion dollars in new revenue over the next year.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

After being founded in 1775, the USPS grew steadily, mainly distributing mail by horseback, stagecoach, and steam engine in the early years. Steamboats were used as early as 1813 to carry mail between locations where roads did not exist. With the growing railroad industry, USPS began using the Pennsylvania Line in 1832, and by 1838, rail became the primary means of long distance travel of mail.

The first stamps were issued in 1847, and the 5-cent stamp paid for a letter with a weight of 1 ounce or less and traveling less than 300 miles. The 10-cent postage stamp would mail a letter greater than 300 miles or up to two ounces. Also in 1847, the U.S. Mail Steamship Company acquired the rights to deliver mail from New York City to New Orleans and Havana. In the following years, other steamship companies obtained rights to deliver mail along with several railroads.

In 1896, USPS started rural free delivery and with the inauguration of parcel post in 1913, significantly increased the volume of mail shipped nationwide and also increased the efficiency of mail shipments. The new developments led to mail-order business increasing and allowed customers in rural areas access to many products they otherwise would have had to travel to a city to obtain. In 1918, USPS started air-mail service, which previously was handled by the U.S. Army Air Service. This service started with 4 pilots and expanded to 36 pilots within the first year of operation. Domestic air mail was abandoned in 1975 and international air mail in 1995 because air mail became standard for most all long-distance mail.

A few key USPS dates:

  • 1775—Benjamin Franklin appointed first Postmaster General by the Continental Congress

  • 1847—U.S. postage stamps issued

  • 1860—Pony Express began

  • 1963—ZIP code inaugurated

  • 1970—Express Mail® began experimentally

  • 1971—United States Postal Service® began operations

  • 1983—ZIP+4® code began

  • 1992—Self-adhesive stamps introduced nationwide

  • 1994—USPS launched public Internet site

  • 2006—Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act signed

  • 2007—“Forever” stamp issued

  • 2008—Competitive pricing for expedited mail began

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

USPS has a mission statement posted on its website:

  • The Postal Service shall have as its basic function the obligation to provide postal services to bind the Nation together through the personal, educational, literary, and business correspondence of the people. It shall provide prompt, reliable, and efficient services to patrons in all areas and shall render postal services to all communities.

The organization has no vision statement.

Organizational Structure

USPS uses a divisional-by-geographic organizational structure, as illustrated in Exhibit 1. Note there are seven regions that report to the USPS Chief Operations Officer.

Governance

The USPS has an 11-member Board of Governors that functions as its governing body. The Board has responsibilities comparable to the board of directors of a publicly held corporation. The USPS Board is made up of nine Governors appointed by the President of the USA with the advice and consent of the Senate. No more than five Governors can be members of the same political party. The Board currently has three seats vacant. The other two members of the Board are the Postmaster General and the Deputy Postmaster General. The Governors appoint the Postmaster General, who serves at their pleasure without a specific term of office. The Governors, together with the Postmaster General, appoint the Deputy Postmaster General.

Segments

By law, USPS is divided into two categories termed market-dominate and competitive. However, in practice, USPS operates as one integrated network throughout the USA, accounting for 95 percent of all revenue with only 5 percent being generated internationally. In analyzing revenue sources, it is best to compare the different services USPS offers. The bulk of all revenue is generated from three different services: (1) First Class Mail, (2) Standard Mail, and (3) Packages. Minority revenue sources are international, periodicals, mailboxes, money orders, insurance on packages, delivery confirmation, and other add-on fees for shipping letters and parcels.

Exhibit 2 reveals revenues based on product categories. The largest generator of revenue for USPS comes from First Class Mail, generating around 45 percent. Like most product categories, First Class Mail has experienced declining revenues for the last several years, falling another 4 percent in 2012. First Class Mail is an option for customers wishing to send letters, bill payments, postcards, or any other flat-letter object up to 13 ounces for both domestic and international delivery.

EXHIBIT 1 USPS’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on information at www.usps.com.

EXHIBIT 2 A Product Breakdown of USPS Revenues

Operating Revenue by Service Line* (Dollars in millions)

2012

2011

2010

First-Class Mail1

$ 28,867

$ 30,030

$ 32,111

Standard Mail2

16,428

17,175

16,728

Shipping & Packages3

11,596

10,670

10,156

International

2,816

2,585

2,388

Periodicals

1,731

1,821

1,879

Other4

3,785

3,430

3,790

Total Operating Revenue by Service Line

$ 65,223

$ 65,711

$ 67,052

*

Note: The totals for certain mail categories for the prior year have been reclassified to better reflect classifications used in the current year. These reclassifications did not impact total operating revenue for the prior year.

1Excludes First-Class Mail Parcels.

2Excludes Standard Mail Parcels.

3Includes Priority Mail, Parcel Select Mail, Parcel Return Service Mail, Standard Parcels, Package Service Mail, First-Class Mail Parcels, First-Class Package Service, and Express Mail.

4Includes P.O. Box Services, Certified Mail, Return Receipts, Insurance, Other Ancillary Fees, Shipping and Mailing Supplies, and other operating revenue.

Source: Annual Report, page 26.

Standard Mail accounts for around 25 percent of total revenue for the USPS and is the second-largest source of sales. Unlike First Class Mail, Standard Mail has not experienced volume declines in each of the last several years. In fact, Standard Mail actually saw a marginal increase in revenue from 2010 to 2011 but experienced a small decrease from 2011 to 2012 as revealed in Exhibit 2. Standard Mail includes all mail weighing less than 16 ounces that is not required to be sent first class. Generally Standard Mail (sometimes called bulk) is limited to advertising and is considered by many to be junk mail. Interestingly enough, even though this category of mail has held constant revenues, the USPS often will delay delivery of such mailings to better manage overtime for postal employees.

Lastly, shipping and packages make up approximately 18 percent of total revenue and has experienced marginal sales growth in each of the last three years. Competing in the parcel business is one of the USPS strategic objectives and an area it is actively trying to increase its market share in respect to three primary competitors: (1) United Parcel Service (UPS), (2) FedEx, and (3) DHL. The parcel business is broken down into several subcategories: First Class Packages, Priority Mail, and Express Mail. First Class Packages, sometimes simply called “Package Services” are available for parcels up to 70 pounds and include library mail and media mail that are shipped at a discounted rate. Priority Mail is offered for both domestic and 190 international destinations. Domestic Priority Mail is marketed to have packages delivered in two to three business days and is also available for packages up to 70 pounds. Customers may also select several flat rate boxes under the USPS’s policy “if it fits, it ships.”

The USPS international category includes all services that are shipped to destinations outside the USA, and its revenues are recorded under this single category, instead of under the other categories to avoid duplication of revenues. As indicated in Exhibit 2, international services account for around 4 percent of all revenue in 2012. Periodicals accounted for 2.5 percent of all revenues in 2012 and miscellaneous services such as post office boxes, insurance, delivery confirmation, money orders, and others accounted for close to 6 percent of total revenues in 2012.

Exhibit 3 reveals total volume of each of the respective service categories. Note that Standard Mail, or junk mail, accounts for around 50 percent of all volume done by the USPS. This mail ships at a reduced rate and increases stops at residential homes who may not be receiving any First Class Mail or packages on the particular day they receive Standard Mail. Compounding this problem, First Class Mail volume is expected to continue to decline as people increasingly use e-mail, text messages, and pay bills online. First Class Mail still remains the most profitable category for the USPS, but for each unit drop in First Class Mail it is expected Standard Mail volume will have to increase by three units to breakeven. One area that the USPS is actively attempting to expand on is that of packages, which currently only account for 2 percent of all volume done yet make up 18 percent of revenue.

EXHIBIT 3 A Product Breakdown of USPS Volume (pieces in millions)

Volume by Service Line* (pieces in millions)

2012

2011

2010

First-Class Mail1

68,696

72,522

77,592

Standard Mail2

79,496

83,957

81,841

Shipping & Packages3

3,502

3,258

3,057

International

926

987

594

Periodicals

6,741

7,077

7,269

Other4

498

496

506

Total Volume by Service Line

159,859

168,297

170,859

*

Note: The totals for certain mail categories for the prior year have been reclassified to better reflect classifications used in the current year. These reclassifications did not impact total mail volume for the prior year.

1Excludes First-Class Mail Parcels.

2Excludes Standard Mail Parcels.

3Includes Priority Mail, Parcel Select Mail, Parcel Return Service Mail, Standard Parcels, Package Service Mail, First-Class Mail Parcels, First-Class Package Service, and Express Mail.

4Includes the U.S. Postal Service’s Mail and Free Mail provided to certain groups.

Source: Annual Report, page 27.

Employment

USPS employees are grouped into three major categories: (1) mail carriers, (2) mail handlers, and (3) clerks. Mail carriers, broken down into city and rural carriers, often called mailmen; they prepare and deliver mail to city and rural areas alike. City carriers work 40 hours a week and are paid automatic overtime for any hours more than 40. At times, they are required to work “under time” when mail demand is not as high and supervisors predict the carriers designated route will take less than 8 hours. In avoiding overtime fees, it is common for supervisors to use a technique called “pivoting” in which bulk mail and advertisements are set aside for a day or two if mail loads are expected to be below the normal 8-hour work day those days.

Rural carriers do not operate under a 40-hour work week because their mail demand is more difficult to predict. Instead, they are evaluated on a period of two to four weeks, and overtime assessments are made after completion of the period. Both city and rural carriers are required to work during daylight and darkness in any kind of weather and be able to carry parcels up to 80 pounds, although the maximum shipment weight the USPS allows is 70 pounds.

The other two principle jobs employed by the USPS are mail handlers and clerks. Mail handlers are the people behind the scenes who separate, load, and unload mail and parcels based on ZIP code and station. They generally work at the plants or larger mail facilities. Clerks are the individuals one will encounter on a trip to the post office. They handle customer service and sort mail at the local post office for the carriers.

The USPS workforce is heavily unionized and is represented by four labor unions: (1) American Postal Workers Union (APWU), (2) National Association of Letter Carriers (NALC), (3) National Rural Letter Carriers Association (NRLCA) and (4) National Postal Mail Handlers Union (NPMHU). All jobs at USPS that do not fall in one of the three main categories of employment are covered with the clerks by the APWU. Some union policies are quite restrictive on the postal service. For example it is standard policy after a letter carrier has served 360 days, they can be represented by the NALC for reduced working hours, or for “just cause” any issue determined to be unfavorable by the union member. As mail volume continues to decrease to the increased use of e-mail, bank draft billing, and the transition from junk mail advertising to Internet, USPS is constantly downsizing operations, replacing many positions with machines and consolidating mail routes.

The number of career USPS full-time employees dropped from 583,908 in 2010, to 557,251 in 2011, and then to 528,458 in 2012. That is a 4.6- and 5.2-percent drop in the number of employees annually.

Finance

Chief Financial Officer Joseph Corbett said: “Our recent work hour reductions reflect our efforts to improve productivity and to respond to the decline in mail volume. Since 2000, we have reduced work hours by a cumulative total of 504 million work hours, equivalent to 286,000 employees, or $21 billion in expense savings each year. At the end of 2012 fiscal year, we (USPS) have reached our statutory debt ceiling of $15 billion for the first time. “Our liquidity continues to be a major concern and underscores the need for passage of legislation that gives the Postal Service a more flexible business model to improve its cash flow,” said Corbett. “Despite reaching the debt limit, the Postal Service mail operations and delivery continue as usual and employees and suppliers continue to be paid on-time.”

The USPS 2012 Annual Report states: “In the absence of legislative reform that enables meaningful operational changes and cost reductions, the Postal Service could incur annual losses as great as $18.2 billion by 2015. Fortunately, such an undesirable outcome is avoidable.”

As revealed in Exhibit 4, USPS reported a record net loss of $15.9 billion in its fiscal year ending September 2012, but $11.1 billion were payments to prefund retiree healthcare benefits, a policy that USPS—but no other government agency—is required to do. Setting aside the $11.1 billion in prefunded retiree healthcare benefits, the $15.9 billion loss would have totaled a $4.8 billion loss, which came on the heels of a $5.1 billion loss in fiscal 2011. Note in Exhibit 5 that USPS owns about $44 billion in buildings and equipment.

In line with the five-year plan, the USPS was able to grow its package services business by $926 million or 8.7 percent. Despite the gains the package business, revenues derived from first class mail and standard mail dropped 3.9 and 4.3 percent, respectively. USPS did mention that the rate of the decline in First Class Mail did slow in 2012 possibly as a result of the strategy to encourage increased First Class postal usage. In total, operating revenue change over the two most recent years was relatively stable, totaling $65.2 billion in 2012 compared to $65.7 billion in 2011.

EXHIBIT 4 The USPS Income Statements

 

Years Ended September 30,

(Dollars in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Operating revenue

$ 65,223

$ 65,711

$ 67,052

Operating expenses

 

 

 

   Compensation and benefits

47,689

48,310

48,909

   Retiree health benefits

13,729

2,441

7,747

   Workers’ compensation

3,729

3,672

3,566

   Transportation

6,630

6,389

5,878

   Other

9,187

9,822

9,326

Total operating expenses

80,964

70,634

75,426

Loss from operations

(15,741)

(4,923)

(8,374)

Interest and investment income

25

28

25

Interest expense

(190)

(172)

(156)

Net loss

$ (15,906)

$ (5,067)

$ (8,505)

Source: 2012 Annual Report, page 78.

EXHIBIT 5 The USPS Balance Sheets

 

September 30,

(Dollars in millions)

2012

2011

Current Assets

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 2,319

$ 1,488

   Receivables:

 

 

      Foreign countries

509

669

      U.S. Government

142

154

   Other

308

255

   Receivables before allowances

959

1,078

   Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

41

37

   Total receivables, net

918

1,041

   Supplies, advances and prepayments

126

120

Total Current Assets

3,363

2,649

Noncurrent Assets

 

 

Property and Equipment, at Cost

 

 

   Buildings

24,452

24,263

   Equipment

20,143

20,409

   Land

2,919

2,952

   Leasehold improvements

1,208

1,112

 

48,722

48,736

   Less: Allowances for depreciation and amortization

30,187

29,023

 

18,535

19,713

   Construction in progress

328

624

Total Property and Equipment, Net

18,863

20,337

   Other Assets—Principally Revenue Forgone Receivable

385

427

Total Noncurrent Assets

19,248

20,764

Total Assets

$ 22,611

$ 23,413

Current Liabilities

 

 

   Compensation and benefits

$ 1,856

$ 2,390

   Retiree health benefits

11,205

   Workers’ compensation

1,337

1,255

   Payables and accrued expenses:

 

 

      Trade payables and accrued expenses

1,159

1,041

      Foreign countries

583

652

      U.S. Government

93

119

   Total payables and accrued expenses

1,835

1,812

   Deferred revenue-prepaid postage

4,014

3,497

   Customer deposit accounts

1,210

1,386

   Outstanding postal money orders

677

688

   Prepaid box rent and other deferred revenue

475

502

   Debt

9,500

7,500

Total Current Liabilities

32,109

19,037

Noncurrent Liabilities

 

 

   Workers’ compensation costs

16,230

13,887

   Employees’ accumulated leave

1,855

2,030

   Deferred appropriation and other revenue

194

326

   Long-term portion capital lease obligations

410

460

   Deferred gains on sales of property

313

345

   Contingent liabilities and other

846

768

   Debt

5,500

5,500

Total Noncurrent Liabilities

25,348

23,316

Total Liabilities

57,457

42,353

Net Deficiency

 

 

   Capital contributions of the U.S. government

3,132

3,132

   Deficit since 1971 reorganization

(37,978)

(22,072)

Total Net Deficiency

(34,846)

(18,940)

Total Liabilities and Net Deficiency

$ 22,611

$ 23,413

Source: 2012 Annual Report, page 79.

Exhibit 6 provides a breakdown of operating expenses for the USPS over the three most recent years. Compensation and benefits alone accounted for 73 percent of 2012 revenues. Of the $47.7 billon in compensation and benefits expense, around 12.3 percent or $5.9 billion were paid to USPS retirees. Also note, the $11.1 billion prefunding for workers’ health benefits accounted for 17 percent of total revenue in 2012; however no payments were made to this category in 2011. In total, the $15.9 billion loss in 2012 accounted for 125 percent of total revenues.

Strategy

In 2011, the Postmaster General outlined the following key objectives to improve the financial position of USPS: “1) become a leaner, smarter, faster organization, 2) compete for the package business, 3) strengthen our business-to-customer channel, and 4) improve our customers experience.” To better execute on the objectives, in 2012 USPS released a five-year plan on how to achieve the stated objectives.

EXHIBIT 6 USPS Breakdown of Expenses

Operating Expenses (dollars in millions)

2012

2011

2010

Compensation and Benefits

$ 47,689

$ 48,310

$ 48,909

Retiree Health Benefit Premiums

2,629

2,441

2,247

PSRHBF Prefunding

11,100

5,500

Workers’ Compensation

3,729

3,672

3,566

Transportation

6,630

6,389

5,878

Other Expenses

9,187

9,822

9,326

Total Operating Expenses

$ 80,964

$ 70,634

$ 75,426

Source: 2012 Annual Report, page 31.

Become Leaner, Smarter, and Faster

In an attempt to become leaner, smarter, and faster, USPS plans to redesign its operating network by closing many of its mail-processing facilities and distribution plants as well as rescheduling of transportation routes. Currently there are 461 mail-processing locations considered for consolidation. The first phase of 140 consolidations through 2013 and a second phase expected to begin in 2014 of 89 additional consolidations is expected to save $2.1 billion annually. Also, USPS plans to reduce retail window hours at local post offices but currently it does not plan on eliminating any post office locations. This strategy is aimed mostly at smaller post offices in rural areas. Around 13,000 such rural post offices are expected to become part-time post offices, operating with the reduced hours. Once the plan of reducing operating hours in rural post offices is fully implemented in 2014, savings are expected to total $500 million annually. In addition, USPS plans to increase private sector partnerships such as its current partnership with UPS and use tools such as Six Sigma to help better train employees on methods of reducing waste and improving customer service. In total, direct savings of $2.6 billion annual are expected under the strategies in this category.

Compete for the Package Business

USPS is increasing its efforts to compete for the more profitable package business by improving its tracking of packages and scanning of barcodes, so that every package has 100 percent visibility. Currently, customers can track UPS and FedEx packages in close to real time. However, USPS customers experience long delays, and it is not uncommon for a package to show it left the facility and the next update not be available until it arrives at its final destination. In addition to tracking, USPS plans to fully implement package intercept technologies in which commercial customers can request packages be redirected or returned before the final day of delivery is made. USPS also plans to better market its flat-rate package options to customers and introduce MetroPost, which will offer same-day delivery in select metro areas.

Strengthen the Business-to-Customer Channel

USPS plans to strengthen its business-to-customer channels, but no specifics are available other than “to develop new platforms” that will help small businesses more effectively manage its direct-mail campaigns, but USPS does not state what these programs are, what they cost, or any time table. Other ideas include the continuation of marketing of the Every Door Direct Mail campaign and a continuation of encouraging businesses to use the mail as a means of communication.

Improve Customers’ Experience

To improve customer service, USPS plans to offer better mobile applications to facilitate online shopping through usps.com. In addition, USPS hopes to implement what it calls Village Post Offices, which are partnerships with retailers in which customers can pick up their packages there, reducing the dependence on the traditional post office.

External Issues

Besides the movement away from mail to e-mail, other external issues harming the USPS bottom line include the economic recession, increased number of delivery points, increasing fuel prices, increasing healthcare premiums, and the increasing use of other electronic communications reducing the volume of First Class Mail. Union relations and obligations are severely hurting USPS, as is increasing competition from traditional competitors such as DHL, UPS, and FedEx. Competition also is coming from growing wireless communication networks around the world including e-mail, text messages, television, radio, electronic funds transfers, and much more. It is expected that First Class and Standard Mail volumes will continue to decreases in the presence of growing wireless communication networks, and the package business is expected to remain highly competitive.

Congressional Oversight

With USPS being a government agency, it faces heavy regulatory requirements. Often the variety of stakeholders USPS serves has interests that are in conflict with one other. However, in the latest review of the Oxford Strategic Consulting ranking of best post offices in the world, USPS ranked number one overall for providing ease of access to service, efficiency, and public trust.

USPS faces many challenges in respect to governmental oversight. Laws such as the Postal Accountability and Enhancement Act, which became law in 2006, dictate and limit USPS’s ability to institute new services or products, develop new revenue streams, and manage its cost structure. One of the key price limit issues is based on the rate of inflation measured by the consumer price index (CPI). Many of the USPS higher costs such as wages, health benefit programs, and retirement benefits tend to rise more quickly than the CPI and thus place tremendous pressure on USPS because it is unable to effectively keep pace with increased costs. Further limiting management in its development of new services or products also cuts into the bottom line.

USPS’s business plan includes the following actions that require legislative action:

  • • Allowing the Postal Service to determine delivery frequency

  • • Allowing the Postal Service to offer non-postal products and services

  • • Developing a more streamlined governance model for the Postal Service that would allow for quicker pricing and product decisions

  • • Instructing arbitrators that, during labor negotiations, they must take into account the

  • financial condition of the Postal Service when rendering decisions

  • • Resolving the overfunding of the Postal Service’s obligation to the Federal Employees’ Retirement System (FERS).

Unions

Virtually all employees of the USPS are represented by labor unions, which represent employees heavily on cost of living adjustments. Unions also limit the ability of the USPS to reduce the size of the labor force despite declining volumes and less workers being needed. The USPS is thus forced to offer early retirement or reduce time worked and avoid paying overtime at all costs. USPS is under constant threat of union strikes and has no assurances that contracts will be able to be negotiated even though arbitration.

Competitors

As indicated in Exhibit 7, USPS competes with UPS and FedEx. Note that Exhibit 7 reveals that UPS generates more revenue per employee than either the USPS or FedEx. Note how low the USPS ratio is regarding revenue per employee, suggesting high inefficiency.

UPS

Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, UPS is the largest logistics company in the world based on revenue and package volume. Operating in the air delivery and freight services industry, UPS delivers packages up to 150 pounds across the USA and to 220 countries worldwide. Serving customers since 1907, UPS operates a fleet of more than 100,000 cars, vans, trucks, tractors, and motorcycles and more than 530 aircraft and uses 35,000 transport cargo containers. In addition, UPS has 40,000 drop boxes, 1,000 customer centers, 4,700 independently owned UPS stores, and perhaps most importantly, 86,300 drivers.

EXHIBIT 7 A Financial Synopsis of USPS, UPS, and FedEx

 

USPS

UPS

FedEx

Number of Employees

551K

222K

230K

Net Income ($)

3.26B

2.02B

Revenue ($)

65.7B

53.66B

42.95B

Revenue ($)/Employee

119K

241K

187K

EPS Ratio ($)

3.38

6.40

Market Cap.

66.8B

27.1B

EPS, earnings per share.

UPS global air network is headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, where the company can process 416,000 packages per hour! UPS has numerous other airport hubs across the USA and in Germany, Canada, Hong Kong, Singapore, Taiwan, and China. A member of both the Dow Jones 30 Composite and Dow Transportation indexes, UPS employs more than 220,000 full-time employees. UPS operates under three principle segments: (1) U.S. Domestic Package, (2) International Package, and the newer and much smaller (3) Supply Chain and Freight segment. UPS’s major competitors are FedEx and the USPS.

FedEx

Headquartered in Memphis, Tennessee, FedEx is the world’s number-1 express transportation provider, delivering about 3.5 million packages daily to more than 220 countries and territories from about 2,000 FedEx Office shops. FedEx owns and operates a fleet of about 690 aircraft and more than 50,000 motor vehicles and trailers. To complement its express delivery business, FedEx Ground provides small-package ground delivery in North America, and less-than-truckload (LTL) carrier FedEx Freight hauls larger shipments. FedEx Office stores offer a variety of document-related and other business services and serve as retail hubs for other FedEx units.

FedEx is expanding its services across the USA, Canada, and Mexico. The company is expanding its Priority next-day services in its FedEx Freight segment by opening a new service center in Rochester, New York, that will cater to 13 U.S. and Canadian markets dealing in cross-border shipments to and from Toronto and Montreal. In Mexico, FedEx recently added two new service centers—one each in Culiacán and Silao—to strengthen its freight network in northwestern and north central part of Mexico. FedEx is building a new hub in Guangzhou, China, for catering to 100 new Chinese cities within the next five years.

DHL

Although headquartered in Germany and privately held, DHL is a gigantic package delivery company that constitutes the express delivery and logistics business segments of its parent, Deutsche Post. DHL is a leader in the worldwide market for express delivery services, operating through four divisions: Express, Global Forwarding and Freight Forwarding, Mail, and Supply Chain. (Mail service in Germany is handled by the Deutsche Post brand; DHL handles all of the Global Mail business). DHL’s Express courier service network spans more than 220 countries and territories using a fleet of 32,000 vehicles and about 250 aircraft. DHL’s supply chain division maintains some 23 million square meters (almost 250 million square feet) of warehouse space.

The Future

To combat massive losses, the USPS desires to cut 150,000 workers through 2015, reduce existing staffers’ work hours, and hike the price on first-class stamps by three cents to 49 cents. USPS officials are also considering a scale back of delivery service to five days, ceasing its low-volume, low-revenue, Saturday service, saving $3 billion annually. The notion of five-day service however is unpopular in Congress and unlikely to prevail. Various USPS unions also oppose that and other similar moves.

Some analysts suggest that USPS needs a strategy to eventually require Americans to go to the local post office to obtain their mail, rather than USPS bringing mail to everybody everywhere, and to require many of those persons to also have post office boxes. Delivering mail to everyone’s home at the top of every mountain and the end of every river perhaps is just not necessary in this day and time of e-mail and wireless communication. Some analysts believe a transition to phasing out USPS drivers and requiring everyone to have their own post office box could enable a drop in first class stamps to 17 cents, in contrast to USPS’s current strategy of seemingly going up annually on postage rates. Analysis is needed to determine the feasibility of such as strategy. The actual number of post offices in the USA has dropped minutely from 27,077 in 2010 to 26,755 at fiscal year end 2012.

A recent bill introduced in Congress by Rep. Darrell Issa (R-Calif.) proposes a USPS centralized delivery system to transition away from traditional curbside or door-to-door delivery to mandate that Americans pick up their mail in personal boxes at their residences. USPS has already begun offering centralized mail delivery for new community developments, industrial parks, and shopping malls. Some of the following facts are prompting this transition:

  • • Currently 35 million residences and businesses get mail delivered to their doorstep.

  • • It costs $353 per stop for a delivery in most American cities, taking into account such things as salaries and cost of transport. In contrast, curbside mail box delivery costs $224, while cluster boxes cost $160.

  • • Delivering mail is the agency’s largest fixed cost—$30 billion. Ending such door deliveries would save $4.5 billion a year.

A bill may eventually be passed because the USPS continues to bleed. The agency lost $1.9 billion in Q2 of 2013, and $1.3 billion the previous quarter, compounding the problem of its considerable existing debt obligations.

USPS needs a clear strategic plan for the next three to six years to reverse monumental losses being incurred every quarter.

Crocs, Inc., 2013

www.crocs.com , CROX

Headquartered in Niwot, Colorado, Crocs, Inc. produces Crocs shoes, one of the most comfortable shoes ever designed. The awkward, even clumsy look of the Crocs shoe is offset by unbelievable comfort. One of the world leaders in casual footwear and apparel for men, women, and children, Crocs’ shoes offer unmatched comfort derived from Croslite, a proprietary material that gives Crocs its soft, lightweight, waterproof, and odor-resistant qualities. Crocs are produced in many different styles, including boots, sandals, sneakers, flats, golf shoes, mules, and the popular original clog style, which is offered in more than 20 colors. Most of the other styles are limited to six colors or two-color combinations.

Crocs makes shoes specifically for companies in the healthcare and airline industries as well as for diabetic needs markets. Crocs has an alliance with the American Nurses Association, providing nurses with a 25 percent discount on shoes. Croc “Fuzz Collection” is designed with removable woolly liners that enable the shoe to be worn in winter or summer and the Jibbitz line, marketed primarily at children, manufactures declarative clip on items, often of Disney characters, for use in the ventilation holes of the shoes.

For the first time in its history, Crocs reported revenues of more than $1 billion at year-end 2011 and in 2012 celebrated its 10th birthday. To date, Crocs has sold more than 200 million pairs of shoes to customers in more than 90 countries through its retail stores, outlets, kiosks, and Web stores. Crocs Web stores operate under the brand names Crocs Work, Crocs Rx, Ocean Minded, and Jibbitz. As of year-end 2012, Crocs operated 121 kiosks, mostly in malls, 287 retail stores, 129 outlet stores, and 43 Web stores around the world. With more than 4,100 employees, Crocs manufactures its shoes mainly in Mexico, but it has other manufacturers in Italy, Romania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and China.

Crocs’ major rival, Columbia Sportswear Company (COLM), in late 2013 strengthened its presence in India by forming a distribution agreement with the New Delhi-based Chogori India Retail Ltd. As per the agreement, Chogori will serve as the sole distributor of Columbia’s brands in India. Chogori owns 32 stores in 14 cities in India and is the exclusive retailer of Hi-Tec, the British footwear brand and American footwear brand, Crocs.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Crocs was founded by friends Scott Seamans, Lyndon “Duke” Hanson, and George Boedecker Jr. in 2002 who desired to manufacture and distribute a foam clog style shoe they purchased from a company in Quebec, Canada, called Foam Creations. Foam Creations was marketing the shoe solely for use as a spa shoe, however, Boedecker, former Chief Operations Officer of International Sales at Quiznos Corp. in Canada, envisioned a brighter future for the product than limiting the marketing only to spas. Soon after securing rights to the shoe, Crocs unveiled its first official shoe under the Crocs brand named, called the Beach, at the 2002 Fort Lauderdale, Florida Boat Show. All 200 pairs available at the show were sold almost instantaneously. In 2004, Crocs officially purchased Foam Creations and with it rights to Croslite, the principle material that provides Crocs their comfort and medically beneficial properties. In 2006, Crocs expanded their brand by acquiring Jibbitz, from a stay-at-home mom, for $10 million, and acquired Bite Footware and Ocean Minded in 2007. In 2008, Crocs acquired two European based companies, Tidal Trade and Tagger.

In 2006, Crocs had an initial public offering (IPO), selling stock and raising funds through equity financing for the first time. Fortunately for Crocs, the 2006 IPO corresponded with the rapid advancement of sales in what Salon described as “somehow just caught fire” in reference to demand for the product. Crocs’ stock price subsequently jumped from around $15 in 2006 to more than $75 by 2007, amounting to a 400-percent return for IPO investors in a little more than a year. However, along with increasing sales, critics of Crocs were coming equally as fast. In 2007, fashion consultant Tim Gunn was quoted in Time Magazine as saying “the Croc looks like a plastic hoof. How can you take that seriously?” In addition to Time, the Washington Post and New York Times printed critical reviews of the shoes. The ongoing negative press coincided with a weakening global economy and resulted in Crocs’ stock price falling from $75 per share in late 2007 to under $0.80 per share by year-end 2008. Fortunately for Crocs, the stock and company rebounded an amazing 4,000 percent to $32 per share in 2011. Revenues also hit an all-time high of $1 billion at year-end 2011.

Along with Crocs robust rise as a powerful player in the shoe industry in 2006, the year witnessed other firms manufacturing or distributing products deemed “croc-offs” a unique play on words indicating Crocs patents were being infringed. In 2007, many of these “croc-offs” were seized in the Philippines and Denmark. However today, there are still competitors offering similar looking shoes under various brand names such as Airwalk, Poliwalks, and NothingZ. Unfortunately for Crocs, Inc., croc-offs can be purchased today at discount stores, beach stores, superstores, and similar shopping outlets.

Internal Issues

Mission Statement

According to the company website, Crocs provides two separate mission statements, one for Crocs, Inc. and one for Ocean Minded. Crocs’ mission is: “To bring profound comfort, fun and innovation to the world’s feet.” Ocean Minded’s mission is: “To become the global leader in sustainable lifestyle footwear, apparel and accessories whilst ensuring that the four pillars of the Ocean Minded brand—Quality, Authenticity, Responsibility and Community—resonate throughout our company, products, associates and actions.”

Organizational Structure

Crocs’ organizational structure consists of all white males, as indicated in Exhibit 1. Notice the firm operates using a division-by-region organizational design. Shares of Crocs’ stock dropped 5.1 percent on 8-8-13 after Sterne Agee analysts downgraded the company to underperform, due to a perceived lack of talented top executives. The analysts also have concerns about Crocs’ relationship with backjoy.com—which includes several former Crocs executives—calling it “too close for comfort.”

EXHIBIT 1 Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

Segments

In 2012, Crocs operated 43 company-owned Internet web stores, up from 42 and 37 the prior two years respectively. But the company’s Internet sales dropped to 9.1 percent of total revenue in 2012 from 9.6 percent the prior year. For 2012, 57.5 percent of Crocs’ revenues were derived from sales to wholesale distributors, down from 59.8 and 60.8 percent the prior two years, respectively. Distributors include Dick’s Sporting Goods, Famous Footwear, Kohl’s, and Nordstrom, but no single customer accounts for 10 percent or more of revenues.

By Product

Crocs footwear accounts for about 96 percent of total revenues, with accessories, primarily from Jibbitz, producing the remaining revenues. Footwear products are divided into four main categories: (1) Core-Comfort, (2) Active, (3) Casual, and (4) Style. Core-Comfort category includes the classic Crocs and all close derivatives from the original design. The Active product offerings are designed for activities such as boating, walking, and hiking. The remaining two categories of shoes are designed with style in mind, taking more of an equal role with comfort, and Crocs hopes this line of shoes will expand the pool of “wearing occasions” for customers.

Crocs also operates under three different brands: (1) Crocs, (2) Ocean Minded, and (3) Jibbitz. Although Crocs does not report revenues or operating incomes by brand, the three brands are quite distinct and even have their own mission statements. The Crocs brand is the traditional clog-looking shoe and in line with the Core-Comfort category. Crocs describes the Crocs brand shoe as being: innovative, fun, comfortable, and simple. Even going as far to state “in a world full of bells and whistles, less is more.” Crocs’ Ocean Minded brand, which was acquired in 2007 keeping the name Ocean Minded, includes the Active, Casual, and Style categories of shoes. The Ocean Minded brand specializes in ocean or water sports themed items. Flip flops, boat shoes, and shoes for surfing are all possible options. In addition, shoes with wooly liners, high-quality leather, hiking shoes, and more everyday shoes are also produced by Ocean Minded. Ocean Minded brand shoes have their own website at www.oceanminded.com. Finally, the Jibbitz brand produces accessories designed for use with Crocs brand shoes as well as a means to personalize purses, cell phone cases, beach bags, backpacks, and more. Jibbitz has contracts with Disney, Marvel, and Lego, among others to produce trademarked items.

By Region

Crocs’ organizational structure is set up by geographic region, and so are the reporting business segments. As indicated in Exhibit 2, Crocs’ revenues and operating incomes are reported under three segments: Americas, Europe, and Asia. Exhibit 2 provides a breakdown of the most recent financial information for Crocs. Note the company is doing well in all three geographic regions.

The Crocs’ Americas segment includes all revenues in North and South America. Products are sold wholesale to sporting goods, department, and specialty retail stores as well as direct to the consumer through about 200 company-operated stores and Web stores. About 45 percent of all revenues are derived from the Americas segment, making it the largest of the three reporting segments. The bulk of business for Crocs is located outside the USA. Despite 45 percent of revenues being derived from the Americas, only 32 percent of operating income came from this segment.

Crocs’ Asia segment has experienced stable total revenues each of the last three years, culminating with 38 percent of total revenues being derived from this segment in 2011. The Asian segment accounted for an impressive 51 percent of operating income in 2011. Locations included are Asia, Australia, New Zeeland, the Middle East, and South Africa. Products are sold in a similar manner as in the Americas. Crocs operated 198 company stores in Asia based on year-end 2010 data.

The European segment, which includes Russia, is the smallest Crocs segment based on revenues, operating income, and number of stores. In 2011, total revenues and operating income each accounted for around 17 percent of their respective measures. Like the Americas and Asia, products are sold to wholesale distributers in Europe. Crocs operated 35 direct-to-consumer stores as of year-end 2010 in European markets.

EXHIBIT 2 Crocs’ Revenues by Channel

 

Year Ended December 31,

Change

($ thousands)

2012

2011

%

Channel revenues:

 

 

 

   Wholesale:

 

 

 

      Americas

$ 235,988

$ 214,062

10.2%

      Asia

298,350

259,104

15.1

      Europe

110,947

124,995

(11.2)

      Other businesses

574

191

200.5

         Total Wholesale

645,859

598,352

7.9

Consumer-direct:

 

 

 

   Retail:

 

 

 

      Americas

196,711

174,840

12.5

      Asia

143,062

111,650

28.1

      Europe

35,052

20,167

73.8

         Total Retail

374,825

306,657

22.2

   Internet:

 

 

 

      Americas

63,153

59,175

6.7

      Asia

15,999

11,012

45.3

      Europe

23,465

25,707

(8.7)

         Total Internet

102,617

95,894

7.0

Total revenues:

$ 1,123,301

$ 1,000,903

12.2%

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 28.

By Channel

As indicated in Exhibit 3, Crocs’ revenue increased nicely in 2012 in all channels. Note in Exhibit 4 that Crocs reduced its number of kiosks in 2012 to 121 from 158 the prior year, but increased its number of retail stores and outlet stores to 287 and 129 respectively.

Finance

Crocs’ stock price recently jumped 9 percent in one day after Goldman Sachs analyst Taposh Bari gave the creator of those colorful plastic shoes a “Buy” rating, saying that investors have misinterpreted the shoe brand as a fad. “We see Crocs as a lifestyle brand with global appeal that appears both proven and sustainable,” he wrote in a note to investors. Crocs’ stock hit a 52-week low price of $12 on November 15, 2012, but since then has increased to $18 in mid-2013. Crocs, Inc. has little debt and has more than $315 million in total cash, and a price-to-earnings to growth (PEG) ratio of only 0.90. All these factors indicate a stock that is undervalued. The company has never paid a cash dividend on shares of its stock.

As revealed in Exhibit 5, 2012 was the best year ever for Crocs with the company reporting revenues up 12.2 percent percent from 2011 to an all-time record of $1.12 billion and net income rose 17 percent to $131 million. The record growth was fueled by all three geographic operating segments and Crocs attention to focusing on selling prices, new product styles, forming new contracts with existing and new wholesale customers and a strong expansion of new Crocs stores. In addition, Crocs increased marketing efforts of Ocean Minded products to provide Crocs footwear options for all four seasons.

The balance sheets in Exhibit 6 reveal that Crocs’ stockholders’ equity increased 30 percent from 2011 to 2010 and an impressive 71 percent more than the two-year period ending in 2011. Crocs has acquired other firms over the years, but to their credit, the company has $0 goodwill on their balance sheet.

EXHIBIT 3 Crocs Income by Segment

 

Year Ended December 31,

Change

($ thousands)

2012

2011

%

Revenues:

 

 

 

Americas

$ 495,852

$ 448,077

10.7%

Asia

457,411

381,766

19.8

Europe

169,464

170,869

(0.8)

Total segment revenues

1,122,727

1,000,712

12.2

Other businesses

574

191

200.5

Total consolidated revenues

$ 1,123,301

$ 1,000,903

12.2%

Operating income:

 

 

 

Americas

$ 85,538

$ 70,532

21.3%

Asia

140,828

123,918

13.6

Europe

21,678

37,106

(41.6)

Total segment operating income

248,044

231,556

7.1

Other businesses

(10,805)

(14,128)

(23.5)

Intersegment eliminations

60

66

(9.1)

Unallocated corporate and other

(91,125)

(86,415)

5.5

Total consolidated operating income

$ 146,174

$ 131,079

11.5%

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 33.

EXHIBIT 4 Crocs’ Company-Owned Stores

 

December 31, 2012

Opened

Closed

December 31, 2011

Type:

 

 

 

 

   Kiosk/Store in Store

121

39

(76)

158

   Retail Stores

287

120

(13)

180

   Outlet Stores

129

42

(5)

92

      Total

537

201

(94)

430

Geography:

 

 

 

 

   Americas

199

44

(42)

197

   Asia

241

94

(51)

198

   Europe

97

63

(1)

35

      Total

537

201

(94)

430

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 28.

Strategy

A competitive advantage for Crocs is the absence of any type of box packaging, saving millions on costs. Although revolutionary, Croslite remains cheaper to purchase and manufacture than other shoe materials like leather. Rival firms such as Deckers Outdoor and Timberland report cost of sales around 55 percent, whereas Crocs’ cost of sales are about 42 percent.

One of the biggest changes Crocs undertook in the aftermath of the 99-percent stock depreciation was that the firm began producing their own footwear in their own facilities in Mexico, Italy, and China. Ultimately this reduced costs, provided Crocs with better quality control and enabled the company to significantly speed up production and delivery of products to customers. Crocs also expanded away from their traditional clog-style shoe into beachwear, hiking shoes, boats shoes, and other more casual and fashionable options.

EXHIBIT 5 Crocs’ Income Statement

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

($ thousands, except share data)

2012

2011

2010

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

 

 

Revenues

$ 1,123,301

$ 1,000,903

$ 789,695

Cost of sales

515,324

464,493

364,631

Restructuring charges

1,300

   Gross profit

607,977

536,410

423,764

Selling, general and administrative expenses

460,393

404,803

342,961

Restructuring charges

2,539

Asset impairments

1,410

528

141

   Income (loss) from operations

146,174

131,079

78,123

Foreign currency transaction (gains) losses, net

2,500

(4,886)

(2,325)

Other income, net

(2,711)

(1,578)

(1,001)

Interest expense

837

853

657

      Income (loss) before income taxes

145,548

136,690

80,792

Income tax (benefit) expense

14,205

23,902

13,066

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

$ 131,343

$ 112,788

$ 67,726

Income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

   Basic

$ 1.46

$ 1.27

$ 0.78

Weighted average common shares:

 

 

 

   Basic

89,571,105

88,317,898

85,482,055

Footwear unit sales

49,947

47,736

Average footwear selling price

21.55

20.04

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 24.

Crocs continues to expand globally. The company’s unique products match well with consumer demand around the world, so there are numerous countries yet that Crocs can enter.

External Issues

The footwear industry is quite fragmented in the USA and Western Europe. Total footwear sales rose just under 5 percent in 2011 to $50.5 billion in the USA. Out of the main categories of footwear, fashion represented 48 percent, performance 27 percent, sports and leisure 13 percent, outdoor 8 percent, and work and occupational 4 percent. It is expected the leading area for growth the footwear industry in the USA and Western Europe resides in the fashion category. Markets in Asia and Eastern Europe are less developed and offer a wider range of product development and penetration strategies for firms to explore. Firms competing in the industry are increasingly expanding their product offerings. Nike, for example, is now well entrenched in the apparel business and more recently has expanded into producing golf clubs, watches, yoga mats, and other products in an attempt to grow revenues.

Shoe Composition: Health Concerns

The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation found in 2009 alarming concentrations of toxic chemicals in many popular plastic-based shoes, including flip flips, sandals, clogs, and other similar style shoes. Out of 27 shoes tested originating from the Philippines, India, Indonesia, South Africa, and other nations, 17 or 63 percent of the shoes tested contained high levels of phthalates. Although Crocs does not manufacture their shoes in any of the tested nations, many fake crocs illegally using Croc logos have historically been produced in the Philippines. The growing awareness of toxic chemicals in shoe production is of potential concern for all shoe manufacturers, including Crocs. But Crocs conceivably could turn this issue into a competitive advantage by educating consumers because crocs are made of Croslite, which is a proprietary blend of materials the company does not disclose. Lack of transparency by Crocs in this regard could be a major problem for the firm. The chemicals associated with phthalates and PVC are believed to cause health complications including infertility, testicular problems, endocrine disorders, and possibly even cancer.

EXHIBIT 6 Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

($ thousands, except number of shares)

2012

2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 294,348

$ 257,587

   Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $13,315 and $15,508, respectively

92,278

84,760

   Inventories

164,804

129,627

   Deferred tax assets, net

6,284

7,047

   Income tax receivable

5,613

5,828

   Other receivables

24,821

20,295

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

24,967

20,199

      Total current assets

613,115

525,343

Property and equipment, net

82,241

67,684

Intangible assets, net

59,931

48,641

Deferred tax assets, net

34,112

30,375

Other assets

40,239

23,410

      Total assets

$ 829,638

$ 695,453

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Accounts payable

$ 63,976

$ 66,517

   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

81,371

76,506

   Deferred tax liabilities, net

2,405

2,889

   Income taxes payable

8,147

8,273

   Current portion of long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations

2,039

1,118

      Total current liabilities

157,938

155,303

Long term income tax payable

36,343

41,665

Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations

4,596

Other liabilities

13,361

6,705

      Total liabilities

212,238

203,673

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

   Preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized, none outstanding

   Common shares, par value $0.001 per share, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 91,047,297 and 88,662,845 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31,2012 and 90,306,432 and 89,807,146 shares issued and outstanding, respectively, at December 31,2011

91

90

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,384,452 and 499,286 shares, respectively

(44,214)

(19,759)

Additional paid-in capital

307,823

293,959

Retained earnings

334,012

202,669

Accumulated other comprehensive income

19,688

14,821

      Total stockholders’ equity

617,400

491,780

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 829,638

$ 695,453

Source: Crocs 2012 Form 10K, p. F-4.

The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation has advised consumers to demand full disclosure of product information and to avoid products derived from PVC and phthalates. These chemicals are also currently used in many household products such as baby milk bottles, pacifiers, printer inks, nail polish, adhesives, and perfumes just to name a few. The USA and European Union have passed laws banning phthalate rich children toys. Walmart and Target are phasing out PVC in their packaging, as are various companies, including Nike. China and the Philippians still do not have laws in place regarding acceptable levels of these containments. It remains to be seen how companies such as Crocs will fare when their shoes possibly contain these pollutants, and even if they do not contain them, public perception may steer customers away, especially parents of young kids who are a primary target of Crocs.

Demographic and Economic Factors

China, Vietnam, Brazil, Nigeria, Nambia, and Chile are just a few among many countries in which Crocs shoes could be well received. Those countries have rapidly growing middle-class consumers looking for new and innovative products. As consumers worldwide become more health conscious and more interested in style and convenience, Crocs could take advantage of demographic trends. World economies are in general improving, which also bodes well for firms such as Crocs.

Competition

Crocs competes with Foot Locker, Timberland, Decker, Adidas, Columbia Sportswear (COLM), Skechers USA, Inc. (SKX), Wolverine World Wide (WWW), and Nike, as well as numerous smaller firms. Croc-off companies that produce and market imitation crocs are the company’s primary competitors. It is difficult to determine names of firms producing the knock-off crocs that sell for less than $10, whereas authentic crocs sell for over $20 per pair.

Among competitors’ price-to-earnings ratios in December 2012, Deckers was low at 10.2, compared to Nike at 17.4, and Wolverine World Wide and Adidas both above 15. Columbia Sportswear was nearly 17. Crocs had the lowest price earnings ratio at 8.8. Note in Exhibit 7 that Crocs’ earnings per share (EPS) and revenue per employee lag far behind both Deckers and Nike. The latter ratio indicates that Crocs may have some internal efficiency problems, perhaps even too many employees. Note that Decker has less than one-half the employees of Crocs, but generates 27 percent more revenue.

Deckers Outdoor Corp.

EXHIBIT 7 Crocs, Inc. versus Deckers Outdoor and Nike

 

Crocs

Deckers

Nike

Price earnings ratio

8.8

10.2

17.4

Number of employees

4,157

1,900

44,000

Revenue ($)

1.1B

1.4B

43.8B

Revenue per employee

264K

736K

995K

Net income

140M

156M

2.14B

EPS

1.54

4.06

4.60

Book value

1.21B

1.34B

43.8B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Company documents.

Headquartered in Goleta, California, Deckers is publically traded on the NASDAQ and has enjoyed 35-percent increases in profits from 2009 to 2010 and 2010 to 2011. Deckers’ acquisition of Sanuk in 2011 inflated company goodwill from $6 million to $120 million. Deckers designs, manufactures, and markets footwear and accessory luxury items ranging apparel to handbags. Deckers designs products for cold weather applications, hiking, amphibious footwear, and more. Deckers’ popular UGG brand, accounted for 87 percent of 2011 revenues. Under the firm’s Teva brand, Deckers offers what the company calls, rugged outdoor travel shoes. Other brands offered include Sanuk, TSUBO, Ahnu, and MOZO. These brands produce items ranging from high-end casual footwear to amphibious footwear products. To reduce Deckers’ dependence on their UGG brand for revenue, Sanuk was purchased in 2011 for $120 million plus future payments for five years based on revenues the brand generates.

Deckers sells its products mainly through third-party retail stores, but they also own outlet stores, and in addition sell from the company website. Deckers’ products are available worldwide in the United States, Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia, and Latin America. Deckers UGG brand, made with luxury sheepskin, is currently the company’s most popular product. To maintain strong sales, Deckers introduces a consistent flow of new product variations in the fall and spring seasons, along with year-round styles. To expand the UGG Brand, Deckers is targeting men, expanding the brand globally, and creating additional products such as handbags to supplement the shoe sales. Pricing for the UGG brand is considered mid- to upper-priced luxury.

Teva and Sanuk are the two other principle brands offered by Deckers. The Teva brand has evolved from sports scandals to also include open- and closed-toe outdoor-themed foot-wear. In addition, the Teva brand has evolved to include light hiking, amphibious footwear, and travel shoes. Most recently, Deckers introduced an insulated boot under the Teva brand. Sanuk revolves almost entirely around the surf community.

Deckers’ stock price hit its all-time closing high of $117.66 on October 28, 2011, but from there it has been a steep and rapid decline, down to its lowest level in three years, $28.63 on October 31, 2012. Since then, though, Deckers’ stock has been increasing nicely.

Nike

Headquartered in Beaverton, Oregon, Nike specializes in the design and development of foot-wear, apparel, sports equipment, and accessories for men, women, and children worldwide. The company also markets their products to college and professional sports teams. Nike distributes products under the Converse, Chuck Taylor, All Star, Hurley, and One Star trademarks, among others.

The Hurley brand produces sandals and shoes designed for the surf boarding community, competes directly with Crocs Ocean Minded products. Nike’s Cole Haan brand designs reflective shoes for night life and other evening outings best competing with the more stylish brands of shoes Crocs develops. Nike and Crocs both develop and market shoes for golfers.

Nike sells its products mainly through retail stores and the company website, but Nike has its own retail stores and outlet stores. To its credit and financial soundness, Nike has goodwill of only $201 million despite numerous acquisitions in Nike’s history. Of late, however, Nike has been divesting brands. In late 2012, Nike sold its Cole Haan handbag and shoe brand to private equity firm Apax Partners for $570 million and also sold its Umbro football brand to Iconix Brand Group for $225 million.

Skechers USA

Headquartered in Manhattan Beach, California, Skechers’ Chief Executive Officer Robert Greenberg leads this firm that designs and sells more than 3,000 styles of lifestyle and athletic footwear (oxfords, boots, sandals, sneakers, training shoes, and semi-dressy shoes) for men, women, and children. Skechers also offers fashion and street-focused footwear under the Marc Ecko, Zoo York, and Mark Nason brands. Its shoes are sold through department and specialty stores in more than 100 countries, as well as in some 330 company-owned concept and outlet stores and on its website. Sketchers footwear is manufactured primarily by Chinese contractors.

For the third quarter of 2012, Skechers sales grew 4.2 percent to $429.4 million from the prior-year quarter, reflecting excellent performance across company-owned retail businesses, domestic wholesale, and international distributors. The company’s domestic wholesale sales were up 7.2 percent, reflecting a 9.1-percent increase in pairs shipped, coupled with a strong growth across kids and performance divisions. Sales grew 10.9 percent in the quarter for the company’s international distributor, reflecting strong growth across Pan-Asian distributors, Middle East, Indonesia, Philippines, South Korea, Taiwan, New Zealand, and Australia. However, international subsidiary sales declined 14.6 percent. On a combined basis, Skechers’ retail business sales grew 13.9 percent. Domestic retail sales grew 13.2 percent, and the company added 23 new domestic and 4 new outside-U.S. stores.

The Future

If Croslite is indeed free of phthalates, then (a) a huge marketing campaign by Crocs may be worthwhile in the future to educate consumers, and (b) numerous health-related specialty areas exist for Crocs to develop new products. If Croslite is not free of phthalates, Crocs, Inc. should correct this problem as quickly as possible while the exact composition of its shoes is a secret.

Crocs could in some manner follow the lead of Nike and Deckers regarding (a) diversification into accessory items, (b) expansion into other countries, and (c) development of new products. There is nothing wrong with being a fast follower, as evidenced by firms such as Samsung doing quite well following Apple’s first-mover advantage strategy. The Croslite material perhaps has many undiscovered, marketable applications, so the company could devote more resources to research and development to develop innovative new products.

It may be in Crocs’ best interest to take legal action against croc-off imitation shoes, especially against firms that produce nearly identical-looking shoes. Despite this and other external threats, Crocs has performed admirably in recent years, but a clear strategic plan is still needed help assure continued success. Crocs plans to open about 90 new stores in 2013 but analysts question whether this is a desired strategy.

Develop a three-year strategic plan for Crocs based on sound strategic-management tools and techniques.

Snyder’s-Lance, Inc., 2013

www.snyderslance.com , LNCE

Headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina, Snyder’s-Lance (LNCE) is the second largest salty snack maker in the USA behind PepsiCo’s Frito-Lay. LNCE manufactures and markets snack foods throughout the USA and Canada, including pretzels, sandwich crackers, potato chips, cookies, tortilla chips, restaurant style crackers, nuts, and other snacks. LNCE brands include Snyder’s of Hanover, Lance, Krunchers!, Cape Cod, EatSmart Naturals, Jays, Tom’s, Archway, O-Ke-Doke, and Stella D’oro, along with a number of private label and third party brands. LNCE revenues for 2012 declined one percent to $1.618 billion, while the firm’s long-term debt doubled to over $500 million.

LNCE products are distributed widely through grocery and mass merchandisers, convenience stores, club stores, food service outlets, and other channels. LNCE has about 5,900 employees and over $1.6 billion in annual sales. No LNCE employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

In fiscal 2013, LNCE completed its new 60,000 square foot R&D center in Hanover, Pennsylvania. The company reported revenue for Q2 of 2013 of $439 million, up 9.9 percent compared to prior year, and net income of $16.9 million, up from $15.0 million the prior year. The company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per share on the company’s common stock, payable on August 30, 2013 to stockholders of record at the close of business on August 21, 2013. At that time, LNCE reported that its net revenue for the full year 2013 would be up 10 to 12 percent, with 2013 capital expenditures projected to be between $78 and $83 million.

LNCE has manufacturing operations in Charlotte, as well as in Hanover, Pennsylvania; Goodyear, Arizona; Burlington, Iowa; Columbus, Georgia; Jeffersonville, Indiana; Hyannis, Massachusetts; Perry, Florida; Ashland, Ohio; Cambridge, Ontario; and Guelph, Ontario. In late 2012, LNCE opened a new distribution facility in Southaven, Mississippi and acquired Snack Factory, LLC for $343 million. That company develops and markets snacks under the Pretzel Crisps brand name.

LNCE does not have a stated vision or mission statement, but on many LNCE packages, the following phrase appears and perhaps is the firm’s mission: “We make, sell, and deliver the most irresistible specialty snacks in the world.”

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Snyder’s of Hanover is a bit older than Lance, but both firms have a rich history dating back to the early 1900s.

Snyder’s of Hanover

Business began in 1909 when Harry Warehime, founder of Hanover Canning Company (the firm’s parent company until 1980), began producing OldeTyme Pretzels for the Hanover Pretzel Company. In the 1920s, Grandma Eda and Edward Snyder II began frying potato chips in a kettle at their home and selling the home cooked snack door-to-door and to fairs and farmers’ markets. William Snyder in 1940 constructed a new plant in Hanover, PA. To extend the shelf life of his product for distant markets, William began to use aluminum foil bags, becoming the first chipper to implement this creative, yet practical innovation. Eleven years later, William’s son, William “Billy” L. Snyder, sold the Hanover plant to Hanover Canning, headed by Alan R. Warehime. Company sales in 1961 were about $400,000.

In 1963, the Bechtel Pretzel Company, founded by Bill and Helen Bechtel in 1947, was purchased and incorporated into Snyder’s Bakery. Bill developed the original recipe for the Sourdough Hard Pretzel that is still enjoyed by consumers today. In 1980, nineteen years after Snyder’s was purchased, the Warehime family decided to “spin off” Snyder’s of Hanover Snack Operation from Hanover Brands, enabling the companies to focus on their respective industries of snacks and vegetables. Snyder’s sales in 1980 were $15.8 million. After the split, both companies began growing faster than industry averages.

Lance

Business began in 1913 when Phillip Lance, a food broker in Charlotte, obtained 500 pounds of raw peanuts for a customer. When the customer backed out of the deal, Mr. Lance kept the peanuts and began roasting them and selling them on the streets of Charlotte for a nickel a bag. Mr. Lance was later joined in business by his son-in-law, S. A. Van Every, and together they formed Lance Packing Company. Mr. Lance’s wife and daughter added to the product line when they developed a peanut butter sandwich cracker. It is believed that this was the first such combination sandwich cracker offered for sale. Incorporated in 1926, Lance continued to grow as better methods of preparing peanuts and making peanut butter candy were developed. In 1935, Lance reached one million dollars in sales, and then two million in 1939 when the company’s name was officially changed to Lance, Inc. By 1960, annual sales volume had grown to $26 million.

In 1979, Lance greatly expanded its product offerings with the acquisition of Midwest Biscuit Company in Burlington, Iowa. Midwest, the predecessor to Vista Bakery and Lance Private Brands, gave Lance a solid foothold in the rapidly growing private label cookie and cracker market. Lance continued to grow throughout the 1980s and 1990s and in 1999 made two acquisitions, Cape Cod Potato Chip Company and Tamming Foods. Based in Ontario, Canada, Tammong is a manufacturer of private label sugar wafers. Cape Cod is one of the nation’s leaders in kettle-cooked potato chips. Sales of Cape Cod snack products grew rapidly as Lance leveraged the power of its company-owned direct-store-delivery system to increase distribution.

Since 2005, Lance experienced rapid revenue growth as the Company augmented organic growth with a series of strategic acquisitions. In 2005, Lance acquired the assets of Tom’s Foods, a well-established company with a product line and distribution system very similar to Lance’s. In 2008, Lance acquired Brent and Sam’s Inc., a manufacturer of premium private label cookies. That same year the company acquired the Archway bakery in Ashland, Ohio. With Archway, Lance was able to add a well-known brand of cookies to its snack portfolio and increase its presence in the supermarket trade channel. In late 2009, Lance acquired the Stella D’oro brand. Stella D’oro is well-known in the Northeast and offers consumers a number of lightly sweet Italian-style cookies.

The Merger

LNCE was formed in 2010 when Lance, Inc. and Snyder’s of Hanover merged. In late 2011, LNCE acquired George Greer Co., a snack food distributor, for $15.0 million in cash. Goodwill recorded as part of the purchase price allocation was $10.1 million, and identifiable intangible assets acquired as part of the acquisition were $8.4 million.

In late 2012, LNCE acquired the brand Pretzel Crisps, owned by Snack Factory, for $340 million and thus entered the fast growing deli-bakery section of grocery stores. Pretzel Crisps (http://pretzelcrisps.com/) are a thin and crunchy pretzel cracker,

Brands

LNCE contracts with other branded food manufacturers to produce their products. However, LNCE branded products represent about 59 percent of total revenue and non-branded products about 41 percent. LNCE sales are almost all within the USA, with the largest customer being Walmart, which comprises about 18 percent of revenue.

LNCE has many famous brands of its own as described below:

  • Snyder’s of Hanover (www.snydersofhanover.com)—OldeTyme pretzels are made from wholesome ingredients, individually twisted and slow-baked to seal in the flavor.

  • Lance (www.lance.com)—Lance sandwich crackers are baked fresh with real peanut butter or cheese, and no preservatives, trans fat or high-fructose corn syrup.

  • Cape Cod (www.capecodchips.com)—Cape Cod Potato Chips are high quality, all natural, hand-stirred, kettle-cooked chips with a classic legendary, crisp, crunch.

  • Krunchers! (www.krunchers.net)—Krunchers is a kettle chip produced from hand picked premium potatoes, sliced to the ideal thickness, and seasoned with the finest spices.

  • Tom’s (www.toms-snacks.com)—Tom’s snacks come in unique shapes and textures, and offer exceptional freshness and quality.

  • Archway (www.archwaycookies.com)—Archway produces fresh-baked cookies made with high-quality ingredients.

  • EatSmart Naturals (www.eatsmartnaturals.com)—EatSmart Naturals are unique interesting snacks packed with wholesome ingredients made without artificial preservatives and additives.

Organizational Structure

LNCE appears to operate using a functional structure since the company’s Form 10K lists only six top executives, as indicated in Exhibit 1. Apparently COO Carl Lee, Jr. oversees all the company’s brands and operations. Most analysts contend that LNCE is too large to operate from a functional design. Thus, in the design given in Exhibit 1, note that a strategic business unit (SBU) executive is proposed for the Snyder’s-Lance Brands and another for Private Brands—but certainly other alternative designs could be utilized.

Code of Ethics

Snyder’s Lance has an elaborate code of ethics posted on its website. An excerpt from the code is given below:

“It is up to each of us no matter what our position or length of service with the Company to be responsible for ensuring that we operate with integrity and treat one another with professionalism and respect. Our Code of Ethics will provide clarity about what is expected from each of us.” (Source: Corporate website)

Sustainability

LNCE was recently recognized as one of the top 20 companies in the USA for utilizing solar energy capacity at their facilities. LNCE ranked No. 17 with 3.5 megawatts of installed solar capacity, anchored by a 26-acre solar farm in Pennsylvania that supplies energy for its manufacturing facility in nearby.

EXHIBIT 1 The Synder’s-Lance Organizational Structure

LNCE’s Cape Cod Potato Chips, Snyder’s of Hanover Pretzels, and EatSmart Naturals recently received the following awards for being healthy.

  • • Cape Cod’s newest variety, Waffle Cut Sea Salt, was selected as the potato chip winner for the 2012 SHAPE Snack Awards in the “Best for Parties” category. The SHAPE Snack Awards recognizes the best low-calorie snacks of the year and products must meet strict nutritional guidelines to be considered by editors. The awards are listed in the July 2012 issue of SHAPE magazine, which reaches more than 2 million readers through its print and online editions.

  • • Snyder’s of Hanover Organic Honey Whole Wheat Pretzel Sticks were selected as a better-for-you snack option in Rodale’s “Eat This, Not That!” list of the 21 Best Organic Snacks. Rodale is a publisher of health and wellness magazines, books, and digital properties, including Men’s Health, Women’s Health, Prevention, and Runner’s World. The publisher reaches more than 70 million people around the world.

  • • Snyder’s of Hanover Bacon Cheddar Pretzel Pieces and EatSmart Naturals Potato Crisps were selected by Progressive Grocer for the 2012 “Editors’ Picks.” Both snacks were recognized, out of a pool of more than 300 entries, as two of the best new consumer products introduced in 2012. They were honored as “Editors’ Picks” in the August 2012 print issue of Progressive Grocer as well as on the Progressive Grocer website. The supermarket industry publication reaches more than 50,000 people each month through its print and online versions.

LNCE strives to reduce, reuse, and recycle extensively. The company recycles corrugated cardboard, shipping cartons, metal and plastic drums, office paper, stretch film, plastic jugs and buckets, meal bags, dry waste, salt, pretzel pieces, burnt chips, oil, petroleum, scrap metal, iron, potato starch, and potato peels. The company website gives the following information:

Reduce

  • • We use low wattage high efficiency light bulbs.

  • • Motion sensors have been added to areas with low traffic.

  • • Meters have been installed on our ovens to control gas usage.

  • • We’ve reduced the size and thickness of our cartons.

  • • Water meters have been installed to control usage.

  • • Our delivery system has been optimized to use less fuel.

Reuse

  • • Bulk material is delivered in reusable bags.

  • • Office printer paper is used for scrap paper or recycled.

Recycle

  • • We now use 100% renewable corn based film for our new Variety Packs.

  • • Our shipping cartons contain up to 50% recycled materials.

  • • We use 100% recycled paperboard in our Lunch Packs.

  • • Plastic drums and barrels are recyclable plastic.

  • • We repair and recycle damaged shipping pallets.

  • • Office and printer paper is recycled or reused.

Segment Data

LNCE owns four core brands: 1) Snyder’s of Hanover Pretzels, 2) Lance Sandwich Crackers, 3) Cape Cod Potato Chips, and 4) Pretzel Crisps. The company provides of revenue breakdown of its brands versus its revenues from other brands, as indicated in Exhibit 2. Note that LNCE revenues are increasing nicely. Exhibit 3 provides a geographic breakdown of LNCE revenues. Note that almost all LNCE sales are in the USA.

Finance

LNCE has consistently paid dividends of 16 cents per quarter to its shareholders since 2000. LNCE stock offers a healthy dividend yield of 2.52 percent, compared to a snacks industry average dividend yield of only 1.55 percent.

EXHIBIT 2 LNCE Revenues by Brand Category (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Branded Products

$ 955.5

943.2

569.5

533.6

Non-Branded Products

663.1

691.8

410.3

384.6

Total

1,618.6

1,635.0

979.8

918.2

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 28.

EXHIBIT 3 LNCE Revenues by Region (in thousands)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

USA

$ 1,564,338

1,582,967

929,633

871,964

Canada

54,296

52,069

50,182

46,199

Total

1,618,634

1,635,036

979,835

918,163

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 45.

Michael Warehime and his wife Patricia, own about 16 percent of the outstanding common stock of LNCE. Mr. and Mrs. Warehime serve as directors of LNCE, with Mr. Warehime serving as the Chairman of the Board.

LNCE’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 4 and 5 respectively. Note in Exhibit 4 the company’s dramatic increase in both revenues and net income in 2011. Note in Exhibit 5 the dramatic increase in number of shares outstanding in 2011.

Competitors

Major competitors of LNCE in the snack foods industry include Frito-Lay North America, a subsidiary of PepsiCo, and the U.S. Snacks Division of Kellogg. Other LNCE competitors include General Mills and Mondelez International. A summary of key competitive information is given in Exhibit 6. Note that LNCE has the least revenue per employee among the four firms featured.

Frito-Lay

EXHIBIT 4 LNCE’s Income Statements (in millions)

(in millions)

2012

2011

2009

Net revenue

$ 1,618.6

$ 1,635.0

$ 979.8

Cost of sales

1,079.7

1,065.1

601.0

   Gross margin

538.9

569.9

378.8

Selling, general and administrative

440.6

495.2

359.6

Impairment charges

11.9

12.7

0.6

Gain on sale of route businesses, net

(22.3)

(9.4)

Other (income)/expense, net

(0.4)

1.0

6.5

   Income before interest and income taxes

109.1

70.4

12.1

Interest expense, net

9.5

10.6

3.9

Income tax expense

40.1

21.1

5.6

   Net income

$ 59.5

$ 38.7

$ 2.6

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 28.

Frito-Lay North America (FLNA), as PepsiCo refers to this business they own, produces Lay’s potato chips, Cheetos, Quaker-brand cereals, Doritos, Tostitos, Ruffles, Fritos, SunChips, and Santitas. For the second quarter of 2012, Frito-Lay recorded revenue growth of 2.5 percent to $5.77 billion—obviously a huge company compared to LNCE. A global company in all respects, Frito-Lay’s operating profit declined 1 percent to $1.33 billion in a recent quarter. FLNA’s revenue was $13.3 billion in 2011, up from $12.6 billion the prior year.

EXHIBIT 5 LNCE’s Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

2012

2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$ 9,276

$ 20,841

   Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $2,159 and $1,884, respectively

141,862

143,238

   Inventories

118,256

106,261

   Income tax receivable

18,119

   Deferred income taxes

11,625

21,042

   Assets held for sale

11,038

57,822

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

28,676

20,705

Total current assets

320,733

388,028

Noncurrent assets:

 

 

   Fixed assets, net

331,385

313,043

   Goodwill

540,389

367,853

   Other intangible assets, net

531,735

376,062

   Other noncurrent assets

22,490

21,804

      Total assets

$ 1,746,732

$ 1,466,790

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Current portion of long-term debt

$ 20,462

$ 4,256

   Accounts payable

52,753

52,930

   Accrued compensation

31,037

29,248

   Accrued profit-sharing and retirement plans

354

9,249

   Accrual for casualty insurance claims

4,779

6,957

   Accrued selling and promotional costs

16,240

21,465

   Income tax payable

1,263

   Other payables and accrued liabilities

27,735

31,041

Total current liabilities

154,623

155,146

Noncurrent liabilities:

 

 

   Long-term debt

514,587

253,939

   Deferred income taxes

176,037

196,244

   Accrual for casualty insurance claims

9,759

7,724

   Other noncurrent liabilities

19,551

15,146

Total liabilities

874,557

628,199

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

   Common stock, $0.83 1/3 par value. Authorized 75,000,000 shares; 68,863,974 and 67,820,798 shares outstanding, respectively

57,384

56,515

   Preferred stock, $1.00 par value. Authorized 5,000,000 shares; no shares outstanding

   Additional paid-in capital

746,155

730,338

   Retained earnings

50,847

35,539

   Accumulated other comprehensive income

15,118

13,719

Total Snyder’s-Lance, Inc. stockholders’ equity

869,504

836,111

   Noncontrolling interests

2,671

2,480

Total stockholders’ equity

872,175

838,591

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$ 1,746,732

$ 1,466,790

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 45–46.

EXHIBIT 6 Comparative Information for Various Snack Food Companies

 

LNCE

Mondelez

General Mills

Kellogg

# of Employees

6.1K

126K

35K

31K

$ Net Income

41.6M

3.59B

1.71B

1.19B

$ Revenue

1.64B

54.3B

16.9B

13.6B

$ Revenue/Employee

270K

430K

482K

438K

$ EPS Ratio

0.61

2.01

2.56

3.31

Source: Company documents.

$5.77 billion—obviously a huge company compared to LNCE. A global company in all respects, Frito-Lay’s operating profit declined 1 percent to $1.33 billion in a recent quarter. FLNA’s revenue was $13.3 billion in 2011, up from $12.6 billion the prior year.

Kellogg

Kellogg, the world’s largest cereal maker well known for Frosted Flakes, Pop-Tarts, and Eggo waffles, acquired Pringles chips in 2012. The deal instantly made Kellogg the world’s second-biggest salty snack food maker, behind only Frito-Lay. Based in Battle Creek, Michigan, Kellogg said Pringles sales rose by 10 percent in a recent quarter. A major competitor to LNCE, Pringles has only two major manufacturing plants in the world. Those plants—in Tennessee and Belgium—are running around the clock at full capacity, and Kellogg plans to expand Pringles’ production capacity. Because Pringles derives two-thirds of its revenue from overseas, Kellogg is also hoping Pringles can give it inroads into the emerging markets where the number of people with disposable income is growing. Kellogg’s stable of other salty snacks include Cheez-Its and Special K crackers.

Mondelez

In October 2012, the former Kraft Foods Inc. changed its name to Mondelez International and spun-off some brands into a new company called Kraft Foods Group. Kraft Foods Group focuses on the North American foods business. Mondelez International focuses on the global snacks business, including the former Cadbury businesses, plus global brands including Dairylea and Philadelphia. Mondelez makes some of the best-known snacks brands around the globe, including cookies and crackers such as Oreo, Nabisco, Chips Ahoy!, TUC, Belvita, Club Social, and Barni. Headquartered in Deerfield Township, Illinois, near Chicago, Mondelez also produces chocolate, biscuits, gum, confectionery, coffee, and powdered beverages. Mondelez has operations in more than 80 countries. Based in Mississauga, Ontario with primary operations in Scarborough, Mondelez Canada controls the rights to Christie Brown and Company, which consists of brands like Mr. Christie and Dad’s Cookies.

General Mills

Headquartered in Golden Valley, Minnesota, General Mills produces and markets many well-known brands, such as Betty Crocker, Yoplait, Colombo, Totinos, Jeno’s, Pillsbury, Green Giant, Old El Paso, Haagen-Dazs, Cheerios, and Lucky Charms. The company’s grain-snack brands that compete more with LNCE products include Bugles, Cascadian Farms, Chex Mix, Gardetto’s, Nature Valley, and Fiber One bars. General Mills’ brand portfolio includes more than 100 leading brands in the USA and more around the world.

External Issues

Industry Consolidation

Snack foods industry consolidation has resulted in intense price competition, discounting, and other techniques by competitors who generally are significantly larger and have greater resources and economies of scale than LNCE. This size disadvantage could result in LNCE losing one or more major customers, losing existing product authorizations at customer locations, losing market share and/or shelf space, and/or having to lower prices below breakeven, which could have an adverse impact on LNCE’s financial results.

LNCE is exposed to risks resulting from several large customers that account for a significant portion of the firm’s revenue. LNCE’s top ten customers account for about 48 percent of the firm’s revenue, with their largest customer, Walmart, representing about 18 percent of their 2011 revenue. The loss of one or more of these large customers could adversely affect LNCE’s financial results. LNCE hopes that their large distributors (customers), such as Walmart or Kroger, do not cut deals with rival firms that could limit or even prohibit exposure of LNCE products. Exclusivity activity routinely occurs in some industries, such as PepsiCo or Coca-Cola products being exclusively available in various fast food restaurant chains.

Social/Cultural/Demographic Issues

Consumer preferences and tastes change, which requires companies to continuously monitor trends and innovate accordingly. For example, concerns of consumers regarding health and wellness and obesity affect perceptions about product attributes and ingredients. In addition, changing consumer demographics could result in reduced demand for LNCE products, such as aging of the general population; changes in social trends; changes in travel, vacation, or leisure activity patterns; weather; or negative publicity resulting from regulatory action or litigation against companies in the snack food industry. Good and bad news as well as opinions about LNCE or their rival firms products and services travels instantly on social media outlets.

Consumers are trying to eat fresher, healthier snacks, beverages, and food. The volume of packaged food consumed is declining while the volume of fresh food is increasing. Firms like PepsiCo are actively developing a variety of healthier foods and beverages that focus on such areas as nutrition, weight management, improved digestion, disease prevention, and allergy remedies. These new products generally contain fewer calories, less fat, low carbohydrates, and/or less sugar and sodium. Many new products are gluten-free and/or whole-fiber.

Future

Since Snyder’s-Lance is very small compared to its major rivals, yet is performing quite well, should the company expand its manufacturing and distribution operations further penetrating Canada, and even venturing out into Mexico and Latin America and beyond? Economies of scale are critical in this business due to increasing price competition. The snack foods business is global, so to remain solely a domestic player in such an industry could be ineffective long term. In this light, the dilemma for LNCE is how, where, when, and to what extent to engage in geographic expansion. Since its largest customers, such as Walmart, are global, would it not be advantageous for the firm to negotiate deals with those firms to offer their products in other countries. Surely customers worldwide would enjoy eating the firm’s snacks just as much as Americans.

Prepare a three-year strategic plan for Snyder’s-Lance that will grow the firm globally.

Netgear, Inc., 2013

www.netgear.com , NTGR

Headquartered in San Jose, California, Netgear develops and markets Ethernet switches, wireless controllers, storage devices, routers, media services, and other products associated with connecting users with the Internet. All Netgear products are produced through third-party manufacturers and marketed through thousands of retailers worldwide. Netgear prides itself on developing and marketing high performance devices that are dependable and easy to operate in homes. But this “desired competitive advantage” is difficult to maintain because consumers widely believe such products are a commodity (like gasoline). For businesses, Netgear provides networking, storage, and security devices that are cheaper and easier to use than comparable products offered by rival firms. Netgear products are sold in more than 28,000 retail locations around the world and through about 42,000 resellers. Netgear has operations in 25 nations and has 850 employees, of which 352 are in sales, marketing and technical support, 251 in research and development (R&D), 128 in finance, and 119 in operations.

Netgear’s revenues for 2012 were $1.27 billion, up 7.6 percent from 2011. The company reported revenue for Q2 of 2013 of $357.7 million, up from $320.7 million the prior year when the company’s new acquisition, AirCard, was not in the numbers. Q2 2013 net income was $14.0 million, down from $21.5 million the prior year. During Q2, Netgear grew its Retail Business Unit (RBU), led by its 802.11ac upgrade cycle, as well as the rollout of the Smart Home for developed markets. The integration of the AirCard business into the company’s Service Provider Business Unit (SPBU) went well. On a year-over-year basis, Netgear’s RBU revenue was up 3 percent. The company’s strong Q2 2013 year-on-year growth for RBU in North America and Asia was offset by weakness in the European region. The company’s SPBU revenue was up 58 percent sequentially, and up 20 percent over the prior year quarter. The company’s Commercial Business Unit (CBU) revenue was up 25 percent sequentially, and up 10 percent over the prior year quarter.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Netgear was incorporated in 1996 as a subsidiary of Bay Networks and was purchased by Nortel in 1998. The company became fully independent from Nortel in 2002 and remains independent today. Back in 1996, the Internet was in its infancy, especially high speed and wireless devices. As an industry pioneer, Netgear has kept tight inventory controls and used off-the-shelf hardware and software products from existing companies. Founder, chairman, and CEO Patrick Lo was quoted in 2004 as saying: “We do the system integration and let the contracted firms do the grunt work of designing circuit boards.” Netgear went public in 2003. Since then, the company has grown into a $1.2 billion in sales firm. In 2011, Netgear combined its North, Central, and South U.S. salesforces to form a new Americas territory as a means to increase operational efficiencies. Today, the company operates in three distinct geographic territories: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, and (3) Middle East and Asia Pacific.

To get a flavor of what Netgear develops and markets, in late 2012, the company introduced its CG4500TM Voice/Data Gateway that received the CableLabs® DOCSIS® 3.0 certification. This unit has the capability for 24 × 4-channel bonding and is the firm’s most advanced DOCSIS 3.0 Voice/Data Gateway integrating in one device. The new product allows concurrent 802.11n dual-band wireless networking that provides up to 900 Mbps (450 + 450 Mbps) aggregate speed and with simultaneous dual-band technology helps mitigate interference ensuring sustained throughput and reliable connections. With integrated MoCA, the CG4500TM Gateway enables seamless data and video distribution over the in-home coax network.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Netgear’s mission statement is: “To be the innovative leader in connecting the world to the Internet,” recently changed from, “To be the preferred customer-driven provider of innovative networking solutions for small businesses and homes.” There is a statement on the company’s website that may be their vision: “Our goal is to be the leading provider of innovative networking products to the consumer, business, and service provider markets.”

Location

Netgear’s primary administrative, sales, marketing, and R&D facilities consist of 142,700 square feet in an office complex in San Jose, California, under a lease that expires in 2018. Netgear’s international headquarters comprise 10,000 square feet of office space in Cork, Ireland, under a lease that expires in 2026. Netgear’s international salespersons are based out of local sales offices or home offices in Austria, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, Hong Kong, India, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Poland, Russia, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the Netherlands, the United Arab Emirates, and the United Kingdom. Netgear has operations personnel in Hong Kong, and R&D facilities in Atlanta, Chicago, Beijing, Guangzhou, Nanjing, and Shanghai, China, and in Taipei, Taiwan.

Organizational Structure

Netgear is managed in three specific business units: (1) retail, (2) commercial, and (3) service provider. The retail business unit consists of home networking, storage, and digital media products to connect users with the Internet and their content and devices. The commercial business unit consists of relatively low-cost business networking, storage, and security solutions. The service provider business unit consists of made-to-order and retail proven, whole-home networking solutions sold to service providers for sale to their customers.

Netgear recently combined their North American, Central American, and South American sales forces to form the Americas territory. Thus, the firm is today organized into the following three geographic territories: (1) Americas, (2) Europe, Middle-East, and Africa (EMEA) and (3) Asia, Pacific (APAC).

Exhibit 1 provides a diagram of Netgear’s existing organizational structure. Note there is no Chief Operations Officer. Some analysts contend that the company is too dependent on Lo, with no other person being groomed as an eventual successor.

EXHIBIT 1 Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company documents.

Products

Netgear products that target businesses are designed with metal cases and are capable of faster speeds, up to 10 gigabits per second, and higher port counts to allow more users. Products targeting homes are designed with more pleasing aesthetics and are often offered at much lower prices than the more robust higher security business models. Netgear plans to develop a home network that will enable all devices to be connected to the Internet at all times.

Netgear’s products can be grouped into three categories: (1) commercial business networking, (2) broadband access, and (3) network connectivity. Commercial business networking products include (a) Ethernet switches and wireless controllers such as routers used in WiFi applications, (b) Internet security appliances that enable Internet access with capabilities such as anti-virus and firewalls, and (c) network-attached storage, which provides file sharing with multiple PCs over a businesses own local area network.

Netgear’s broadband access enables customers to move digital content over high-speed networks rather than traditional low-speed telephone lines. Products in this segment include: (a) routers, which allow the home or office networks to connect wireless to the Internet via a broadband modem, (b) gateways, which are routers integrated into a modem, (c) Internet Protocol (IP) telephony products, which enable voice communications over a network, and (d) media servers, which store multimedia content for use on PCs laptops, smartphones, and other devices.

Netgear’s connectivity products enable resource sharing and include wireless access points, wireless network interface cards, Ethernet network interface cards, media adapters, and power line adapters.

R&D

High technology firms spend anywhere from 5 to 15 percent of revenue on R&D. In 2012, Netgear spent $61 million, up 25.5 percent, on R&D to develop new and improved products and respond to changing technology in a timely manner. The $61 million was 4.8 percent of Netgear’s revenues, up from 4.1 percent the prior year. Netgear works closely with their technology suppliers to develop products using a methodology such as Original Design Manufacturer (ODM) or In-House Development. Under ODM, Netgear defines the product and specifications and coordinates with suppliers who develop the product. On development of a prototype, debugging and testing begins, and the product is ultimately released for production after passing final measures. The In-House Development model is similar to ODM, except entire development is coordinated by Netgear engineers.

Manufacturing

Like Apple, Inc., Netgear outsources all of their manufacturing to third parties, such as Cameo Communications, Delta Networks, Hon Hai Precision (more commonly known as Foxconn Corporation), and several others. Almost all Netgear products are manufactured on mainland China or in Vietnam. Products are sometimes tested in a pilot basis in Taiwan. Netgear component parts such as connector jacks, plastic casings, and physical layer transceivers are all purchased from a few sources, making reliance on a few suppliers a threat. If any third-party manufacturers experience any delay, disruption, or quality control problems in their operations, Netgear could lose market share and the Netgear brand could suffer. Netgear outsources warehousing and distribution logistics to five third-party providers, located in California, Hong Kong, Netherlands, and Australia. Netgear does not have long-term contracts with any of their third-party manufacturers, some of whom produce products for competitors.

Marketing

Netgear’s global sales channel includes thousands of value added resellers (VARs), direct market resellers (DMRs), such as CDW, and 37,000 traditional retailers worldwide, such as Best Buy, Walmart, Fry’s Electronics, and Staples in North America; PC World in the United Kingdom; and MediaMarket in Germany, as well as online retailers such as Amazon.com, Dell.com, and NewEgg.com. Netgear also sells its products through broadband service providers such as BSkyB, Virgin Media UK, YouSee Denmark, Telecom Denmark, Time-Warner Cable, Comcast, TV Cabo Portugal, Telkom South Africa, J:Com of Japan, and Comhem of Sweden.

Best Buy and Ingram Micro each account for 10 percent or greater of Netgear revenues. Netgear works closely with customers on market development activities, such as co-advertising, in-store promotions and demonstrations, instant rebate programs, event sponsorship, and sales associate training. It also participates in major industry trade shows and marketing events. Netgear marketing managers work closely with the company’s sales and R&D people to align product development roadmaps to meet customer technology demands.

Finance

Netgear’s net income declined in 2012 to $86.5 million from the year before value of $91.4 million.

Income Statements

Netgear’s recent income statements are provided in Exhibit 2. Note the steady increases in revenues but recent drop in net income.

EXHIBIT 2

NETGEAR, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2012

2011

2010

Net revenue

$1,271,921

$1,181,018

$902,052

   Cost of revenue

888,368

811,572

602,805

   Gross profit

383,553

369,446

299,247

   Operating expenses:

      Research and development

61,066

48,699

39,972

      Sales and marketing

149,766

154,562

131,570

      General and administrative

45,027

39,423

36,220

      Restructuring and other charges

1,190

2,094

(88)

      Litigation reserves, net

390

(201)

211

         Total operating expenses

257,439

244,577

207,885

Income from operations

126,114

124,869

91,362

Interest income

498

477

426

Other income (expense), net

2,670

(1,136)

(564)

Income before income taxes

129,282

124,210

91,224

Provision for income taxes

42,743

32,842

40,315

Net income

$86,539

$91,368

$50,909

Net income per share:

   Basic

$2.27

$2.46

$1.44

   Diluted

$2.23

$2.41

$1.41

Weighted average shares outstanding used to compute net income per share:

   Basic

38,057

37,121

35,385

   Diluted

38,747

37,932

36,124

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 54.

Balance Sheets

Netgear’s recent balance sheets are provided in Exhibit 3. Note the zero long-term debt.

Segments

Netgear reports operating income by geographic region. Before 2011, the company’s operations in Central and South America were categorized under the APAC segment. Note in Exhibit 4 that Netgear’s APAC segment was the largest gainer in 2012 versus the prior year, whereas EMEA reported a decline in revenues.

EXHIBIT 3 Netgear’s Balance Sheet

NETGEAR, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$149,032

$208,898

   Short-term investments

227,845

144,797

   Accounts receivable, net

256,014

261,307

   Inventories

174,903

163,724

   Deferred income taxes

22,691

23,088

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

33,724

32,415

      Total current assets

864,209

834,229

   Property and equipment, net

19,025

15,884

   Intangibles, net

27,621

20,956

   Goodwill

100,880

85,944

   Other non-current assets

22,834

14,357

      Total assets

$1,034,569

$971,370

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

   Accounts payable

$87,310

$117,285

   Accrued employee compensation

18,338

26,896

   Other accrued liabilities

126,255

120,480

   Deferred revenue

27,645

40,093

   Income taxes payable

1,382

4,207

      Total current liabilities

260,930

308,961

Non-current income taxes payable

13,735

18,657

Other non-current liabilities

5,293

4,995

      Total liabilities

279,958

332,613

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

   Preferred stock: $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

   Common stock: $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; shared issued and outstanding:

 

 

   38,341,644 and 37,646,872 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

38

38

   Additional paid-in capital

394,427

364,243

   Cumulative other comprehensive income

23

   Retained earnings

360,142

274,453

      Total stockholders’ equity

754,611

638,757

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$1,034,569

$971,370

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 53.

EXHIBIT 4 Revenues by Geographic Segment

 

Year End December (in thousands)

 

2012

2011

2010

Percent Change

 

$

%

$

%

$

%

2012

2011

Americas

$679,419

53.4

$587,056

49.7

$466,542

51.7

15.7

25.8

EMEA

$457,724

36%

$477,713

40.4

$340,249

37.7

(4.2)

40.4

APAC

$134,778

10.6

$116,249

9.9

$95,261

10.6

15.9

22.0

Total

$1,271,921

100%

$1,181,018

100%

$902,052

100%

 

 

APAC, Asia Pacific; EMEA, Europe, Middle East, Africa.

Source: 2012 Form 10K, page 41.

Competition

Netgear operates in an extremely competitive industry, with many products being viewed by consumers as commodities, proper position on store floors being critically important, and competitive pricing being essential. Many Netgear products, such as media adapters, Ethernet, and routers, are also made by rivals Cisco Systems, Roku, Western Digital, and Apple in the USA, and by many foreign competitors such as AVM in Europe, Corega in Japan, and TP-Link in China. Netgear also develops and markets networking and streaming products, competing against rivals LG, Microsoft, Samsung, and Sony. Also competing against Netgear are many cable companies that now provide modems, and those companies may soon provide their own routers as part of their service offerings. If Netgear cannot form contracts with various cable providers, then those firms may also become competitors.

Netgear’s principal competitors in the commercial business market include Allied Telesys, Barracuda, Buffalo, Data Robotics, Dell, D-Link, Fortinet, Hewlett-Packard, Huawei, Cisco Systems, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems, QNAP Systems, Seagate Technology, SonicWALL, Synology, WatchGuard, and Western Digital. Netgear’s principal competitors in the home market for networking devices and television connectivity products include Apple, Belkin, D-Link, the Linksys division of Cisco Systems, Roku, and Western Digital. Netgear’s principal competitors in the broadband service provider market include Actiontec, ARRIS, Comtrend, D-Link, Hitron, Huawei, Motorola, Pace, Sagem, Scientific Atlanta (a Cisco company), SMC Networks, TechniColor, Ubee, Compal Broadband, ZTE, and ZyXEL. Other current and potential competitors that Netgear considers include numerous local vendors such as Devolo, LEA, and AVM in Europe; Corega and Melco in Japan; and TP-Link in China. Even consumer electronics vendors are rivals, including LG Electronics, Microsoft, Panasonic, Samsung, Sony, Toshiba, and Vizio, who could integrate networking and streaming capabilities into their line of products, such as televisions, set top boxes, and gaming consoles.

Exhibit 5 provides a comparative summary of Netgear versus four leading competitors. Note that Netgear is a bit larger than D-Link, but much smaller than most rival firms.

EXHIBIT 5 Comparative Data for Netgear versus Rival Firms

 

Netgear

Cisco Systems

D-Link

Alcatel Lucent

Western Digital

Number of Employees

791

71.8K

500

76K

103K

Net Income ($)

95.3M

7.36B

41.5M

1.4B

1.9B

Revenue ($)

1.23B

45.6B

1.15B

19.8B

13.8B

Revenue ($)/Employee

1,554K

635K

2,300K

260.5K

134K

EPS Ratio ($)

2.49

1.36

0.06

0.54

7.61

Market Capitalization

1.26B

87.64B

10.1B

Headquarters

California

California

Taiwan

France

California

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company information.

Cisco Systems, Inc.

Nearly 40 times the size of Netgear, Cisco is headquartered in the same city as Netgear, San Jose, California. Like Netgear, Cisco structures its operations in the same three geographic segments, with its European and Middle East headquarters in the Netherlands and the Asia Pacific headquarters in Singapore. Also like Netgear, Cisco produces Internet protocol networking and other related devices to support communications and information technology. Cisco’s sales by geographic region reported in its fiscal year end June 2012 were 65, 21, and 14 percent respectively for Americas, EMEA, and APAC. Also like Netgear, Cisco produces cable modems, video software, encoders, decoders, and many more products. Cisco’s Linksys wireless routers compete directly with Netgear routers. As of year-end 2012, Cisco had 66,000 employees, annual revenues of $46 billion, and net income of $8 billion. Also like Netgear, Cisco relies exclusively on contract manufacturers for all their manufacturing needs.

Cisco spends about 12 percent of net sales on R&D compared to only 4 percent for Netgear. Cisco contains around $17 billion in goodwill on the balance sheet resulting in approximately 40 percent of total stockholders’ equity residing from intangible assets, which is not good, versus Netgear’s 17 percent.

Western Digital Corporation

Headquartered in Irvine, California, Western Digital creates and markets storage devices, home entertainment devices, and networking devices, similar to Netgear. Western Digital is known for their 2.5- and 3.5-inch form factor hard drives under the Ultrastart, XE, WD, and SiliconDrive brand names. Western Digital also produces a wide range of external hard drives in 500-gb sizes, FireWire, and Ethernet connections.

Western Digital is structured based on the same geographic regions both Netgear and Cisco. One notable exception, Western Digital, with $12.5 billion of revenue in fiscal 2012 that ended June 2012, reported that about 58 percent of their revenues come from Asian markets with 23 and 19 percent coming from the Americas and EMEA, respectively, providing the company a significantly more Asian presence than both Netgear and Cisco. The company currently spends 8 percent of revenues on R&D. The firm has $2 billion in goodwill and around 37 percent of all current assets are in inventory.

As of December 2012, Western Digital has a price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio of five, below the S&P 500 P/E ratio of 17.7, and its stock price was up 22.9 percent year-to-date. Western Digital has numerous strengths, such as robust revenue growth, reasonable debt levels, solid stock price performance, impressive record of earnings per share growth, and compelling growth in net income. Western Digital has no glaring weaknesses.

Western Digital recently acquired the hard disk drive operations of Hitachi, greatly increasing its capacity and sales volume. Like rival Seagate Technology, Western Digital has been targeting some acquisitions upstream to better control input costs. Seagate recently acquired the hard disk operations of Samsung.

D-Link Corporation

Headquartered in Taipei, Taiwan, D-Link develops, produces, and markets networking, connectivity, and data communications hardware, offering hubs and switches, adapters, print servers, routers, and transceivers. Other D-Link products include broadband modems, virtual private network/firewall devices, data-storage systems, videoconferencing equipment, Web cameras, and business phones. D-Link sells to individuals and businesses, but the firm specializes in wi-fi and Ethernet components for the small to medium-sized office market. D-Link sells its products through distributors in more than 100 countries, but generates most of its sales in Asia.

The Future

In July 2012, Netgear acquired AVAAK, Inc., a privately-held company that develops wire-free video networking products for a total purchase consideration of $24.0 million in cash. This acquisition bolstered the company’s retail business unit product offerings and expanded their presence in the smart home market. Some analysts however contend that the fate of Netgear’s industry is inexorably tied to the PC and that PCs are in decline as users switch to tablets, which will not need hard disk drives. But there are external storage needs for hard-disk drives that seem to be growing and conventional storage is still cheaper than flash memory.

Every few months or so, Netgear introduces a new or improved product, including the recently introduced Netgear ProSecure® UTM25S Unified Threat Management Firewall, which provides two modular slots that fit optional interface cards, enabling IT administrators to custom tailor the firewall to their specific connectivity requirements. In addition, like other members of the ProSecure UTM family of security appliances, the UTM25S integrates with Netgear ReadyNAS® network-attached storage systems, giving businesses almost unlimited activity log and quarantine capacity for forensic, regulatory and legal requirements.

Netgear also recently introduced the CentriaTM, a powerful, all-in-one automatic backup/media server and high-speed wi-fi router. Centria is a dual-band high-performance router with the added convenience of automatic data backup for both PCs and Macs. The backup capability of the Centria router gives a consumer peace of mind knowing that data is always backed up. If a PC or Mac goes down or is lost, a consumer can still access data from Centria using another computer. Routers are excellent for data backup because they are always on and are the central point of connection for all computers in the home. Centria can also be used as a storage repository for photos, media, and documents that may take up too much space on your computer. Centria uses an internal SATA drive or external USB drives to backup and store data.

There are companies such as Western Digital or Cisco that may be interested in acquiring Netgear. Even D-Link desires a greater market share in the USA. And Netgear itself has a history of making acquisitions. What would be some good acquisition targets for Netgear, to help solidify its competitive position and gain economies of scale.

To remain attractive in this rapidly changing industry, Netgear needs a clear strategic plan going forward.

Polaris Industries, Inc., 2013

www.polaris.com , PII

Headquartered in Medina, Minnesota, Polaris (named after the North Star) designs, engineers, manufactures, and markets off-road vehicles (ORVs), snowmobiles, motorcycles, and electric on-road vehicles primarily in the USA, Canada, and Europe, with 70 percent of revenue coming from the USA. Polaris also produces On-Road Vehicles (ORV), which are predominantly Victory motorcycles. Their ORV sales grew 64 percent in 2012 to $240 million.

Polaris does business in more than 130 different nations and outside; U.S. sales were up 21 percent in 2012 and net income was up 37 percent. Completion of a 425,000-square foot manufacturing facility in Monterrey, Mexico, in 2011 serves as a platform for better Polaris penetration in Latin and South America. Polaris also produces replacement parts and other accessories such as oils, chrome accessories, electric starters, covers, cargo box accessories, and much more.

Polaris has a defense (military) segment that recently reported excellent sales of the electric Ranger and the unmanned mine roller. Sixty-nine percent of Polaris’s sales came from ORVs, a 22-percent increase from the prior year. Nine percent of sales comes from snowmobiles, and 8 percent comes from on-road vehicles. Polaris is the North American leader in total power sports sales with around 20-percent market share, above rivals Harley Davidson, Honda, and Yamaha. In December 2012, Polaris acquired Teton Outfitters, LLC, a privately owned, Rigby, Idaho-based company that designs, develops and distributes KLIM Technical Riding Gear. This acquisition adds KLIM to Polaris’ growing parts, garments, and accessories (PG&A) business.

For the six months that ended 6-30-13, Polaris’ sales were up 12 percent overall, including Off-Road Vehicles (+7%), Snowmobiles (71%), Motorcycles (−6%), Small Vehicles (+109%), and Parts, Garments & Accessories (+30%). The company’s Small Vechicles division includes its GEM and Goupil electric vehicles as well as Aixam. For Q2 of 2013, Polaris reported record second quarter net income of $80.0 million, up 15 percent from the prior year’s second quarter net income of $69.8 million. Sales for the second quarter 2013 totaled a record $844.8 million, up for last year’s second quarter sales of $755.4 million.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

The father of the snowmobile is considered to be Edgar Hetteen, who in 1955, with employees David Johnson, Paul Knochenmus, and Orlen Johnson, created a vehicle to ride through the snow. The primary use of the craft was to access better hunting areas that traditionally had required wearing snowshoes. An early Polaris snowmobile was called the Polaris Sno Traveler that rolled off the assembly line in Minnesota in 1956. Edgar displayed his snowmobile on a 1,200-mile trek across Alaska in 1960. However, unhappy with the performance of his Polaris vehicle, Edgar soon left the company, and started Polar Manufacturing, that later changed its name to Artic Enterprises, which ultimately went bankrupt in the 1980s. Artic emerged from bankruptcy and continues today under the Arctic Cat Brand, one of Polaris’s major competitors in the snowmobile market. For the next 50 years, without Edgar, Polaris developed snowmobiles, all-terrain vehicles (ATVs), side-by-side vehicles (ORVs), and motorcycles.

Polaris began developing a smaller consumer-sized, front-engine snowmobile to compete with the SkiDoo in the early 1960s. In 1964, Polaris released the Comet, and then in 1965 the Mustang, which became a hit as a family snowmobile. In the early 1980s, Polaris created an Indy style snowmobile with a wider stance. In 1985, Polaris introduced the Trailboss, considered to be the first U.S.-made ATV. ATVs are a one-seat variation of ORVs. Today, Polaris is one of the top-selling ATV brands. In the 1990s, Polaris entered the motorcycle market and the water-craft market, producing jet skis, but exited the jet-ski market in 2004. In 2010, Polaris moved its parts plant from Wisconsin to Monterrey, Mexico, saving the company about $30 million annually in lower labor costs.

In 2011, Polaris announced an investment in Brammo, an electric vehicle company based in Ashland, Oregon. Its first production electric motorcycle, the Brammo Enertia, is assembled in Ashland and sold at dealerships. Polaris participated in the $13 million opening tranche of Brammo’s Series C funding in July 2012. Polaris had been showing interest in electric propulsion, producing an electric version of its Ranger Side-by-Side and more recently buying Global Electric Motorcars (GEM) from Chrysler. As one publication put it, “This latest move likely signals the addition of clean and quiet drivetrains to ATVs and motorcycles under the global giant’s brand umbrella—snowmobiles may have to wait on battery breakthroughs before they become commercially feasible.”

Polaris purchased GEM from Chrysler in 2012 and also purchased France-based Goupil. Polaris recently restarted production on its Indy-named sleds (stopped in 2004 with the Indy 500) with the release of the 2013 Indy 600 and Indy 600 SP.

Internal Issues

Strategy

Polaris is a testament to the benefits of strategic planning. Led by Chief Executive Officer (CEO) Scott Wine, the company is in the mist of a 10-year strategic plan that is broken down into stated objectives, three- to five-year goals for each, annual actions for each, and last three-year results for each objective—all provided on the company website (http://phx.corporate-ir.net/phoenix.zhtml?c=108235&p=irol-progress). Polaris’s overall objective is to increase sales to $5 billion and obtain a 10-percent net income margin by completion of its strategic plan in 2018. CEO Scott at the front of the company’s 2011 Annual Report says:

  • We again achieved record performance in a down market. Our success is the result of being extremely focused on our strategic plan and executing against it meticulously. Our disciplined approach has made us the best in Powersports and it’s how we’ll continue to deliver shareholder value well into the future.

Polaris has a history of successfully acquiring and divesting businesses to continue on a path of strategic improvement. Yet to its credit, Polaris reports minimal goodwill on its balance sheet. Some recent notable divestures include exiting the jet-ski market in 2004 after a 12-year stint. Polaris ceased production of its Breeze line of on-road vehicles in 2011 and acquired GEM and Goupil to fill this void. Currently, Polaris is producing more side-by-side ORVs because customers are favoring them over the traditional ATV style, single-driver, four-wheeler product.

Vision and Mission

Despite placing great emphasis on strategic planning, Polaris does not have a clearly stated vision or mission statement, but various statements on the company’s elaborate website could be construed to represent those statements.

Organizational Structure

Polaris has a hybrid divisional-by-product-by-region organizational structure as illustrated in Exhibit 1. Note in the diagram it is somewhat unusual for the Vice-president of Sales and Marketing (a staff officer) to also be a line executive. It is also unclear who in the hierarchy has command and control over the U.S. operations analogously to the two other geographic vice-presidents. For example, who would be responsible for motorcycle sales in Texas, or for that matter, motorcycle sales in Germany? Also, notice that there is only one female in the corporate hierarchy.

Production

Polaris assembles products in Minnesota, Iowa, Wisconsin, and Mexico. To save costs and improve component part quality, many of the firm’s product lines are vertically integrated. Plastic injection molding, welding, clutch assembly, and painting are all produced in house. Items such as fuel tank, tires, seats, and instruments are purchased from third-party vendors.

Polaris has an effective inventory management process called Maximum Velocity program (MVP) in which ORV orders can be placed in two-week intervals for high-volume dealers. Smaller dealers can use a similar process. The new process helps to keep costs down and inventories at manageable levels. Although ORV orders can be placed at any time, snowmobile orders must be placed in the spring and secured by deposit. Victory motorcycle orders are currently under MVP testing.

EXHIBIT 1 The Polaris Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

Sales and Marketing

Polaris has a network of about 1,650 independent dealers in North America and 15 subsidiaries and 80 distributors in over 100 countries outside of North America. The company’s brands include RZR and Ranger ATVs, Indian and Victory motorcycles, and Polaris Rush snowmobiles. Snowmobiles are sold to dealers in the USA and Canada; many dealers also carry Polaris ORVs. A little more than half of all Polaris dealers in North America sell snowmobiles. ORVs are also sold through lawn and garden dealers in North America, but outside of North America, ORVs are generally handled through independent distributors. Polaris is shifting this strategy to wholly owned subsidiaries, which are now operating in Spain, China, Brazil, and India.

The Polaris Victory and Indian motorcycles are distributed through independently owned dealers outside the USA, with Melbourne and Sydney, Australia, being exceptions, in which Polaris has company owned dealers. As of 2012, Polaris had 400 dealers of Victory brand motorcycles in North America and 20 dealers of Indian motorcycles. The Polaris GEM business has around 130 dealers, and Groupil sells direct to customers in France and to dealers outside of France. The firm’s military products are sold directly to the military and other government agencies.

Polaris uses group publications, billboards, and traditional television and radio for advertising. Product brochures, leaflets, posters, dealer signs, and other items are also used to help dealers market the products. Polaris spent $210 million in marketing in 2012, up from $179 million the prior year.

Research and Development (R&D)

Polaris has about 550 employees in R&D that concentrate on improving production techniques and developing new and improved products. R&D has a long tradition at Polaris because the company claims to have produced the first snowmobile with liquid cooled brakes, hydraulic breaks, three cylinder engines, and recently the MacPherson strut front suspension and Concentric Drive System in ORVs. Many of the R&D employees work in the 127,000-square foot R&D facility in Minnesota. Polaris spent about $127 million on R&D in 2012, up from $106 million the prior year.

Segments

Polaris competes in four distinct product segments: (1) ORVs, (2) snowmobiles, (3) on-road, and (4) PG&A. ORVs include side-by-side and ATV vehicles. Total revenues, as well as percent share each segment, are provided in Exhibit 2. Note that ORVs overwhelmingly are Polaris’s best selling segment.

ORVs

As illustrated on the corporate website, Polaris produces 7 ORV models designed for the military, ranging in price from $7,000 to $35,000. The full line of ORVs, excluding military, consist of 35 vehicles in two-, four-, and six-wheel designs ranging in price from $7,000 to $35,000. A nice feature of most Polaris ORVs is that they offer a variable transmission, resulting in no manual shifting, and several models come with the MacPherson strut front suspension, enabling better control and stability. ORV sales increased 22 percent in 2012.

Snowmobiles

Although snowmobiles are where Polaris got its start, snowmobiles today account for about 9 percent of all sales, but the company’s snowmobile sales increased 1.0 percent in 2012. Polaris today produces 28 different models of snowmobiles, including youth models, utility models to performance, and competition models used in racing. In 2012, U.S. retail prices for snowmobiles averaged $2,700 to $12,300 and are sold in Canada, Europe, and Russia. The company has a history of snowmobile innovation.

On-Road Vehicles

Polaris offers many options of its Victory brand motorcycles and many designed for cross- country trips. Acquired by Polaris in 2011, the Indian Motorcycle Company was the first motorcycle company in the USA, even predating Harley Davidson. Founded in 1901, Indian Motorcycle has earned distinction as one of the most legendary and iconic brands in the USA through unrivaled racing dominance, engineering prowess, and countless innovations and industry firsts (see www.indianmotorcycle.com). In total, Polaris makes 20 different motorcycle options available ranging in price from $12,500 to $36,000. Prices on the Polaris GEM range from $7,600 to $13,500, and the higher-end Goupil has 2012 prices ranging from $25,000 to $35,000.

PG&A

Polaris’s PG&A segment is used to supply replacement parts and provide accessories for Polaris product lines. Items included in this category for ORVs include winches, bumper guards, plows, racks, mowers, tires, cargo box accessories, and many more. Snowmobile accessories include covers, traction products, electric starters, bags, and windshields. Motorcycle accessories include saddle bags, backrests, windshields, seats, and various chrome accessories. In addition to parts designed for use with specific products, the Polaris also produces apparel, including helmets, jackets, bibs, and pants.

By Region

EXHIBIT 2 Revenues by Product Category (in millions)

Year

ORV

Snowmobiles

On Road

PG&A

2012

$2,225

69%

$283

9%

$240

8%

$408

14%

2011

1,822

69

280

11

146

408

15

2010

1,376

69

189

10

82

344

17

2009

1,021

65

179

12

53

313

20

Source: Based on 2012 Form 10K, page 30.

Polaris provides a geographic breakdown of its revenues. Polaris sells products worldwide, but as revealed in Exhibit 3, 72 percent of all revenues in 2012 came from the USA and 14 percent from Canada. Polaris is trying to further expand into Western Europe and Russia, especially with its ORV and Victory motorcycle lines of products. Not revealed in Exhibit 3, Latin America and Asia Pacific sales grew 21 percent, respectively in 2012. However, these regions remain a negligible contribution to total revenues. With the new manufacturing plant in Mexico, Polaris hopes to improve on this weakness.

EXHIBIT 3 Revenues by Geographic Region (in millions)

Year

USA

Canada

Other Nations

2012

$2,311

72%

$438

14%

460

16%

2011

1,864

70

369

14

424

16

2010

1,406

71

279

14

306

15

2009

1,074

69

239

15

252

16

Source: Based on 2012 Form 10K, page 31.

Finance

Polaris reported sales of $3.21 billion in 2012, up 21 percent from the prior year. In early 2012, Polaris announced a 14 percent increase in its quarterly cash dividend of $0.42 per a share.

Income Statements

Note in the income statements in Exhibit 4 that the company’s revenue and net income have increased nicely in recent years.

EXHIBIT 4

POLARIS INDUSTRIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

2012

2011

2010

Sales

$3,209,782

$2,656,949

$1,991,139

Cost of sales

2,284,485

1,916,366

1,460,926

   Gross profit

925,297

740,583

530,213

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

   Selling and marketing

210,367

178,725

142,353

   Research and development

127,361

105,631

84,940

   General and administrative

143,064

130,395

99,055

      Total operating expenses

480,792

414,751

326,348

Income from financial services

33,920

24,092

16,856

      Operating income

478,425

349,924

220,721

Non-operating expense (income):

 

 

 

   Interest expense

5,932

3,987

2,680

   Gain on securities available for sale

(825)

   Equity in loss of other affiliates

179

   Other (income) expense, net

(7,529)

(689)

325

      Income before income taxes

479,843

346,626

218,541

Provision for income taxes

167,533

119,051

71,403

   Net income

$312,310

$227,575

$147,138

   Basic net income per share

$ 4.54

$ 3.31

$ 2.20

   Diluted net income per share

$ 4.40

$ 3,20

$ 2.14

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

   Basic

68,849

68,792

66,900

   Diluted

71,005

71,057

68,765

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 48.

Balance Sheets

Note in the balance sheets provided in Exhibit 5 that the company’s long-term debt is relatively low and the firm is in good financial shape.

EXHIBIT 5 The Polaris Balance Sheets

POLARIS INDUSTRIES INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

December 31,

 

2012

2011

ASSETS

 

 

Current Assets:

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$417,015

$325,336

   Trade receivables net

119,769

115,302

   Inventories, net

344,996

298,042

   Prepaid expenses and other

34,039

33,969

   Income taxes receivable

15,730

24,723

   Deferred tax assets

86,292

77,665

      Total current assets

1,017,841

875,037

Property and Equipment:

 

 

   Land, buildings and improvements

133,688

123,771

   Equipment and tooling

557,880

524,382

 

691,568

648,153

Less accumulated depreciation

(438,199)

(434,375)

   Property and equipment net

253,369

213,778

Investment in finance affiliate

56,988

42,251

Investment in other affiliates

12,817

5,000

Deferred tax assets

22,389

10,601

Goodwill and other intangible assets net

107,216

77,718

Other long-term assets

15,872

3,639

   Total Assets

$1,486,492

$1,228,024

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Current Liabilities:

 

 

   Current portion of capital lease obligations

$2,887

$2,653

   Accounts payable

169,036

146,743

   Accrued expenses:

 

 

      Compensation

139,140

165,347

      Warranties

47,723

44,355

      Sales promotions and incentives

107,008

81,228

      Dealer holdback

86,733

76,512

      Other

73,529

68,856

   Income taxes payable

4,973

639

      Total current liabilities

631,029

586,333

Long term income taxes payable

7,063

7,837

Capital lease obligations

4,292

4,600

Long-term debt

100,000

100,000

Other long-term liabilities

53,578

29,198

      Total liabilities

795,962

727,968

Shareholders’ Equity:

 

 

   Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 20,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding

   Common stock $0.01 par value, 160,000 shares authorized, 68,647 and 68,430 shares issued and outstanding

686

684

   Additional paid-in capital

268,515

165,518

   Retained earnings

409,091

321,831

   Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

12,238

12,023

      Total shareholders’ equity

690,530

500,056

         Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$1,486,492

$1,228,024

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 47

External Issues

The recreational vehicle industry has been one of the most consistent performers in terms of stock price over the last five years, which is pretty amazing for what some analysts say is a bunch of companies selling expensive toys. According to Morningstar, the recreational vehicle industry achieved an annualized total return of 10 percent over the past five years, which is 610 basis points higher than the S&P 500. In fact, the stocks in that sector performed in the top quartile over the last five-year, three-year, one-year, and year-to-date periods. Many analysts think that an improving economy should keep the party going for some time.

Industry Background

ORVs are designed for traversing through rough terrain such as swamps and marshlands and can often carry two to six passengers depending on the model. Their main purpose is for hunting and fishing, but they are also used on farms and ranches, in the military, and for mud riding or other rough-riding activities. ORVs were introduced in the USA in 1970 by Honda, followed later by Yamaha, Kawasaki, and Suzuki. Polaris entered the ATV market in 1985 followed by Artic Cat in 1995 and Bombardier in 1998. Both the USA and Western Europe, also a primary market for ATVs, have experienced a sales decline as customers prefer side-by-side ORVs. Polaris estimates during 2012, worldwide sales of ATVS increased 2 percent to 419,000 ATVs sold, whereas the side-by-side ORV sales increased 13 percent during the same period with around 353,000 units sold worldwide. Currently, the main competitors of Polaris in the side-by-side market are Deere & Company, Kawasaki, Yamaha, and Artic Cat.

Snowmobiles have been produced in the USA since at least the early 1950s and under the Polaris name since 1954. Originally, their designed purpose was for work in northern and snow-covered rural environments, however, like the ATV, many recreational fans have arisen providing additional markets for manufacturers. The novelty of snowmobiles peaked in the 1960s with more than 100 producers and 495,000 units produced in 1971. Today, the only makers of snowmobiles are Yamaha, BRP, Artic Cat, and Polaris. Industry-wide sales were around 131,000 units in 2012.

The on-road vehicle market consists of motorcycles and small electric vehicles. Polaris makes both the Victory and Indian motorcycles and a brand of small electric vehicles. There are generally four segments of motorcycles: (1) cruisers, (2) touring, (3) sports bikes, and (4) standard. Entering the motorcycle market in 1998 in the cruiser segment, Polaris enjoyed an overall industry doubling in sales from 1996 to 2006, but sales declined from 2007 to 2010 with the weakening economic conditions. Polaris entered the cruiser and touring market (defined as a bike with 1,400 cc and above) in 2010, and estimates this brand of bike had industry-wide sales of about 173,000 units in 2012 in North America, up 2 percent from the prior year.

Safety Regulations

Polaris products can be dangerous, especially because they are often used by youth. Both the federal and state governments continually promulgate laws to increase product safety and awareness in regard to ORVs, ATVs, snowmobiles, and motorcycles. International governments have taken similar measures. Two key commissions in the USA are the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC), which has oversight on ATVs, snowmobiles, and side-by-side vehicles. The National Highway Transportation Safety Administration (NHTSA) has oversight on motorcycles and other small electric vehicles that Polaris produces. In 1988, for example, the CPSC forced Polaris and five of its competitors to recall all three- and four-wheel ATVS sold that could be used by youth younger than 16 years of age. The government is constantly imposing better suspension, breaks, and handing of vehicles. As recently as 2006, the U.S. government banned the sale of all three-wheel ATVs. Governmental oversight puts increased pressure on Polaris to closely monitor its dealers and ensure all dealers are in compliance with safety regulations.

Environmental Concerns

Recent governmental oversight has restricted the amount of lead paint that can be used on products aimed at youth 12 years of age and younger. In addition, to better protect the environment, the federal government and many state governments have restricted the use or banned all together the use of ATVs, ORVs, and snowmobiles from some national parks, federal lands, and state lands. It is unclear how these bans will impact sales.

The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) continues to adopt and revise more stringent emission regulations for ATVs and ORVs. The laws require firms in the industry to increase its R&D expenditures to improve on emission technologies to meet not only current regulations but also future regulations. With Polaris products being sold in many different nations, it often results in all products being developed for the most stringent set of laws regarding emissions, further adding to costs.

Competition

Polaris competes in an industry that is fiercely competitive based on price, perceived quality, reliability, style, service, and warranties. In addition, dealers compete on financing, local advertising, and location of stores. Major Polaris competitors are Arctic Cat, Honda, Harley-Davidson, and Kawasaki, with John Deere also entering the side-by-side market. Note in Exhibit 6 that Honda is more than 30 times larger than Polaris, but Polaris is four times larger than Arctic Cat.

Arctic Cat

Headquartered in Plymouth, Minnesota, Arctic Cat designs, engineers, and produces snow-mobiles, side-by-sides, and ATVs under the Arctic Cat brand name. Arctic Cat’s fiscal year ends March 31. With 1,300 employees, Arctic Cat also makes garments and accessories for its products. As noted previously, one of the founders of Polaris also founded rival Arctic Cat after leaving Polaris. The two companies make similar products, are structured similarly, and are located in the same region of the USA. Arctic Cat does business in the USA, Canada, and Europe through independent dealers, whereas customers in South America, the Middle East, and Asia can purchase products through third-party distributers.

For reporting purposes, Arctic Cat combines its ATVs, ORVs, and snowmobiles into one segment and lists its PGA in a separate segment. In fiscal 2013, Arctic Cat reported revenues of $250 million for snowmobiles, $227 million for its ATVs and ORVs, and $108 million for PGA. As revealed in Exhibit 6, Arctic Cat reported revenues of $671 million in fiscal 2013 and spent $37 million on marketing and $21 million on R&D.

The Arctic Cat brand is well respected in the recreational vehicles (RV) industry and controls 23 percent of the North American snowmobile market, about the same as larger rival Polaris. On the ATV side in North America, Artic Cat has just a 7.5-percent market share but recently introduced a side-by-side product line. Arctic Cat’s Wildcat 4 1000 is especially popular. The company’s stock’s performance over the past five years is spectacular, up nearly 25 percent on an annualized basis.

Honda

EXHIBIT 6 Polaris versus Rival Firms (in millions except for debt/equity and EPS)

 

Polaris

Arctic Cat

Honda

Sales

$3,028

$671

$98,090

Income

$327

$40

$3,650

Debt/Equity

0.15

0.00

0.98

EPS

4.62

3.24

1.92

Market Cap.

6,570

520

68,420

Shares Outstanding

69

13.19

1,810

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on year-end 2012 company information.

Founded in 1946 and headquartered in Tokyo, Japan, Honda develops and sells motorcycles, ATVs, automobiles, and other power products such snow blowers, lawn mowers, weed eaters, generators, among many other power products. Honda is the world’s largest motorcycle company and one of the world’s largest automakers. Honda has recently initiated a new strategy with its motorcycles to target the “fun segment.” Honda’s research reveals there is a growing demand for motorcycles in the smaller 125-cc and 700-cc sizes used for leisure, enjoyment, and everyday use. These products cost less and are cheaper to operate, having excellent fuel economy. The 125-cc size is targeted primarily at Asian and Indian customers.

In fiscal 2012, Honda reported that 17 percent of all its revenue was derived from motorcycles and ATVs, with total revenues of around 1,400 billion yen or approximately $16 billion. Like Honda’s other divisions, the motorcycle and ATV division has experienced declining sales over the last five years. Sales in this division are down since 2008 in Japan, North America, and Europe with sales down around 60 percent in both the North America and European markets since 2008. Sales in Asia, South America, and the Middle East however are up 11 percent collectively since 2008. In 2012, Honda reported sales of 7,948 billion yen or around U.S. $93 billion.

The Future

In mid-2013, Polaris raised guidance for its full year 2013 earnings to a range of $5.20 to $5.30 per diluted share, up 19 percent over 2012 based on expected full year 2013 sales growth of 14 percent. Polaris acquired Indian Motorcycle Company in 2011 and has been focusing on re-launching the Indian brand. The company will soon compete directly with Harley Davidson in the 1400cc heavyweight motorcycle segment, which has a global addressable market of around 214,000 units. However, Polaris has less than one percent global market share in this segment, or just 428 units in 2012. The company is planning to increase Indian’s dealer base from 20 in 2012 to nearly 140 by year-end 2013.

Develop a clear strategic plan for Polaris Industries.

Under Armour, Inc., 2013

www.ua.com , UA

Headquartered in Baltimore, Maryland, Under Armour (UA) was founded in 1996 by a former University of Maryland football player who desired a t-shirt that would whisk away perspiration rather than get soggy wet. The company has grown to be one of the most sought after brands among athletes around the world, being worn by some of the largest U.S. college football and European soccer teams. Colleges such as the Maryland Terrapins, Auburn Tigers, South Carolina Gamecocks, and many more have contracts with UA to outfit their teams. English soccer team Tottenham Hotspur, Greek team Aris F.C., and Mexican club Deportivo Toluca F.C. all are outfitted by UA. Mega stars such as Tom Brady, Cam Newton, Bryce Harper, Michael Phelps, and many more, all sponsor and market UA products.

UA designs, develops, markets, and distributes apparel, footwear, and accessories for men, women, and children worldwide. The company offers apparel in three styles: compression, fitted, and loose and designed to be worn in hot, cold, or normal weather. Footwear products include cleats for most all sports, running and basketball shoes, and even hunting boots. Accessories include gloves for football, baseball, golf, socks, and team uniforms. UA’s moisture-wicking fabrications are engineered in many different designs and styles for wear in nearly every climate to provide a performance alternative to traditional products. Its products are sold worldwide and worn by athletes at all levels, from youth to professional, on playing fields around the globe. UA’s European headquarters are in Amsterdam’s Olympic Stadium, with additional offices in Denver, Hong Kong, Toronto, and Guangzhou, China. With about 1,800 employees, UA distributes its products through specialty retailers, department stores, outlet stores, and institutional athletic departments.

For the second quarter of 2013 that ended June 30, 2013, UA reported that revenues increased 23 percent to $455 million while the company’s net income increased 163 percent to $18 million compared to the prior year’s period. The company’s apparel revenues increased 23 percent to $310 million, primarily driven by a new baselayer product and the expansion of the Storm and Charged Cotton products. The company’s second quarter footwear revenues increased 21 percent to $82 million, spurred by the Highlight football cleat and the UA Spine platform. UA’s Q2 2013 accessories revenues increased 30 percent to $51 million, primarily driven by headwear. For the quarter, UA’s Direct-to-Consumer revenues represented 30 percent of total net revenues and grew 29 percent year-over-year. The company’s Women’s category is doing well with its new Studio and ArmourBra products, and the Spine running footwear is doing well.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

At age 23, Kevin Plank developed a new t-shirt in his grandmother’s basement in Washington D.C. after noticing that his compression shorts always stayed dry, but t-shirts had to be changed frequently because they became sweat soaked. This observation led Plank to create a new compression t-shirt that whisked away sweat. After graduating, Plank provided this t-shirt to his former teammates who were playing in the National Football League (NFL). After positive reviews, UA had t-shirt orders totaling $100,000 in 1997. UA’s first big break came when USA Today pictured Oakland Raiders quarterback Jeff George wearing UA apparel. In late 1997, Georgia Tech asked for 10 shirts, ultimately leading to deals with Georgia Tech, Arizona State, and North Carolina State universities.

In the 2000s, UA expanded rapidly after outfitting Warner Brothers with apparel for two films, and an advertisement placed in ESPN Magazine generated $750,000 in sales. In 2003, UA became the outfitter of the now defunct XFL football league and launched its first TV advertisement with the motto “Protect this House.”

UA recently opened specialty stores, including a 6,000-square foot store in Illinois and has opened factory outlet stores in 34 states. In 2011, the company purchased 400,000 square feet of office space for $60.5 million. UA has new contracts with the NFL, National Basketball Association (NBA), and Major League Baseball (MLB) to produce footwear, apparel, and accessories. Many European football teams such as Trottenham Hotspur and other rugby teams are outfitted with UA products. None of UA’s 5,900 employees are members of a union, and 1,900 are full-time.

Internal Issues

UA owns no fabric or process patents. Thus, UA competitors can manufacture and sell products very similar to UA products. UA’s success thus hinges a lot on their brand image, trademarks, and copyrights.

Vision and Mission

Regarding UA’s vision, CEO Plank recently said:

  • Our investments illustrate our commitment to realizing our long-term vision of one day having our Women’s business larger than Men’s, Footwear larger than Apparel, and our International business larger than our U.S. business.

Organizational Structure

UA reportedly operates under four geographic segments: (1) North America, (2) Europe, the Middle East, and Africa (EMEA), (3) Asia, and (4) Latin America. However, from its organization structure revealed in Exhibit 1, it appears the company is structured divisionally by product.

Marketing

EXHIBIT 1 Under Armour’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

UA’s marketing expenses were $205.4 million in 2012, up from $167.9 million the prior year. But these marketing expenses were 11.2 percent of revenues, down from 11.4 percent the prior year. UA’s advertising expenditures in 2012 and 2011 were $205.4 million and $167.9 million respectively. UA develops and markets products primarily for use in athletics, fitness, and any outdoor activities. UA attempts to drive demand through brand equity and increasing consumer awareness of its superior product. UA’s growth is largely dependent on sales from Dick’s Sporting Goods, The Sports Authority, and Foot Locker, which have store-within-a-store sales channels. However, UA has been making great strides selling its products directly to consumers, with 29 percent of revenue in 2012 coming from direct sales. UA has the brand strength to attract many consumers to more profitable channels. However, 69 percent of 2012 revenue was from wholesale, and 2 percent from licenses.

A key strategy for UA is securing endorsement of its products from high-performing athletes who have significant influence in the NFL, NBA, MLB, and even high school teams. Many sports stars such as Cam Newton and Tom Brady endorse and wear UA products. It is UA’s belief that this strategy is the best possible way to advertise its products because many fans become familiar with UA products seeing them worn by high-performing athletes on a year round basis. In addition to focusing on the large-market leagues, UA also focuses on brand authenticity from a more grassroots level. By hosting camps, clinics, and other activities for young athletes, it is able to gain a firsthand appreciation for UA’s product quality and brand equity.

UA uses broadcast, print, and social media outlets to promote the firm’s product. UA also engages in acquiring prime real estate in the 25,000 major retail stores worldwide in which their products are sold, as well as operating outlet stores in 34 different states. UA products are sold throughout the world. New UA products in 2012 included UA Studio line, the Armour Bra, cold-back technology, UA Spine footwear, and UA scent control technology.

“The biggest, baddest brand on the planet, bar none.” That’s how founder and CEO Plank likes to describe his vision for what UA can ultimately become. Plank and his team are excellent marketers; the company’s blood-pumping ads resonate with athletes and those who aspire to become athletes. UA’s bold logo and brash and edgy marketing campaigns inspire movement and physical fitness, positioning the company well within the healthier lifestyle megatrend. Plank and his team relish their underdog image versus big rival firms; they love to operate within and promote an “us-versus-them” philosophy. This competitive fire has served UA well and has encapsulated many athletes and fans.

UA has 102 factory house stores in North America, mostly located in the eastern USA. UA opened its first factory house store in Canada in 2012.

Finance

In late 2012, UA has an impressive annual growth rate of 34 percent since 2005, has a market cap of $4.32 billion, and a price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio of 49.4, above the S&P 500 P/E ratio of 17.7. UA shares were up 44.6 percent year-to-date as of December 20, 2012. Strong financially, UA has used zero of its $300 million revolving credit facility at the end of September 2012. UA’s debt-to-equity ratio is low at 0.10. UA has a quick ratio of 1.84 and has improved its earnings per share by 22.7 percent in the most recent quarter compared to the same quarter a year ago. UA does not pay dividends, preferring to reinvest all earnings back into the firm.

UA expects 2012 net revenues of approximately $1.82 billion, representing growth of 24 percent over 2011, and 2012 operating income of approximately $207 million, representing growth of 27 percent over 2011. Plank says: “I am proud of what our team has accomplished so far this year and we are well positioned for growth in 2013 and beyond. I emphasize ‘team’, as we continue to make great strides with the additions of seasoned leadership in Supply Chain, Women’s, and International.”

UA revenues increased 24 percent in the third quarter of 2012 to $575 million compared with net revenues of $466 million in the previous year’s period. Net income increased 25 percent. UA’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 2 and 3, respectively. Note that the company pays no dividends and is performing in an excellent manner.

Segment Data By-Product

Exhibit 4 provides a breakdown of UA’s revenues by product. Note that apparel continues to be the strongest product offered based on net revenues, but footwear and accessories such as bags, hats, and gloves experienced higher percent increases over the most recent fiscal year. License revenues decreased as a result partly of less orders of hats and bags. Seventy-six percent of company revenues are derived from apparel in 2012. Followed by footwear at 13 percent and accessories at 9 percent.

EXHIBIT 2

Under Armour Statements of Income

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2012

2011

2010

Net revenues

$1,834,921

$1,472,684

$1,063,927

Cost of goods sold

955,624

759,848

533,420

   Gross profit

879,297

712,836

530,507

Selling, general and administrative expenses

670,602

550,069

418,152

   Income from operations

208,695

162,767

112,355

Interest expense, net

(5,183)

(3,841)

(2,258)

Other expense, net

(73)

(2,064)

(1,178)

   Income before income taxes

203,439

156,862

108,919

Provision for income taxes

74,661

59,943

40,442

   Net income

$128,778

$96,919

$68,477

Net income available per common share

 

 

 

Basic

$1.23

$0.94

$0.67

Diluted

$1.21

$0.92

$0.67

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

 

 

Basic

104,343

103,140

101,595

Diluted

106,380

105,052

102,563

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 49.

EXHIBIT 3 Under Armour Balance Sheets

Under Armour, Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2011

Assets

 

 

Current assets

 

 

   Cash and cash equivalents

$341,841

$175,384

   Accounts receivable, net

175,524

134,043

   Inventories

319,286

324,409

   Prepaid expenses and other current assets

43,896

39,643

   Deferred income taxes

23,051

16,184

      Total current assets

903,598

689,663

Property and equipment, net

180,850

159,135

Intangible assets, net

4,483

5,535

Deferred income taxes

22,606

15,885

Other long-term assets

45,546

48,992

      Total assets

$1,157,083

$919,210

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

   Accounts payable

$143,689

$100,527

   Accrued expenses

85,077

69,285

   Current maturities of long-term debt

9,132

6,882

   Other current liabilities

14,330

6,913

      Total current liabilities

252,228

183,607

Long-term debt, net of current maturities

52,757

70,842

Other long-term liabilities

35,176

28,329

      Total liabilities

340,161

282,778

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

 

   Class A Common Stock, $0.0003 1/3 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2012 and 2011; 83,461,106 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 80,992,252 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

28

27

   Class B Convertible Common Stock, $0.0003 1/3 par value; 21,300,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31,2012 and 22,500,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011.

Additional paid-in capital

321,338

268,206

Retained earnings

493,181

366,164

Accumulated other comprehensive income

2,368

2,028

      Total stockholders’ equity

816,922

636,432

      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$1,157,083

$919,210

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 48

Apparel is offered in many styles and fits to cover most any environment condition. Apparel is specifically engineered to replace traditional nonperformance fabrics and replace them with the most cutting edge products available. UA currently has three gear lines that achieve the designed purpose of having a sophisticated apparel option for all weather conditions. The three products are marketed under HEATGEAR, designed for hot weather, COLDGEAR, designed for cold temperatures, and ALLSEASONGEAR, designed for between the extremes. In addition to the three temperature ratings, all products also come in three fit types: compression (tight fit), fitted (athletic fit), and loose (relaxed). All UA appeal products are designed to whisk water away from the wearer to keep them as dry and comfortable as possible in any temperature or type of activity.

UA expanded into offering footwear in 2006 and today makes footwear for virtually all sports including running and even hunting boots. Like the traditional shirts, footwear offerings are designed to cushion and manage moisture. In 2011, UA began to sell hats and bags in house; these products were previously provided by a licensee. Other accessories developed and now marketed by UA include gloves for football, baseball, golf, and running as well as mouth guards, socks, and eye wear.

Segment Data By Region

EXHIBIT 4 UA Segment Data by Product

 

Year Ended December 31 (in Thousands),

 

 

 

 

Percent Change

 

2012

2011

2010

2012

2011

Apparel

$1,385,350

$1,122,031

$853,493

23.5%

31.5%

Footwear

238,955

181,684

127,175

31.5

42.9

Accessories

165,835

132,400

43,882

25.3

201

Total net sales

1,790,140

1,436,115

1,024,550

24.7

40.2

License revenues

44,781

36,569

39,377

22.5

(7.1)

Total revenues

1,834,921

$1,472,684

$1,063,927

24.6%

38.4%

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 29.

Exhibit 5 reveals UA’s recent revenues and operating profits for the North American and international markets. UA reports revenues in four distinct geographic regions: (1) North America, (2) EMEA, (3) Asia, and (4) Latin America. Each geographic segment operates in the same manner, to design, develop, market, and distribute UA products. Note that only 6 percent of UA revenues were derived from international markets so the company combines all these countries into one segment for reporting reasons. UA acknowledges that the trend in performance products is becoming increasingly global with a bright future, but 6 percent so far leaves tremendous upside for the company.

UA’s North American segment includes about 18,000 retail stores; UA also owns 80 outlet stores located in 34 different states. The company’s two largest customers are Dick’s Sporting Goods and The Sports Authority. In addition to selling to the public, UA earns income from the sale of uniforms and practice gear to high school, college, and professional teams.

In EMEA, UA products are sold in approximately 4,000 retail outlet stores. European football teams that wear UA gear reside in many European nations including the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, and Spain among others. First division rugby clubs in France, Ireland Italy, and the United Kingdom also wear UA products. Products in Europe are currently distributed out of The Netherlands.

Since 2002, UA has enjoyed a licensing agreement with Dome Corp., which produces and sells UA products in Japan, which are all tailored for Japanese consumers’ specific taste. Products are sold in more than 2,500 specialty stores in Japan, as well as to several professional soccer and baseball games in Japan. Also in Asia, products are sold in both Australia and New Zealand, and in 2011, UA’s first specialty store opened in Shanghai, China. Latin American customers are provided UA products through independent distributors but more commonly are served through distribution facilities in the USA. Only 6 percent of UA’s 2012 revenues were generated from outside North America. The company does have two specialty stores in Shanghai, China. About 55 percent of the fabric used in UA products comes from suppliers in China, Malaysia, Mexico, Taiwan, and Vietnam. UA has 27 manufacturers in 14 countries.

Competition

UA has unique branding of a fabric to whisk away water from the body, but competitors such as Nike and Adidas have copied UA’s designs and technology. The fabrics UA uses are not unique to them, and it does not control any patents on fabrics or processes. It is all about branding for UA. Because firms such as Nike and Adidas have much larger resources to draw on, competing long term may be difficult for UA, but so far the firm is doing well. In addition, competing for floor space at large retailers is difficult because many stores have their own store brands, in addition to private label brands, all competing for floor space.

EXHIBIT 5 UA Segment Data by Geographic Region

 

Year Ended December 31 (in Thousands),

 

2012

2011

2010

Percent Change

Net Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

North America

$1,726,733

$1,383,346

$997,816

38.6%

 

Other Foreign Countries

108,188

89,338

66,111

35.1%

 

Total Net Revenues

1,834,921

1,472,684

1,063,927

38.4%

 

Operating Profits

 

 

 

2012

2011

North America

$197,194

$150,559

$102,806

31.0%

46.4%

Other Foreign Countries

11,501

12,208

9,549

(5.8)

27.8

Total Operating Profit

208,695

162,767

112,355

28.2

44.9

Source: 2012 Form 10K, p. 33.

Exhibit 6 provides some comparative information for UA and rival firms. Note that in terms of revenue UA is about the size of Columbia Sportswear, but Nike and Adidas are both more than 10 times the size of UA. Note also that UA is exceptionally efficient as indicated by its high revenue per employee ratio.

EXHIBIT 6 Comparative Information for Sports Apparel Firms

 

Under Armour

Adidas

Columbia Sportswear

Nike

Number of Employees

1.9K

39.9K

4.1K

40K

Net Income ($)

98.9M

922M

94.6M

2.2B

Revenue ($)

1.54B

17.1B

1.7B

24B

Revenue ($)/Employee

855K

429K

414K

600K

EPS Ratio ($)

0.95

2.20

2.78

4.73

Market Cap.

5.2B

15.3B

1.8B

42.6B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company documents.

Nike

Headquartered in Beaverton, Oregon, Nike is the largest apparel and footwear provider for men, women, and children worldwide. Nike outfits athletes globally in virtually every sport, including running, basketball, football, soccer, golf, and many more. In addition to apparel and footwear, Nike also produces golf clubs, athletic bags, gloves, footballs, bats, and much more. Nike owns brands such as Converse, Chuck Taylor, and All Star to name a few.

Nike reported in 2011 that 42 percent of revenues derived from U.S. operations, where the company sells its products in a wide range of mediums from retail stores, its Internet site, 156 Nike factory stores, and tens of thousands of other stores, such as Foot Locker. Nike’s international sales accounted for 58 percent of revenues in 2011 and products are sold in similar ways as in the USA. Nike currently operates 308 factory stores outside the USA. Approximately 67 percent of all Nike North American revenues are derived from footwear, 28 percent from appeal, and only 5 percent from equipment. Nike’s operations in international markets have a similar revenue breakdown by product, making Nike’s primary revenue generator footwear, as opposed to UA being primarily an apparel producer.

Like UA, Nike outfits many professional and major U.S. college teams with their gear. Notable teams wearing Nike gear include the University of Oregon, Penn State University, and The University of Alabama. Nike has stars such as Michael Jordan, LeBron James, and Tiger Woods serving as spokespersons to help in promoting the brand. Late in 2012, Nike sold its Cole Haan handbag and shoe brand to private equity firm Apax Partners for $570 million and also sold its Umbro football brand to Iconix Brand Group for $225 million.

Adidas AG

Headquartered in Herzogenaurach, Germany, Adidas AG develops and produces a wide range of athletic appear, footwear, and accessories and operates in six business segments: wholesale, retail, TaylorMade-Adidas Golf, Rockport, Reebok-CCM Hockey, as well as other brands. Adidas sells its products through retail stores, the Internet, and through 2,401 company-owned stores worldwide. The company most closely competes with UA with its sport performance line of apparel that is modeled after UA fabrics to help keep athletes dry and comfortable for the duration of their activity.

Adidas currently has a contract with the NBA to outfit all teams with apparel, and in addition, Adidas outfits some or the largest European football clubs with apparel. Adidas employs many of soccer’s biggest starts to market their products, such as Frank Lampard, Steven Gerrard, and Micheal Ballack. Tennis stars endorsing Adidas include Andy Murray, Justine Henin, Marcos Baghdatis, and many more. Andy Murray is Adidas’s highest paid spokesman with a five-year contract worth $24.5 million.

Adidas had sales of more than 13 billion euros in 2011, an 11-percent increase from the previous year, with every reporting segment enjoying larger revenues than the previous fiscal year. The retail and TaylorMade-Adidas Golf segments enjoyed the largest percent increases at 20 and 16 percent, respectively.

Columbia Sportswear Company

Headquartered in Portland, Oregon, Columbia’s trademark Bugaboo parka with weatherproof shell competes with some UA products, as does Columbia’s performance apparel for a variety of activities and Columbia’s sportswear accessories, boots, and rugged footwear, sold under brands Columbia, Mountain Hardwear, Sorel, and Montrail. Columbia brands are used globally during outdoor activities, such as skiing, snowboarding, hiking, climbing, camping, hunting, fishing, running, and the like. Columbia operates about 50 outlet retail stores and 10 branded retail stores in the USA, as well as 10 in Europe, 2 outlet stores in Canada, and about 300 stores in Japan and Korea. Thousands of other stores sell Columbia products globally, including even Dick’s Sporting Goods and The Sports Authority that UA counts on most.

External Issues

Economic Factors

The apparel industry has a mediocre outlook given weak economies in which consumers are faced with less discretionary income. Items expected to maintain strong sales are those that are well differentiated from competing products, where consumers value the extra features and are less price sensitive to products they deem necessary. More luxury items in both sporting activities are expected to have modest growth. In 2011, the apparel industry reported sales up 5.9 percent over 2010, however much of this gain was the result of inflation and the rising prices of commodities such as cotton, increased labor wages overseas, and increased freight fees. Nevertheless, the S&P Apparel Retail Index rose 22 percent versus a 12-percent increase for the S&P 1500 Index from March 2011 to March 2012. The S&P Footwear Index rose only 11.5 percent during this same time frame.

Apparel sales totaling $77.7 billion was imported into the USA in 2011, up nearly 9 percent from 2010. Approximately 38 percent of all apparel imported came from China. The apparel industry is extremely fragmented with many firms competing for the same customers. For example, the top 10 national brands only account for 16 percent of wholesale apparel sales in the USA with 84 percent of apparel distributed coming from smaller brands and store brand goods. Women’s segment has traditionally accounted for significantly more sales at 55 percent. Men only accounted for 28 percent and children 17 percent of apparel sales in 2011.

The footwear industry grew at a slower rate than apparel in 2011. Fashion footwear accounted for 48 percent of total footwear sales, with performance footwear accounting for 27 percent, sports footwear 13 percent, outdoor footwear 8 percent, and work and safety foot-wear 4 percent. Fashion and sports footwear are expected to be the most significant areas of growth moving forward as people look to improve their fashion looks and the growing health-minded concerns of the public.

Technological Changes

Nike was one of the first companies to understand the importance of producing better sporting apparel and footwear for athletes, when Phillip Knight and his track coach Bill Bowerman developed a better shoe for members of the University of Oregon track team. Since the 1960s, there have been many developments and improvements in shoe and apparel design away from the traditional cotton sweat suit and basic tennis shoe. Today, apparel hugs the body and insulates the wearer from cold and keeps them cool from hot. Shoes can be synced to computers to determine performance and impact points for the runner and t-shirt fabrics can even help manage odors. These types of technological offerings keep customers purchasing new items and can create intense competition and brand loyalty.

Where to Produce

China has historically been the low-cost alternative for apparel firms when selection a nation for the production of their products. In 2011 alone, 38 percent of all apparel imports and 74 percent of all footwear imports into the USA came from China. However, with rising production costs, higher wages in China, increased transportation costs and less control over quality, Chinese imports may be waning in the eyes of large U.S. apparel corporations in favor of facilities in Mexico and the Caribbean. UA currently produces many of their items in Mexico and enjoys quicker turnaround and more quality control than some rival firms who import a large percentage of their inventory from China.

The Future

UA needs considerably more global presence to gain economies of scale versus its large rival firms. Increasing downward pressure on prices could necessitate that UA effectively expand globally. The primary strategic issue facing UA therefore is how and when and where to expand globally. Other secondary strategic issues facing UA include whether to diversify into other accessory items to reduce the firm’s reliance on apparel and whether to increase its expenditures on R&D to keep pace with changing technological advancements in the apparel industry. UA is strong financially, which does enable the firm to make strategic acquisitions as needed, so the firm should identify potential acquisition candidates around the world. Effective global expansion is an important key to UA’s growth and prosperity in the future. Even South America, Central America, Mexico, and Australia are all sports-minded areas in which UA products should be well received. Perhaps what UA needs most is to fulfill CEO Plank’s vision: “Our long-term vision is to one day have our Women’s business larger than Men’s, our Footwear business larger than Apparel, and our International business larger than our USA business.”

Prepare a five-year strategic plan for CEO Plank to fulfill his vision for UA.

Avon Products, Inc., 2013

www.avon.com , AVP

Headquartered in New York City, Avon is one of the world’s largest direct-seller firms, and is by far the largest direct seller of cosmetics and beauty-related items. Avon is the fifth-largest cosmetics and fragrance firm in the world. The company receives sales from catalogs and a website, but the vast majority of its sales come from its 6.4 million independent sales representatives in some 110 countries. These women are all independent contractors. Avon has 39,100 employees, but only 4,800 are employed in the USA. Since 1892, Avon has been on the forefront of empowering women to be their own boss and be independent and become leaders in communities and business.

Avon products include cosmetics, fragrances, toiletries, jewelry, apparel, home furnishings, watches, footwear, children’s products, skin care, and gift and decorative products, nutritional products, housewares, and entertainment and leisure products. Avon owns and sells Silpada jewelry. A few well-recognized company brand names include Avon Color, ANEW, Skin-So-Soft, Advance Techniques, and mark. Although a large U.S. iconic corporation, Avon is struggling today to recover from poor management strategies that led to CEO Jung resigning over global bribery investigations. The direct-selling business model has waned in the USA, but it is effective in many emerging economies globally. Avon obtains 85 percent of its revenue from outside the USA. Millions of motivated direct sellers in many countries is Avon’s key competitive advantage going forward, but the company needs a clear strategic plan.

Avon reported a loss of $38.2 million in 2012 compared to a net income of $517.8 million the prior year. Avon’s second-quarter 2013 net income declined 48 percent but that was above Wall Street expectations and so Avon’s stock price hit a new high for the year. Avon has made an offer to settle its overseas bribery allegations for $12 million; the offer has been rejected by U.S. authorities. Avon’s beauty products earned $31.9 million for Q2, down from $61.6 million a year ago. Revenue slipped 2 percent to $2.51 billion due to currency rates and North American sales. Avon’s sales in North America during Q2 2013 declined 12 percent, hurt by a 13 percent drop in the number of active sales representatives. Avon’s Asia-Pacific sales fell 9 percent, but the company’s sales in Latin America and Europe, the Middle East and Africa rose. For the quarter, Avon’s prices rose and their average order size increased.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

David McConnell started a business in 1886 that eventually came to be named Avon Products. A traveling book salesman, McConnell did not originally intend to create a beauty company, but he realized that his female customers were far more interested in the free perfume samples he offered than in his books. McConnell had also noticed that many of his female customers were isolated at home while their husbands went off to work. So, McConnell purposely recruited female sales representatives and believed they had a natural ability to network with and market to other women. At a time of limited employment options for women, the Avon earnings opportunity for women historically was a revolutionary concept for mankind. It marked the start of the company’s long and rich history of empowering women around the globe.

In 1892, McConnell changed the company name when his business partner, who was living in California, suggested that he name his business the California Perfume Company, because of the great abundance of flowers in California. In 1916, the California Perfume Company was incorporated in the state of New York and filed its first trademark application for Avon on June 3, 1932. The document described the company’s goods and services as perfumes, toilet waters, powder and rouge compacts, lipsticks, and other toiletry products.

Avon entered the Chinese market in 1990, but legal changes in 1998 forced Avon to sell only through physical stores called Beauty Boutiques. The company received China’s first license for direct selling in 2006. Avon purchased Silpada, a direct seller of silver jewelry, in 2010 for $650 million. Brazil is the company’s largest market, passing the USA in 2010. Avon closed its Atlanta distribution center in 2013 and is closing its Pasadena distribution center in 2014. Avon’s revenue dropped 5 percent to $10.72 billion in 2012.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Avon has stated vision and mission statements on its corporate website. Avon’s vision is: “To be the company that best understands and satisfies the product, service and self-fulfillment needs of women—globally.” Avon’s mission statement is quite lengthy, but in summary it says: Avon’s mission is focused on six core aspirations the company continually strives to achieve: (1) leader in global beauty, (2) women’s choice for buying, (3) premier direct-selling company, (4) most-admired company, (5) best place to work, and (6) to have the largest foundation dedicated to women’s causes.

Marketing and R&D

Avon uses both door-to-door sales people (“Avon ladies,” primarily, but a growing number of men) and brochures to advertise its products. Avon training centers help women who want to become Avon representatives selling beauty products, jewelry, accessories, and clothing. The Avon training centers have a small retail section with skin care products, such as creams, serums, makeup, and washes. There are classroom areas in which the representatives learn about the products and sales techniques. Avon representative are each independent sole proprietors running their own business.

Avon spent $253.6 million on advertising in 2012, down from $311.2 million the prior year. Avon spent $75.2 million on R&D in 2012, down from $77.7 million the prior year. Avon’s primary R&D facility is located in Suffern, New York.

Sustainability and Philanthropy

Avon has extensive information on its corporate website about its sustainability and philanthropy programs and operations. Avon is a huge advocate for women’s rights and works tirelessly through its Foundation for Women to combat violence against women, breast cancer, and more. For example the recent 10th Annual New York Avon Walk for Breast Cancer raised more than $8.3 million. Avon is also on a mission to help prevent deforestation worldwide.

Founded in 1955, the Avon Foundation for Women is the largest corporate-affiliated philanthropic organization for women in the world. Avon has always been committed to helping women achieve their highest potential of economic opportunity and self-fulfillment by empowering them through scholarships and support for other forms of educational and occupational training and advancement. The Avon Foundation awards scholarships for Avon Sales Representatives and their families, as well as for the children of Avon associates. The Avon Foundation is currently focused on two key causes: breast cancer and domestic violence. The foundation approved $38 million in grants in 2011. In 2012, Avon launched its first global fundraising drive.

Organizational Structure

Avon’s CEO is Sheri McCoy, who previously was a top executive at Johnson & Johnson. The former Avon CEO, Andrea Jung, was the longest-tenured female CEO among Fortune 500 companies. Jung stepped down as CEO in April 2012 and relinquished her Avon board seat at year-end 2012.

As indicated in Exhibit 1, Avon operates from a divisional-by-geographic region organizational structure. Note there is no chief operations officer (COO) so apparently all top executives report to the CEO. In fact, there has been no COO at Avon since 2006, a potential strategic mistake by CEO Jung (and McCoy).

EXHIBIT 1 Avon’s Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company information.

EXHIBIT 2 Avon’s Revenue and Profits By Region

Years ended December 31

2012

2011

2010

 

Total Revenue

Operating Profit (Loss)

Total Revenue

Operating Profit (Loss)

Total Revenue

Operating Profit

Latin America

$4,993.7

$443.9

$5,161.8

$634.0

$4,640.0

$613.3

Europe, Middle East & Africa

2,914.2

312.8

3,122.8

478.9

3,047.9

474.3

North America

1,906.8

(214.9)

2,064.6

(188.0)

2,193.5

147.3

Asia Pacific

902.4

5.1

942.4

81.4

981.4

82.6

Total from operations

10,717.1

546.9

11,291.6

1,006.3

10,862.8

1,317.5

Global and other expenses

(232.1)

(151.7)

(244.4)

Total

$10,717.1

$314.8

$11,291.6

$854.6

$10,862.8

$1,073.1

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 33.

Segments

Comparing 2012 to 2011, Avon’s geographic results are provided in Exhibit 2. Note the percent revenue decline in every geographic region, although a few particular countries with regions reported increases.

Avon’s reportable segments are sometimes noted to be: (a) beauty, (b) fashion, and (c) home. Beauty consists of color cosmetics, fragrances, skin care, and personal care. Fashion consists of fashion jewelry, watches, apparel, footwear, accessories, and children’s products. Home consists of gift and decorative products, housewares, entertainment and leisure products, and nutritional products. Avon’s sales in its Beauty, Fashion, and Home segments decreased 5, 5, and 4 percent respectively in 2012 from the prior year. For 2012, the Beauty segment accounted for 72 percent of company sales, followed by Fashion at 18 percent and Home at 10 percent. Specifically within the Beauty segment, 2012 Fragrance, Color, Skincare, and Personal Care revenues were down 4, 6, 7, and 6 percent respectively.

Finance

Avon’s cash dividends paid out dropped to $0.75 per share in 2012 from $0.92 the prior year. The company’s long-term debt increased to $2.62 billion from $2.45 billion the prior year.

Avon’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 3 and 4, respectively. Note that Avon’s revenue and net income decreased in 2012.

Competitors

As indicated in Exhibit 3, Avon’s earnings per share (EPS) and profit margin are negative. L’Oreal leads the beauty industry, but other firms also compete with Avon, especially Mary Kay, Revlon, Estee Lauder, Coty, and Procter & Gamble. A synopsis of some of these rival firms is provided.

EXHIBIT 3 Avon versus Rival Firms

 

Avon

L’Oreal

Revlon

Number of Employees

39.1K

68.3K

5.2K

Revenue ($)

10.7B

27.7B

1.4B

Net income ($)

(42.5)M

3.36B

40.6M

Profit Margin (%)

12.1

2.9

Revenue ($)/employee

273K

406K

269K

EPS

1.12

0.78

Market capitalization

10.5B

83.1B

775.9M

EPS, earnings per share.

L’Oreal SA

Headquartered in France, L’Oreal is a large, global, cosmetic conglomerate with annual sales of about $30 billion and net income of about $3.5 billion. L’Oreal is structured into three segments: (1) Cosmetics, (2) The Body Shop, and (3) Dermatology. The Cosmetics unit is divided into four sectors: Consumer Products, Professional Products, Luxury Products, and Active Cosmetics. Consumer Products are marketed under L’Oreal Paris, Garnier, Maybelline New York (Maybelline NY), and Softsheen-Carson brands. Professional Products, including hair care products for use by professional hairdressers, are marketed under Kerastase, Redken, Matrix, and L’Oreal Professionnel. Luxury Products are sold under such international brands as Lancome, Diesel, Giorgio Armani, and Cacharel among others. Active Cosmetics, which consists of products under Vichy and La Roche Posay brands, are for sale mainly in pharmacies. The Body Shop segment is focused on cosmetics on the basis of natural ingredients. The Dermatology segment consists of Galderma, a joint venture between L’Oreal and Nestle.

Mary Kay, Inc.

Headquartered in Addison (outside of Dallas), Texas, Mary Kay is a privately-owned cosmetic and fragrance direct-selling company. Mary Kay is the sixth-largest direct selling company in the world, with annual sales of about $3 billion. Mary Kay’s business model is similar to the Avon business model. Founded by Mary Kay Ash in 1963, the company is famous for its pink Cadillacs, given to high-selling representatives. Richard Rogers, Mary Kay’s son, is the chairman of the board. Mary Kay products are sold in more than 35 markets worldwide, and the global Mary Kay independent sales force exceeds 2.4 million women.

In 1968, Mary Kay Ash purchased the first pink Cadillac and had it repainted to match the Mountain Laurel Blush in the Mary Kay compact. Since the Cadillac program’s inception, more than 100,000 independent sales force members have qualified for the use of a Career Car or elected the cash compensation option. GM estimates that it has built 100,000 pink Cadillacs for Mary Kay. For 2012, high-sellers may select other Career Cars, including the Chevrolet Malibu, Chevrolet Equinox, Toyota Camry, and the Cadillac CTS, SRX, and Escalade Hybrid—or most recently, a black Ford Mustang.

Estee Lauder Companies, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Estee Lauder has sales of about $10 billion annually and income of about $1 billion. Estee Lauder manufactures and markets skin care, makeup, fragrance, and hair care products. The company’s products are sold in more than 150 countries and territories under a number of brand names, including Estee Lauder, Aramis, Clinique, Origins, M.A.C, Bobbi Brown, La Mer, and Aveda. The company is also the global licensee for fragrances or cosmetics sold under brand names, such as Tommy Hilfiger, Donna Karan, Michael Kors, Tom Ford, and Coach. The company sells its products at more than 30,000 points of sale, consisting of upscale department stores, specialty retailers, upscale perfumeries and pharmacies, and prestige salons and spas.

Revlon, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Revlon is a cosmetics leader with brands such as Almay and Revlon ColorSilk hair color, Mitchum antiperspirants and deodorants, Charlie and Jean Naté fragrances, and Ultima II and Gatineau skin care products. Revlon’s beauty aids are distributed in more than 100 countries, though the USA is its largest market, generating about 55 percent of sales. Walmart is Revlon’s biggest single customer, accounting for some 22 percent of sales.

Revlon manufactures, markets, and sells cosmetics, women’s hair color, beauty tools, anti-perspirant deodorants, fragrances, skin care, and other beauty care products. Revlon products are sold and marketed under brand names, such as Revlon, including the Revlon ColorStay, Revlon Super Lustrous, and Revlon Age Defying franchises; Almay, including the Almay Intense i-Color and Almay Smart Shade franchises; Sinful Colors in cosmetics; Revlon ColorSilk in women’s hair color; Revlon in beauty tools; Mitchum in antiperspirant deodorants; Charlie and Jean Nate in fragrances, and Ultima II and Gatineau. Revlon also owns certain assets of Sinful Colors cosmetics, Wild and Crazy cosmetics, freshMinerals cosmetics, and freshcover cosmetics.

Coty, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Coty is one of the world’s leading makers of beauty products for men and women. Led by CEO Bernd Beetz, Coty is a $4.1 billion beauty company, and the biggest seller of nail care, nail polish, and fragrances in the USA. Sarah Jessica Parker, Jennifer Lopez, Celine Dion, Gwen Stefani, Katy Perry, and Thomas Dutronc are several celebrities that promote Coty. Founder of the company, François Coty created his first perfume, La Rose Jacqueminot, in 1904.

Coty’s product lineup today ranges from moderately priced scents sold globally by mass retailers to prestige fragrances and nail polishes found in department stores. Coty’s brands include adidas, philosophy, Rimmel, and Sally Hansen. Cody’s prestige perfume labels are led by Calvin Klein. Coty’s shimmery blue nail polish and Lady Gaga’s perfume are high-selling products. Thomas Dutronc is the face of Coty’s new Cerruti fragrance for men that was launched in the Spring 2013.

Coty’s Rimmel Scandaleyes mascara, which debuted in early 2012, is another big seller. Over-the-top lashes are hot these days because false eye lashes have made a comeback and are “almost mainstream.” Promotional material for Scandaleyes urges women to “ditch those falsies.” Mascara makers today compete with eyelash lengthening drugs such as Latisse.

Nail care generated $735 million in sales in U.S. discount stores, pharmacy chains, and supermarkets in 2011, up 6.5 percent from 2010. Lipstick sales rise even as a nation’s economy falters, partly because the economy has put the consumer in charge of her own beauty treatments without having to go to the nail bar. Sally Hansen Salon Effects nail polish strips also brings “nail art,” which has been trending at beauty salons nationwide, to everyday drugstore shoppers at a mere $8 to $10. Vivienne Rudd, head of beauty and personal care for market research firm Mintel, says “the nail-art trend is largely being driven by younger shoppers; it takes a little courage to wear stripes and spots.” Still, women of all ages are experimenting with the strips as they look for inexpensive fun.

Overall, nail care product sales have been booming in today’s shaky economic climate. Women have been skipping the salon and playing at-home manicurist, whereas consumer products companies have been injecting innovation into the business with products like Salon Effects and the hologram, crackle, and magnetic nail finishes on the market, analysts say. The strips are available in funky prints and patterns such as leopard, florals, and tie dye.

EXHIBIT 4 Avon’s Recent Income Statement (in millions)

 

%Change

 

 

 

 

2012 vs. 2011 vs.

 

2012

2011

2010

2011

2010

Total revenue

$10,717.1

$11,291.6

$10,862.8

(5)%

4%

Cost of sales

4,169.3

4,148.6

4,041.3

−%

3%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

5,980.0

6,025.4

5,748.4

(1)%

5%

Impairment of goodwill and intangible asset

253.0

263.0

(4)%

*

Operating profit

314.8

854.6

1,073.1

(63)%

(20)%

Interest expense

104.3

92.9

87.1

12%

7%

Interest income

(15.1)

(16.5)

(14.0)

(8)%

18%

Other expense, net

7.0

35.6

54.6

(80)%

(35)%

Net (loss) income attributable to Avon

(42.5)

513.6

606.3

(108)%

(15)%

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to Avon

$(.10)

$1.18

$1.39

(108)%

(15)%

Advertising expenses

$253.6

$311.2

$400.4

(19)%

(22)%

Gross margin

61.1%

63.3%

62.8%

(2.2)

.5

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 29.

The Future

Avon announced in late 2012 that it is cutting about 1,500 jobs globally and will exit the South Korea and Vietnam markets as part of a turnaround plan. The global beauty industry is growing at the rate of 6 percent, good news for Avon. The company’s current ratio and debt service coverage ratios indicate that it has enough liquidity to survive in the near future, but a clear strategic plan is needed to survive.

The general feeling about Avon is negative because of the sliding profits, four-year pending legal probe related to bribery and ineffective business strategies. However, Avon has a popular global brand with a high market share in emerging markets. Although door-to-door selling may be an outdated business model in the USA, direct selling remains effective in emerging markets such as Brazil. Direct selling grew about 30 percent between 2006 and 2012 into a $150 billion global market. Many of the more than 100 countries in which Avon competes do not have good retail infrastructure, so Avon’s 6.5 million person global sales force is its biggest advantage over its competitors. Avon’s stock price hit a 52-week high in June 2013 of $24.30.

EXHIBIT 5 Avon’s Balance Sheets

 

December 31,

(In millions, except per share data)

2012

2011

Assets

 

 

Current Assets

 

 

Cash, including cash equivalents of $762.9 and $623.7

$ 1,209.6

$ 1,245.1

Accounts receivable (less allowances of $161.4 and $174.5)

751.9

761.5

Inventories

1,135.4

1,161.3

Prepaid expenses and other

832.0

930.9

   Total current assets

$ 3,928.9

$ 4,098.8

Property, plant and equipment, at cost

 

 

Land

66.6

65.4

Buildings and improvements

1,165.9

1,150.4

Equipment

1,479.3

1,493.0

 

2,711.8

2,708.8

Less accumulated depreciation

(1,161.6)

(1,137.3)

 

1,550.2

1,571.5

Goodwill

374.9

473.1

Other intangible assets, net

120.3

279.9

Other assets

1,408.2

1,311.7

   Total assets

$ 7,382.5

$ 7,735.0

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

Current Liabilities

 

 

Debt maturing within one year

$ 572.0

$ 849.3

Accounts payable

920.0

850.2

Accrued compensation

266.6

217.1

Other accrued liabilities

661.0

663.6

Sales and taxes other than income

211.4

212.4

Income taxes

73.6

98.4

   Total current liabilities

2,704.6

2,891.0

Long-term debt

2,623.9

2,459.1

Employee benefit plans

637.6

603.0

Long-term income taxes

52.0

67.0

Other liabilities

131.1

129.7

   Total liabilities

$ 6,149.2

$ 6,149.8

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

Common stock, par value $.25 – authorized 1,500 shares; issued 746.7 and 744.9 shares

$ 188.3

$ 187.3

Additional paid-in capital

2,119.6

2,077.7

Retained earnings

4,357.8

4,726.1

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

(876.7)

(854.4)

Treasury stock, at cost (314.5 and 314.1 shares)

(4,571.9)

(4,566.3)

   Total Avon shareholders’ equity

1,217.1

1,570.4

Noncontrolling interests

16.2

14.8

   Total shareholders’ equity

$ 1,233.3

$ 1,585.2

   Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

$ 7,382.5

$ 7,735.0

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. F5.

Exxon Mobil Corporation, 2013

www.exxonmobil.com , XOM

Headquartered in Irving, Texas, ExxonMobil is by some measures the largest corporation in the world. ExxonMobil produces and markets crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, chemicals, plastics, and much more under brand names that include Exxon, Mobil, Esso, and in Canada, Imperial Oil. Exxon produces about 6.3 million barrels of oil daily by operating more than 37,000 oil wells in 21 different countries, but the firm also has huge interests in electric power generation. With more than 77,000 employees worldwide, ExxonMobil has annual revenues of about $500 billion. In 2012, Apache Corp. acquired ExxonMobil’s North Sea Limited assets including the Beryl field. Exxon has ownership interests in 32 refineries in 17 countries.

In August 2013, ExxonMobil released its estimated second quarter 2013 results saying its total revenues and other income would be down 16.4 percent year-over-year to $106.5 billion; the company’s Q2 2013 net income will be down 56.9 percent to $6.9 billion. Weaker refining margins and volumes associated with planned refinery turnaround and maintenance activities negatively impacted the company’s Downstream earnings.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

ExxonMobil began when John D. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil was established in 1870. The name Standard was used to denote high, uniform quality. The federal government forced Standard Oil to separate into 34 companies in 1911, and two of these companies eventually became Exxon and Mobil. The Mobil Oil trademark was first used in 1920 when gasoline eclipsed kerosene production because the automobile industry was growing. In 1972, Jersey Standard changed its name to Exxon Corporation. The worst company accident in Exxon’s history occurred on March 24, 1989, when the tanker Exxon Valdez ran aground in Prince William Sound in Alaska.

Exxon acquired Mobil in 1998 for $73.7 billion and formed a new corporation called Exxon Mobil Corporation. The merger reunited the two largest companies of Rockefeller’s Standard Oil after nearly a century of operating independently. In 2005, ExxonMobil passed General Electric as the largest company in the world based on market capitalization and reported record profits of $36 billion the same year, up 42 percent from 2004. ExxonMobil announced in 2008 plans to transition out of company-owned gas stations, but the brand names Exxon and Mobil are still be used by operators, who compensate ExxonMobil for use of its name. A complete, elaborate interactive history of ExxonMobil is provided on the corporate website.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Exxon does not report a mission or vision statement, but the company has a statement of guiding principles:

  • Exxon Mobil Corporation is committed to being the world’s premier petroleum and petrochemical company. To that end, we must continuously achieve superior financial and operating results while simultaneously adhering to high ethical standards.

Organizational Structure

ExxonMobil appears to operate from a strategic business unit (SBU) organizational structure, with the groups being Upstream, Downstream, Chemical, and Other. Upstream is the term that refers to the search, recovery, and production of crude oil and natural gas, also commonly called oil exploration. Underground and underwater drilling for oil and gas is an upstream activity. Downstream operations include the refining, selling, and distribution of natural gas and products derived from crude oil such as gasoline, diesel, asphalt, plastics, antifreeze, and by-products such as sulfur. There are literally thousands of products that derive from oil that the consumer can purchase in retail stores.

As indicated in Exhibit 1, there apparently is no chief operations officer (COO) or chief accounting officer (CAO) in the Exxon hierarchy, nor an SBU head for each group. In addition, note that ExxonMobil has virtually zero women, Hispanics, or African Americans among its top corporate executives. Perhaps that is why the company’s Form 10K lists executives’ names only by first and middle initials, rather than providing first names, which would more clearly reveal the lack of diversity.

Exxon Oil Spills

Exxon has had several notable spills over its history with the worst being the Exxon Valdez, an oil tanker that spilled more than 11 million gallons of crude oil into Prince William Sound, Alaska. The spill resulted in Congress passing the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 and initially rewarded $5 billion of punitive damages, although that amount was later reduced. Exxon endured criticism to its slow response time to the spill and the use of single-hull ships. As of 2009, Exxon still employed more single-hull oil tankers than the next 10 largest oil companies combined. In 2007, there was a major Exxon oil spill in Brooklyn, New York, that spilled 17 to 30 million gallons of petroleum. In 2011, Exxon was responsible for a spill in the Yellowstone River that leaked up to 40,000 gallons of oil before the refinery was shut down. In 2012, a crude pipeline in Baton Rouge, Louisiana, burst and spilled around 80,000 gallons into the nearby rivers and creeks.

Environmental Record

Exxon’s Sakhalin-I oil and gas project in eastern Russia has been claimed by scientists to threaten the western gray whale population, and they have called for a moratorium on all oil activities in the area. Scientists claimed Exxon’s activities discouraged the whales in their summer and fall feeding areas and sighted a decline in whales as evidence. Similarly, Exxon’s Alaskan pipeline is oftentimes criticized for possibly harming migration routes of Alaskan animals, especially caribou. Exxon also endures criticism at times regarding its impact on global warming and climate change. ExxonMobil was recently accused of paying for TV advertisements and programs that generate skepticism that global warming is principally the result of greenhouse gasses caused by burning of coal and petroleum-based fuels. Mother Jones Magazine says Exxon has paid more than $8 million to 40 different organizations that challenge the scientific evidence of global warming. Exxon was a member of the Global Climate Coalition, a skeptic group on the possible destructive nature of greenhouse gasses.

Segments

The oil and gas industry is commonly divided into two segments: (1) upstream and (2) downstream. Exhibit 2 reveals ExxonMobil’s earnings broken down by source and geographic location. Note that the vast majority of Exxon’s earnings derive from upstream processes outside the USA.

Upstream

ExxonMobil’s upstream business accounted for 67 percent of all earnings after tax in 2012, down from 84 percent from 2011. Exxon continues to expand its diverse portfolio in this segment through global exploration, development, production, and marketing activities. Between now and 2016, oil and natural gas output in North America is expected to increase dramatically. About 30 percent of Exxon’s production comes from North America, but by 2016 this number is expected to grow to 35 percent. Arctic technology, deepwater drilling, and oil sands recovery are expected to grow from 45 percent to 50 percent also by 2016. Melting of the Artic ice cap as a result of global warming is spurring additional drilling as well as rising disputes among Russia, Canada, and the USA regarding even ownership of new “unfrozen” areas.

In 2013, ExxonMobil and its partners began developing the Herbron oil field offshore of Newfoundland on Canada’s east coast. The gravity-based structure used is expected to cost $14 billion and to recover 700 million barrels of oil or 150,000 barrels per day. Production is expected to begin toward the end of 2017. Exxon operates the Herbron facility but controls only a 36 percent interest. Chevron and Suncor control 27 and 23 percent respectively, and two other firms control the remaining 14 percent.

EXHIBIT 1 Exxon’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company information.

EXHIBIT 2 ExxonMobil’s Earnings by Segment

Segment

Revenue 2012

Earnings 2012

Earnings After Tax (in millions)

 

 

 

2011

2010

Upstream

 

 

 

 

United States

$11,472

$3,925

$5,096

$4,272

   Non-United States

28,854

25,970

29,343

19,825

   Total

$40,326

$29,895

$34,439

$24,097

Downstream

 

 

 

 

United States

$125,088

$3,575

$2,268

$770

Non-United States

248,959

9,615

2,191

2,797

   Total

$374,047

$13,190

$4,459

$3,567

Chemical

 

 

 

 

United States

$14,723

$2,220

$2,215

$2,422

Non-United States

24,003

1,678

2,168

2,491

   Total

$38,726

$3,898

$4,383

$4,913

Corporate and Financing

 

 

 

 

Total

$24

$(2,103)

$(2,221)

$(2,117)

Total

$453,123

$44,880

$41,060

$30,460

Source: Based on company information at 2012 Annual Report, page 35.

Exxon strengthened its presence in the upstream area with the purchase of XTO Energy for $41 billion in 2009. XTO specializes in natural gas, but natural gas prices have fallen to historic lows even though this gas burns cleaner than oil. Exxon forecasts a long-term growing demand for natural gas, and the company has the extra cash to withstand the lower prices at present. Natural gas is for Exxon a hedge or diversification away from crude because the prices are not strongly correlated with each other and can even trade opposite of each other. In addition, the crude business is becoming more competitive, and there is an increased difficulty in finding oil.

Downstream

Exxon is the largest global refiner of oil in the world with downstream operations refining and distributing products derived from crude oil to customers around the world. Products are marketed to customers through retail service stations and three business-to-business segments: (1) industrial and wholesale, (2) aviation, and (3) marine. Three of Exxon’s largest service stations in the USA are Exxon, Mobil, and Esso. Delivering Exxon Mobil’s downstream revenues are ownership interests in 36 refineries located in 21 countries that contain a distillation capacity of more than 6 million barrels of crude per day, plus a lubricant base stock capacity of 131 thousand barrels per day. Exhibit 3 provides a breakdown of how Exxon Mobil uses a barrel of crude oil. Note that gasoline and then diesel are the two largest uses.

The USA accounts for slightly more than 50 percent of Exxon’s earnings, and Exxon’s entire downstream business only attributes about 11 percent of companywide earnings. The company’s downstream business is not as profitable as upstream operations even with the downstream industry improving. Over the prior 20-year period, inflation-adjusted refining margins have been flat, and ExxonMobil’s long-term outlook in refining margins will likely remain weak because competition grows and capacity additions grow quicker than global demand. Increased governmental regulations regarding pollution and a growth in biofuels also hinder growth in the refining business.

One of the weaker segments in the downstream industry for ExxonMobil is its dealer and company operated retail gas stations in the USA. Starting in 2008, Exxon began transitioning these stores into a branded distributor model, allowing distributors to use the Exxon and Mobil names. This transition was competed in 2012.

Exxon’s lubricants business in the downstream market continues to grow, and Exxon is the current market leader in high value synthetic lubricants in many key markets such as China, India, and Russia. Despite the success in lubricants, overall the downstream business remains weak, and Exxon recently divested their downstream businesses in Argentina, Uruguay, Paraguay, Central America, Malaysia, and Switzerland. In 2012, Exxon announced restructuring of their downstream holdings in Japan.

EXHIBIT 3 How Exxon Uses a Barrel of Crude Oil

Source: Data from company website

Exxon is nearing completion of new units and improvements of existing facilities in Thailand to refine lower sulfur diesel and gasoline to meet new Thailand specifications. New plans are also in the construction phase in Singapore, Saudi Arabia, and China.

Chemical

ExxonMobil is one of the largest petrochemical companies in the world, providing materials for use in products including plastic bottles, synthetic rubber, solvents, and countless other goods. The company is the largest global manufacturer of paraxylene and benzene. Exxon is also a large producer of ethylene and propylene which, like many of the chemicals Exxon produces, are considered feedstock, meaning they are the basic ingredients used to help produce many of the products we use today such as different fuels, fibers, packaging film, automotive parts, and more. ExxonMobil’s chemical business experienced modest demand growth in 2011, but its overall chemical earnings after tax declined 11 percent in 2011 from the prior year. Exxon in 2012 completed construction of its Singapore petrochemical project.

Finance

Note in the income statements provided in Exhibit 5 that the company’s revenues and profits are increasing nicely.

Geographic

ExxonMobil also reports revenues by country. Note in Exhibit 4 that about 66 percent of company revenues are made outside the USA.

Note in the balance sheets provided in Exhibit 5 that Exxon has zero goodwill, which is excellent.

Competitors

ExxonMobil ranks third on the S&P Global Oil Industry Classification Standard, behind Saudi Aramco of Saudi Arabia and National Iran Oil Company (NIOC). ExxonMobil sells more than $6.4 million barrels a day, far more than the Saudi and Iran state-owned operations that dominate in reserves. However, Saudi Aramco controls liquid reserves of 24 times that of ExxonMobil and has gas reserves 3.6 times greater. Iran-based and state-owned NIOC controls 14 times the liquid reserves and 15 times the gas reserves than ExxonMobil controls.

EXHIBIT 4 ExxonMobil’s Revenues by Region (in millions)

Geographic

Sales and other operating revenue

2012

2011

United States

151,298

150,343

Non-U.S.

301,825

316,686

   Total

453,123

467,029

Significant non-U.S. revenue sources include:

 

 

   Canada

34,325

34,626

   United Kingdom

34,134

34,833

   Belgium

23,567

26,926

   France

19,601

18,510

   Italy

18,228

16,288

   Germany

16,451

17,034

   Singapore

14,606

14,400

   Japan

14,162

31,925

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 122.

EXHIBIT 5 ExxonMobil’s Recent Income Statements (000,000 omitted)

 

2012

2011

Revenues and other income

 

 

   Sales and other operating revenue

453,123

467,029

   Income from equity affiliates

15,010

15,289

   Other income

14,162

4,111

      Total revenues and other income

482,295

486,429

Costs and other deductions

 

 

   Crude oil and product purchases

265,149

266,534

   Production and manufacturing expenses

38,521

40,268

   Selling, general and administrative expenses

13,877

14,983

   Depreciation and depletion

15,888

15,583

   Exploration expenses, including dry holes

1,840

2,081

   Interest expense

327

247

   Sales-based taxes

32,409

33,503

   Other taxes and duties

35,558

39,973

   Total costs and other deductions

403,569

413,172

   Income before income taxes

78,726

73,257

   Income taxes

31,045

31,051

Net income including noncontrolling interests

47,681

42,206

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

2,801

1,146

Net income attributable to ExxonMobil

44,880

41,060

Earnings per common share (dollars)

9.70

8.43

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 61.

Acquisitions and joint ventures are common in the oil industry. Notable recent acquisitions include CNOOC Canada paying $19 billion for Nexen, Energy Transfer Partners paying $8.7 billion for Sunoco, several firms purchasing EP Energy for $8 billion, and 16 other purchases with each totaling over $1.5 billion, all in 2012 alone.

ExxonMobil is the top refiner in the world and has a significant edge on both Saudi Aramco and NIOC on refining. In 2011, ExxonMobil refined 5.8 million barrels per day, Royal Dutch Petroleum refined 4.1 million, Sinopec refined 3.9 billion, and BP refined 3.3 billion. Saudi Aramco was 10th and NIOC was 14th. The results are not surprising because the USA alone controls approximately 19 percent of the world’s refineries, whereas Saudi Arabia and Iran control around 1 percent each. For comparison, China has 8 percent of the world’s refineries and Russia and Japan control 6 and 4.5 percent, respectively.

Exhibit 6 provides a financial comparison of ExxonMobil with two competitors, BP and Chevron. Other large publically-traded competitors include Royal Dutch Shell, Eni SpA, Total S.A., and ConocoPhillips. Note in Exhibit 7 that Exxon generates more revenue per employee than BP or Chevron.

EXHIBIT 6 ExxonMobil’s Balance Sheets (in millions)

 

Dec. 31, 2012

Assets

 

   Current assets

 

      Cash and cash equivalents

9,582

      Cash and cash equivalents—restricted

341

      Notes and accounts receivable, less estimated doubtful amounts

34,987

      Inventories

 

         Crude oil, products and merchandise

10,836

         Materials and supplies

3,706

   Other current assets

5,008

         Total current assets

64,460

Investments, advances and long-term receivables

34,718

Property, plant and equipment, at cost, less accumulated depreciation and depletion

226,949

Other assets, including intangibles, net

7,668

         Total assets

333,795

Liabilities

 

   Current liabilities

 

         Notes and loans payable

3,653

         Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

50,728

         Income taxes payable

9,758

      Total current liabilities

64,139

Long-term debt

7,928

Postretirement benefits reserves

25,267

Deferred income tax liabilities

37,570

Long-term obligations to equity companies

3,555

Other long-term obligations

23,676

Total liabilities

162,135

Commitments and contingencies

 

Equity

 

   Common stock without par value (9,000 million shares authorized, 8,019 million shares issued)

9,653

   Earnings reinvested

365,727

   Accumulated other comprehensive income

(12,184)

   Common stock held in treasury (3,517 million shares in 2012 and 3,285 million shares in 2011)

(197,333)

   ExxonMobil share of equity

165,863

   Noncontrolling interests

5,797

      Total equity

171,660

Total liabilities and equity

333,795

Source: 2012 Annual Report, p. 84.

EXHIBIT 7 Comparing ExxonMobil to BP and Chevron

 

ExxonMobil

BP

Chevron

Number of employees

82,000

83,000

61,000

Revenue ($)

$488

$381

$241

Net Income ($)

$44

$17.6

$24

Net Profit Margin

9.64%

4.70%

10%

Revenue ($)/Employee

$5.9 M

$4.6 M

$3.9 M

EPS

$9.47

$5.51

$12.19

Market Capitalization

403 B

138 B

213 B

Shares Outstanding

4.56 B

3.19 B

1.96 B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company documents.

Royal Dutch Shell

Headquartered in the Netherlands, Royal Dutch Shell plc (Shell) is a huge oil and gas producer and marketer and also has interests in chemicals and other energy-related businesses. Shell operates in three segments: (1) Upstream, (2) Downstream, and (3) Corporate. Shell has a market capitalization above $220 billion, a P/E ratio of 8, and a dividend yield of 5.3 percent. Shell’s stock price has increased 18 percent since 2010. However, Shell’s third quarter in 2012 cash flow from operations dropped 18 percent year-over-year. Through the first nine months of 2012, Shell’s income dropped 18 percent, although the company raised its dividend by 2 percent.

Eni

Headquartered in Italy, Eni SpA is a large oil and gas company that operates under seven segments: (1) refining and marketing focuses on refining and marketing of petroleum products; (2) trading covers group services in commodity trading, shipping, and derivatives; (3) petrochemicals covers the production and sale of petrochemical products; (4) engineering and construction includes the services for the oil and gas industry; (5) exploration and production focuses on exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas; (6) gas and power covers the supply, regasification, transport, storage, distribution, and marketing of natural gas, power generation, and electricity sales; (7) other activities handles the corporate, financial, and service components. Eni sells oil and gas in 85 countries and operates numerous subsidiaries and affiliates in Nigeria, Poland, and Germany, among others.

Eni has a market value of $90 billion and trades at a P/E ratio of slightly greater than 9 with a dividend yield of about 4.5 percent. Eni’s stock price recently rebounded to a 52-week high of $50 per share, after plunging to $37 during the summer of 2012. For the first nine months of 2012, Eni’s operating profit was up nearly 14 percent versus the same period in 2011, and its oil and natural gas production was up 8 percent. Eni’s new licenses in Liberia and its expanded presence in Asia is spurring growth.

ConocoPhillips

Headquartered in Houston, Texas, Conoco explores for, produces, transports, and markets crude oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, and bitumen on a worldwide basis. In May 2012, the company separated into two stand-alone, publicly traded corporations, (1) Upstream and (2) Downstream. All the firm’s midstream, downstream, marketing, and chemical operations were separated into a new company named Phillips 66. As a result, ConocoPhillips continued its operations as an exploration and production company.

In April 2012, ConocoPhillips sold its Trainer Refinery to Monroe Energy LLC. As of January 1, 2012, Conoco conducted exploration activities in 19 countries and produced hydro-carbons in 13 countries, with proved reserves located in 15 countries. The company’s production averaged 1.57 million billion barrels of oil equivalent (BOE) per day for the nine months ending on September 30, 2012, and proved reserves were 8.4 BOE. In August 2012, Conoco closed a transaction with LUKOIL for the sale of ConocoPhillips’s indirect 30 percent interest in NaryanMarNefteGaz (NMNG).

Total S.A.

Headquartered in France, Total S.A. is a huge oil and gas company with operations in more than 130 countries, Total engages in all aspects of the petroleum industry, including (1) Upstream operations (oil and gas exploration, development and production, liquefied natural gas [LNG]) and (2) Downstream operations (refining, marketing, and the trading and shipping of crude oil and petroleum products). It also produces base chemicals (petrochemicals and fertilizers) and specialty chemicals for the industrial and consumer markets. Total has interests in coal mining and power generation and is active in solar-photovoltaic power, both in Upstream and Downstream activities. Total has subsidiaries, including Elf Aquitaine, Total Venezuela, Total E&P Nigeria SAS, and Total E&P USA, Inc., among others. For the first half of 2012, Total’s sales increased 10 percent and cash flow from operations increased 6 percent year-over-year (as measured in euros). Return on equity for the first six months of the year was 17.5 percent. Total is executing on new initiatives in Thailand, the Norwegian Sea, and Italy, which should drive future production growth.

Chevron

Headquartered in San Ramon, California, and the second-largest U.S. oil company by market capitalization (behind ExxonMobil), Chevron in December 2012 reported that its upstream operations oil and natural gas production averaged 2.662 million BOE per day, 0.8 percent above the fourth quarter in 2011 level. Production for the fourth quarter in 2012 was up by about 5.8 percent from the third quarter of 2012. In the first two months of the fourth quarter, Chevron’s total domestic oil production rose 39,000 barrels per day from third-quarter levels, primarily as a result of volume gains from its recently acquired Permian Basin (Texas) assets. Net international oil production was 1,986,000 barrels per day, up 107,000 barrels from the third quarter in 2012. The upsurge was driven by the completion of planned repair work in Kazakhstan and the United Kingdom.

Regarding Chevron’s downstream operations, its U.S. refinery crude input fell 77,000 barrels per day, affected largely by the shutdown of its Richmond, California, refinery crude unit after a fire in August. Refinery crude-input volumes outside the USA was up slightly by 9,000 barrels per day.

In 2013, Chevron discovered two new offshore natural gas sites, Pinhoe-1 and Arnhem-1, in Western Australia’s Carnarvon Basin. The discoveries, the 18th and 19th by Chevron off the Australian coast since mid-2009, adds to Chevron’s leading position in this area. Drilled to a total depth of 13,396 feet (4,083 meters), the Pinhoe-1 well encountered 197 feet (60 meters) of net gas pay. The find is situated in the WA-383-P permit area, approximately 124 miles (200 kilometers) north of Exmouth Plateau area of the Carnarvon Basin. Similarly, the Arnhem-1 discovery—that lies in the WA-364-P permit area, roughly 180 miles (290 kilometers) north of Exmouth—was drilled to a total depth of 9,557 feet (2913 meters). The well came across 149 feet (45.5 meters) of net gas pay. Chevron Australia has a 50-percent operated interest in both the prospects, with the other partner being the subsidiary of Royal Dutch Shell Plc.

External Issues

The world’s population is expected to grow to 8.7 billion by 2040, an increase of 28 percent from today’s population and accompanied by an economic growth rate of about 3 percent per year. Energy demand is expected to increase about 35 percent by 2040. However, with increasingly energy-efficient technologies, energy consumption per unit is expected to decrease. For example, by 2040, energy for cars, trucks, ships, trains, and airplanes is likely to increase only around 45 percent. Liquid fuel is still expected to be the fuel of choice to power the world’s transportation fleets by 2040.

Natural gas demand is expected to enjoy larger gains and the largest market share percent gain by 2040, although geothermal, solar, and wind may eclipse in percent gain but they are not significant players. Once thought of as unprofitable to collect, many natural gas sources found in shale and other rock formations will help supply demand for this product. Coal, despite environmental concerns, is expected to continue to be the leading choice of power generation for a number of years, but it could lose its status as the number-2 source of energy to natural gas by 2025. Nuclear power and renewables, such as wind, geothermal, and solar, are also expected to grow in their use over the next 30 years. The demand for electricity globally will increase 85 percent by 2040, while the demand for natural gas increases 65 percent.

Energy Prices

Energy prices tend to be highly volatile and are expected to continue their volatile nature in the future. Economic problems in Europe, the USA, and other areas resulted in the price of oil falling to as low as $78 dollars a barrel in May 2012, but then that price increased to more than $100 by year-end 2012. Crude demand in the USA, which accounts for 21 percent of global demand, declined around 2.6 percent in the first half of 2012. Demand in Europe, which accounts for 16 percent of the world’s use of oil, has declined as well. China, the world’s second largest consumer of oil, reported in mid-2012 the slowest growth for oil in more than 20 months.

For ExxonMobil, a $1 change in the price of oil produces a weighted average effect of $350 million in annual after-tax earnings on upstream production. A $0.10 change in gas would have a $200 million annual after-tax effect on upstream production. Some of the cited concerns for the current volatility in the price of oil include the USA, Europe, and China offering extra stimulus packages to spur the economy; sanctions on Iran, which has threatened to close the Strait of Hormuz where 20 percent of the world’s petroleum is shipped; concerns about Iran and Israel’s geopolitical relationship; and reduced production concerns in the North Sea. The Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), which accounts for nearly 80 percent of the world’s oil reserves, has kept production unchanged recently, but Saudi Arabia is trying to negate the impact or the embargo on Iran by increasing its own output. Possibly reducing some oil volatility in the future is the fact that the largest non-OPEC area currently is in onshore shale in the USA and Canada along with traditional drilling in North America. Given the current price of oil, extracting oil from shale sand remains expensive and produces lower margins than traditional drilling, but this problem is fading as increased technologies emerge and oil and gas prices resume their upward trends.

Unconventional Fuel Sources

Accessing so-called unconventional resources such as shale, rock, and sands for oil was impracticable for years because of lower demand and unprofitable because of lower oil prices and the expense of extracting the product. However, with increasing demand, rising oil prices, improved technology, and competition for traditional oil fields, tapping such energy sources is a new avenue for growth among petroleum companies today. One of the largest sources of this energy is in North America, with natural gas being derived at a high rate in recent years that current prices of gas have plummeted as a result of oversupply. Many firms have engaged in mergers and acquisitions for shale, with Exxon’s acquisition of XTO energy being a notable example. Currently however, with the low prices for natural gas, many companies are drilling the same shale, rock, and sands areas for liquid oil instead of natural gas.

Notable hotbeds for exploration include the Eagle Ford, Bakken, and Permian Basin. Eagle Ford is located in south Texas and is considered the hottest area in North America producing higher liquid content than traditional shale. Competition in Eagle Ford remains high with Norway’s Statioil ASA, India’s Reliance Industries, and China National Offshore Oil Corp. all entered with billion-dollar deals in 2011. As of 2012, there were 211 rigs operating in Eagle Ford.

Located in Montana, North Dakota, and Saskatchewan, the Bakken Shale formation is the second-most concentrated shale region in North America. The U.S. Geologic Survey estimates the region is capable of producing up to 4.3 billion barrels of oil. Companies such as Hess and Marathon are increasing their presence in the region. As of 2012, there were 160 active rigs in the Bakken formation.

The Canadian oil sands have also been economically feasible in recent years and could potentially make Canada one of the world’s largest oil producers. French-based Total SA has invested $3 billion in the Athabasca oil sands in Alberta, and Devon Energy and BP have a joint venture to develop properties in the region. Sinopec and China National Offshore also have invested in the area with Sinopec investing more than $8 billion alone to acquire rights to sand deposits.

U.S. Natural Gas

Recent discoveries and advances in drilling and hydraulic fracturing are making natural gas drilling in North America increasingly assessable. If technologies developed in the United States can be applied to shale, rock, and oil sands in Europe and Asia, the results would be revolutionary. Developments in the USA include Exxon’s acquisition of XTO Energy and Chevron’s merger with Atlas Energy to acquire Atlas’s Marcellus Shale holdings in the Appalachian Basin. Natural gas exposes companies to less public backlash than conventional fuel options such as coal, gasoline, and diesel because it is a clean-burning low-carbon fuel.

OPEC

The largest single player in the oil market is OPEC, controlling 73 percent of the world’s oil reserves. As of 2012, OPEC maintained its output level of 30 million barrels a day, helping to fix the price of oil for consumers around the world. Member nations have been quite compliant in sticking to the agreed-on output levels over the last few years, but as the price of oil has increased, compliance dropped from 83 to 80 percent. Analysts expect member nations to violate their agreements and produce more oil than agreed on, thus tempering the price appreciation of a barrel of oil. The top five OPEC nations in order of oil reserves are (1) Venezuela, (2) Saudi Arabia, (3) Iran, (4) Iraq, and (5) Kuwait. Venezuela controls approximately 25 percent of OPEC’s oil, whereas Saudi Arabia controls 22 percent. All other nations control less than 13 percent each.

U.S. Refining

The USA leads the world with 125 of the world’s 655 refineries, but the trend is toward fewer but larger refineries as a result of competition and the economies of scale the larger refineries offer. In 1981, considered the peak of the refining business, there were 324 refineries in the USA. This downstream product is less profitable than upstream operations, so many firms including Exxon are attempting to reduce their exposure to this market.

Argentina Reserves

In South America, everybody knows about Venezuela with Hugo Chavez and the country’s Orinoco Valley. Many people also know about the numerous discoveries during the past five years in Brazil’s prolific deepwater Santos Basin. However, Argentina is South America’s largest natural gas producer and its oil production registers something less than 750,000 barrels per day (or about a third of Venezuela’s output). ExxonMobil and Chevron of late have been excitedly pursuing shale-drilling opportunities in Argentina’s Neuquen Basin. The Basin’s Vaca Muerta (dead cow) shale is fast gaining worldwide attention. Including Vaca Muerta’s 23 billion BOE, Argentina likely holds the world’s third-largest deposits of shale gas, behind only the USA and China.

Of all the energy companies involved in Argentina, Apache is the largest with that company owning about 3.7 million acres and being active in the country’s four primary producing basins: Neuquen, Austral, Cuyo, and Noroeste. But in late 2012, Chevron reached an agreement with Argentina’s nationalized oil company YPF to form a $1 billion partnership to develop shale oil reserves in the Vaca Muerta. YPF is also holding talks with Norway’s Statoil for the development of Argentinean properties.

The Future

ExxonMobil just acquired Plano, Texas-based Denbury Resources’ Bakken Shale assets in North Dakota and Montana for $1.3 billion, along with property in Wyoming and Texas. The company now controls 50 percent of the Bakken Shale region.

A number of analysts contend that Exxon should spin-off its refining business because the refining and production business are at odds with each other; oil-refining companies look to buy oil at the lowest possible cost while production companies look to sell oil at the highest possible cost. ConocoPhillips and Marathon Oil Corp. (MRO) recently separated their refining operations into separate companies.

Exxon is trying to sell its stake in the giant southern oilfield in Iraq after clashing with the central government in Baghdad over exploration contracts it had signed with the autonomous Kurdistan region in the north. The CNPC unit of Petrochina is currently negotiating for Exxon’s 60 percent in the $50 billion West Qurna-1 project. Iraq has the world’s fourth-largest oil reserves and wants to at least double its production in the next few years, and ultimately challenge Russia and Saudi Arabia as the world’s biggest oil nation. Exxon’s departure would all but wipe out the U.S. presence in Iraq’s southern oilfields. Occidental Petroleum has a small stake in the Zubair oilfield development project.

Prepare a three-year strategic plan for ExxonMobil’s CEO Rex Tillerson.

Microsoft Corporation, 2013

www.microsoft.com , MSFT

Headquartered in Redmond, Washington, Microsoft is the world’s largest software company and had record revenues of $73 billion in fiscal year 2012 that ended on June 30, 2012. Microsoft develops a variety of software and hardware products and services for customers around the world, including its Windows Office, Windows 8 operating system for personal computers (PCs), Windows Phone 7 operating systems for mobile phones, Windows Server operating systems, Windows Azure, Microsoft SQL, Visual Studio, Silverlight, and the popular Xbox gaming and entertainment console. Many PC makers such as Acer, Lenovo, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, and Toshiba pre-install Microsoft software on devices. The firm also offers consulting services, cloud-based services, and training certifications as well as online products such as Bing, MSN, adCenter, and Atlas. Microsoft has strategic alliances with Nokia, NIIT, and Dominion Enterprises. The company owns Skype and recently introduced a Windows Phone and a Windows tablet computer named “Surface.”

Microsoft’s third quarter of fiscal 2013 results reported April 2013 were outstanding, with its Business Division’s revenues up 8 percent to $6.32 billion, its Server and Tools’ revenues of $5.04 billion up 11 percent, its Windows’ division revenues of $5.07 billion up 23 percent, its Online Services segment revenues up 18 percent to $832 million, and its Entertainment and Devices segment revenues up 56 percent to $2.53 billion.

In August 2013, CEO Ballmer announced he would resign from Microsoft within 12 months, so the firm is scurrying to determine who will be a good replacement. The month prior, Microsoft revamped its organizational structure, dissolving its eight business lines up in favour of four new segments to focus on engineering and encourage collaboration across the company. Basically the company is now structured as a division-by-function type of structure. The divisions are expected to focus on operating systems, apps, cloud technology and devices. The move largely reversed the strategy and structure put in place by CEO Ballmer in 2005. Microsoft’s stock price jumped in response the Ballmer announcing that he would resign soon.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Founded by Bill Gates and Paul Allen in 1975, Microsoft was established to develop and sell BASIC Interpreters for the Altair 8800. The company rose to dominate the PC operating system market in the mid-1980s with their MS-DOS software, followed by the Microsoft Windows operating system, which was a graphical extension of MS-DOS. Microsoft went public in 1986, instantly creating three billionaires and 12,000 millionaires from Microsoft employees. In 1990, Microsoft introduced its software office suite, Microsoft Office that bundled MS Word and MS Excel together.

Microsoft acquired Skype Technologies for $8.6 billion in 2011 in its largest-ever acquisition. Following the release of Windows Phone 7, Microsoft underwent a gradual rebranding of its product range throughout 2011 and 2012. Its logos, products, services, and websites adopted the principles and concepts of the Metro design language. Microsoft in early 2012 introduced Windows 8, an operating system designed to power both PCs and tablet computers. Then in May 2012, Microsoft introduced its own tablet computer, the Microsoft Surface. As the company continued to diversify away from operating systems, it paid $1.2 billion to buy the social network firm Yammer and then launched its Windows Phone 8. To cope with the potential increase in demand for products and services, Microsoft is slowly but surely opening its own Microsoft Stores across the USA. Bill and Melinda Gates are today one of the richest couples on the planet, and one of the most giving couples in terms of philanthropic endeavors through the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

A statement at the corporate website says: “At Microsoft, our mission and values are to help people and businesses throughout the world realize their full potential.”

Organizational Structure

Among the 17 executives listed in Exhibit 1, there are three women in Microsoft’s management hierarchy. Note in Exhibit 1 that Microsoft uses a division-by-product organizational structure, with Steve Ballmer being chief executive officer (CEO) and Kevin Turner being chief operations officer (COO). Some analysts say that executive titles could be more effectively named. For example, President of Microsoft Corp. versus President of Microsoft Business is unclear to some observers. It is unclear from the structure where Microsoft Phone and Microsoft Tablet and Microsoft Stores reports. Such items would ideally be clear in executive titles. Perhaps a strategic business unit (SBU) structure would be more effective.

The Surface Tablet

EXHIBIT 1 Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company documents.

Sales of Microsoft’s Surface tablet are not good; analysts expect the company to sell between 500,000 and 600,000 Surface tablets in their second quarter of fiscal 2013, much lower than the company’s original estimate of 1 to 2 million. Introducing a tablet is a good idea for three reasons: (1) Microsoft has the cash to invest heavily in research and development (R&D) for its own tablet; (2) the tablet market has been booming; and (3) the PC market is declining. But the problem perhaps is that Microsoft priced the Surface too high at $499 and up, roughly the same price as the competing Apple iPad. Microsoft likely should compete on price, not luxury, when up against Apple products. Microsoft could undercut Apple’s price, and even if it loses money on Surface, the initial loss could be worth it if it revitalizes sales of other company products. The success of Windows 8 largely hinges on widespread adoption of the Surface tablet. The whole point of Windows 8 was to launch Microsoft into the world of tablet computing, and with weak sales of its tablet, Microsoft’s transition away from the faltering PC market may be a difficult one. Microsoft should perhaps consider McDonald’s successful strategy of offering and heavily marketing inexpensive products (for example, the Dollar Menu) and by promoting low-grade items.

Segments

Microsoft has five reportable business segments as listed in Exhibit 2. Note that Microsoft Business is the largest segment in both revenues and operating income, whereas both the Windows and Windows Line (called Windows Division from here on), and Server and Tools segment, contribute greatly to the company’s financial position. A sixth segment, titled Corporate Level Activity, includes all financial dealings not allocated to specific segments. The division includes costs related to marketing, product support services, legal, finance, and other business activities. Some analysts contend that the company’s segments could be more effectively named to reveal their nature.

The Windows Division receives approximately 75 percent of its revenue from the Windows operating system, with the bulk of this revenue coming from equipment manufacturers such as Dell, Sony, Toshiba, and others pre-installing Windows on their machines for customers. The division in addition to providing Windows also provides related software, online services, and PC hardware products. This division could be vulnerable if worldwide PC sales continue to slump, as they did in 2012 with a 3.2-percent decline. Windows 8, launched in October 2012, provides better communication with cloud services and enables tablets and phones to run with near PC power. The whole world is becoming less dependent on traditional PCs, which historically has been Microsoft’s bread and butter and is a key reason why the firm is looking to diversify.

EXHIBIT 2 Microsoft’s Revenues by Segment (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

Windows Division

 

 

 

Revenues

$18,373

$19,033

$19,491

Operating Income

11,460

12,211

12,895

Server and Tools

 

 

 

Revenues

18,686

16,680

15,109

Operating Income

7,431

6,290

5,381

Online Services

 

 

 

Revenues

2,867

2,607

2,294

Operating Income

(8,121)

(2,657)

(2,408)

Microsoft Business

 

 

 

Revenues

23,991

22,514

19,256

Operating Income

15,719

14,657

11,849

Entertainment and Devices

 

 

 

Revenues

9,593

8,915

6,079

Operating Income

364

1,257

517

Corporate Level Activity

(5,090)

(4,597)

(4,136)

Source: Based on 2012 Annual Report, p. 21–25.

Microsoft’s Server and Tools Division is Microsoft’s third most profitable division, producing name brand products such as Windows Server, Microsoft SQL, Windows Azure, Visual Studio, Enterprise Services, and others. Enterprise Services include product support and consulting services and account for 20 percent of the division’s revenues. The division also offers developer tools, training, and certifications. Around 55 percent of Server and Tools revenues are derived from multiyear licensing agreements, with the remaining 25 percent coming from transactional volume licensing programs. In 2012, revenues increased by 12 percent in the division mainly attributed to growth in the SQL and Windows servers, although Enterprise Services grew 18 percent over the same period from an increase in both product support and consulting services. Overall operating income still increased 17 percent.

The company’s Online Services Division designs products that aid customers in simplifying tasks and making more informed decisions online. Products include Bing and MSN, which generate sales through advertising. In fiscal year 2012, advertising revenues grew 13 percent in this segment to $2.6 billion. Online advertising revenues grew 13 percent over the fiscal year to $2.6 billion; however, operating losses totaled $8 billion resulting from $6 billion in goodwill impairment from fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012, resulting from the 2007 acquisition of aQuantive. Expectations of future sales growth and profitability are significantly lower for aQuantive than anticipated.

The company’s Microsoft Business Division produced 32 percent of total companywide revenues and 72 percent of operating income in fiscal year 2012. The segment derives revenues from software and online servers that help to increase personal team and organizational productivity. Microsoft’s most notable product, its Microsoft Office System, makes up more than 90 percent of this division’s revenues. However, future reliance on this segment is somewhat tenuous because Google and other competitors are now offering Web-based products that work much the same as Microsoft Office products work.

The company’s Entertainment and Devices Division generated 13 percent of total revenues in fiscal year 2012, led by the Xbox 360 entertainment platform. The division includes Xbox, Skype, and Windows Phone. Skype is a free popular video chat platform and for-pay phone service. Sales from Skype and Windows Phone increased 6.5 percent in fiscal year 2012, but Xbox sales declined $113 million even though Xbox LIVE revenue increased. Skype reported revenues of $860 million, net losses of $7 million, and long-term debt of $686 million in 2011, leading some analysts to say Microsoft paid too much for Skype. Overall, Microsoft has a history of using poor judgments in acquisitions, as indicated by the company’s goodwill being more than $13 billion. Skype does overlap considerable with Windows Live Messenger in that both offer free chat, voice chat, and video chat. Windows Messenger though has around three times the users as Skype, but Skype offers a more refined platform for video chats. The one key difference between Microsoft’s existing products and Skype is that about 8 million Skype users pay for the service through telephone connectivity, making it easy for many customers across the globe to buy phone numbers in foreign markets affordably. With the purchase price of $8.5 billion, Microsoft is in essence paying around $1,000 for each customer who is worth around $30 each, assuming most of Skype’s income is from call charges, leaving much to be made up on possible advertisements or some synergy with existing Microsoft products. Compounding problems for Skype, it is estimated a large percentage of their customers come from emerging markets and do not have much money to spend. However for Microsoft, preventing Google and Facebook from obtaining Skype also played a role in the purchase.

Exhibit 3 reveals that approximately 52 percent of Microsoft’s 2012 revenues are derived from the USA. Note that international revenues have increased as a percent of total revenues in each of the three years provided.

Finance

EXHIBIT 3 Microsoft’s Revenues by Geographic Region (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

USA

$38,846

$38,008

$36,173

Outside USA

$34,877

$31,935

$26,311

Total

$73,723

$69,943

$62,484

Source: Based on 2012 Annual Report, p. 80.

Microsoft’s fiscal year ends on June 30 of each year. As indicated in the financial statements provided in Exhibits 4 and 5, Microsoft’s revenues have been growing annually in recent years, a good thing. However, note in Exhibit 4 that the company’s net income dropped 26.7 percent in fiscal year 2012 and that the company’s R&D expenditures have held at 13 percent of revenue for the last three years. Microsoft’s sales and marketing expenditures for the last three years have dropped from 21 to 20 to 19 percent of revenues.

EXHIBIT 4 Microsoft’s Income Statements (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

Revenue

73,723.0

69,943.0

62,484.0

Other Revenue, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Revenue

73,723.0

69,943.0

62,484.0

Cost of Revenue, Total

17,530.0

15,577.0

12,395.0

Gross Profit

56,193.0

54,366.0

50,089.0

Selling/General/Administrative Expenses, Total

18,426.0

18,162.0

17,218.0

Research and Development

9,811.0

9,043.0

8,714.0

Depreciation and Amortization

0.0

0.0

0.0

Interest Expense (Income), Net Operating

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unusual Expense (Income)

5,895.0

-80.0

-10.0

Other Operating Expenses, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

Operating Income

22,061.0

27,241.0

24,167.0

Interest Income (Expense),

0.0

0.0

0.0

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other, Net

1.0

-31.0

14.0

Income Before Tax

22,267.0

28,071.0

25,013.0

Income Tax, Total

5,289.0

4,921.0

6,253.0

Income After Tax

16,978.0

23,150.0

18,760.0

Minority Interest

0.0

0.0

0.0

Equity in Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income Before Extraordinary Items

16,978.0

23,150.0

18,760.0

Total Extraordinary Items

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income

16,978.0

23,150.0

18,760.0

Total Adjustments to Net Income

0.0

0.0

0.0

Basic Weighted Average Shares

8,396.0

8,490.0

8,813.0

Basic EPS Excluding Extraordinary Items

2.02

2.73

2.13

Basic EPS Including Extraordinary Items

2.02

2.73

2.13

EPS, earnings per share; GAAP, generally accepted accounting procedures.

Source: Based on company documents.

Note in Exhibit 5 that Microsoft’s goodwill increased another $900 million to $13.4 billion in fiscal year 2012. Goodwill represents the cumulative amount the company has historically paid “above book value” for acquisitions, so such a high number is not good.

EXHIBIT 5 Microsoft’s Balance Sheets (in millions)

 

2012

2011

2010

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and Short-Term Investments

63,040.0

52,772.0

36,788.0

Total Receivables, Net

15,780.0

14,987.0

13,014.0

Total Inventory

1,137.0

1,372.0

740.0

Prepaid Expenses

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Current Assets, Total

5,127.0

5,787.0

5,134.0

Total Current Assets

85,084.0

74,918.0

55,676.0

Property, Plant, and Equipment

8,269.0

8,162.0

7,630.0

Goodwill, Net

13,452.0

12,581.0

12,394.0

Intangibles, Net

3,170.0

744.0

1,158.0

Long-Term Investments

9,776.0

10,865.0

7,754.0

Note Receivable, Long Term

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Long-Term Assets, Total

1,520.0

1,434.0

1,501.0

Other Assets, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Assets

121,271.0

108,704.0

86,113.0

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

4,175.0

4,197.0

4,025.0

Payable/Accrued

0.0

0.0

0.0

Accrued Expenses

3,875.0

3,575.0

3,283.0

Notes Payable and Short-Term Debt

0.0

0.0

1,000.0

Current Portability of Long-Term Debt Capital Leases

1,231.0

0.0

0.0

Other Current Liabilities, Total

23,407.0

21,002.0

17,839.0

Total Current Liabilities

32,688.0

28,774.0

26,147.0

Total Long-Term Debt

10,713.0

11,921.0

4,939.0

Deferred Income Tax

1,893.0

1,456.0

229.0

Minority Interest

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Liabilities, Total

9,614.0

9,470.0

8,623.0

Total Liabilities

54,908.0

51,621.0

39,938.0

Redeemable Preferred Stock

0.0

0.0

0.0

Preferred Stock, Nonredeemable, Net

0.0

0.0

0.0

Common Stock

65,797.0

63,415.0

62,856.0

Additional Paid-In Capital

0.0

0.0

0.0

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

−856.0

−8,195.0

−17,736.0

Treasury Stock, Common

0.0

0.0

0.0

ESOP Debt Guarantee

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

1,523.0

1,658.0

1,231.0

Other Equity, Total

−101.0

205.0

−176.0

Total Equity

66,363.0

57,083.0

46,175.0

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

121,271.0

108,704.0

86,113.0

ESOP, employee stock ownership plan.

Source: Based on company documents.

Competition

Being so diversified, Microsoft has different competitors in different segments. The company’s Windows Operating System faces competition from Apple and Google who have their own operating systems. Microsoft’s server products face stiff competition from Hewlett-Packard, IBM, and Oracle, who all offer preinstalled operating systems on their server hardware. Microsoft’s cloud-based services compete with Amazon, Google, and Salesforce.com, whereas Microsoft’s SQL Azure faces intense competition from IBM, Oracle, and many other firms.

The Microsoft Office package (Word, Excel, Access, and other products) faces heavy competition from Adobe, Apple, Cisco, Google, SAP, and many other Web-based competitors offering word processing, spreadsheets, and databases. The company’s Entertainment and Devices segment, producer of Xbox360, faces intense competition from heavyweights Nintendo and Sony. The average life of an entertainment console is surprisingly long at 5+ years, and game selection is one of the largest factors in deterring the success of a gaming console.

EXHIBIT 6 A Financial Comparison of Microsoft to Rival Companies

 

Microsoft

Apple

Google

Oracle

Number of employees

94,000

72,800

53,546

115,000

Revenue

$72.4B

$156.5B

$47.5B

$37B

Net Income

$15.7B

$41.7B

$10.6B

$10.6B

Net Profit Margin

21.7%

26.7%

22.2%

28.7%

EPS

$1.85

$44.15

$31.91

$2.13

Market Capitalization

228B

457M

237.9B

$164B

Shares Outstanding

8.42B

940M

228M

4.7B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company documents.

Microsoft’s new Windows Phone competes with market share leader Apple with their iPhone and Google with their Android platform powering Samsung and other phones. Also, Research in Motion is revitalizing their once-popular Blackberry. Microsoft’s alliance with Nokia to power Nokia phones with Windows 8 hopes to inch away at market share in the phone industry.

Exhibit 6 provides a financial comparison of Microsoft with three competitors. Note that Microsoft has the lowest earnings per share (EPS) among the firms included, partly as a result of having by far the most shares of stock outstanding.

Apple

Headquartered in Cupertino, California, Apple produces PCs, digital music players, iPhones, and other communication media to customers around the world. Some of their most popular products include the iPhone, iPad, MacBook Pro, and iPod. Apple has their own operating system for all of their products. The iPhone is the world leader in market share for all mobile phones, but Samsung is the world leader in smartphone unit volume (most phones sold) because they produce multiple options for customers, rather then a one-size-fits-all as Apple does with their current iPhone. In addition, Google’s Android platform, which Samsung and other phone manufacturers use on their phones, powers more phones than Apple’s operating system, which is only used to power Apple iPhones.

Apple also provides many software products with their operating system such as iLife, iWork, Final Cut Pro, Logic Studio, and of late Apple TV. Apple provides their products through online stores, retail stores such as Walmart, Best Buy, Apple Stores, and others. Apple operates about 250 Apple Stores in the USA and 140 stores internationally.

Apple’s stock price fell from $700 around the launch of iPhone 5 in 2012 to $485 in early 2013. Some analysts suggest products by Samsung powered by Google’s Android software are taking significant market share away from Apple. Apple launched a new phone in the middle of 2013 called the iPhone 5S, reportedly to sell at a significant discount to the iPhone 5. To be targeted at large emerging markets in which many customers have no phone and less money, the 5S phone is likely to have a polycarbonate construction instead of the glass and aluminum the iPhone 5 sports. In addition, there will be no retina display and the phone will not be compatible with newer LTE markets and will thus run on 3G. Running on 3G however, is adequate because many emerging markets will not have LTE for a number of years into the future. The iPhone 5S follows the line of thinking of the iPad Mini, providing a discounted item for customers on a limited budget. Although the 5S may hurt profit margins, producing the phone is an attempt to win market share in emerging markets before Samsung, Dell, Nokia, and other competitors win legions of fans over to their products.

Google

Headquartered in Mountain View, California, Google provides the world’s most popular search engine as well as cloud computing, Google Chrome, Google Maps for GPS users, Google Earth, Google Analytics for keeping track of hits and traffic on websites, and YouTube. Many of Google’s products are supported by heavy advertisements, helping to produce record revenues of $38 billion for year end 2011. Google produces Android, the world’s most popular smartphone platform.

About 96 percent of all Google revenues are derived from advertising programs, with the balance coming predominantly from licensing agreements. Using technology from a firm named DoubleClick, Google can better determine user interest and effectively target advertisements, thus enabling Google to charge more for their service.

Google’s Android operating system used for touch-screen smartphones and tablets currently enjoys a 75-percent market share in the smartphone marketplace. One of the key benefits of using Android products is that they are open source, meaning the software can be modified and distributed to anyone. Phone manufacturers such as Samsung or wireless carriers such as Verizon can alter the software to meet their specific needs. In addition, enthusiasts who enjoy developing applications for use in mobile devices can also alter the platform to fit their needs. The popularity and open source nature of Android has led it to becoming the top choice in the world for smartphones and tablets. The future of Android’s use may eventually extend away from solely phones and tablets into television, games, and consoles and virtually any electronic device. This could potentially put further pressure on Microsoft with their Windows 8 operating system and Xbox consoles.

Oracle Corp.

Headquartered in Redwood City, California, Oracle is a producer of middleware software, application software, application server and cloud application, data integration, development tools, Java, and much more. Oracle also provides consulting services in business and information technology (IT), strategy alignment, and ongoing product enhancements. In 2012, Oracle acquired RightNow Technologies, Inc. (RightNow) and Taleo Corporation (Taleo). Oracle’s stock hit a new 52-week high of $35 in January 2013.

As an example of Oracle’s software products that compete with Microsoft, one of the largest Australian Supermarket chains is Coles with more than 100,000 employees and 2,000 stores throughout Australia. Coles recently installed Oracle’s Exadata Database Machine and Oracle Enterprise Manager 12c running on Oracle Linux to enable critical trend reporting during retail seasonal spikes. By implementing the Oracle Exadata Database Machine, Coles’s processes improved three to four times out of the box, with four to six times faster query performance so that Coles’s can now meet SLAs and drive customer satisfaction. With the Oracle software, Coles can now also store 20+ TB of trending historical data, enabling new, complex analytical reports to help better predict the needs and potential issues for Coles’s stores.

Nintendo

Headquartered in Kyoto, Japan, Nintendo is the world’s largest video game company by revenues. Translated into English the company name is: “leave luck to heaven.” Nintendo is Japan’s third most valuable publically traded company and has a market value of more than $85 billion and revenues of more than $12 billion. Based in Redmond, Washington, near Microsoft’s headquarters, Nintendo North America is the majority owner of the Seattle Mariners Major League Baseball team. Nintendo is a market share leader position with products such as the Nintendo 3DS and Nintendo’s Wii products including the new Wii U, which features touch-screen controllers. Nintendo’s European division is based in Frankfurt, Germany. Nintendo has a joint venture in China now produces and markets the iQue Player, a modified version of the Nintendo 64.

External

Smartphone Growth

Smartphone shipments have risen dramatically since 2005 from 50 million phones shipped worldwide to more than 650 million phones shipped in 2012. Shipments by 2016 are expected to be more than 1,200 million phones. Most of the growth is expected to come from emerging markets, with China leading the way. In 2012, China surpassed the USA as the world’s largest smartphone market, yet there are millions of untapped customers remaining in China. India, Brazil, and other emerging markets offer millions of customers. Aside from traditional phone providers, companies such as Apple, Dell, and others are all continually offering new products and features to differentiate their handsets. Google and Microsoft are teaming up with existing phone producers to provide new and better operating systems for their respective phones.

Nokia Migrates to Windows 8

Nokia unveiled in late 2012 their latest Lumia 920 and 820 model smartphones, Nokia’s first set of smartphones to run off the new Windows 8 operating system. A main advantage gained for Nokia using Windows 8 resides in the compatibility of file-sharing capabilities because both the 920 and 820 devices will sync with PCs and tablets with Windows 8. Nokia hopes the switch to Windows 8 will differentiate its products and aid in improving sales which declined 37 percent from the second quarter 2011 to the second quarter 2012.

Cloud Computing

Cloud computing, supplying computing services via the Internet without having to use hardware or platform support, continues to grow in its use and offerings. Many businesses employ the technology to save on costs because they can lease data storage and computing capacity from web-based providers. Advantages for businesses using cloud technology include reduced capital investments in equipment and software, while allowing for payments only for the capacity needed. Traditionally, firms would buy their own in-house capacity and have to forecast future needs, often resulting in purchasing more capacity than was needed. Google is the lead company using cloud technology to support many of their offerings. However, there is still some concern among businesses that cloud computing offers less security, and increased dependability on a third-party vender such as Google to continually provide the service at an appropriate network speed is questionable. Nevertheless, cloud services are expected to yield revenues of $100 billion in 2016, up from $40 billion in 2011.

The Future

Microsoft is developing technologies that increasingly enable touch screen and voice to be more readily understood by PCs, tablets, and phones. Microsoft CEO Ballmer envisions that technology will soon act on people’s behalf rather than at their command, so he has directed Microsoft R&D staff to develop cloud services that enhance the experience for both businesses and individuals. Microsoft plans to better align the communication between PCs, tablets, phones, and servers by developing improved operating systems with Windows 8 delivering preliminary results in this arena.

High-definition TVs and tablets of today are expected to soon lose market share to gadgets than can read human emotions and to eye gaze technology that will allow for automatic scrolling and opening of apps. Even “skin stretch feedback” on devices will take into account people’s emotions. Tom Wilson, CEO of emotions3D, for example recently remarked that such devices will “interpret moods and give consumers a more helpful and rewarding experience.” Some analysts predict that the audio quality alone on smartphones will increase 16 times from 2013 to 2018. Also, as the tablet’s video gaming experience increases and becomes closer to the experience on an Xbox, PlayStation or Nintendo’s market share for traditional gaming consoles may decline. More useable devices for people on the go are being developed in part to reduce accidents while driving and using mobile devices.

Microsoft in early 2013 introduced its new Office 365 product, a subscription service for $99.99 or $9.99 per month pay-as-you-go option. Office 365 constantly updates itself every time you open a program. The product works great on Apple Macs and virtually all companies’ computers, tablets, smartphones, and more.

Microsoft’s $2 billion investment to finance part of Dell computer’s buyout in early 2013 is an attempt by the firm to support the ailing PC industry—which saw shipments fall 14 percent in the first quarter of 2013 alone. Millions of consumers globally are skipping over PCs altogether and going straight to mobile devices.

Technology is changing so rapidly everyday, and new rival firms arising globally in the industry, that Microsoft needs a clear strategic plan going forward.

Develop a new strategic plan for the upcoming new CEO of Microsoft.

The Emirates Group, 2014

www.theemiratesgroup.com

Based in Dubai, United Arab Emirates (UAE), Emirates Group (Emirates) includes (a) Emirates (the airlines) and (b) Dnata, a company specializing in aviation ground-handling services and operating at 20 airports. The largest airline in the Middle East, Emirates flies to more than 130 destinations in 70 countries on six continents and offers direct flights from Dubai to Washington, DC, San Francisco, Los Angeles, and Seattle. Emirates services the world from Beijing to San Francisco and more than 100 markets in between. More than 1,200 Emirates flights depart Dubai each week, accounting for about 40 percent of all air traffic out of Dubai International Airport.

Emirates carries 40 million passengers and 2.0 million tons of cargo annually, using a fleet of more than 170 aircraft. The company has another 230 aircraft on order (worth about $84 billion) and is the world’s largest operator of both the Airbus 380 and Boeing 777. Using large planes such as the Airbus 380 and Boeing 777 provides extra space and luxury for wealthy and business passengers alike. Most of the company’s planes even include spacious private suites, and some planes provide a spa with showers. Emirates is well known for providing excellent service for high-end passengers in first class, but it also provides excellent service in business class and economy class. Economy-class customers receive well-thought-out meals consisting of many courses, e-mail, SMS services, telephone, and personal TV monitors with more than 1,400 channel options. Singapore Air is considered the closest competitor based on overall business model of top service at a premium price and markets served.

Emirates has more than 67,000 employees and annual revenues of more than 73.1 billion Dirham (the United Arab Emirates currency). The Dirham is pegged to the U.S. dollar so currency fluctuations are not significant. Emirates is owned by the government of Dubai operating under the Investment Corporation of Dubai name, but the company and the government of Dubai are quick to point out the airline has grown in scale not by way of protectionism but through competition. The government of Dubai treats Emirates as a wholly independent business entity on its own and attributes this to the firm’s success. Dubai has an open-skies policy and more than 60 percent of all flights in Dubai are by companies other than Emirates.

In August 2013, Emirates became the first airline in the Middle East to provide Google Now cards for their passengers who book via Emirates.com. A feature of the Google Search app, Google Now is available and fully integrated for Android (devices running Android 4.1 and above) and iOS (iPhones and iPads). This new product enables Emirates’ customers to see and monitor their upcoming flight, providing flight times and departure terminal. Google Now gives passengers relevant information on their destination (for example weather conditions locally, currency, local landmarks, accommodations, and attractions).

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Dubai is a city-state in the UAE, located within the emirate of the same name, one of the seven emirates that make up the UAE. Dubai has the largest population in the UAE (2,104,895) and the second-largest land territory by area (4,114 km2) after Abu Dhabi. Dubai and Abu Dhabi, the national capital, are the only two emirates to have veto power over critical matters of national importance in the UAE legislature. The city of Dubai is located on the emirate’s northern coastline and is often misperceived as a country or city-state and, in some cases, the UAE as a whole has been described as Dubai.

When the British pulled out of Dubai in the late 1950s, Sheikh Saeed bin Maktoum (the current CEO of Emirates) decreed open-seas, open-skies, and open-trade policies to develop the country. He also required that all government agencies make a profit. Dubai was aiming to eliminate its dependence on its finite oil reserves within 50 years and thus has operated under a free market society for decades. Emirates Group started in 1959 as the Dubai National Air Transport Association (Dnata), with Dnata airport operations, Dnata cargo, and Dnata agencies as segments. After Gulf Air began cutting back service to Dubai in the 1980s, Dubai’s royal family provided funding for Dnata to obtain two planes and the company became known as Emirates Group. The company’s first flight was in 1985 on a leased Airbus plane. After being in operation for four years, Emeritus was serving 12 destinations, and by 1994 the airline was serving 32 destinations but still only operated 15 aircraft and was the sixth largest airline in the Middle East. During this time, 92 rival firms were serving Dubai Airport, which provided intense competition for Emirates.

The late 1990s was a time of rapid expansion for Emirates; it ordered 16 Airbus 330-200s at a cost of $2 billion, and in 1997, it ordered an additional six Boeing 777-200s. The company followed that by opening a $65-million training center with simulators for training pilots and crew. The company continued to expand, ordering an additional 22 Airbus A380s, the largest plane in the world, and six additional Boeing 777s in 2001. The 2000s saw considerable expansion in the number of planes operated and destinations served, including new flights being added every month to various places around the world. Emirates received 22 new aircraft in fiscal year 2012, the most ever obtained in a single year by the company. Emirates is perhaps the world’s fastest growing and most profitable airline in the industry.

Dubai is one of the fastest-growing countries in the world because thousands of people migrate to Dubai monthly, often because there is no tax on the personal wages in Dubai. The living standard is great, the climate is great, the infrastructure is impressive, business is growing leaps and bounds, and the schools in Dubai are international and provide a great learning environment for kids of all nationalities. However, an expatriate (foreigner) may work in Dubai only if sponsored by an employer.

Internal Issues

Mission and Vision

Emirates’ mission is “to become one of the top lifestyle brands in the world.”

Organizational Structure

EXHIBIT 1 Emirates’ Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

As indicated in Exhibit 1, Emirates operates from a divisional-by-product organizational design. Note that no women are among the company’s top management team, which comes as no surprise given Middle Eastern culture. However, Emirates could set an example soon by promoting one or more women to top management, to exemplify that women are as capable as men to manage business operations. The Executive Vice Chairman position perhaps is analogous to the traditional Chief Operations Officer.

Emirates Luxury

First-class passengers on Emirates flights enjoy their own private suites on Airbus 380, Airbus 350, and Boeing 777 planes. The Emirates first-class experience starts with a personal chauffeur picking up a passenger and driving him or her to the airport for a seamless check in. Customers are then able to enjoy the first-class lounge while they wait for the plane to arrive before the boarding process begins. First-class passengers have an allowance for two carry on items totaling 25 pounds combined and unlimited checked bags up to 170 pounds total weight. Once on board, the customer enjoys suites that include a personal mini-bar, vanity table, mirror, wardrobe, 23-inch TV with more than 1,400 channels including the latest movies, sliding door for extra privacy, SMS, Internet, and much more. If desired, the flight crew can covert the seat to a fully flat bed with mattress. To complement the bed, pajamas, slippers, and toiletries with Bulgari lotions are provided. First-class customers have exquisite free food and drink options, including Dom Perignon, martinis, Iranian caviar, stir-fried lobster, glazed duck breast, Arabic mezze (appetizers), and much more. First-class customers have access to the first-class lounge to mingle with other first-class passengers and enjoy hors d’oeuvres prepared by some of the world’s best chefs. First-class customers can enjoy one of the two onboard shower spas as part of their experience on the Emirates Airbus 380. The spas are marketed as having walnut and marble designs with fine linens and provide complimentary massages in addition to a shower. The price in 2009 for a first-class ticket from Dubai to Melbourne, Australia was around $16,000.

Business-class travel on Emirates is possibly the best in the world. Business-class passengers enjoy many amenities, such as seats turning into a 79-inch flat bed at the push of a button, power supply for laptops, extra large tables, large screen TVs with more than 1,400 channels, SMS, Internet, mini-bar built into every seat, and privacy dividers. These amenities are provided on A380 and most Boeing 777 aircraft. Business-class passengers also enjoy delicious food and many drink options. Complimentary champagne and vintage wines are the norm, and all food is presented on Royal Doulton fine-bone china. Business-class customers also have access to the business-class lounge on the second level of all A380 aircraft where chefs fix snacks and hors d’oeuvres. Emirates’ economy-class customers enjoy more than 1,400 channels on their personal TV, meals, and Internet, phone, and SMS capabilities at their seats.

Finance

Emirates’ fiscal year ends on March 31st, and all financial statements are prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and are reviewed by an unaffiliated institution as any publicly traded company would be subject to. Emirates reported a profit for the 25th consecutive year in fiscal year 2013 with revenues up 17.4 percent from the previous year, and the best year ever for Dnata, which had revenues of 6.62 million AED. Rising fuel prices hurt overall profits because fuel accounts for more than 40 percent of all costs for Emirates. The Arab Spring and the instability in Africa also hurt profits, but the company’s net profit for fiscal year 2013 was 7.83 billion AED, up 57 percent from the previous year. Emirates increased total passenger volume by 15.9 percent in fiscal year 2013 and maintained a passenger seat factor of 80 percent.

Emirates’ recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 2 and 3, respectively. Note the strong financial position of this company.

Segments

The Emirates Group has two primary divisions, Emirates and Dnata. Emirates is the airline, whereas Dnata includes (a) cargo and ground handing, (b) travel services, (c) catering, and (d) freight forwarding.

EXHIBIT 2 Emirates’ Income Statement (in millions of AED)

 

2013 AED m

2012 AED m

2011 AED m

Revenue

71,159

61,508

52,945

Other operating income

1,954

779

1,286

Operating costs

(70,274)

(60,474)

(48,788)

Operating profit

2,839

1,813

5,443

Other gains and losses

(4)

Finance income

406

414

521

Finance costs

(900)

(657)

(506)

Share of results in associates and joint ventures

127

103

91

Profit before income tax

2,472

1,673

5,545

Income tax expense

(64)

(53)

(78)

Profit for the year

2,408

1,620

5,467

Profit attributable to non-controlling interests

125

118

92

Profit attributable to Emirates’ owner

2,283

1,502

5,375

Profit for the year

2,408

1,620

5,467

Currency translation differences

(9)

38

Cash flow hedges

56

(259)

(282)

Actuarial losses on retirement benefit obligations

(70)

(116)

(57)

Other comprehensive income

(5)

(384)

(301)

Total comprehensive income for the year

2,403

1,236

5,166

Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests

125

118

92

Total comprehensive income attributable to Emirates’ Owner

2,278

1,118

5,074

Source: Based on page 8, 2013 Annual Report.

EXHIBIT 3 Emirates’ Balance Sheets (in millions of AED)

 

2013 AED m

2012 AED m

2011 AED m

ASSETS

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

57,039

49,198

39,848

Intangible assets

910

902

901

Investments in associates and joint ventures

485

430

386

Advance lease rentals

807

370

384

Loans and other receivables

508

917

1,704

Derivative financial instruments

92

69

Deferred income tax asset

15

10

 

 

51,896

43,223

Current assets

 

 

 

Inventories

1,564

1,469

1,290

Trade and other receivables

8,744

8,126

6,481

Derivative financial instruments

67

123

Short term bank deposits

18,048

8,055

3,777

Cash and cash equivalents

6,524

7,532

10,196

 

34,447

25,190

21,867

Total assets

94,803

77,086

65,090

EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Capital and reserves

 

 

 

Capital

17

801

801

Retained earnings

22,729

21,256

20,370

Other reserves

(768)

(833)

(565)

Attributable to Emirates’ owner

22,762

21,224

20,606

Non-controlling interests

270

242

207

Total equity

23,032

21,466

20,813

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Borrowings and lease liabilities

35,752

26,843

20,502

Retirement benefit obligations

631

479

Deferred revenue

1,460

1,074

930

Deferred credits

294

350

401

Deferred income tax liability

Trade and other payables

31

Derivative financial instruments

1,016

957

642

 

 

29,855

22,987

Current liabilities

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

25,013

20,601

17,551

Income tax liabilities

24

36

22

Borrowings and lease liabilities

5,042

4,037

2,728

Deferred revenue

1,147

915

792

Deferred credits

87

136

136

Derivative financial instruments

40

61

 

31,319

25,765

21,290

Total liabilities

71,771

55,620

44,277

Total equity and liabilities

94,803

77,086

65,090

Source: Based on page 9, 2013, Annual Report.

Emirates

EXHIBIT 4 Emirates Revenues by Segment (in millions of AED)

REVENUE

 

2013 AED m

2011–12 AED m

2010–11 AED m

Passenger

57,477

48,950

41,415

Cargo

10,346

9,546

8,803

Excess baggage

388

332

293

Other

767

 

 

Transport revenue

68,978

58,828

50,511

Sale of goods

1,196

2,017

1,774

Food

502

245

226

Other

483

418

434

Total

71,159

61,508

52,945

Source: Page 13, 2013, Annual Report.

Passenger revenue is the largest overall revenue generator as revealed in Exhibit 4. Substantial revenue also is derived from cargo, which produces 15 percent of the segment’s total revenue, whereas sale of goods produces 3 percent. All other sources contribute less than 1 percent of the segment’s revenues. This segment includes several maritime and mercantile holdings, a 49 percent ownership in a wine and spirit business in Thailand, and hotels in UAE, Australia, and Seychelles.

This segment operates more than 180 aircraft with approximately 120 on operating lease, 55 on financial lease, and 6 being fully owned by Emirates. Out of the 180 planes the company operates, 98 are Boeing’s 777, one of Boeing’s largest planes and the largest twin-engine plane in the world. An additional 21 aircraft are Airbus 380s, the four-engine double-decker plane that is the largest in the world. Emirates is the largest operator of Airbus 380 aircraft in the world. The company has on order 223 additional aircraft broken down to 84 Boeing 777s, 69 Airbus 380s, and 70 Airbus 350-900s. The Airbus 350s are wide-bodied, long-range planes designed to compete with Boeing’s Dreamliner. Although the 350s are considered large capacity, they hold significantly less passengers than the 777 and 380 models. On average, Emirates wide-body planes are 77 months old compared to the industry average of 136 months. With 223 new planes on order, the average age of planes in the fleet should drop substantially.

More than 40 percent of all expenses are related to jet fuel. Employment expenses account for 13 percent of revenue and operating leases account for 8 percent. Maybe surprising to some, aircraft maintenance only amounted for AED 1,296 million or 2 percent of total revenues, about the same as parking and landing fees. Exhibit 4 details a revenue breakdown within the Emirates segment.

Exhibit 5 reveals the geographic breakdown of Emirates’ flights. No single market accounts for more than 30 percent of revenues, creating a well-diversified company with respect to regions served. The Americas market grew at the highest rate in the most recent fiscal year, but East Asia and Australasia regions had the largest overall AED growth. Note that the Americas segment grew from last place to fourth place.

Dnata

EXHIBIT 5 Geographic Breakdown of Emirates’ Revenues (in millions of AED)

Year

East Asia and Australasia

Europe

West Asia and Indian Ocean

Americas

Middle East

Africa

Total

2012–2013

20,884

20,140

8,031

8,275

7,117

6,712

71,159

2011–12

18,227

17,058

7,083

6,696

6,314

6,130

61,508

2010–11

15,503

14,433

6,405

5,518

5,488

5,598

52,945

Source: Page 14, 2012–2013 Annual Report.

EXHIBIT 6 Dnata’s Revenues by Segment (in millions of AED)

Revenue

 

2012–2013 AED m

2011–12 AED m

2010–11 AED m

% change

In-flight Catering

1,686

2,452

576

325.7

Airport operations

2,474

2,321

1,980

17.2

Cargo

1,077

993

882

12.6

Information

755

649

546

18.9

Technology

 

 

 

 

Travel services

544

319

243

31.3

Other

173

100

73.0

Total

6,536

6,907

4,327

59.6

Source: Based on company documents.

Dnata’s profits and revenues for fiscal year-end March 31, 2013 were at all time records of 6.5 billion AED and 815 million AED respectively, as revealed in Exhibit 6. Much of the revenue growth can be attributed to recent acquisitions Dnata made including Travel Republic Ltd., the largest privately-held online travel company in the United Kingdom, in 2011. In late 2010, Dnata acquired Alpha Flight Group’s in-flight catering business. This is why the segment’s revenues increased so much in 2011–2012 because Travel Republic’s revenues first appeared on the income statement.

EXHIBIT 7 Geographical Revenue in Percent

 

2011–2012

2010–2011

2009–2010

UAE

77%

62%

45%

International

23%

38%

55%

Source: Based on page 54, 2012 Annual Report.

In-flight catering was both the largest revenue gainer and the largest revenue percent increase by 325 percent; however, the 2010–2011 fiscal year represents only three months of providing this service in house, resulting in the large percent increase. In-flight catering through the acquisition of Alpha Flight Group provided more than 48 million meals to customers in fiscal year 2012. Note all revenue streams in the Dnata segment experienced significant increases over the two years reported. Exhibit 7 provides a breakdown of Dnata services in UAE and internationally. For the first time ever, revenues in international markets were greater than domestic revenues.

Competition

Factors impacting the airline industry include global unrest, volatility of fuel prices, mergers and acquisitions, strategic alliances, video conferencing, and entry of discount airlines such as Ryanair. More than 100 different airlines provide service to Dubai International Airport, which is projected to become the world’s busiest airport by 2016. Opening for passenger travel by the end of 2013 will be the new Al Maktoum Airport in Dubai. In fiscal year 2012 alone, Emirates started long-haul flights to Seattle, Dallas–Fort Worth, Rio de Janeiro, Buenos Aries, Washington DC, Geneva, Baghdad, and St. Petersburg (Russia), among others. Emirates’ largest direct competitors are Singapore Airlines, British Airways, Delta, Middle East Airlines, and flydubai. Dubai is located eight hours by air from 75 percent of the world’s population.

Singapore Airlines Group

Singapore Air dates back to1947 when the company was known as Malayan Airways Limited, operating flights to cities in and around Singapore. But in 1971 Malayan Airways split into Singapore Airlines and Malaysian Airline System, and the Singapore Airlines brand took off. Singapore Air now operates 101 planes that average six years and seven months and have 30 more planes on order. Like Emirates, Singapore Air operates the Airbus 380 (19 in operation) and the Boeing 777 (58 in operation). The Group operates 20 subsidiaries within the air travel industry, including SIA Cargo, SIA Engineering Company, SilkAir, Scoot, and Tradewinds Tours and Travel. Both SilkAir and Scoot are airlines that compliment the service of Singapore Air. Singapore Air predominantly serves Europe, Asia, and Australia, but it also flies to four cities in the United States and three in Africa.

Singapore Airline Group’s fiscal year, like Emirates’, ends on March 31. For fiscal year 2012, the company’s profits were down $756 million to $336 million or 69 percent reduction, whereas revenues grew by $333 million to $14.8 billion, up 2 percent from the previous year. Both Singapore Air and Emirates are luxury airlines using Suites (separate from first class), first class, business class, and economy class. First-class passengers can enjoy 23-inch TVs, dining with food served on tableware designed by Givenchy, wines, and champagne. Singapore Air markets that they are the only airline to offer a stand-alone bed, not a converted seat. To complement the stand-alone bed, a sleeper suit, bedroom slippers, and linens also designed by Givenchy are provided. Soft lighting options and premium skin care products and toiletries are also provided.

Customers in first, business, and economy classes also enjoy amenities that exceed most all competing airlines. Hot, moist, hand towels are provided after meals to customers, even those in economy class. Serving all passengers since 1972 is the distinguished “Singapore Girl” that according to the company “is an enduring symbol of our impeccable service standards.”

flydubai

flydubai was started by the government of Dubai in 2008 and was supported by Emirates during the firm’s establishing phase, but flydubai is not part of the Emirates Group. With the backing of the Dubai government, flydubai ordered 50 Boeing 737-800s at a total price of $3.74 billion. The first planes were delivered in 2009, and flydubai was air bound for Beirut, the first market served. The company quickly grew as additional planes on order arrived. As of early 2013, the company served 52 markets, mostly in the Middle East but also a few select markets in Eastern Europe and India. In contrast to Emirates, flydubai is a discount airline provider much like a Spirit Airlines or AirTran in the USA or Ryanair or easyJet in Europe. flydubai operates 28 planes and 800 flights per week. The average age of aircraft is less than two years. The company does not currently provide financial information to the public.

Middle East Airlines

Middle East Airlines (MEA) began in 1945 in Beirut and served cities in Syria, Cyprus, Egypt, and later Saudi Arabia. The airline provides a local alternative for customers in the Middle East. In 1963, MEA merged with Air Liban and added destinations in the Middle East, West Africa, and Europe. In 2010, MEA accepted delivery of two new Airbus 320 aircrafts and resumed flights to Berlin and Brussels. In 2012, MEA joined SkyTeam and currently serves Europe, Persian Gulf, Middle East, and Africa. Notable destinations include four flights a day to Paris, London, Frankfurt, and Brussels; they also have flights to Rome, Milan, Athens, Geneva, Istanbul, and others in Europe and flights to several cities in Saudi Arabia, Amman, Iraq, Cairo, and Sharm el Sheikh. In total, MEA operates 19 aircraft with an average age of less than four years, has 10 planes on order, and serves 31 markets. The company offers Cedar Class (first class) and economy class. In 2011, MEA had revenues of $637 million with profits of $62 million.

British Airways

British Airways is a member of the Oneworld Alliance and is the largest carrier based on fleet size in the United Kingdom. The airline currently operates more than 250 aircraft with 50 more on order and serves the entire world. The airline has alliances with several airlines including Comair of South Africa and Sun Air of Scandinavia. The company had revenues of $14.8 billion in 2011. British Airways offers economy class, premium-economy class, business clas, and first class.

Delta

Headquartered in Atlanta and a member of the Sky Team Alliance, Delta is a major U.S. airline. Delta has hubs in several U.S. cities as well as in Amsterdam, Tokyo, and Paris. Operating more than 5,000 flights a day and an additional 2,500 flights through Delta Connection, Delta is one of the largest airlines in the world, and one of only a select few to provide service to all six inhabited continents. The airline provides business elite, first class, economy comfort, and economy class. Delta reported revenues of $14 billion and net income of $854 million in 2011.

Strategic Alliances

Airlines started forming strategic alliances in the 1990s to better compete with rival firms. Historically, if an airline did not serve a select market, a customer would either find an airline that did or be forced to purchase two separate tickets. Alliances largely resolve this problem because airlines can jointly benefit having a competitor (now also an alliance member) provide service for that leg of the flight. Other benefits of alliances are more efficient marketing and advertising exposure and frequent-flier programs, which attempt to hook passengers on to one particular airline for all their flying needs.

Three of the largest alliances in the world are SkyTeam, Star Alliance, and Oneworld. SkyTeam is based out of Amsterdam and was created in 2000 by founding members: Delta, Air France, Aeromexico, and Korean Air. The Sky Team Alliance consists of 19 carriers from five continents and carries more than 550 million passengers each year. Based out of New York City, Oneworld was formed in 1999 with founding members: American Airlines, British Airways, Canadian Airlines, Cathay Pacific, and Qantas. Today, 11 airlines operate within the Oneworld alliance and carry more than 335 million passengers annually. The Star Alliance was founded in 1997 by Air Canada, Lufthansa, Scandinavian Airlines, Thai Airways International, and United Airlines. Based in Frankfurt, Germany, the Star Alliance has 28 member airlines and serves 193 different countries with annual passenger numbers more than 670 million, making Star Alliance the largest alliance in terms of passengers served.

Alliance with Quantas

Emirates is not a member of any airline alliance, whereas Quantas is a member of Oneworld. However in January 2013, Emirates and Quantas, two rival firms, formally entered into a partnership allowing Quantas Airbus 380 customers to depart from Concourse A at Dubai Airport, the world’s only concourse designed for the Airbus 380. Quantas customers can enjoy the concourse, while waiting for their connecting flights to Europe. In exchange, Quantas moved their hub for European flights from Singapore to Dubai. Neither airline owns shares of the other, but they work together to better coordinate price, sales, and schedules. Quantas CEO Alan Joyce believes the partnership is a first of its kind and different from traditional alliances.

Dubai Business Culture

To be successful in business in Dubai, their culture and religion must be respected and rules must be followed. For example, a colleague should never be embarrassed or criticized in public. Women in Dubai should dress conservatively. Alcohol should never be consumed on the street, and it should be taken home only if one has a license to purchase it. Singles of the opposite sex may not live together in Dubai; gay marriages and relationships are not accepted in Dubai. If an unmarried woman becomes pregnant, then she must leave the country immediately. Other important rules to follow in Dubai include: do not cross your legs in front of someone of higher authority because it is seen as disrespectful; do not hold onto a handshake for a long time because it signifies a brotherly bond instead of a friendly gesture; do not use your left hand because it is considered dirty so use only the right hand to offer drinks, food, and so on; do not turn down a drink offer because it might insult the host; do not engage in friendly talk in pubic with any females; do not shake hands with women unless they come forward to do so; do not flirt, hug, and have other physical contact with a member of the opposite sex; do not make eye contact with women; do not ask a male Arab about any female because that is bad manners; do not point the soles of shoes at an Arab because the soles are dirty; do not refuse any gifts (if offered) but open them in private not in public; do not express a desire to communicate with any member of the opposite sex.

In Dubai, the workday starts at 8 a.m. until 1 p.m., but employees return at 7 p.m. to work more. During the Muslim Festival Ramadan, working hours in offices become shorter by two hours. In Arab cultures, clothes should be worn on all body parts including limbs. On Friday, Muslims pray and rest, so business should not be conducted on that day. During the month of Ramadan, Muslims avoid eating, smoking. and drinking during daylight.

The Future

Ironically for Emirates, the flydubai discount airline may pose the largest threat to the firm because demand for low price flights is growing rapidly globally. Flying with Emirates is high dollar, and competitors see great potential to take market share from Emirates with lower prices. It is important, therefore, for Emirates’ Chairman and CEO, Sheikh Ahmed bin Saeed Al Maktoum, to have a clear strategic plan for the next three years.

Design a business strategy for the Emirates Group for the next three years.

Royal Bank of Canada, 2013

www.rbcbank.com , RY

Headquartered in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, Royal Bank of Canada (RBC) is the largest bank in Canada, providing a full range of services from commercial banking and wealth management to insurance and capital markets services. Also known as RBC Financial Group, RBC has more than 1,000 locations in Canada and additional operations in 49 other countries. In the USA, RBC owns investment bank RBC Dominion Securities and RBC Wealth Management, but the company sold its RBC Bank in the Southeast USA to PNC Financial in 2012 for $3.62 billion. RBC’s bank’s asset management operations are among the largest in the world. RBC has about 75,000 employees who serve more than 15 million personal, business, public sector, and institutional clients.

Some RBC highlights for their fiscal year 2012 that ended October 31 were as follows:

  • 1. Earnings increased by 9 percent with return on equity (ROE) of 31.5 percent

  • 2. Net interest margin (NIM) of 2.86 percent

  • 3. Volume growth (loans and deposits) in Canadian Banking of 8.4 percent from last year and well ahead of peer average

  • 4. Efficiency ratio of 46.9 percent, improved from 47.3 percent last year in Canadian banking

  • 5. Named “Best Retail Bank in North America” (2012 Retail Banker International Awards)

  • 6. Highest cross-sell among Canadian peers (Ipsos-Reid)

  • 7. Announced agreement to acquire Canadian auto finance and deposit business of Ally Financial, Inc.

For the bank’s third quarter that ended July 31, 2013, RBC reported record net income of $2,304 million, up $64 million or 3 percent from the prior year, and up $368 million or 19 percent from the prior quarter. Two of the bank’s segments, 1) Personal & Commercial Banking and 2) Wealth Management, did especially well for the period. Specifically, Personal & Commercial Banking’s net income was a record $1,180 million, up $78 million or 7 percent compared to last year, largely due to solid volume growth across all businesses in Canada as well as the company’s acquisition of Ally Canada. RBC’s Wealth Management segment reported record net income of $236 million, up $80 million or 51 percent compared to last year, mainly due to higher average fee-based client assets. However for the quarter, RBC’s Insurance segment reported net income of $160 million, down $19 million or 11 percent from a year ago, largely due to higher claims costs of $14 million related to severe weather in Alberta and Ontario.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

The Merchants’ Bank of Halifax was incorporated in 1869 when 134 Halifax businessmen became shareholders of a new progressive bank started to support their various businesses. The new bank was renamed The Royal Bank of Canada in 1901. The history of RBC closely parallels the growth of Canada. Between 1921 and 1940, RBC regularly traded top ranking with Bank of Montreal, until 1941 when it became Canada’s largest bank. Under the leadership of John E. Cleghorn (1995–2001), RBC completed its transformation from a traditional commercial bank to a broad-based financial services group. Today, many, if not most, Canadians own shares in RBC through pension funds and mutual fund holdings and close to 90 percent of RBC’s employees are shareholders in the bank.

On March 2, 2012, RBC sold its U.S. regional retail banking operations to PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. On May 31, 2012, RBC acquired the Latin American, Caribbean, and African private banking business of Coutts, the wealth division of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group PLC., with client assets of approximately U.S. $2 billion. That acquisition gave RBC many clients in Latin America, the Caribbean, and Africa, as well as key private banking staff based primarily in Geneva, Switzerland, along with a team in the Cayman Islands.

On July 27, 2012, RBC acquired the remaining 50 percent stake in the joint venture RBC Dexia from Banque Internationale à Luxembourg S.A. (formerly Dexia Banque Internationale à Luxembourg S.A.) for €837.5 million ($1 billion) in cash. RBC thus now owns 100 percent of RBC Dexia, which has been rebranded RBC Investor Services.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

RBC’s vision statement is given on the firm’s website as: “Always earning the right to be our clients’ first choice.” There is no mention of a mission statement on the RBC website, but the company has an Aspiration Statement as follows: “To be a top performing diversified financial institution.” In what could be mission statements, RBC has several Strategy Statements, as follows: For Canada: “to be the undisputed leader in financial services.” For the bank’s Global Operations: “to be a leading provider of capital markets and wealth management solutions.” For what RBC calls its targeted markets: “to be a leading provider of select financial services complementary to our core strengths.”

Segments

RBC operates in five segments:

  • 1. RBC Royal Bank provides a broad suite of products and financial services in Canada through the largest national distribution network.

  • 2. RBC Wealth Management provides services to affluent, high and ultra-high net worth clients globally with a full range of investment, trust, credit, and insurance solutions; provides asset management solutions through RBC Global Asset Management. RBC is the largest asset manager in Canada and number one in retail mutual funds.

  • 3. RBC Insurance provides a wide range of travel, life, health, home, auto, wealth, and reinsurance products and solutions, as well as creditor and business insurance services.

  • 4. RBC International Banking provides banking offices in the Caribbean; includes U.S. cross-border banking operations and RBC Dexia Investor Services. Note: RBC does business in 20 Caribbean countries and territories, stretching from the Bahamas in the north to Suriname in the south, with 121 combined branches, and more than 6,400 employees serving more than one million clients. RBC’s Caribbean headquarters are based in Port-of-Spain, Trinidad.

  • 5. RBC Capital Markets provides global investment bank services to institutions, corporations, governments, and high net worth clients around the world. Leading all firms in Canada in 2012, RBC advised on 102 announced merger and acquisition (M&A) deals worth $76 billion. The deals advised on in 2012 included Chinese state-owned company CNOOC Ltd’s $15.1 billion takeover of Canadian oil and gas producer Nexen Inc., and Glencore International PLC’s C$6 billion purchase of Canadian grain handler Viterra, Inc. In total, the number of M&A deals with Canadian advisors involved fell by 13.1 percent from 2011, but the value rose by 38.7 percent. In addition, RBC accounted for 34.9 percent share of the equity-advising market, finishing ahead of Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which advised on 21 deals worth $49.2 billion, and BMO Capital Markets, which advised on 63 deals worth $47.5 billion. In equity issuance, RBC raised C$5.5 billion ($5.58 billion) in 68 transactions, taking the top spot from 2011 leader TD Securities, which finished third in 2012 with C$3.7 billion. BMO finished second with C$4.7 billion. Also in 2012, RBC led in debt issuance, raising C$39.9 billion in 131 issues, and in initial public offerings, advising on C$367.5 million worth of deals in a slow year for new issues.

Effective at the end of October 2012, RBC eliminated its international banking segment and created a new Investor & Treasury Services segment that includes RBC Investor Services, formerly a business under international banking. RBC moved correspondent banking and treasury services from capital markets into this new segment. In addition on that date, RBC created a Personal & Commercial Banking segment that includes the former Canadian banking segment and expanded it to include the company’s businesses in the Caribbean and the USA.

Exhibit 1 provides a summary of RBC’s segment performance in fiscal year 2012. Note that their Insurance segment had the highest ROE (46.8 percent) whereas their Investor & Treasury Services has the lowest (4.3 percent). Exhibit 2 provides information on RBC’s geographic operations. Note in Exhibit 2 that Canadian operations comprised 79.6 percent of the bank’s net income in 2012.

EXHIBIT 1 RBC’s 2012 Segment Results by Product (in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Personal and Commercial Banking

Wealth Management

Insurance

Investor and Treasury Services

Capital Markets

Net interest income

9,061

393

668

2,559

Non interest income

3,582

4,442

4,897

657

3,629

Total Revenue

12,643

4,835

4,897

1,325

6,188

Non interest expense

5,932

3,796

515

1,134

3,746

Net income before taxes

5,544

1,040

761

191

2,307

Income tax

1,456

277

47

106

726

Net income

4,088

763

714

85

1,581

ROE

31.5%

14.1%

46.8%

4.3%

13.6%

Average Assets

33.4K

20.9K

11.5K

563.6K

349.2K

ROE, return-on-equity.

Source: Based on company information.

EXHIBIT 2 RBC’s 2012 Segment Results by Region (in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Canada

USA

Other

Total

Net interest income

10,413

1,308

777

12,498

Non interest income

9,378

3,564

4,332

17,274

Total revenue

19,791

4,872

5,109

29,772

Noninterest expense

8,809

3,404

2,947

15,160

Income taxes

1,600

519

(19)

2,100

Net income before taxes

6,041

843

706

7,590

Source: Based on company information.

Organizational Structure

RBC operates from a strategic business unit organizational structure, having three group head positions, with various product divisions reporting to those group heads. The company’s organizational structure is illustrated in Exhibit 3. Note in Exhibit 3 that the only female in the corporate hierarchy serves both as the company’s Chief Financial Officer (CFO) and Chief Accounting Officer (CAO); basically she is the Chief Operations Officer (COO) for the firm. It is a bit unusual for the COO, or CAO in this case, to also be the CFO in a company.

Finance

For the first time ever in 2012, RBC provided their Annual Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) with corresponding comparative IFRS financial information presented for the prior year. All amounts for 2010 and before are based on Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).

For fiscal year 2012, RBC reported record net income of $7.5 billion, up $1.1 billion or 17 percent from the prior year. The results reflected record earnings in Personal & Commercial Banking, Capital Markets, and Insurance. Note in Exhibit 4 that RBC’s revenue in 2012 jumped $2.1 billion to $29.7 billion. Note in Exhibit 5 that RBC’s total deposits increased $29 billion in 2012 to a total of $508 billion.

EXHIBIT 3 RBC’s Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company information.

EXHIBIT 4 RBC’s Income Statements (in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

2012

2011

2010

Interest Income, Bank

20,852.0

20,813.0

17,746.0

Total Interest Expense

8,354.0

9,456.0

7,408.0

Noninterest Income, Bank

17,274.0

16,281.0

15,744.0

Total Revenue

29,772.0

27,638.0

26,082.0

Loan Loss Provision

1,301.0

1,133.0

1,240.0

Noninterest Expense, Bank

18,781.0

17,525.0

17,015.0

Income Before Tax

9,690.0

8,980.0

7,827.0

Income Tax, Total

2,100.0

2,010.0

1,996.0

Income After Tax

7,590.0

6,970.0

5,831.0

Minority Interest

−97.0

−101.0

−99.0

Equity in Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

−59.0

Net Income Before Extraordinary Items

7,493.0

6,869.0

5,673.0

Total Extraordinary Items

−51.0

−526.0

−509.0

Net Income

7,442.0

6,343.0

5,164.0

GAAP, generally accepted accounting principles.

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 RBC’s Balance Sheets (in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

2012

2011

2010

Assets

 

 

 

Cash and Due From Banks

12,617.0

12,428.0

8,440.0

Other Earning Assets, Total

295,511.0

267,939.0

278,288.0

Net Loans

378,244.0

347,530.0

273,006.0

Property, Plant, Equipment, Total (Net)

2,691.0

2,490.0

2,139.0

Goodwill, Net

7,485.0

7,610.0

6,660.0

Intangibles, Net

2,686.0

2,115.0

1,710.0

Long-Term Investments

125.0

142.0

171.0

Other Long-Term Assets, Total

2,756.0

29,357.0

35,181.0

Other Assets, Total

122,985.0

124,222.0

120,611.0

Total Assets

825,100.0

793,833.0

726,206.0

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

0.0

0.0

1,877.0

Payable/Accrued

5,242.0

3,954.0

0.0

Accrued Expenses

6,880.0

6,285.0

7,179.0

Total Deposits

508,219.0

479,102.0

414,561.0

Other Bearing Liabilities, Total

9,385.0

7,689.0

7,371.0

Total Short-Term Borrowings

64,032.0

42,735.0

42,066.0

Policy Liabilities

0.0

0.0

0.0

Notes Payable, Short-Term Debt

0.0

0.0

0.0

Current Portability of Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Current Liabilities, Total

2,244.0

2,172.0

929.0

Total Long-Term Debt

8,515.0

9,643.0

7,408.0

Deferred Income Tax

176.0

266.0

0.0

Minority Interest

1,761.0

1,761.0

2,256.0

Other Liabilities, Total

174,379.0

200,524.0

203,608.0

Total Liabilities

780,833.0

754,131.0

687,255.0

Redeemable Preferred Stock

0.0

0.0

0.0

Preferred Stock, Nonredeemable, Net

4,814.0

4,813.0

4,811.0

Common Stock

14,323.0

14,010.0

13,378.0

Additional Paid-In Capital

0.0

0.0

236.0

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

24,270.0

20,381.0

22,706.0

Treasury Stock, Common

30.0

8.0

−81.0

ESOP Debt Guarantee

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unrealized Gain (Loss) 0.0

0.0

0.0

 

Other Equity, Total

830.0

490.0

−2,099.0

Total Equity

44,267.0

39,702.0

38,951.0

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

825,100.0

793,833.0

726,206.0

ESOP, employee stock ownership plan.

Source: Based on company documents.

External Issues

Canada’s banks weathered recent economic woes in the USA and around the world quite well, having no housing bubble issues in Canada. That is partly why all six of Canada’s biggest banks made the Global Finance list of the world’s 50 Safest Banks for 2012. RBC expects the Canadian economy to grow by 2.4 percent in 2013, mainly driven by consumer spending, business investment, and improved net exports. However, given the continued global uncertainty, RBC plans to maintain the overnight rate at 1.0 percent until global factors restraining the Canadian economy ease. Modest and gradual withdrawal of the Canadian stimulus measures is expected to begin in the second half of 2013.

RBC expects the U.S. economy to grow by 2.3 percent in 2013, mainly driven by slightly higher consumer spending, continued business investment, and improvement in the housing market. RBC expects U.S. growth in 2013 to be restrained by fiscal policy tightening, with the Federal Reserve holding interest rates at historically low levels through mid-2015.

RBC expects Eurozone economic growth to improve to 0.1 percent in 2013 as governments implement policy measures to address the Eurozone structural issues and restore confidence. Consumer and government spending are expected to further decrease in Europe, reflecting weak labor market conditions and fiscal austerity measures implemented to ensure sovereign debt sustainability. Although inflation remains elevated, RBC expects interest rates in Europe to be maintained at 0.75 percent in 2013 to provide continued stimulus to the economy.

Basel Committee

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Global Standards for Capital and Liquidity Reform (Basel III) provides new standards for capital and liquidity, establishes minimum requirements for common equity, and increases capital requirements for counterparty credit exposures, a new global leverage ratio, and measures to promote the build up of capital that can be drawn down in periods of stress. Banks around the world are preparing to implement these new standards (commonly referred to as Basel III). In Canada, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI) expects deposit-taking institutions to meet the minimum 2019 Basel III capital requirements for Common Equity Tier 1 (CET 1) in the first quarter of 2013. RBC continues to be well capitalized by global standards, with excellent capital ratios.

Domestic-Systemically Important Banks (D-SIBs)

The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision have finalized a principles-based framework to guide national authorities in establishing principles for dealing with D-SIBs. OSFI has not communicated formally on a Canadian D-SIB regime, but RBC expects one to be put forward. The implementation of a D-SIB regime in Canada may result in RBC being subject to additional capital and disclosure requirements.

Over-the-Counter Derivatives Reform

Reforms in the over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives markets continue on a global basis, with the governments of the G20 nations proceeding with plans to transform the capital regimes, national regulatory frameworks, and infrastructures that RBC operates. Thus, RBC anticipates changes in their wholesale banking business, some of which will impact their client- and trading-related derivatives revenues in capital markets. In July 2012, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) released proposed cross-border guidance regarding the application of U.S. swaps rules to international banks, including requirements to register with the CFTC as a swap dealer.

Competitors

The banking business is intensely competitive, with rival companies having branches within close proximity of each other, and online banking taking a greater and greater share of the market each day. Exhibit 6 shows that RBC’s major rival firms are Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC), the Toronto-Dominion Bank (TD), and the Bank of Nova Scotia (BNS). Note that RBC has the lowest profit margin, a respectable 27.87 percent, but is the leader in most categories.

Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce (CIBC)

Headquartered in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, CIBC has more than 1,000 branches in Canada, offering a wide range of services, including deposits, loans, investments, and insurance. With a stock symbol of CM, CIBC operates in two main segments: (1) CIBC Retail Markets (consumer and small-business banking, credit cards, wealth management) and wholesale banking arm (2) CIBC World Markets (merchant and investment banking, capital markets services, and research for corporate, institutional, and government clients). Outside of Canada, CIBC owns a majority of First Caribbean International Bank.

EXHIBIT 6 A Financial Synopsis of RBC versus Rival Banks in Canada (as of 10-30-13)

Stock Ticker Symbols

RY

CM

TD

BNS

Market Capitalization

93.03B

33.60B

83.89B

73.00B

Revenue

29.70B

11.79B

22.38B

19.88B

Net Income

7.44B

3.37B

6.47B

6.15B

Profit Margin

27.87%

29.49%

29.75%

32.04%

Total Debt

157B

48.54B

156B

126.52B

EPS Ratio

5.50

8.37

6.47

5.13

Price/Earnings Ratio

12.21

10.13

12.98

11.83

Note: B = billions of Canadian dollars RY = RBC; CM = Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce; TD = Toronto-Dominion Bank; BNS = Bank of Nova Scotia.

Source: Based on company information.

The Toronto-Dominion Bank (TD)

Headquartered in Toronto, Ontario, Canada, TD is also known as TD Bank that owns 45 percent of U.S. discount brokerage TD Ameritrade. Sometimes called TD Financial, the company ranks among the world’s top online financial services firms and is one of the largest banks in Canada, where it operates more than 1,100 branches under the TD Trust banner. U.S. subsidiary TD Bank, N.A., has another 1,300 branches in about 15 eastern states. TD also offers commercial financial and advisory services. Other segments of TD include TD Insurance, TD Asset Management (mutual funds), TD Securities (investment banking, equities, and foreign exchange), and TD Waterhouse, the largest online brokerage in the United Kingdom and Canada.

The Bank of Nova Scotia (BNS)

Headquartered in Toronto, Ontario, Canada (rather than Nova Scotia), BNS, or ScotiaBank, has about 1,000 branches in Canada and 1,700 offices in more than 50 other countries, mainly in the Caribbean, Central America, and South America. Services include deposit accounts, loans, insurance, brokerage, asset management, mutual funds, and trust accounts.

The Future

RBC paid its employees bonuses of 11 percent in 2012, compared for example to JPMorgan that cut its bonus by 2 percent. RBC also shares its wealth with investors, paying out a dividend of $0.67 per share for Q3 of 2013, up 6 percent or 4 cents from Q2 of 2013. RBC is aggressively looking to expand outside of Canada, from where most of its current income originates. In comments regarding future plans, the CEO Gordon Nixon noted in the company’s third-quarter report that he would “like to see at least half of RBC’s revenue come from outside of Canada.” To this end, the bank’s wealth management arm has been actively pursuing business around the world. With the recent purchase of Ally Financial’s Canadian unit, RBC has become a strong presence in the auto-lending sector, and the unit is expected to bring in around $120 million in its first year.

Anytime a firm is the leader in any industry, as RBC is in banking in Canada, that firm is the target of rival firms who imitate and duplicate the leading firm’s strategies. RBC shareholders have come to expect high returns. The company’s top management team needs a clear strategic plan going forward.

Develop a three-year strategic plan for RBC.

Embraer S.A., 2013

www.embraer.com , (Sao Paulo Stock Exchange and ticker ERJ on NYSE)

Headquartered in Sao Jose dos Campos, Brazil, Embraer specializes in developing and manufacturing civilian and military aircraft as well as providing aeronautical services. Embraer has more than 18,032 full-time workers (16,325 in Brazil) and more than $15 billion worth of aircraft on back order. One of the largest aerospace firms in the world, Embraer has carved its niche on what many airline companies are calling “right-sized” aircraft. To date, Embraer commercial jets are produced with seating options generally between 70 and 124 seats on the E-Jets and 37 to 50 passengers on the ERJ jets. By producing quality jets, sized right at affordable prices, Embraer is one of the largest exporting firms in Brazil. Both Delta and JetBlue use Embraer jets to shuttle passengers between New York, Boston, Atlanta, Washington, and similarly distanced locations. Since 1969, Embraer has delivered more than 5,000 aircraft to airlines or militaries in more than 100 countries on five continents. In mid-2013, SkyWest places an order for 200 Embraer 175 aircraft worth about $4.1 billion to begin being delivered in Q2 of 2014. SkyWest is headquartered in Utah and is the largest regional airline in the world operating such companies as United Express, USAir Express, Delta Connection, American Eagle, and ExpressJet.

On 8-27-13, RBC Capital Markets published an initiation report on Embraer S.A. (ERJ) with a stock price target of $42. Embraer had last traded in New York at $33.37, representing a 25 percent upside. There were two main reasons for RBC’s Buy recommendation. First, RBC projected strong demand for regional jets and Embraer has been gaining market share from rival Bombardier, from 29 percent in 2003 to 76 percent in 2013. RBC forecasted a 17 percent year-on-year Embraer earnings growth in 2014. Second, Embraer at the time was trading at a 20 percent discount compared to rival firms, even though the company reported the second fastest earnings growth at 14.3 percent for 2012–2015 (estimated), versus its commercial aircraft rival firms at 6.1 percent and its defense peers at 1.2 percent.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Embraer was founded in 1969 as a state-owned civilian and military aviation company known at the time as Empresa Brasileira de Aeronautica. Brazil’s Aeronautics Ministry signed a contract for the purchase of 80 Bandeirante aircraft that were produced in a hanger capable of producing two planes per month with a workforce of 500 employees. After growing during the 1970s, Empresa Brasileria de Aernonautica obtained an office in Florida and formed a subsidiary named the Embraer Aircraft Company to better serve the U.S. market. In 1983, the company started Embraer Aviation International in Paris to better serve European markets and markets in the Middle East and Africa. Despite growth, macroeconomic conditions and the burden of being state-run culminated in the company struggling and facing possible bankruptcy by 1990. To avoid bankruptcy, and to cash in on revenues received from the demand for smaller aircraft in the early 1990s, the company was privatized in 1994 with a handful of financial institutions acquiring ownership in the company. The company name was also officially changed to Embraer S.A. in 1994.

After rapid growth for 15 years, Embraer opened its first plant in the USA in Melbourne, Florida, in 2011. The hanger was 7,500 square feet and designed for final assembly and included a modern paint booth. Also in 2011, Embraer’s Defense and Security segment backward integrated by purchasing 64 percent of the shares of OrbiSat da Amazonia SA’s radar division and created Harpia Sistemas SA to focus on unmanned aerial vehicles research. Embraer holds a 51 percent stake in Harpia with AEL Sistemas owning the remaining 49 percent.

In January 2013, Embraer and Republic Airways Holdings Inc., operator of the largest E-jets fleet in the world, revealed a contract for the sale of 47 embraer 175 jets, with options for an additional 47 aircraft, providing a potential for 94 E175s, which could reach a total value of approximately U.S. $4 billion, in 2013 economic conditions, at list price. The new aircraft will be operated by Republic Airlines, a Republic subsidiary, under the American Eagle brand in the American Airlines’ regional network. The deal was approved in early 2013. The E175 is a dual-row layout, seating up to 76 passengers; the first delivery was in mid-2013.

“It is significant that our long-time, valued customer Republic Airways—a true innovator in the regional transport business—is the first customer for the enhanced E175,” said Paulo Cesar Silva, President and CEO, Embraer Commercial Aviation. “The E175 is the most comfortable, technologically advanced and efficient aircraft in its class and it represents the best value for airlines because it also delivers the lowest total operating cost.”

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Embraer in late 2012 developed a vision statement as follows: “Embraer will continue to consolidate its position as one of the primary powers in the global aeronautics and defense security industries, with market-leading positions in the segments in which it operates, and a reputation for excellence.” The company’s mission statement is as follows: “Embraer’s business is to generate value for its shareholders by fully satisfying its customers in the global aviation market. By ‘generate value,’ we mean maximizing the Company’s value and ensuring its perpetuity, acting with integrity and social environmental awareness.”

Organizational Structure

As indicated in Exhibit 1, Embraer has two primary segments (1) Defense and Security and (2) Commercial Aviation. Instead of a Chief Operations Officer, note that the company has an Executive Vice-president of Operations.

Finance

Embraer’s EPS increased 336 percent in 2012 to 0.96 as the company delivered 221 aircraft that year. Among the 221 were 106 commercial jets, 99 executive jets, 14 Super Tucanos, and 2 EMB 145 jets. Embraer’s revenues increased 6 percent from 2011 to 2012, and net income increased 212 percent. American Airlines filed Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in 2011, and they utilized ERJ 145 jets, forcing Embraer to lose up to $293 million.

Embraer’s income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 2 and 3, respectively. Note in Exhibit 3 the zero goodwill, which is good.

EXHIBIT 1 Embraer’s Organization Chart

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 2 Embraer’s Income Statement (in millions of $)

 

2012

2011

2010

Revenue

6,177.9

5,802.95

5,364.1

Other Revenue, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Revenue

6,177.9

5,802.95

5,364.1

Cost of Revenue, Total

4,683.0

4,495.86

4,338.1

Gross Profit

1,494.9

1,307.1

1,026.0

Selling/General/Administrative Expenses, Total

762.5

681.83

571.6

Research & Development

77.3

85.25

72.1

Depreciation/Amortization

0.0

0.0

0.0

Interest Expense (Income), Net Operating

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unusual Expense (Income)

11.4

0.0

0.0

Other Operating Expenses, Total

33.3

221.43

−9.4

Operating Income

610.2

318.24

391.7

Interest Income (Expense), Net Non-Operating

0.0

0.0

0.0

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other, Net

−30.6

−143.72

−32.0

Income Before Tax

614.1

247.55

408.1

Income Tax - Total

265.5

127.12

62.7

Income After Tax

348.6

120.42

345.4

Minority Interest

−0.8

−8.82

−15.2

Equity In Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income Before Extra. Items

347.8

111.61

330.2

Total Extraordinary Items

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income

347.8

111.61

330.2

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 3 Embraer’s Balance Sheet (in millions of $)

 

2012

2011

2010

Assets

2,379.4

2,103.8

2,126.6

Cash and Short-Term Investments

 

 

 

Total Receivables, Net

564.9

532.7

380.6

Total Inventory

2,155.3

2,283.4

2,193.4

Prepaid Expenses

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Current Assets, Total

266.3

249.5

282.2

Total Current Assets

5,365.9

5,169.4

4,982.8

Property/Plant/Equipment, Total – Net

1,738.5

1,450.4

1,201.0

Goodwill, Net

0.0

0.0

0.0

Intangibles, Net

958.9

808.3

716.3

Long-Term Investments

51.3

57.5

52.1

Note Receivable - Long Term

509.8

563.1

577.4

Other Long-Term Assets, Total

866.0

809.6

861.4

Other Assets, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Assets

9,490.4

8,858.3

8,391.0

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

758.9

829.9

750.2

Payable/Accrued

0.0

0.0

0.0

Accrued Expenses

65.4

89.2

79.5

Notes Payable/Short-Term Debt

0.0

0.0

0.0

Current Port. of LT Debt/Capital Leases

348.2

564.6

184.4

Other Current Liabilities, Total

1,619.9

1,358.0

1,374.6

Total Current Liabilities

2,792.4

2,841.7

2,388.7

Total Long-Term Debt

2,118.5

1,556.1

1,721.7

Deferred Income Tax

26.5

23.0

11.4

Minority Interest

92.0

110.5

103.1

Other Liabilities, Total

1,202.7

1,319.7

1,137.7

Total Liabilities

6,232.1

5,851.0

5,362.6

Redeemable Preferred Stock

0.0

0.0

0.0

Preferred Stock - Non Redeemable, Net

0.0

0.0

0.0

Common Stock

1,438.0

1,438.0

1,438.0

Additional Paid-In Capital

0.0

0.0

0.0

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

1,980.3

1,737.3

1,759.8

Treasury Stock – Common

−154.2

−183.7

−183.7

ESOP Debt Guarantee

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Equity, Total

−5.8

15.7

14.3

Total Equity

3,258.3

3,007.3

3,028.4

Total Liabilities & Shareholders’ Equity

9,490.4

8,858.3

8,391.0

Total Common Shares Outstanding

740.47

723.67

740.47

Source: Based on company documents.

Segments

Commercial Aviation

Embraer’s commercial aviation segment accounts for more than 60 percent of all company revenues. Embraer has more than 90 customers, including 30 of which are airline companies on five continents. To date, more than 900 regional jets from the ERJ 145 family are in service. ERJ planes typically offer 37 to 50 seats and are designed to carry passengers from small cities to larger airports for connecting flights. United Airlines uses the 50-seat ERJ from the USA to Mexican cities such as Torreon, Queretaro, and Veracruz. Despite rapid growth in this segment, it is Embraer’s belief that this segment has reached maturity in the current markets where they operate.

To create new market share in the commercial aviation segment, Embraer is now producing a larger E-jet in four different models. The E170 and E175 models are designed for 70 to 88 passengers whereas the E190 and E195 jets are designed for 93 to 124 passengers. The company likes to promote the E-jet as a product that “taps the gap” between regional and larger aircraft. For example, a flight from Atlanta to Boston could easily be accommodated by an E-jet around noon when demand is lower because most flight demand is during the morning and afternoon hours. Advantages to the E-jet is there is no middle seat and they are large enough to stand up as a passenger walks down the aisle, just as one would be able to on a Boeing 737 or Airbus 320, unlike competitor Bombardier’s planes where many people have to bend over as they make their way to their seat. A drawback with the E-jet is that it does not have the fuel capacity to fly across the USA. But forecasts indicate that demand will grow for E-jets, as indicated by Republic Airlines paying Embraer to $4 billion to provide E175 jets.

Executive Aviation

Embraer’s second most profitable segment is the executive aviation, accounting for 19 percent of all revenues. Embraer entered this market in 2000 and rolled out the first plane, a Legacy 600, in 2002. Currently, Embraer provides seven different executive jet options, including the Phenom, Legacy, and Lineage models. The Phenom 100 is the smallest jet offered in the segment and carries 4 passengers up to 1,200 nautical miles. That plane retails for just under $4 million. Larger than the Phenoms are Embraer’s Legacy line of jets. The Legacy 500 can carry 12 passengers up to 2,800 nautical miles and costs around $18 million. The larger Legacy 600 and 650 aircraft are capable of carrying 13 passengers over 3,000 nautical miles at altitudes of 41,000 feet. Purchase price is around $27 million.

The Lineage is a variation of the commercial Embraer 190 and is designed with an executive floor plan and additional range by adding a fuel tank. The aircraft can carry 19 passengers upward of 4,500 nautical miles with a price tag of more than $50 million. Currently less than 20 of these aircraft have been built, compared to more than 200 Legacy 600-style planes. All Embraer executive jets can be customized to include showers, bedrooms, or standard commercial jet seating layouts.

Defense and Security

Revenues from Embraer’s Defense and Security segment increased 44 percent in 2012. Embraer’s Defense and Security segment accounts for 15 percent of revenues. Embraer provides 48 different nations with services and products contained under the Defense and Security’s umbrella, including supplying the Brazilian Air Force with more than 70 percent of its fleet. In addition to traditional manned aircraft, Embraer is also engaged in unmanned aerial vehicles and public security systems. These new endeavors were acquired through acquisitions and partnerships with existing firms.

One of Embraer’s newer crafts, the Super Tucano, replaced the Tucano that was first produced in 2003 and continues to be produced today. The plane is a single-engine turbo propeller that resembles a World War II fighter plane to the untrained eye. The plane is designed for light attack and aerial reconnaissance in low-threat environments as well as serving a role in pilot training. The Embraer 99 is the military version of the ERJ 145 used in early warning and control. The plane differs mainly from the ERJ 145 in that it provides 20 percent more thrust. The firm also provides several variations of the Embraer 99, all with slightly different features and purposes. The Embraer KC-390 is a twin-engine military jet aircraft designed for troop transport. That plane’s first flight is scheduled for 2014 with introduction scheduled for 2016. The company currently does not produce a fighter jet or bomber.

Agricultural

The Embraer EMB 202 Ipanema is a small single-engine plane designed for use in crop dusting. The cost is around $250,000. The agricultural segment makes up less than 2 percent of total revenues and is not separated by Embraer into its on distinct segment, just listed as “other revenues.” Since 1969, more than 1,200 aircraft have been built. In 2012, 66 Ipanerna aircraft were sold in Brazil and Mercosur, up 15 percent over 2011.

The Segment Numbers

Note in Exhibit 4 the drop in Embraer aircraft deliveries in 2011 versus 2010. Exhibit 5 shows the company’s percentage of revenue provided by each segment. Exhibit 6 details the geographic breakdown of Embraer’s revenues. Currently North America accounts for 20 percent of total revenues, a number that is expected to increase as the company continues to provide aircraft to large U.S. carriers and additionally increases production of the executive jets such as the Phenom produced in Melbourne, Florida. The USA comprises 40 percent of the aviation world market share.

EXHIBIT 4 Embraer Aircraft Deliveries

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Commercial Aviation

106

105

100

122

Executive Aviation

99

99

144

115

Defense and Security

16

Total Jets

221

204

246

244

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 Revenue Percent by Segment

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Commercial Aviation (%)

61

64

61

69

Executive Aviation (%)

21

19

23

17

Defense and Security (%)

17

15

15

12

Others (%)

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 6 Geographic Revenues

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

North America (%)

24

20

13

22

Europe (%)

31

25

33

33

Latin America (%)

11

15

Brazil (%)

14

17

13

11

Asia Pacific (%)

19

23

22

21

Others (%)

Source: Based on company documents.

Competitors

Embraer’s three primary competitors are Bombardier, Boeing, and Airbus. But, up-and-coming aircraft manufacturing rivals such as Japan’s Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Russia’s Sukhoi, and even China’s COMAC are aiming to drive down prices in coming years. This industry is already highly competitive and getting more so every day.

Bombardier virtually invented the regional-jet segment when its CRJ100 entered service in 1992. Embraer broke into the space with its ERJ145 in 1996. Embraer today controls slightly more than 50 percent of the regional aircraft market, including turboprop planes, but the landscape is fluid.

Exhibit 7 shows that Embraer is only one-third of the size of Bombardier and one-tenth of the size of Boeing, which hurts Embraer in terms of economies of scale. Note in Exhibit 7 that Boeing is by far the most efficient and most profitable. However, in the 61 to 120 seat size jets, Embraer leads all rivals in producing these planes—holding a 43-percent market share.

Bombardier

Based in Montreal, Canada, Bombardier is the world’s only producer of both aircraft and trains. With customers in more than 60 nations and a workforce of 70,000 employees, Bombardier is a world leader in transportation services. The company trades publicly on the Toronto Stock Exchange under ticker symbol BBD and is also listed on the Dow Jones Sustainability World and North American indexes.

About half of the total workforce at Bombardier is devoted to working in the aerospace segment. Products produced include planes for business and commercial purposes and specialized amphibious aircraft. Bombardier is currently the number-one producer of business and regional aircraft in the world and the third-largest aircraft manufacturer behind Boeing and Airbus. Bombardier products in the business aircraft segment include: Learjet, Challenger, and Global aircraft. Commercial aircraft include the C-Series program, CRJ series, and Q-Series. Amphibious aircraft include the Bombardier 415 and Bombardier 415 MP.

EXHIBIT 7 Aircraft Manufacturer Competitor Comparison

 

Embraer

Bombardier

Boeing

Number of employees

18,000

61,900

171,000

Revenue

$6.2B

$18.3B

$78.9B

Net Income

$347M

$837M

$4.3B

Net Profit Margin

5.59%

4.89%

5.46%

Revenue per Employee

$344K

$295K

461K

EPS

$0.73

$0.44

5.67

Market Capitalization

5.93B

$7.02B

55.8

Shares Outstanding

185M

1.75B

754M

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Derived from a variety of sources.

Headquartered in Wichita, Kansas, Learjet is part of Bombardier; Learjet offers four variations of planes that range in capacity from 7 to 10 passengers and have ranges between 2,000 and 3,000 nautical miles. All Learjets have a top speed of around 540 miles per hour. The Learjet 60, a midsize Learjet, costs $13.5 million. Bombardier’s Challenger series business jets come in three sizes with capacities ranging from 10 passengers to 14 passengers. The Challenger crafts have a longer range, 2,800 nautical miles to more than 4,000 nautical miles, making nonstop flights across the USA or Europe possible. Speeds are comparable with the Learjet family. The Global family of jets is available in four different models with passenger volume either 17 or 19. Top speed is around 590 miles per hour, making the Challenge series the fastest jet Bombardier manufactures. Total range varies by model ranging from 5,200 to 7,900 nautical miles making transocean travel possible.

Bombardier’s commercial series of craft includes the Q-Series propeller planes and the CRJ and C-Series jets. Q-series prop planes offer seating for 60 to 90 passengers. The prop planes are designed for short haul flights but offer jetlike speed. The CRJ planes offer seating options ranging from 40 to 100 passengers depending on the model and are designed for short to midrange flights. The larger C-Series plane accommodates either 100 or 149 passengers depending on the model and are designed for midrange flights. Bombardier also offers special aircraft for surveillance and fire fighting.

Boeing

Headquartered in Chicago, Illinois, Boeing is the world’s largest manufacturer of commercial jets and military aircraft combined. The company also designs and manufactures rotorcraft, missiles, satellites, launch vehicles, and much more. Boeing is the principle contractor for the International Space Station, a major provider to NASA, and serves customers in more than 150 nations.

Boeing’s commercial jets range in size from the 737, with total capacity ranging from 110 to 220 seats, to the 747, with capacity of up to 550 passengers. The 737 family most closely competes with Embraer’s commercial aircraft. With fuel capacity of up to 6,875 gallons, the 737 can fly 3,000 nautical miles and is rated for a maximum altitude of 41,000 feet. Prices in 2012 ranged from $71 million to $107 million for the Boeing 737. Boeing produces a wide range of business craft as well, but these planes are similarly reconfigured versions of existing passenger aircraft and not smaller business planes like Embraer and Bombardier produce.

Demand for commercial air transportation globally increased 5.3 percent in 2012, but profitability of airline companies declined from $8.8 billion (in 2011) to $6.7 billion in 2012. That profitability number is expected to increase to $8.4 billion in 2013.

Airbus

Headquartered in Toulouse, France, Airbus is a subsidiary of the European Aeronautic Defense and Space Company and produces around half of the world’s commercial jet airliners. Airbus employs more than 63,000 people and has annual revenues of about $43 billion. Airbus produces a wide array of aircraft including commercial jets, business jets, freighters, and military planes. The military jets are limited to cargo and surveillance and are not designed for attacking military operations. Competing principally with Embraer is Airbus’s 320 line of commercial craft and a wide array of business aircraft.

Airbus’s 320 is available in four different models, with the A318 and A319 competing most closely with Embraer. The A318 is capable of carrying up to 107 passengers in two-class layouts with maximum range of 1,500 nautical miles. The A319 has a capacity between 124, which is the same capacity as one version of Embraer’s E-jet, and 156 seats. The A319 has a range of 2,000 nautical miles and is the widest single-isle fuselage on the market. There are 1,352 A319s in service and another 1,526 on order. The A318 is not as popular, with 78 planes in operation and 81 on order.

Airbus also manufactures eight versions of business-class aircraft. The ACJ318 is the smallest version with total capacity of 8 passengers and an impressive range of more than 4,200 nautical miles. The largest plane offered is the ACJ380 with capacity up to 50 passengers and range more than 9,500 nautical miles. Like Boeing, Airbus business craft are virtually the same as their respective passenger craft, just reconfigured with office space, conference tables, and larger seats for business travelers.

External Issues

Growth in the Middle Class

Although many discuss the U.S. shrinking middle class, worldwide there is a rapid growth in the middle class. The middle class in Eastern Europe, China, and Latin America is expected to grow substantially over the next 20 years as a redistribution of wealth created from increasing gross domestic product (GDP) in these regions. By 2030, it is expected that emerging market cities will have more middle and high-end residents than developed cities. The size of the middle class will grow from 1.8 billion to 3.2 billion by 2022 resulting in a larger population of middle class than poor. By 2030, the number of middle-class people is expected to be 4.9 billion. Total economic benefit is expected to increase from $21 trillion to $56 trillion by 2030, all of which posits increasing demand for airlines and thus consistent demand for aircraft makers such as Embraer.

In addition, Africa is a new frontier that corporations are turning to for business. Historically, the African economy has been largely dependent on natural resources and as recently as 2010, around 67 percent of all exports were related to natural resources. Kenya, South Africa, and the Ivory Coast are three of the leading markets in Africa and overall around 33 percent of the population in Africa has grown into the middle class. The African economy is expected to out-pace the world average over the next 20 years and with an increasing amount of middle-class citizens and reduction in the dependence of exports, more and more businesses and citizens will come to depend on air travel to conduct business throughout the continent. European and Middle Eastern airlines have begun to expand their routes into Africa, forcing African airline companies to respond because more than 50 percent of their planes are 10 years or older and cannot operate as efficiently as the new aircraft. In addition, most African-based aircraft offer seating configurations of 120 seats or more, although most flights contain less than 100 passengers. This limits markets served and frequency of air service. It is Embraer’s expectation their smaller-sized jets will fit the bill in the new revitalizing Africa.

Business Culture in Brazil

Home to Embraer, Brazil is the largest nation in South America and fifth largest in the world in both land area and population. Brazil has a population of 146 million with more than 15 million living in the Sao Paulo and Rio de Janeiro areas. Approximately 55 percent of all Brazilians are of Portuguese descent with 38 percent a mixture of several cultures. Around 6 percent of the population is of African decent. Portuguese is the official language, and although there is no official religion, about 90 percent of the population consider themselves Roman Catholics. Currently around 50 percent of the population of Brazil is younger than 20 years of age, and despite economic problems, Brazil has much potential to become a rich nation with its strong industrial, agricultural, and natural resource operations.

Workers in Brazil, like other areas of Latin America, hold a higher concern for rules, controls, and career security than in the USA or Europe. Brazilian society tends to be risk-adverse and reluctant to accept change, and this has contributed to a growing inequality between rich and poor in Brazil. However, the reluctance for change is complimented by a strong respect for tradition, including a strong work ethic. Employees believe in long-term rewards for a hard day’s work. New ideas or ways of doing business are often met with great skepticism in Brazil.

Brazilians dress formal at work with executives wearing three-piece suits and office workers often wearing two-piece suits. Women are expected to dress conservatively and have their nails well manicured. Appointments in Brazil should be made with at least two weeks notice; last-minute appointments with either businesses or government agencies should not be attempted. Although parts of Brazil may not be the most punctual in regard to meetings starting on time, meetings in Sao Paulo and Rio De Janerio are much like those in the USA or Europe because they start on time. However, even in these two cities, casual chit chat should start the meeting and only when the host moves to the business at hand should the conversation turn to more serious matters. It is also common courtesy to purchase lunch or dinner for a host but not to provide a gift.

The Future

In a market that some analysts consider to be a duopoly, the short-hop, narrow-body jets manufactured by Embraer have outsold those from Bombardier for nearly a decade. But Bombardier is not conceding ground, especially in its traditional North American stronghold. United Airlines and smaller rival US Airways are both expected to announce airplane purchases in 2013. Bombardier received a December 2012 order worth up to $3.29 billion from Delta Air Lines. That order almost matches Embraer’s deal worth up to $4 billion to supply the regional network of AMR Corp’s (AAMRQ.PK) American Airlines. More orders for somebody will follow soon because U.S. carriers need new short-haul planes, to the tune of 250 to 400 planes in the next 18 months. American Eagle already has a large mixed fleet of Embraers and Bombardiers, so neither suppliers has exclusive rights.

Bombardier’s market share in the regional-jet market has fallen below 30 percent, from 72 percent in 2003, but the company has a strategic plan to regain its dominance. Airlines are often hesitant to switch fleets from one supplier to another because additional training and maintenance costs can outweigh savings on the purchase. Unfortunately for Embraer, Delta, US Airways, and their regional flying partners already operate more Bombardier CRJs, whereas American and United and their partners use more Embraer jets. Embraer needs a clear strategic plan to maintain (or increase) its current market share. Perhaps Embraer needs to shift some focus to trying to supply firms such as Ryanair, Emirates, Singapore Air, and flydubai.

Bayerische Motoren Werke (BMW) Group, 2013

www.bmwgroup.com , BMW.DE

Headquartered in Munich, Bavaria, Germany, BMW Group is a world famous German automobile-, motorcycle-, and engine-manufacturing company. In June 2012, BMW was listed in Forbes magazine as the number-one most reputable company in the world. Rankings were based on aspects such as “people’s willingness to buy, recommend, work for, and invest in a company.” The rankings were based 60 percent on public perceptions of the company and 40 on public perceptions of their products.

BMW owns and produces the Mini marque and is the parent company of Rolls-Royce Motor Cars. BMW produces motorcycles under the Motorrad and Husqvarna brands led by the K 1200 GT, R 1200 RT, and F 800 S models. BMW Group operates 29 production and assembly facilities in 14 countries and has a global dealer network in more than 140 countries. BMW’s premium lineup includes sedans, coupés, convertibles, and sport wagons in the 1, 3, 5, 6, and 7 Series, as well as the M3 coupe and convertible, the X5 sport active, and the Z4 roadster. BMW has a profitable financial services segment that provides purchase financing and leasing, asset management, dealer financing, and corporate fleets. About 3,000 dealers worldwide sell BMWs.

In calendar year 2012, BMW Group sold 1.85 million cars and nearly 117,000 motorcycles worldwide, the highest annual total ever for the company and an increase of 10.6 percent over the previous record year in 2011. BMW sales in the month of January 2013 were the highest ever in a January for the company; sales grew 11.5 percent to 107,276 units and it was the first time that more than 100,000 BMW vehicles were delivered worldwide to customers in that month.

In early 2013, BMW Group and Toyota Motor Corporation extended their long-term collaboration agreement for the joint development of a fuel-cell system, joint development of architecture and components for a sports vehicle, joint research and development of lightweight technologies, and collaborative research on lithium-air batteries with a post-lithium-battery solution. BMW Group had a workforce of approximately 105,000 employees.

BMW Group reported the best-ever May 2013 sales with 166,397 BMW, MINI, and Rolls-Royce automobiles delivered to customers worldwide, up 5.8 percent from the previous May. BMW Motorrad also had a successful May 2013 with sales up 14.2 percent to 13,081 vehicles delivered. However, in August 2013, BMW customers around the world were complaining intensely about not being able to obtain spare parts for their BMW. The world’s biggest maker of luxury cars, BMW has struggled from June to September 2013 to ship components on time because of a new supply-management system being introduced in its central warehouse in Germany. BMW’s 40 parts-distribution centers originate at the main warehouse in Dingolfing that also directly supplies about 300 repair shops in Germany. Raimund Nestler—who lives in Ingolstadt, Germany, the home base of rival Audi AG (NSU)—has been waiting six weeks for a new part that controls engine speed. “I have always been a die-hard BMW driver and am currently driving my seventh BMW, but will consider which brand I’ll buy the next time,” he said by phone. “For a premium carmaker like BMW, this is particularly disappointing.” BMW’s stock has declined 2.5 percent in 2013 through August, valuing the company at 45.7 billion euros ($61 billion).

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

BMW was established in 1917 following a restructuring of the Rapp Motorenwerke aircraft manufacturing company. At the end of World War I, BMW was forced to cease aircraft engine production by the terms of the Versailles Armistice Treaty. The company shifted to motorcycle production in 1923 and once the restrictions of the treaty started to be lifted, began producing automobiles in 1928–1929. The first car produced by BMW was the Dixi, a vehicle whose design was based on the Austin 7, from the Austin Motor Company in Birmingham, England.

BMW’s circular blue and white logo, or roundel, evolved from the circular Rapp Motorenwerke logo, but as BMW grew, that emblem was combined with the blue and white colors of the flag of Bavaria. The BMW logo has also been portrayed as the movement of an aircraft propeller with the white blades cutting through a blue sky—first used in a BMW advertisement in 1929, 12 years after the roundel was created.

BMW’s first significant aircraft engine was the BMW IIIa inline-six liquid-cooled engine of 1918, much preferred for its high-altitude World War I performance. With German rearmament in the 1930s, the company again began producing aircraft engines for the Luftwaffe. Especially successful World War II aircraft engines were the BMW 132 and BMW 801 air-cooled radial engine, and eventually the BMW 003 axial-flow turbojet that powered Germany’s 1944- and 1945-era jets, such as the Heinkel He 162 and eventually the Messerschmitt Me 262.

After outselling Lexus in 2011 and 2012, BMW and Mercedes are vying to be the top luxury auto brand in the USA. Lexus was the top-selling luxury car brand in the USA from 1999 to 2010. Sales of the Toyota Lexus rose 32 percent to 16,211 in January 2013, led by the ES sedan, which more than doubled to 5,186 deliveries.

Internal Issues

Year 2012

In calendar year 2012, BMW sales rose 11.6 percent to 1,540,085 vehicles, the best sales level in the history of the company. Success was led by the highly successful BMW 1 Series, with a total of 226,829 vehicles sold in 2012, an increase of 28.6 percent over the previous year. The BMW X1 also did great in 2012 with a total of 147,776 vehicles sold, up 16.9 percent over the prior year. The BMW 3 Series Sedan did best with 294,039 vehicles delivered, an increase of 22.4 percent over 2011. Sales of the BMW X3 grew 27.1 percent to 149,853 units sold, whereas the BMW 5 Series reported that 337,929 vehicles were delivered to customers in 2012, up 9.0 percent from the prior year. Even sales of the BMW 6 Series grew 146.8 percent, with 23,193 vehicles being delivered to customers.

Also for 2012, global sales of the BMW MINI were a record 301,526 vehicles, up 5.8 percent. The USA remained the largest market for the MINI, with a record-breaking 66,123 cars sold in 2012, followed by the United Kingdom, with 50,367 cars sold. In the ultra-luxury-class segment, Rolls-Royce sales for the full year 2012 reached record sales result of 3,575 motor cars, the highest annual sales in the 108-year history of Rolls-Royce and the third consecutive record.

Additionally, a record total of 106,358 BMW Motorrad motorcycles were sold in 2012.

Organizational Structure

BMW operates using an autocratic, functional structure with no apparent Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operations Officer and divisional presidents. As indicated in Exhibit 1, if executives with these titles exist, they are neither listed on the corporate website nor in the Annual Report.

EXHIBIT 1 BMW’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents

Segments

BMW reports their revenues by region and by brand and is doing exceptionally well in all regions and brands. For example, BMW reported its strongest January ever as sales climbed 11.5 percent to 107,276 units for January 2013, the first time ever that more than 100,000 BMW vehicles were delivered worldwide to customers in a January. There were 29,053 BMW 3 Series sold, up 27.9 percent, as well as 11,753 BMW X1 vehicles sold, up 57.8 percent. The BMW X3 continued to be popular with 10,230 vehicles delivered to customers, up 9.4 percent. Sales of the BMW 1 Series were up 8.8 percent to 14,222 units sold, and the BMW 5 Series sales grew 6.4 percent to 23,049. Sales of the BMW 6 Series grew 22.4 percent to 1,354 units. Also in January 2013, worldwide sales of the MINI reached 15,864 vehicles, up 0.6 percent, which was a new all-time high for any January ever.

As indicated in Exhibits 2 and 3, BMW’s sales in January 2013 increased in all regions and all brands, except Motorrad motorcycles. Despite BMW’s record January 2013, rival Audi (owned by Volkswagen AG) beat BMW in 2013 luxury-car market January sales, propelled by a 39-percent jump in Audi deliveries in China, its biggest national market. Audi sold 111,750 cars and sport utility vehicles (SUVs) worldwide in January, a 16-percent increase from a year prior, compared to BMW brand’s 12-percent gain to 107,276 deliveries. Global sales at Mercedes (owned by Daimler AG) rose 9 percent in January 2013 to 94,895 vehicles, helped by demand for the A- and B-class compacts and its SUV line-up.

Exhibit 4 reveals BMW’s 2012 year-end segment data by region for automobiles. Note the 2.8 percent decline in motorcycle revenues, and the decline in United Kingdom revenues.

EXHIBIT 2 BMW’s January 2013 Sales by Region (units sold)

 

2013

2012

Change (%)

Asia

43,114

36,422

+ 18.4

China

30,397

26,505

+ 14.7

Japan

3,250

+ 19.0

South Korea

2,790

+ 32.9

Americas

25,021

24,419

+ 2.5

United States

20,195

19,739

+ 2.3

Europe

50,594

46,831

+ 8.0

Germany

18,709

17,028

+ 9.9

Russia

2,311

1,653

+ 39.8

Africa*

37,649

32,890

+ 14.5

Oceania*

23,000

21,297

+ 8.0

*For all of 2012

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 3 BMW’s January 2013 Sales by Brand (units sold)

 

2013

2012

Change (%)

BMW Group Automobiles

123,276

112,164

+ 9.9

BMW

107,276

96,184

+11.5

MINI

15,864

15,768

+ 0.6

BMW Motorrad

4,818

5,237

− 8.0

Husquarna Motorcycles

587

544

+ 7.9

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 4 BMW’s Revenues By Segment

Revenues

In € million

2012

2011

Automobiles

50,165

46,681

Motorcycles

980

1,008

Other revenues

7,660

7,318

 

58,805

55,007

Germany

11,974

12,494

United Kingdom

4,059

4,061

Rest of Europe

12,303

12,766

North America

12,991

10,903

Asia

14,436

12,042

Other markets

3,042

2,741

 

58,805

55,007

Source: Company documents.

Finance

Exhibit 5 shows the income statement for BMW Group.

EXHIBIT 5 BMW’s Income Statements

(in € million)

2012

2011

Revenues

58,805

55,007

Cost of sales

−46,252

−43,320

Gross profit

12,553

11,687

Selling expenses

−3,684

−3,381

Administrative expenses

−1,701

−1,410

Research and development expenses

−3,573

−3,045

Other operating income and expenses

703

670

Result on investments

598

181

Financial result

−99

−665

Profit from ordinary activities

4,797

4,037

Extraordinary income

29

Income taxes

−1,635

−2,073

Other taxes

−31

−23

Net profit

3,131

1,970

Transfer to revenue reserves.

−1,491

−462

Unappropriated profit available for distribution

1,640

1,508

Source: Company documents

EXHIBIT 6 BMW’s Balance Sheets

(in € million)

2012

2011

Assets

 

 

Intangible assets

178

161

Property, plant and equipment

7,806

6,679

Investments

3,094

2,823

Tangible, intangible and investment assets

11,078

9,663

Inventories

3,749

3,755

Trade receivables

858

729

Receivables from subsidiaries

6,297

5,827

Other receivables and other assets

2,061

1,479

Marketable securities

2,514

3,028

Cash and cash equivalents

4,618

2,864

Current assets

20,097

17,682

Prepayments

118

120

Surplus of pension and similar plan assets over liabilities

672

43

Total assets

31,965

27,508

Equity and liabilities

 

 

Subscribed capital

656

655

Capital reserves

2,053

2,035

Revenue reserves

5,515

4,024

Unappropriated profit available for distribution

1,640

1,508

Equity

9,864

8,222

Registered profit-sharing certificates

32

32

Pension provisions

56

84

Other provisions

7,406

7,651

Provisions

7,462

7,735

Liabilities to banks

1,408

911

Trade payables

3,900

2,940

Liabilities to subsidiaries

8,451

6,923

Other liabilities

800

741

Liabilities

14,559

11,515

Deferred income

48

Total equity and liabilities

31,965

27,508

Source: Based on company documents.

Competitors

The combined sales for Toyota’s Lexus, Daimler’s Mercedes-Benz, BMW, Honda’s Acura, GM’s Cadillac, Volkswagen’s Audi, and Nissan’s Infiniti, which are the seven best-selling luxury brands automobiles in the world, rose 15 percent in the USA in 2012 through November. Growth in sales of luxury vehicles exceeds growth in all other automobile categories, and these brands are fiercely competitive globally.

Exhibit 7 provides a financial summary of leading luxury-car manufacturers. Note that BMW is the smallest firm in terms of number of employees, but it has the second highest earnings per share (EPS).

Volkswagen

Headquartered in Wolfsburg, Lower Saxony, Germany, Volkswagen (VW) is the largest German automobile manufacturer and the second- or third-largest automaker in the world behind GM or Toyota. The word volkswagen means “people’s car” in German and is pronounced folks wagen. VW aims to double its U.S. market share from 2 percent to 4 percent by 2014 and aims to be the world’s largest carmaker by 2018. VW introduced diesel-electric hybrid versions of its most popular models in 2012, including the Jetta, followed by the Golf Hybrid and the Passat. VW also owns Porsche.

Mercedes-Benz

Headquartered in Stuttgart, Baden-Wuttemberg, Germany, Mercedes-Benz is a division of the German automobile manufacturer Daimler AG. Mercedes-Benz is active in three forms of motorsport racing: Formula Three, DTM, and Formula One. The parent, Daimler AG, holds a 60 percent stake in Formula One team Mercedes-Benz Grand Prix, as well as a 22 percent stake in aerospace and defense consortium EADS. Daimler sells its vehicles in 40 countries, but Europe represents 40 percent of its sales.

EXHIBIT 7 A Financial Comparison of BMW with Rival Firms (in U.S. dollars)

 

BMW

VW

Daimler

GM

Toyota

Nissan

Revenue ($)

76.1B

251B

153B

151B

243B

102B

Net Income ($)

5.1B

30B

7.5B

4.5B

8.3B

3.3B

Profit Margin (%)

6.65

11.9

4.9

3.0

3.4

3.2

Debt-to-Equity Ratio

1.47

1.24

1.85

0.40

1.15

1.45

EPS ($)

7.27

12.82

7.03

2.67

2.60

0.79

Number of Employees

106K

549K

275K

213K

325K

157K

Revenue per Employee ($)

717K

457K

556K

708K

747K

680K

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company information.

Mercedes-Benz’s U.S. sales surged 11 percent in January 2013, in its effort to overtake BMW in luxury-auto deliveries for all of 2013. Mercedes sold 22,501 vehicles in January 2013, its best January ever, and helped the C-Class sedan’s 11 percent climb to 7,214 units sold. In comparison, sales for BMW increased 0.7 percent to 16,513 units, boosted by a 56 percent gain for its X5 SUV.

Toyota Motor Corporation

Headquartered in Toyota, Aichi, Japan, Toyota runs neck and neck with GM as the largest automobile company in the world. Toyota’s U.S. operations are headquartered in Torrence, California. Popular Toyota models include the Camry, Corolla, Land Cruiser, and Lexus, as well as the Tundra truck. The Lexus competes directly with BMW. Lexus sales were up 23 percent in the USA in 2012 through November and are expected to gain at least 10 percent in 2013.

Volvo Car Corporation

Headquartered in Gothenburg, Sweden, Volvo, or Volvo Personvagnar AB, is owned by Zhejiang Geely Holding Group China, headquartered in Hangzhou, China. Geely acquired Volvo in 2010 from Ford Motor Company. Volvo manufactures and markets a wide range of vehicles, some that compete with BMW. With approximately 2,300 local dealers from around 100 national sales companies worldwide, Volvo’s largest markets are the USA, Sweden, China, Germany, the United Kingdom, and Belgium. In 2011, Volvo recorded global sales of 449,255 cars, an increase of 20.3 percent compared to 2010. In 2012, Volvo signed NBA star Jeremy Lin to an endorsement agreement. Over the next two years Lin will participate in Volvo’s corporate and marketing activities as a “brand ambassador” for Volvo.

Audi

Headquartered in Ingolstadt, Bavaria, Germany, Audi Aktiengesellschaft (Audi) designs, engineers, manufactures, and markets automobiles and motorcycles. Audi-branded vehicles are produced in seven production facilities worldwide. AUDI AG has been a majority owned (99.55 percent) subsidiary of VW since 1966. In September 2012, Audi began construction of its first North American manufacturing plant in Puebla, Mexico, expected to be operative in 2016 and produce the successor to the Q5.

In 2012, Audi again won the 24 Hours of Le Mans, a historic first Le Mans victory for a hybrid, which was captured by Audi’s R18 e-tron quattro. Audi’s other R18 hybrid took second, whereas R18 ultras took third and fifth. This sports car racing success followed Audi R18’s victory at the 2011 24 Hours of Le Mans. The Audis finished in front of three Peugeot 908s by 13.8 seconds to claim victory.

Audi offers a computerized control system for its cars, called multimedia interface (MMI). This advancement came amid criticism of BMW’s iDrive control, a rotating control knob and “segment” buttons—designed to control all in-car entertainment devices (radio, CD changer, iPod, TV tuner), satellite navigation, heating and ventilation, and other car controls with a screen. Some believe MMI is a considerable improvement on BMW’s iDrive, although BMW has since improved their iDrive.

Business Culture in Germany

Germany survived the 2008 recession in good position thanks to their strong economy and manufacturing base. Unemployment in Germany is lower now than it was in 2008. German companies are generally run by individuals specializing in various technical areas. For example, a car company is more likely to be run by an expert mechanical engineer in Germany than an expert accountant or finance individual. This technical nature often extends down the chain of command for other key positions as well. For example, responsibility is often delegated to another technically sound individual, who then expects his or her manager to leave them alone to perform the task with little oversight. People from other cultures often view this approach as distant and cold. In addition, socializing is much more common at the peer level than up or down the hierarchy in Germany.

Meetings in Germany generally start on time with all members in attendance having well researched any aspects of the meeting that touch on their area of expertise. It is often assumed by people outside Germany that “German businesspeople have their minds made up before the meeting even starts,” but this is not the case. Germans take a sense of pride in their subject matter and want to be as well prepared as possible, so they can contribute and make key points during the meeting. During a meeting, it is expected that individuals will contribute when the discussion touches on their area of expertise. This is an overriding theme in German business, where well-prepared specialists are groomed and preferred to generalists. This line of thinking also extends into teamwork in Germany. Each team member answers to the leader, but each tends to focus on his or her individual technical task, with little overlapping conversations, at least in technical nature, with other team members.

Communication in Germany tends to be direct and to the point. Supervisors tend not to sugarcoat their reviews or requirements for subordinates, instead informing them in direct words their performance reviews, expectations, and so forth. In addition, when interviewing a German worker for a job, they will tend to describe in clear terms what they are capable of doing, rather than speaking in vague terms like in other cultures. German workers tend not to oversell themselves in an interview; if they claim they are capable of a task, you can generally bet they are capable.

Dress in Germany is professional but not as clearly defined as in the United Kingdom, USA, or many Asian nations. Women often wear dress pants, rather than dresses or skirts, and men often wear sport jackets, as opposed to black or blue suits. Despite having a woman president as leader of Germany, women in Germany still lag behind women in other European nations in securing top-level management opportunities, partly because women are not majoring in the technical fields as commonly as men; senior-level jobs generally go to individuals heavily trained in key technical areas.

The Future

China overtook the USA in 2012 as BMW’s biggest international market, with the company’s sales in China rising 14 percent to 28,597 automobiles and motorcycles. “Looking ahead, we expect the headwinds in Europe to remain,” said Ian Robertson, BMW’s head of sales and marketing. “However, we are confident of healthy sales growth in other regions, especially Asia and the Americas.”

BMW borrowed a new retail concept from Apple stores, which was tested in the United Kingdom, by rolling out its version on the Apple “Genius Bar” across Europe. The iPad-equipped, specially trained “BMW Genius Everywhere” staff will give customers information about vehicles and features, but they will not sell cars. The new BMW employees wear a white polo shirt that says “BMW Genius,” but they are paid a salary, not a commission on sales. A pilot program for the “BMW Genius Everywhere” program will began in the USA in late 2013, with a full launch by early 2014, which is when the new BMW i3 electric car is set to go on sale.

Davide Campari-Milano S.p.A., 2013

www.camparigroup.com , DVDCF

Headquartered in Milan, Italy, Gruppo Campari (Campari) is the sixth-largest beverage company in the world with operations in more than 190 nations, including being the self-proclaimed leader in Italy and Brazil and a top-tier presence in the USA, Germany and Switzerland. Campari is growing and expanding its international footprint. The company is a subsidiary of the parent company Davide Campari-Milano, but most all company operations are referred to in respect to Campari, including the financial statements.

Campari produces a wide array of spirits, wines, and even a few soft drinks that are limited solely to the Italian market. The company is structured into four segments: spirits, wines, soft drinks, and other. Some notable spirit products include: Wild Turkey, Campari, Appleton Estate Rum, Skyy Vodka, Cynar, Ouzo 12, Zedda Piras, and Drury’s. Campari wines include include Cinzano, Liebfraumilch, Mondoro, Riccadonna, Sella & Mosca, and Teruzzi & Puthod. Campari soft drinks include Crodino and Lemonsoda.

Campari has more than 2,200 employees, annual sales of more than €1.5 billion, and 12 manufacturing plants: 4 located in Italy, 1 in Greece, 1 in Scotland, 1 in Ukraine, 1 in the USA, 1 in Argentina, 2 in Brazil, and 1 in Mexico. Gruppo Campari also owns four wineries: three in in Italy (Sella & Mosca, Teruzzi & Puthod, and Enrico Serafino) and one in France (Lamargue).

Effective March 2013, Campari disposed of its Punch Barbieri brand to Distillerie Moccia, for €4.45 million, thus relinquishing its Aperol, Aperol Soda, Mondoro Asti, and Enrico Serafino still wines. Punch Barbieri is a medium alcohol-content liqueur that specializes in the tastes of rum, mandarin, and orange, with Italy as its main market. For Q1 of 2013, Campari’s sales totaled €315.2 million, up 12.9 percent from the prior year’s Q1. For that Q1 of 2013, Campari’s sales in the Americas (45.1% of company total) were up 66.7 percent led partly by selling Wild Turkey in the United States. Q1 of 2013 sales in Italy were down 26.2 percent while sales in Europe were down 2.8 percent.

For the first half of 2013, Campari Group’s sales totaled €698.6 million, up 13.0 percent driven by the newly-acquired LdM. The company’s gross margin was €373.4 million, up by +2.8 percent (–6.8% organic change), or 53.4 percent of sales. Advertising and promotion spending was up by +11.7 percent to €115.4 million, or 16.5 percent of sales (16.7% of sales in the first half of 2012). The company’s earnings before taxes and interest (EBIT) for the first half of 2013 reached €140.7 million, a decrease of −11.7 percent, or 20.1% of sales. The company’s pre-tax profit was €92.2 million, down by −24.9 percent, while the Group’s net profit reached €57.6 million, down by −26.1 percent.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Campari was founded in 1860 by Gaspare Campari with the creation and marketing of a bright red, mid-proof aperitif, he named Campari. In addition to this signature wine, Campari also had several dozen other products (vermouth, champagne, amontillado, sherry) he sold from his downtown café in Milan, Italy. After several decades of selling various beverages in Italy, Gaspare’s son, Davide, began producing only the firm’s strongest brand beverages as he expanded the firm globally. Davide led Campari brands to being distributed in more than 80 countries. By the 1960s, Campari products were sold in more than 190 nations.

After impressive growth from the 1960s to the 1990s, the group found itself competing with huge firms such as PepsiCo, Coca-Cola, InBev, Constelletation Brands, Diageo, and others. Consolidation among firms in the beverage industry forced Campari into two strategically viable options: (1) grow through acquisitions or (2) defend a niche market. The firm chose the acquisition process and in 1996 acquired rights to distribute and produce many foreign products in Brazil and Italy. Two of the more notable brands were the Scotch whiskey brand Glenfiddich and Germany’s world famous Jagermeister. Two years later in 1998, Campari obtained world distribution rights, except for the USA, of Skyy Spirits who owns Skyy Vodka. Skyy Spirits, through the alliance, became the distributer for the entire Campari portfolio in the USA. In addition to spirits, Campari became the Italian distributer of Lipton Ice Tea. In 1999, Campari acquired Ouzo 12, a Greek spirit famous especially in Greece and Germany. Also acquired was Cinzano, one of the most well-known Italian sparkling wines (champagne). During the next decade, Campari continued to acquire many firms and obtain distribution rights to many other products. In 2009, the company completed the largest acquisition in its history with the acquisition of the world’s most popular Kentucky bourbon whiskey, Wild Turkey. With that deal, Campari acquired the Wild Turkey distillery in Lawrenceburg, Kentucky.

Campari’s full year 2012 sales were €1.34 billion, up 5.2 percent from the prior year, but company profits were €156.7 million, down 1.6 percent.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Campari does not have a written vision or mission statement. The company does have an elaborate Code of Ethics and a commitment to responsible drinking posted on their website. But there is no statement of purpose, or guiding vision, in the firm’s Annual Report.

Organizational Structure

As is typical in many companies in Italy, there are no females among the top 16 executives and no minorities, as indicated in Exhibit 1. Note in the diagram that Campari operates from a divisional-by-geographic-region structure. Note also there is no chief operations officer (COO) or chief strategy officer (CSO). It is unclear who all the segment executives report to, perhaps to the chief executive officer (CEO).

Segments

EXHIBIT 1 Campari’s Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company information.

Campari is structured into four segments related to the products produced: spirits, wine, soft drinks, and other. In 2012, sales were up 5.2 percent across the board with spirits accounting for 76 percent of all sales and up 5.4 percent. Wines, the second-largest segment with 14.6 percent of sales, increased 5.9 percent. Soft drinks accounted for 7.4 percent of total revenue in 2012. Other sales made up only 1 percent of total revenues in 2012, as indicated in Exhibit 2.

EXHIBIT 2 Campari’s Product Revenue Comparison

 

2012

2011

2010

 

million

%

million

%

million

%

Spirits

1,028.5

76.7

975.1

76.6%

876.4

75.4%

Wines

196.4

14.6

185.1

45.5%

175.0

15.0%

Soft drinks

99.5

7.4

98.2

7.7%

98.5

8.5%

Other sales

16.4

1.3

15.8

1.2%

13.1

1.1%

Total

1,340.8

100.0

1,274.2

100.0%

1,163.0

100.0%

Source: Page 18, 2012 Annual Report.

Spirits

In September 2012, Campari purchased Lascelles for $414 million. Lascelles is the producer of Appleton Estate, a Jamaican rum, along with Wray & Nephew and Coruba brands. Campari hopes the addition of Lascelles will help to solidify Campari’s presence in the North American and Caribbean markets with their previous purchases of Skyy and Wild Turkey.

Wine

Wine sales totaled €196.4 million in 2012, with Cinzano vermouth sales increasing nearly, mainly from strong sales in Argentina and Russia. Germany remains the largest market for Cinzano with potential market development opportunities in both the USA and Sweden.

Soft Drinks

Accounting for about 7.4 percent of Campari’s total revenues, soft-drink sales were up slightly in 2012. The soft-drink market derives around 95 percent of its revenues from sales in Italy. Popular drinks include Crodino, a nonalcoholic aperitifs, Lemonsoda, Lemonsoda Zero, Mojito Soda, and mineral waters. Lemonsoda drinks are growing the fastest with nearly 10-percent growth. Most other drinks in the segment are declining in sales.

Even though Campari is a global company, Italy still represents around 32 percent of worldwide revenues, practically tied with the Americas, representing North, South, and Central America. The U.S. wine market is saturated with wines particularly from California. The two main players in the Americas market, accounting for 33 percent of all sales, were the USA and Brazil. The USA accounted for 60 percent of sales and Brazil accounted for 25 percent. Although the rest of the Americas only accounted for 15 percent of the region’s sales, these nations experienced a 41 percent growth rate. Exhibit 3 provides Campari revenue data by region.

EXHIBIT 3 Campari Geographic EBIT Revenue Breakdown

 

2012

2011

2010

EBIT

 

million

%

million

%

million

%

75.9

Italy

391.1

29.2

402.6

31.6%

397.3

34.2%

90.8

Rest of Europe

345.3

25.8

328.1

25.7%

276.7

23.8%

102.5

Americas

464.8

34.7

427.0

33.5%

405.3

34.8%

35.4

Rest of the world and duty free

139.5

10.3

116.5

9.2%

83.7

7.2%

304.6

Total

1,340.7

100.0

1,274.2

100.0%

1,163.0

100.0%

Source: 2012 Annual Report, page 19.

Finance

Campari pays a modest dividend of around €0.07 per share with a stock price around €5.80. Major owners of the firm’s stock include Alicros S.p.A with 51 percent of the stock and Cedar Rock Capital with 18 percent. Exhibit 4 provides recent income statements for Campari. Sales increased 9.6 percent whereas profits were only up 1.9 percent.

Campari’s balance sheets in Exhibit 5 reveal that about 50 percent of the company’s assets are goodwill—not a good thing. Campari has a history of acquiring too much goodwill with acquisitions; but sometimes such acquisitions are vital to obtaining distribution rights. For example, Campari’s 2011 80 percent acquisition of Moscow-based Vasco (CIS) OOO, a distributer of wines and spirits to the Russian market, for €8.2 million, resulted in net assets of €4.5 million and goodwill of €3.7 million. Campari’s rationale to justify the goodwill was “to serve their products directly to the Russian market without going through a third party distributer.” Likewise the 100 percent acquisition of Sagatiba Brazil S.A., the production and owner of the Cachaça market in Brazil, resulted in net assets of €5.7 and goodwill of €17.1 Here again, Campari described the goodwill as necessary to obtain synergies in the Brazilian market as well as 100 percent of the goodwill associated with the transaction being tax deductible.

EXHIBIT 4 Campari’s Recent Income Statements (in millions €)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Revenue

1,340.8

1,274.2

1,163.0

1,008.4

Other Revenue, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Revenue

1,340.8

1,274.2

1,163.0

1,008.4

Cost of Revenue, Total

571.3

539.6

496.2

435.6

Gross Profit

769.5

734.6

666.8

572.8

Selling, General, Administrative Expenses, Total

464.9

427.9

386.5

327.1

Research and Development

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Depreciation and Amortization

10.0

8.1

7.5

6.0

Interest Expense (Income), Net Operating

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unusual Expense (Income)

0.0

5.0

1.4

11.8

Other Operating Expenses, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

(−0.1)

Operating Income

294.6

293.6

271.4

228.0

Interest Income (Expense), Net Nonoperating

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other, Net

58.4

(−0.7)

(−0.5)

(−3.8)

Income Before Tax

236.2

250.7

232.9

198.3

Income Tax, Total

79.0

90.9

76.2

60.8

Income After Tax

157.2

159.8

156.7

137.5

Minority Interest

(−0.5)

(−0.6)

(−0.5)

(−0.4)

Equity In Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income Before Extra. Items

156.7

159.2

156.2

137.1

Total Extraordinary Items

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income

156.7

159.2

156.2

137.1

GAAP, generally accepted accounting principles.

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 Campari’s Balance Sheets

(€ million)

December 31, 2012

December 31, 2011

Change

ASSETS

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

Net tangible fixed assets

392.6

320.6

72.0

Biological assets

17.2

17.4

(0.2)

Investment property

0.5

0.6

(0.1)

Goodwill and trademarks

1,631.2

1,448.6

182.6

Intangible assets with a finite life

20.5

21.0

(0.5)

Investment in affiliated companies and joint ventures

0.2

0.0

0.2

Deferred tax assets

11.5

6.5

5.0

Other non-current assets

52.6

17.1

35.5

Total non-current assets

2,126.2

1,831.8

294.4

Current assets

 

 

 

Inventories

446.5

331.3

115.2

Current biological assets

4.9

 

4.9

Trade receivables

312.4

278.0

34.4

Financial receivables

42.4

1.8

40.6

Cash and cash equivalents

442.5

414.2

28.3

Receivables for income taxes

9.4

17.8

(8.4)

Other receivables

24.2

23.9

0.3

Total current assets

1,282.3

1,066.9

215.4

Non-current assets held for sale

1.0

2.3

(1.3)

Total assets

3,409.5

2,901.0

508.5

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

Share capital

58.1

58.1

0.0

Reserves

1,370.8

1,305.6

65.2

Group’s shareholders’equity

1,428.9

1,363.7

65.2

Minority interests

4.2

3.7

0.5

Total shareholders’ equity

1,433.1

1,367.5

65.6

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

Bonds

1,178.2

787.8

390.4

Other non-current financial liabilities

36.2

37.1

(0.9)

Staff severance fund and other personnel-related funds

13.0

8.8

4.2

Provisions for risks and future liabilities

39.6

7.1

32.5

Deferred tax

198.8

144.4

54.3

Total non-current liabilities

1,465.7

985.2

480.6

Current liabilities

 

 

 

Short term debt banks

121.0

144.9

(23.9)

Other financial liabilities

34.9

103.2

(68.3)

Payables to suppliers

201.4

166.8

34.6

Payables for taxes

17.8

34.6

(16.8)

Other current liabilitles

135.6

98.9

36.7

Total current liabilities

510.7

548.4

(37.7)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

3,409.5

2,901.0

508.5

Source: 2012 Anual Report, p. 58.

Competitors

Barriers to entry are high in the beverage industry, at least for smaller start-up firms. To start a winery of any size in the USA it is estimated requires a $1 million investment after accounting for the vineyard, equipment, government regulation, a tremendous amount of knowledge, and many other variables. On average, assuming a successful wine product, it would still take more than three years to return a profit. Despite protection from the high barriers to entry, many of the bigger players in the industry are competing fiercely with one another. Three major rivals to Campari are Constellation Brands, Beam Inc., and Diageo plc.

The beverage industry has experienced many acquisitions over the last decade as well as joint ventures for distribution rights in select markets. The aim usually is to gain or limit or prohibit the distribution of a firm’s products in select markets. Campari and rivals are concerned about having their products shut out of select markets, so distributors often have the upper hand and consequently often sell their business for values in excess of a fair price, thus inflating the purchasing firm’s goodwill on the respective balance sheets. Often this goodwill ends up being written off as goodwill impairment when it is finally determined the transaction is not going to produce the expected revenues.

Constellation Brands (STZ)

Headquartered in Victor, New York, Constellation Brands has grown into one of the largest wine and sprit companies in the world. In fact, the company claims to be the “world leader in premium wine” with its portfolio of more than 100 wines, beers, and spirits. Through its Crown Imports segment, Constellation has rights to import, distribute and sell the full line of products produced by Mexican based Grupo Modelo. Constellation has 4,300 employees and has sales in 125 nations. Constellation reported total revenues of $2.6 billion for their fiscal year ending February 2012.

Constellation has two primary business segments: Constellation Wines North America (CWNA) and Crown Imports. The CWNA segment also includes sales to New Zealand and Australia despite the misleading name. CWNA has the leading market position in the USA, Canada, and New Zealand and is the leading producer of premium wines in the USA. CWNA sells 14 of the top 100 table wine brands in the USA. Premium wines is a special classification of wine and not simply a generic term. CWNA produces all four wine price points (popular, premium, super-premium, and fine). The company also sells a wide variety of wines including table wine, sparking wine, and dessert wine. CWNA uses vineyards around the world particularly in the USA, Canada, New Zealand, and Italy. Some of the more notable Constellation wine brands sold are: Robert Mondavi Brands, Clos du Bois, Blackstone, Arbor Mist, Ruffino, and many more. In addition to wines, the segment also sells spirits including: SVEDKA Vodka, Black Velvet Canadian Whiskey, and Paul Masson Grande Amber Brandy.

The Crown Imports segment, through a joint venture with Grupo Modelo whereby both firms hold equal interest in Crown Imports, provides Constellation Brands exclusive rights to import, market, and sell Modelo Brands. Popular products include: Corona Extra, Corona Light, Modelo Especial, Pacifico, Negra Modelo, and Victoria. In total, Crown Imports sells 6 of the top 25 imported beers in the USA with Corona Extra being the best selling of Crown Imports mix and the sixth best-selling imported beer in the USA overall. About 80 percent of Crown Imports’ revenues were derived from the USA, 16 percent from Canada, 3 percent from New Zealnd, and 1 percent from Australia.

Like many firms in the beverage industry, Constellation Brands has acquired many rival firms over the last decade and has accumulated over $2.6 billion in goodwill with their acquisition strategy. In fact, after removing goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity results in net tangible assets of negative $823 million in 2012. One notable recent acquisition was the 2011 acquisition of the remaining 50.1 percent interest in Ruffino for $68.6 million. Two notable divestitures were the selling of 80 percent of CWAE, Australian, and U.K. business resulting in cash proceeds’ of $193 million, and the 2010 divestiture of its U.K. cider business for $71 million.

Beam, Inc. (BEAM)

Headquartered in Deerfield, Illinois, Beam was known as Fortune Brands before a name change in 2011 to Beam. The company produces and sells distilled spirits worldwide. Generic product lines include: bourbon whiskey, Scotch whisky, Canadian whisky, tequila, cognac, rum, and many ready-to-drink cocktails. Notable brand names include: Jim Beam, Maker’s Mark, Canadian Club, Knob Creek, Cruzan, Skinnygirl, Pinnacle, Calico Jack, and many others. Products are sold through direct sales and also through joint ventures around the world. The company operates in the three following business segments: North America, Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA), and Asia-Pacific/South America (APSA). Segment revenues in 2011 were $1,271; $506; and $487 million; respectively. Total revenues were $2.3 billion. Recent Beam acquisitions include (a) the 2012 acquisition of Cooley Distillery, a popular Irish whiskey and (b) the 2011 acquisition of Skinnygirl, a ready-to-drink cocktail.

Diageo PLC (DEO)

Based in London, England, Diageo produces, distills, brews, bottles, and distributes their spirits, beer, wine, and ready-to-drink beverages worldwide. Popular spirit brands include Johnnie Walker Scotch whiskey, Crown Royal, Buchanan’s Scotch whisky, Bushmills Irish whisky, Smirnoff vodka, Kettle One vodka, Captain Morgan rum, Baileys Irish Cream, Jose Cuervo, and Seagram’s 7. Notable beer brands include Guinness stout, Harp lager, Tusker lager, and Red Stripe. Wines include Blossom Hill, Sterling Vineyards, and Beaulieu Vineyard. Ready-to-drink products are derivatives off of the spirits and include Smirnoff Ice, Bundaberg, and Jose Cuervo cocktails. Diageo has 28,000 employees, annual revenues of $16.8 billion, and unlike many competitors, zero goodwill. Diageo also sells Guinness beer.

About 29 percent of all Diageo sales come from its scotch brands. Beer is the firm’s second-largest revenue generator, producing 21 percent of sales, and vodka is third with 12 percent of sales. Five other sprits all contributed between 3 and 7 percent of total sales. Ready-to-drink products accounted for 7 percent of total sales and wine accounts for 4 percent. Diageo’s sales by geographic region were also remarkably well diversified. The North American market is the largest producer of sales accounting for 33 percent of sales in 2012, followed by European markets at 28 percent of sales. Asia Pacific, Africa, and Latin America/Caribbean all produced between 12 and 14 percent of total sales.

Central European Distribution Corp. (CEDC)

Headquartered in Mount Laurel, New Jersey, the Central European produces, imports, and sells alcoholic beverages in Poland, Hungary, and the Russian Federation. Notable vodka products include Absolwent, Zubrówka, Talka, and several other brand names. The company also serves as importer of products such as E&J Gallo wines, Sutter Home, Corona, Budweiser, Jose Cuervo, Jim Beam, Jagermeister, and others. Two products made by Campari that are distributed by the firm are Cinzano and Campari. Central European has about 4,500 employees, but incurred a net loss of $1.3 billion for 2011. As of early 2013, the stock price fell from more than $75 per share in 2008 to $1.70, making the company ripe perhaps to be acquired.

External Issues

Over the past several years, there has been a modest increase in the consumption of alcoholic-based drinks around the world, and firms in the industry have mostly done well. For example, in 2011, all European alcoholic companies outperformed most broad-based indexes and the DJ Stoxx 600 Index’s Food and Beverage benchmark outperformed the DJ Stoxx 600 index by more than 16 percent. Much of this can be explained by a poor economy and food and beverage stocks, including alcoholic stocks, being viewed by investors as safer havens than broad-based investments.

Factors that could possibly contribute to reducing overall sales in the industry include (a) a substantial decline in economic or geopolitical conditions, (b) increasing health concerns and consequences as new data becomes available regarding alcohol consumption and various health problems, (c) stricter laws in respect to drinking and driving, (d) smoking bans at restaurants around the world may reduce drinking, (e) consumers preferring lower-calorie beverages such as water, or diet soft drinks, and (f) increased regulatory pressures from governments and anti-alcohol groups. Governmental groups could start impose additional excise taxes and import duties and limit the manner in which products can be advertised, such as the tobacco business experienced.

Weather and Diseases

Potential problems facing all producers of alcohol, especially wines, are weather and diseases. To illustrate just how impactful droughts, or warmer-than-normal summers can be take the price of cabernet sauvignon grapes that are grown in the Napa Valley, California, versus the same species of grapes grown in Fresno, California. Typically the grapes from the Napa Valley fetch up to 15 times more than their counterpart grapes in Fresno. The principle reason cited is the 5-degree Fahrenheit temperate difference between the two locations. Attributing this price difference around the world, any small changes in weather patterns for a season could drastically impact grape prices and resulting wine prices. The risk of disease, insects growing resistance to currently allowed pesticides, concern for bird safety (which feed on grapes) all jointly increase the risk of weather- and disease-related issues.

Business Culture in Italy

To this day, Italy is still in a recovery period from the global economic crisis of 2008–2010 and has one of the highest levels of debt of all EU members. Some experts suggest the level of debt is compounded by Italy’s complex demographics. Italians are known around the world for their close families and the importance they put on family life. Within many Italian firms, the chain of command on paper may be less impactful than personality, loyalty, and respect. Although high-ranking job titles might have formal authority, this is no assurance the position will have the practical power someone in a lower-ranking position might possess.

In addition to unclear corporate structures in Italy, many businesses still hold a high degree of nationalized industries, much more so than other EU members. Italy has one of the least mobile management populations in the world, making it difficult for outside companies to have corresponding offices and programs in different Italian cities. Nevertheless, Italy is the world’s seventh-largest economy and home to some of the most luxurious textile, automobile, and fashion companies in the world.

Punctionality in Italy is expected but exceptions are often made for personal reasons. Small meetings tend to be informal with larger meetings taking on a more formal aspect. With the informal nature, side conversations and people taking breaks to answer mobile phone calls are common in some Italian meetings. If working as a team, it is generally a good strategy to have a respected figure lead the team and assign each individual their own task. If not, individuals could possibly work on whatever they feel is best, often at the expense of the macroplan. Italians believe in talking and using the power of persuasion to prove their points. Italians tend to not like formal presentations and meetings because they are viewed as stiff and academic. This feature is in contrast to normal meeting in the USA or United Kingdom.

Although a member of the EU, women in Italy comprise a large percentage of the workforce but struggle to advance into upper-management roles. Women have made better inroads into upper management in smaller corporations. When high-ranking women from outside Italy do business with Italian firms, it is not uncommon for them to receive compliments on their style or personal appearance. Although these compliments may constitute harassment in the USA or United Kingdom, in Italy it is considered an honest compliment. With Italy known around the world for many famous fashion designers and high-end leather goods it is no surprise that dressing well for work is important. In Italy it is often said, if you want to be taken seriously, dress seriously.

Tequila

Campari owns a premium tequila brand, Cabo Wabo. Tequila is distilled from the roasted hearts, or pinas, of the spiky blue agave plant in Mexico. Tequila is gaining in popularity, especially in the USA, its biggest market. U.S. consumption rose at an average annual rate of 4.1 percent from 2006 to 2011, according to International Wine & Spirit Research (IWSR), almost double the growth of the total U.S. liquor market. Pricier, premium varieties are expanding the fastest. Tequilas that sell for more than $20 a bottle increased more than 10 percent over the last five years, IWSR reports. The majority of tequila drunk is in cocktails such as margaritas, according to Kevin Vanegas, Master of Tequila at Wirtz Beverage.

The high-end tequila market is dominated by Patron, part-owned by Bacardi Ltd. Patron sold 1.66 million cases in the USA in 2011, double that of its next competitor, Grupo Cuervo’s 1800 brand, IWSR estimates. There are more than 150 tequila distilleries in Mexico, producing more than 1,500 brands. Like Cognac, Bourbon, or single malt scotch, tequilas vary by how long they’re aged. So-called anejo varieties, sold by most brands at a premium, must spend at least a year in wooden barrels. High-end tequila should be sipped “like a fine whiskey,” not downed in shot glasses alongside a lime wedge and a lick of salt, as is often the case in U.S. bars.

Diageo in 2013 terminated its tequila distribution deal with Jose Cuervo. Cuervo is the world’s top-selling tequila, but Cuervo is not a premium brand. Diageo wants to focus on premium tequila because cheaper tequilas priced under $20, which make up more than half of the U.S. market by volume and the bulk of Cuervo’s sales, have slid 1.1 percent over the past 5 years. Cuervo’s market share in the USA has fallen to 34 percent from 45 percent over the same period, Liberum Research estimates. Some analysts believe that Diageo is planning to acquire Beam, which makes Sauza, the third-biggest tequila brand in the USA. Diageo owns half of a premium tequila called Don Julio, alongside the Beckmann family, Cuervo’s owners. The brand saw sales growth of 26 percent in 2011 versus a 5-percent decline for Jose Cuervo.

The Future

Campari is being adversely impacted by high unemployment, higher taxation, and increasing political uncertainty in Italy. Given this environment, Campari needs a clear strategic plan going forward that will enable the firm to aggressively grow outside Italy. There are more than 180 countries in the world that have consumers that would enjoy Campari products, but distribution rights are a key to obtaining market share in those lands.

L’Oréal SA, 2013

www.loréal.com , LRLCF or LRLCY or OR (Paris Exchange)

Headquartered in Clichy, France, just outside Paris, L’Oréal is the world’s largest beauty products company, with brands that include L’Oréal Paris and Maybelline (mass-market), Lancôme (luxury), and Redken and SoftSheen/Carson (retail and salon). L’Oréal owns Dallas-based SkinCeuticals that conducts cosmetology and dermatology research. With more than 50 percent of sales generated outside Europe, L’Oréal has focused on acquiring brands globally. L’Oréal owns UK-based natural cosmetics retailer The Body Shop International, which has about 2,550 retail stores worldwide. L’Oréal’s dermatology unit, Galderma S.A., is a joint venture with Nestlé.

L’Oréal SA is structured into three branches: (1) Cosmetics, (2) The Body Shop, and (3) Dermatology. The Cosmetics branch is divided into four sectors: Consumer Products, Professional Products, Luxury Products, and Active Cosmetics. Consumer Products are marketed under L’Oréal Paris, Garnier, Maybelline, Softsheen, and Carson brands. The company’s Professional Products segment includes hair care products for use by professional hairdressers, such as Kerastase, Redken, and Matrix. L’Oréal’s Luxury Products are sold globally under such brands as Lancome, Diesel, Giorgio Armani, and Cacharel. The firm’s Active Cosmetics division, which consists of products under Vichy and La Roche Posay brands, are for sale mainly in pharmacies.

L’Oréal has a portfolio of 27 international, diverse, and complementary brands. With sales amounting to 22.5 billion euros in 2012, L’Oréal employs 72,600 people worldwide, has 43 production plants worldwide, 146 distribution centers, more than 20,000 employees in industrial operations worldwide, and 5.8 billion units produced. The world’s largest cosmetics firm by sales, L’Oréal in August 2013 offered to buy a Chinese facial mask company for about US $840m. The company, Magic Holdings International, a Hong Kong-listed cosmetics producer based in Guangzhou, is known for its facial masks, one of the fastest-growing segments in China’s cosmetics market. Magic Holdings generated revenues of about €150m in 2012, up 29 percent from the previous year. L’Oréal, which makes Lancôme creams and Garnier shampoo, said it would offer $HKD6.3 (HKD = Hong Kong Dollar) per share for the Chinese company. The offer represents a 25 percent premium on the previous day’s closing price. L’Oréal already has won approval from six shareholders representing 62.3 percent of Magic Holding’s shares. The deal requires approval from Chinese authorities.

History

In 1907, Eugene Schueller, a young French chemist, working with La Cagoule, developed a hair dye formula called Auréale. Schueller formulated and manufactured his own products, which he then sold to Parisian hairdressers. In 1919, Schueller registered his company as the French Society of Inoffensive Tinctures for Hair, which became L’Oréal. The guiding principles of the company were research and innovation in the field of beauty. In 1920, L’Oréal employed three chemists. By 1950, the research teams were 100 strong; that number reached 1,000 by 1984 and is nearly 2,000 today.

L’Oréal got its start in the hair-color business, but the company soon branched out into other cleansing and beauty products. L’Oréal currently markets more than 500 brands and many thousands of individual products in all sectors of the beauty business: hair color, permanents, hair styling, body and skin care, cleansers, makeup and fragrances. The company’s products are found in a wide variety of distribution channels, from hair salons and perfumeries to hyper- and supermarkets, health/beauty outlets, pharmacies, and direct mail.

L’Oréal today has five worldwide research and development centers located in: (1) Aulnay, France, (2) Chevilly, France, (3) Clark, New Jersey, (4) Kawasaki, Japan, and (5) Shanghai, China. A future facility in the USA will be in Berkeley Heights, New Jersey. L’Oréal has recently faced discrimination lawsuits in France related to the hiring of various spokespersons and institutional racism. In the United Kingdom, L’Oréal has faced widespread condemnation from the Office of Communications regarding truth in their advertising and marketing campaigns concerning the product performance of one of their mascara brands.

Protest group Naturewatch states that L’Oréal continues to test new ingredients on animals. L’Oréal has the largest factory in the Jababeka Industrial Park, Cikarang, Indonesia. L’Oréal does significant business in Indonesia.

Financially, L’Oréal is strong and is excelling globally in developing, producing, and marketing cosmetics, fragrances, and personal care products. For Q1 of 2013, L’Oréal reported sales of 5.93 billion euros, up 6.5 percent overall, including 8.5 percent up in North America and 11.8 percent up in Africa and the Middle East.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

L’Oréal does not have a vision statement, but the company’s mission statement is provided on the corporate website, as follows:

  • Beauty for all—For more than a century, L’Oréal has devoted itself solely to one business: beauty. It is a business rich in meaning, as it enables all individuals to express their personalities, gain self-confidence and open up to others.

  • Beauty is a language—L’Oréal has set itself the mission of offering all women and men worldwide the best of cosmetics innovation in terms of quality, efficacy and safety. It pursues this goal by meeting the infinite diversity of beauty needs and desires all over the world.

  • Beauty is universal. Since its creation by a researcher, the group has been pushing back the frontiers of knowledge. Its unique Research arm enables it to continually explore new territories and invent the products of the future, while drawing inspiration from beauty rituals the world over.

  • Beauty is a science. Providing access to products that enhance well-being, mobilizing its innovative strength to preserve the beauty of the planet and supporting local communities. These are exacting challenges, which are a source of inspiration and creativity for L’Oréal.

  • Beauty is a commitment. By drawing on the diversity of its teams, and the richness and the complementarity of its brand portfolio, L’Oréal has made the universalisation of beauty its project for the years to come.

  • L’Oréal, offering beauty for all.

Sustainability

Regarding sustainable development, Corporate Knights, a Global Responsible Investment Network, has selected L’Oréal for its 2012 ranking of the Global 100 Most Sustainable Corporations in the World. L’Oréal has received this distinction for the fifth consecutive year. L’Oréal has more than 84 percent of its production globally being manufactured in compliance with the ISO 9001 (quality), ISO 14001 (environment), OHSAS 18001 (safety) certifications.

In San Luis Potosi, Mexico, L’Oréal opened the largest hair color production plant in the world in 2012, the firm’s second plant in Mexico. L’Oréal views Mexico as the gateway between both North and South America. The new plant is in the process of becoming LEED certified and features advanced technologies for water treatment and solar-powered equipment. L’Oréal Mexico has reduced water consumption per unit by 60 percent and carbon dioxide emissions per unit by 60 percent in recent years.

On November 12, 2012, for its 10th anniversary, Vigeo European rating agency revealed a new range of environmental-social-governance (ESG) indices measuring companies’ corporate and social responsibility on a global or European level, and more specifically in France and the United Kingdom. Vigeo’s France index ranks L’Oréal as “the leading company in social responsibility” among 20 companies. The France index is based on 35 criteria, consolidated in an overall score covering six areas of social responsibility: human rights, human resources, environment, business behavior, corporate governance, and community involvement. L’Oréal ranks fourth in Vigeo’s Europe index (120 companies) and fifth in Vigeo’s World index (120 companies).

Organizational Structure

L’Oréal’s organizational chart is provided in Exhibit 1. Note there is no chief operations officer (COO), but perhaps Jean-Philippe Blanpain serves that role. Note the divisional-by-geographic-region structure in conjunction with divisional-by-product. This could prove problematic in the sense that, for example, professional products operations in the Africa, Middle East Zone could report to either Geoff Skinsley or An Verbulst-Santos.

Advertising

L’Oréal’s famous advertising slogan was “Because I’m worth it.” In the mid-2000s, this slogan was replaced by “Because you’re worth it.” In late 2009, the slogan was changed again to “Because we’re worth it.” The shift to “we” was made to create stronger consumer involvement in L’Oréal philosophy and lifestyle and provide more consumer satisfaction with L’Oréal products. L’Oréal owns a Hair and Body products line for kids called L’Oréal Kids, the slogan for which is “Because we’re worth it too.”

Segments

L’Oréal has five product groupings:

EXHIBIT 1 L’Oréal’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

  • 1. L’Oréal LUXE (Luxury): Lancome, Giorgio Armani, YSL Beaute, Biotherm, Kiehl’s, Ralph Lauren, Shu Uemura, Cacharel, Helena Rubinstein, Diesel, Viktod&Rolf, Stella McCartney, and Maison Martin Margiela. As indicated in Exhibit 2, L’Oréal Luxe sales grew in the first quarter of 2013 by 8.1 percent, largely as a result of the acquisition of Clarisonic. In a market that has slowed slightly, L’Oréal Luxe is continuing to increase market share worldwide.

  • 2. Consumer Products: L’Oréal Paris, Garnier, Maybelline New York, Le Club Des Createurs, and Essie. In the first quarter of 2013, sales were up 5.5 percent.

  • 3. Professional Products: L’Oréal Professionnel, INOA, Serie Expert, Serie Nature, L’Oréal Prefessionnel Homme, Tecni.art, Play ball, and Texture Expert. In quarter one of 2013, sales were down 0.4 percent.

  • 4. Active Cosmetics: Vichy, La Roche Posay, Skinceuticals, Inmeov, Roger&Gallet, and Sanoflore. In the first quarter of 2013, sales were up 6.2 percent.

  • 5. The Body Shop: Dermablend Coverage Cosmetics are sensitivity tested, non-comedogenic, non-acnegenic, fragrance free, water-resistant, smudge-resistant, long lasting and easy to use. For the third quarter of 2012, The Body Shop recorded like-for-like sales growth at 5.3 percent as shown in Exhibit 3. The Body Shop is growing strongly, especially in the Middle East and in South East Asia. Several important new product innovations include BB Cream All-in-One, a one-of-a-kind texture that transforms on application, as well as Pore Minimiser in its iconic Tea Tree range featuring Community Fair Trade organic tea tree oil from Kenya. The Body Shop continues to recruit new customers through its e-commerce channel, with 20 sites now live. The brand is rolling out its innovative Pulse boutique concept globally. In the first quarter of 2013 sales were up 0.8 percent.

EXHIBIT 2 L’Oréal’s Sales by Operational Division and Geographic Zone (000,000 euros omitted)

By division

Q1 2012

Q1 2013

% Change

Professional Products

755.6

752.6

−0.4%

Consumer Products

2,769.5

2,920.8

5.5%

L’Oréal Luxe

1,315.5

1,422.0

8.1%

Active Cosmetics

468.6

497.6

6.2%

Cosmetics total

5,309.1

5,593.0

5.3%

BY GEOGRAPHIC ZONE

 

 

 

Western Europe

1,953.9

1,990.4

1.9%

North America

1,263.4

1,371.4

8.5%

New Markets, of which:

2,091.7

2,231.1

6.7%

- Asia, Pacific

1,124.3

1,188.4

5.7%

- Latin America

433.5

458.7

5.8%

- Eastern Europe

360.0

389.7

8.2%

- Africa, Middle East

173.8

194.3

11.8%

Cosmetics total

5,309.1

5,593.0

5.3%

The Body Shop

180.4

181.9

0.8%

Dermatology

153.5

156.7

2.1%

Group total

5,643.0

5,931.6

5.1%

Source: Company documents.

Notice in Exhibit 2 that L’Oréal did especially well in the first quarter of 2013 in their L’Oréal Luxe segment and in their Africa/Middle East region.

Finance

Note in Exhibit 3 that L’Oréal’s revenues and net income have increased nicely in recent years.

Note in Exhibit 4 that L’Oréal’s goodwill increased almost €5 billion in 2011 which is not good, but the company has been paying off its long-term debt nicely, which is good.

Competitors

Exhibit 5 provides an overview of L’Oréal as compared to some of its leading competitors. Note that L’Oréal is by far the largest cosmetics and fragrances firm in terms of revenue, number of employees, and net income. L’Oréal also has the highest profit margin and revenue per employee. But every day is another day, and all of these rivals strive to overtake L’Oréal anywhere and everywhere they can.

EXHIBIT 3 L’Oréal’s Income Statement (000,000 euros omitted)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Revenue

22,462.7

20,343.1

19,495.8

17,472.6

Other Revenue, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Revenue

22,462.7

20,343.1

19,495.8

17,472.6

Cost of Revenue, Total

6,587.7

5,851.5

5,696.5

5,161.6

Gross Profit

15,875.0

14,491.6

13,799.3

12,311.0

Selling, General, Administrative Expenses, Total

11,387.2

10,478.5

10,077.7

9,124.2

Research and Development

790.5

720.5

664.7

609.2

Depreciation and Amortization

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Interest Expense (Income), Net Operating

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unusual Expense (Income)

93.7

108.1

74.0

277.6

Other Operating Expenses, Total

30.1

−11.8

79.2

0.0

Operating Income

3,753

3,196.3

2,903.7

2,300.0

Interest Income (Expense), Net Nonoperating

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Gain (Loss) on Sale of Assets

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other, Net

−7.8

−5.6

−9.0

−13.1

Income Before Tax

3,875.9

3,466.7

3,151.9

2,471.0

Income Tax, Total

1,005.5

1,025.8

909.9

676.1

Income After Tax

2,870.4

2,440.9

2,242.0

1,794.9

Minority Interest

−2.7

−2.5

−2.3

−2.7

Equity In Affiliates

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

U.S. GAAP Adjustment

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income Before Extraordinary Items

2,867.7

2,438.4

2,239.7

1,792.2

Total Extraordinary Items

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Net Income

2,867.7

2,438.4

2,239.7

1,792.2

GAAP, generally accepted accounting principles.

Source: Based on company documents.

Estée Lauder Companies, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Estée Lauder has annual sales of about $10 billion and net income of about $1 billion. Estée Lauder manufactures and markets skin care, makeup, fragrance, and hair care products. The company’s products are sold in more than 150 countries and territories under a number of brand names, including Estee Lauder, Aramis, Clinique, Origins, M.A.C, Bobbi Brown, La Mer, and Aveda. The company is also the global licensee for fragrances or cosmetics sold under brand names, such as Tommy Hilfiger, Donna Karan, Michael Kors, Tom Ford, and Coach. The company sells its products in more than 30,000 points of sale, consisting of upscale department stores, specialty retailers, upscale perfumeries and pharmacies, and prestige salons and spas.

Avon

Headquartered in New York City, Avon Products is the world’s largest direct-seller firm, and by far the largest direct seller of cosmetics and beauty-related items. Avon is the fifth-largest cosmetics and fragrance firm in the world. The company receives sales from catalogs and a website, but the vast majority of its sales come from its 6.4 million independent sales representatives in some 110 countries. Since 1892, Avon has been on the forefront of empowering women to be their own boss and be independent and become leaders in communities and business.

Avon products include cosmetics, fragrances, toiletries, jewelry, apparel, home furnishings, watches, footwear, children’s products, skin care, and gift and decorative products, nutritional products, housewares, and entertainment and leisure products. Avon owns and sells Silpada jewelry. A few well-recognized company brand names include Avon Color, ANEW, Skin-So-Soft, Advance Techniques, Avon Naturals, and mark. Although a large U.S. iconic corporation, Avon is today struggling to recover from poor management strategies that led to CEO Jung resigning amid global bribery investigations. The direct-selling business model has waned in the USA, but it is effective in many emerging economies globally. Millions of motivated direct sellers in many countries are Avon’s key competitive advantage going forward, but the company needs a clear strategic plan.

EXHIBIT 4 L’Oréal’s Balance Sheets (000,000 euros omitted)

 

2012

2011

2010

2009

Assets

 

 

 

 

Cash and Short-Term Investments

1,823.2

1,652.2

1,550.4

1,173.1

Total Receivables, Net

3,682.8

3,423.3

3,100.7

2,826.8

Total Inventory

2,033.8

2,052.0

1,810.1

1,476.7

Prepaid Expenses

234.3

231.3

208.9

168.1

Other Current Assets, Total

435.5

363.6

326.2

296.4

Total Current Assets

8,209.6

7,722.4

6,996.3

5,941.1

Property, Plant, and Equipment, Total (Net)

2,962.9

2,880.8

2,677.5

2,599.0

Goodwill, Net

6,478.2

6,204.6

5,729.6

5,466.0

Intangibles, Net

2,625.4

2,477.3

2,177.4

2,042.4

Long-Term Investments

8,445.3

6,901.0

5,837.5

6,672.2

Note Receivable, Long Term

86.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Long-Term Assets, Total

717.8

671.5

626.2

570.8

Other Assets, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Assets

29,525.2

26,857.6

24,044.5

23,291.5

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

Accounts Payable

3,318.0

3,247.7

3,153.5

2,603.1

Payable/Accrued

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Accrued Expenses

0.0

1,039.0

986.8

918.2

Notes Payable and Short-Term Debt

20.8

806.0

119.0

151.5

Current Portability of Long-Term Debt and Capital Leases

180.3

284.8

648.0

238.2

Other Current Liabilities, Total

2,850.4

1,752.4

1,674.8

1,475.5

Total Current Liabilities

6,369.5

7,129.9

6,582.1

5,386.5

Total Long-Term Debt

46.9

57.5

824.3

2,741.6

Deferred Income Tax

764.4

677.7

462.0

418.0

Minority Interest

4.8

3.1

2.9

3.1

Other Liabilities, Total

1,407.9

1,355.0

1,310.3

1,147.1

Total Liabilities

8,593.5

9,223.2

9,181.6

9,696.3

Redeemable Preferred Stock

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Preferred Stock, Nonredeemable, Net

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Common Stock

121.8

120.6

120.2

119.8

Additional Paid-In Capital

1,679.0

1,271.4

1,148.3

996.5

Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

20,035.3

16,886.8

14,445.3

13,550.5

Treasury Stock, Common

−904.5

−644.4

−850.9

−1,071.6

ESOP Debt Guarantee

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Unrealized Gain (Loss)

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Other Equity, Total

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total Equity

20,931.6

17,634.4

14,862.9

13,595.2

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

29,525.1

26,857.6

24,044.5

23,291.5

Total Common Shares Outstanding

598.36

594.39

589.66

584.74

Total Preferred Shares Outstanding

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

ESOP, employee stock option plan.

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 L’Oréal versus Rival Firms (in U.S. dollars)

 

L’Oréal

Revlon

Avon

Estée Lauder

Number employees

72.6K

5.2K

40.6K

38.5K

Revenue ($)

27.7B

1.4B

10.7B

9.8B

Net income ($)

3.36B

40.6M

115.5M

877M

Profit Margin (%)

12.1

2.9

1.1

8.9

Revenue per employee

406K

269K

263K

255K

EPS

1.12

0.78

0.27

2.22

Market capitalization

83.3B

775.9M

6.35B

23.2B

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company documents.

Mary Kay, Inc.

Headquartered in Addison, Texas, (outside Dallas) Mary Kay is a privately-owned cosmetic and fragrance direct-selling company. Mary Kay is the sixth-largest direct-selling company in the world, with annual sales of about $3.0 billion. Mary Kay’s business model is similar to the Avon business model. Founded by Mary Kay Ash in 1963, the company is famous for the pink Cadillacs, given to high-selling representatives. Richard Rogers, Mary Kay’s son, is the chairman of the board. Mary Kay products are sold in more than 35 markets worldwide, and the global Mary Kay independent sales force exceeds 2.4 million women.

In 1968, Mary Kay Ash purchased the first pink Cadillac and had it repainted to match the Mountain Laurel Blush in the Mary Kay compact. Since the Cadillac program’s inception, more than 100,000 independent sales force members have qualified for the use of a Career Car or elected the cash compensation option. GM estimates that it has built 100,000 pink Cadillacs for Mary Kay. For 2012, high-sellers may select other Career Cars, including the Chevrolet Malibu, Chevrolet Equinox, Toyota Camry, and the Cadillac CTS, SRX & Escalade Hybrid, or most recently, a black Ford Mustang.

Revlon, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Revlon is a cosmetics leader with brands such as Almay and Revlon ColorSilk hair color, Mitchum antiperspirants and deodorants, Charlie and Jean Naté fragrances, and Ultima II and Gatineau skincare products. Revlon’s beauty aids are distributed in more than 100 countries, though the USA is its largest market, generating about 55 percent of sales. Walmart is Revlon’s biggest single customer, accounting for some 22 percent of sales.

Revlon manufactures, markets, and sells cosmetics, women’s hair color, beauty tools, anti-perspirant deodorants, fragrances, skincare, and other beauty care products. Revlon products are sold and marketed under brand names, such as Revlon, including the Revlon ColorStay, Revlon Super Lustrous, and Revlon Age Defying franchises; Almay, including the Almay Intense i-Color and Almay Smart Shade franchises; Sinful Colors in cosmetics; Revlon ColorSilk in women’s hair color; Revlon in beauty tools; Mitchum in antiperspirant deodorants; Charlie and Jean Nate in fragrances, and Ultima II and Gatineau. Revlon also owns certain assets of Sinful Colors cosmetics, Wild and Crazy cosmetics, freshMinerals cosmetics, and freshcover cosmetics.

Coty, Inc.

Headquartered in New York City, Coty is one of the world’s leading makers of beauty products for men and women. Led by CEO Michele Scannavini, Coty is a $4.1 billion beauty company, and the biggest seller of nail care, nail polish, and fragrances in the USA. Sarah Jessica Parker, Jennifer Lopez, Celine Dion, Gwen Stefani, Katy Perry, and Thomas Dutronc are several celebrities that promote Coty. Founder of the company, François Coty created his first perfume, La Rose Jacqueminot, in 1904.

Coty’s product lineup today ranges from moderately-priced scents sold globally by mass retailers to prestige fragrances and nail polishes found in department stores. Coty’s brands include Adidas, Philosophy, Rimmel, and Sally Hansen. Cody’s prestige perfume labels are led by Calvin Klein. Coty’s shimmery blue nail polish and Lady Gaga’s perfume are high-selling products. Thomas Dutronc is the face of Coty’s new Cerruti fragrance for men, which launched in 2013.

Coty’s Rimmel Scandaleyes mascara, which debuted in early 2012, is another big seller. Over-the-top lashes are hot these days because false eye lashes have made a comeback and are “almost mainstream.” Promotional material for Scandaleyes urges women to “ditch those falsies.” Mascara makers today compete with eyelash lengthening drugs such as Latisse.

The Future

On November 14, 2012, in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, L’Oréal created L’Oréal KSA, a new subsidiary based on a joint venture with Al Naghi Group. L’Oréal brands have been distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia for two decades and since 2000, Al Naghi Group has been the company’s sole distributor for its Consumer Products, Active Cosmetics, and Professional Products Divisions. However, L’Oréal KSA will manage a portfolio of brands including, among others, L’Oréal Professional, Kerastase, L’Oréal Paris, Garnier, Maybelline New York, and Vichy. L’Oréal KSA’s will enable the company to better understand and to meet needs of woman in one of the most male-dominated countries in the world. There are other countries globally, especially in Africa and South America, that L’Oréal could engage in a similar manner. Brazil, for example, is where Avon derives most of its revenue, more even that from the USA.

There are numerous firms that could be acquired by L’Oréal to further expand and penetrate globally. Even a firm such as Avon that is struggling financially, but has a business model that is especially suited to emerging economies, may be interested in an offer from L’Oréal. Another firm could be Coty, Inc. that could fit well with the L’Oréal portfolio. And then there are cosmetic and fragrance divisions of large firms such as Procter & Gamble that could be available if L’Oréal deemed that to be attractive.

L’Oréal needs a clear strategic plan for the future. Perhaps the firm could vastly improve its selling operations online. Being the biggest and the best at year-end 2012 does not guarantee prosperity in the years to come.

Develop an effective three-year strategic plan for L’Oréal.

Nikon Corporation, 2013

www.nikon.com , NINOY

Headquartered in Tokyo, Japan, Nikon is known worldwide for its digital and film cameras, binoculars, microscopes, and ophthalmic lenses. Nikon’s major competitor is Canon, also headquartered in Tokyo. In January 2013, Nikon introduced two new cameras, the COOLPIX S9500, a multifunctional, high-power zoom model offering 22× optical zoom and equipped with wi-fi connectivity and GPS functions, and the COOLPIX S9400, a high-performance model equipped with an 18× optical zoom lens. Nikon Vision Co., Ltd. recently released the new ACULON A211 binoculars, designed for a wide range of outdoor activities, such as bird watching, nature observation, boating, and hiking. The compact digital camera market globally is shrinking and prices are falling with the proliferation of smartphones with built-in cameras. This is a major problem for Nikon going forward, as is the shrinking global market for their liquid crystal display (LCD) steppers and scanners. Nikon’s fiscal year ends on March 31.

The top three digital camera producers, Canon, Nikon, and Sony, are facing potential disaster because excellent technology in smartphones today allows people to take high quality pictures without buying a high quality camera. According to International Data Corp. (IDC), in the first five months of 2013, global shipments of compact digital cameras declined 43 percent. Canon is trying to maintain its 23 percent share of the global camera market, followed by Nikon with a 21 percent and Sony with 15 percent. IDC reports that the global digital camera market peaked in 2010 and will likely endure a 30 percent drop in revenue in 2013 alone. For Nikon, digital cameras are part of its imaging products segment, a segment that generates 91.8 percent of revenues. In contrast, Canon’s imaging systems segment, which includes sales of digital cameras, accounts for 39.4 percent of the company’s sales.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

The company that became Nikon was founded in 1917 as part of the huge Mitsubishi keiretsu, a group of businesses linked by cross-ownership. Originally the company name was Nippon Kogaku, but the name changed to Nikon in 1988. During World War II, the company grew to 19 factories and 23,000 employees, supplying binoculars, lenses, bomber sights, and submarine periscopes to the Japanese military. After the war, Nippon Kogaku reverted to producing civilian products in a single factory. In 1948, the first Nikon-branded camera, the Nikon I, was released. Nikon lenses became popular during the Korean War because U.S. photojournalist, David Duncan, popularized them. Nikon also designs and manufactures precision equipment for use in semiconductor and LCD fabrication, inspection, and measurement.

Over its long history, Nikon has developed and sold millions of photographic lenses under the Nikkor name, including projection lenses for LCD’s and scanners, as well as lenses for both film and digital cameras. The Nikkor history began in 1933 with shipments of Aero-Nikkor lenses for aerial photography.

Nikon Middle East FZE started operations in Dubai, United Arab Emirates (UAE) in 2012, and in Brazil and Thailand the year before. In January 2013, to tell the story of the company, Nikon released its second movie, The Day, telling about the Nikon brand (http://nikonimaging.tumblr.com). That movie followed Tears, released by Nikon in late 2012, to personify the ultimate human emotion (tears). The Day reveals the fun of manipulating light with Nikon digital cameras and Nikkor lenses, using various scenes such as the morning sun, a vibrant flower, and the natural smile of a child.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Nikon’s vision statement is: “Our Aspirations—Meeting needs. Exceeding expectations.”

Nikon’s mission statement is: “Trustworthiness & Creativity.”

Organizational Structure

There are no females among Nikon’s top executive team. Note in Exhibit 1 that Nobuyoshi Gokyu is in essence the chief operations officer (COO) of the company, although his official title does not include that designation. Nikon operates from a strategic business unit (SBU) organizational structure by product because many subsidiaries and divisions report to the three unit executives (Ushida, Masai, and Okamoto).

Segments

Nikon operates in four business segments: (1) Precision Equipment, (2) Imaging, (3) Instruments, and (4) Other. Nikon has 86 subsidiaries and 11 associated companies that report under these four segments. Exhibit 2 reveals the various products offered with each Nikon segment. Note that digital and film cameras dominate its Imaging division, whereas microscopes dominate its Instruments division. The Imaging segment is nearly four times larger than the other segments combined, so Nikon is primary a camera company.

Note in Exhibit 3 that Nikon’s sales in fiscal 2013 increased 10.0 percent to 1.01 trillion yen, but the company’s precision equipment sales decreased 28 percent, Instruments decreased 3.5 percent, and Other decreased 3.7 percent. These declines were offset by the company’s 29 percent in Imaging Products sales to 751 billion yen.

Strategy

EXHIBIT 1 Nikon’s Organizational Chart

EXHIBIT 2 Nikon Products by Segment

  • Precision Equipment: Steppers and scanners for LCDs

  • Imaging: Digital and film cameras, lenses, speed lights, film scanners, software, and sport optics

  • Instruments: Biological, industrial, and stereoscopic microscopes, measuring instruments, semiconductor inspection equipment, and surveying instruments

  • Other: Ophthalmic lenses, glass, and encoders

Source: Based on company documents.

As cameras in smartphones become increasingly effective, Nikon’s compact camera business is a low-to-no-growth proposition, so Nikon is trying to diversify into other, more profitable areas. But this process at Nikon has perhaps been too little too late, and some analysts are concerned that Nikon may eventually go the way of Eastman Kodak. But Nikon has great name recognition, which the firm could parlay into other endeavors, such as perhaps “smartphones with wonderful cameras,” but Nikon has not indicated interest in that business. Rivals Canon and Sony have diversified into numerous related products, so their camera business contributes only a small part of overall revenue. Nikon definitely needs a clear strategic plan going forward; the firm at present is stable.

EXHIBIT 3 Nikon’s Segment Sales (in millions of yen)

Fiscal Year-Ended (March 31)

2011

2012

2013

Net Sales

887,512

918,651

1,010,493

Net Sales by Industry Segment

 

 

 

   Precision Equipment

208,613

248,145

179,013

   Imaging Products

596,375

587,127

751,240

   Instruments

57,451

56,000

53,877

   Other

25,071

27,379

26,363

Net Sales in Japan and Export Sales by Region1

 

 

 

Japan

127,162

130,517

144,417

Overseas

760,350

788,134

866,075

   USA

237,611

221,768

271,459

   Europe

202,854

225,739

260,038

   China

96,956

126,302

118,162

Other Areas

222,927

214,325

216,416

North America

Asia & Oceania2

1

From the year ended March 2011, “North America” and “Asia” area has been changed to “Other Areas”.

2

From the year ended March 2008 to the year ended March 2010, “Asia” area had been changed to “Asia & Oceania” area. Source: Based on company documents.

Ethics

Nikon’s website reveals that the company is quite giving. For example, Nikon gave money and support for the victims of Hurricane Sandy in the U.S. Northeast and similarly to victims of Typhoon Bopha in the Philippines. Many such activities are described at the corporate website. Nikon also has an effective Environmental Management System (EMS) and Policy and works hard to be a good steward of the natural environment, as elaborated on at the company website.

Finance

As indicated in Exhibit 4, Nikon’s revenues increased 10.0 percent in fiscal 2013, but net income decreased 28.5 percent. The balance sheet in Exhibit 5 reveals a continued drop in the company’s goodwill in 2013.

Competitors

Nikon’s competitors include Canon, Casio, Eastman Kodak, Sony, Pentax, Fujifilm, Olympus, and Netherlands-based ASML Holding. Canon is Nikon’s biggest and most worrisome competitor, followed by Sony. Note in Exhibit 6 that Canon is four times larger than Nikon and dramatically more profitable than any company featured in the analysis. Pentax is a brand name used by Pentax Ricoh Imaging Company for cameras and binoculars that compete with Nikon products. In late October 2011, Ricoh renamed the subsidiary Pentax Ricoh Imaging Company, Ltd.

EXHIBIT 4 Nikon’s Income Statement (in millions of yen)

Fiscal Year-Ended (March 31)

2011

2012

2013

Net sales

887,512

918,651

1,010,493

Cost of sales

575,535

567,000

663,509

   Gross profit

311,977

351,651

346,984

Selling, general and administrative expenses

257,924

271,570

295,982

Operating income

54,052

80,080

51,001

Non-operating income

9,860

11,917

7,849

Non-operating expenses

8,101

2,614

10,506

   Other non-operating expenses

21,729

16,107

20,260

Ordinary income (loss)

55,811

89,383

48,344

Extraordinary gains

121

16,144

14,299

   Gain on sales of property, plant and equipment

91

159

302

   Gain on sales of investment securities

30

65

5,132

Extraordinary losses

9,427

19,360

788

   Loss on disposals of property, plant and equipment

1,000

250

   Loss on sales of property, plant and equipment

47

57

   Non-recurring depreciation on noncurrent assets

   Impairment losses

397

6,502

663

   Loss on sales of investment securities

82

96

31

   Losses on devaluation of investment securities

4,512

35

   Loss on restructuring of business

   Environmental expenses

   Effect of application in accounting standard for asset retirement obligations

1,073

   Loss on disaster

2,313

12,505

   Income (loss) before income taxes

46,505

86,168

61,856

   Current

13,096

26,627

12,081

   Deferred

6,097

235

7,316

   Income taxes

19,193

26,862

19,397

   Income (loss) before minority interests

27,312

59,305

42,459

Net income (loss)

27,312

59,305

42,459

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 5 Nikon’s Balance Sheet (in millions of yen)

Fiscal Year-Ended (March 31)

2011

2012

2013

Assets

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

Cash and time deposits

181,077

132,404

110,281

Notes and accounts receivable-trade

123,077

137,533

134,225

Inventories

236,407

263,033

269,411

Deferred tax assets

42,640

47,110

43,959

Other current assets

15,118

34,061

21,563

Allowance for doubtful receivables

(7,365)

(4,667)

(3,795)

Total current assets

590,954

609,474

575,647

Fixed assets

 

 

 

Tangible fixed assets

 

 

 

   Buildings and structures

43,362

37,807

45,774

   Machinery, equipment and vehicles

34,003

35,200

57,551

   Land

14,777

14,609

15,025

   Lease Assets, net

5,794

4,901

3,878

   Construction in progress

7,566

23,809

15,935

   Other

13,511

14,615

23,439

Total tangible fixed assets

119,016

130,943

161,605

Intangible fixed assets

 

 

 

   Software

26,237

27,927

27,826

   Goodwil

13,235

5,157

4,443

Total intangible fixed assets

39,473

33,085

32,270

Investments and other assets

 

 

 

   Investment securities

56,303

55,355

66,859

Deferred tax assets

17,604

13,293

7,317

   Other

6,817

18,284

21,551

   Allowance for doubtful receivables

(260)

(207)

(231)

   Total investments and other assets

80,465

86,727

95,496

   Total fixed assets

238,954

250,755

289,371

   Total assets

829,909

860,230

865,019

Liabilities and Net Assets

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

Notes and accounts payable-trade

171,735

155,338

124,676

Short-term borrowings

16,732

18,350

18,739

Commercial paper

Current portion of bonds

Lease obligations

2,422

2,163

1,703

Accrued expenses

54,545

54,751

54,505

Accrued income taxes

2,520

15,076

1,395

Advances received

63,626

54,214

50,799

Warranty reserve

7,296

7,594

8,096

Other current liabilities

23,415

34,519

39,270

   Total current liabilities

342,295

342,009

299,186

Long-term liabilities

 

 

 

Bonds

40,000

40,000

40,000

Long-term debt

24,700

22,900

22,600

Lease obligations

3,620

2,953

2,305

Liability for employees’ retirement benefits

14,951

3,700

2,876

Retirement allowances for directors and corporate auditors

606

Asset retirement obligations

2,324

2,365

2,512

Other long-term liabilities

12,191

12,684

4,214

Total long-term liabilities

98,393

84,604

74,508

Total liabilities

440,069

426,613

373,695

Net assets

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

Common stock

65,475

65,475

65,475

Capital surplus

80,711

80,711

80,711

Retained earnings

272,227

319,823

345,692

Treasury stock

(13,173)

(12,992)

(12,804)

Total Shareholders’ equity

405,241

453,017

479,076

Valuation and translation adjustments

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities

4,450

3,061

9,482

Deferred gains or losses on hedges

(696)

(1,592)

(216)

Foreign currency translation adjustments

(20,201)

(21,474)

2,187

   Total Valuation and translation adjustments

(16,448)

(20,005)

11,452

Share subscription rights

427

604

795

Total net assets

389,220

433,616

491,324

Total liabilities and net assets

829,909

860,230

865,019

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 6 A Financial Comparison of Nikon vs. Rival Firms (in yen)

 

Nikon

Canon

Sony

Sales

1 T

3.5 T

6.8 T

Net Income

42 B

225 B

43 B

Profit Margin

4.2 %

6.5%

0.6%

Number of Employees

24 K

201 K

163 K

Debt-to-Equity Ratio

0.18

0.01

0.68

Market Capitalization

733 B

4.1 T

1.7 T

EPS

105

173

43

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on information at a variety of sources on February 10, 2013.

Canon, Inc.

Headquartered within a few miles of Nikon in Tokyo, Japan, Canon makes cameras, LCD projectors, lenses, LCDs, and binoculars—competing against Nikon on all these products. But Canon has diversified and also manufactures printers, multifunction document equipment, and other computer peripherals for home and office use. Canon generates only 20 percent of its revenues in Japan. Canon manufactures digital single-lens reflex cameras, compact digital cameras, interchangeable lens, digital video cameras, ink-jet multifunction devices, single-function ink-jet printers, image scanners, television lens for broadcasting use, office network, color network and personal multifunction devices, office, color and personal copy machines, laser printers, large-sized ink-jet printers and digital production printers, exposure equipment used in semiconductor and LCDs, medical image recording equipment, ophthalmic instruments, magnetic heads, micro motors, computers, handy terminals, and document scanners.

In early 2013, Canon released three stylish, feature-packed PowerShot Digital Cameras: the PowerShot ELPH 330 HS, ELPH 115 IS, and A2500. These new models offer great photo quality and excellent video performance in compact, powerful point-and-shoot designs while providing advanced wireless connectivity for easy sharing and great performance in dimly lit situations. With about $45.6 billion in global revenue, Canon’s U.S. parent company, Canon, Inc., ranked third overall in U.S. patents registered in 2011 and was one of Fortune Magazine’s World’s Most Admired Companies in 2012.

September 30, 2013 Revenue was 913 billion yen ($9.3 billion U.S. Dollars) and June 30, 2013 Revenue was 967 billion yen ($9.8 billion U.S. Dollars) for a 5.6% decline.

Sony Corporation

Headquartered within a few miles of Nikon (and Canon) in Tokyo, Japan, Sony manufactures LCD televisions, cameras, audio and video equipment, personal computers (PCs), personal navigation systems, game consoles and software, audio, videos and monitors for broadcast and commercial use, image sensors and other semiconductors, optical pickups, batteries, data recording media and systems, movie software, and animation works. Sony also has a Finance segment that provides life and nonlife insurance, banking services and credit finance services, and a new Sony Mobile segment provides that mobile phones.

Sony recently sold its U.S. headquarters for $685 million and has benefited lately from the weak Japanese currency, the yen. In fact, for each one-yen slide against the euro helps to boost Sony’s annual operating profit by 6 billion yen. Nikon, too, is benefiting from the weak yen because much of its revenue comes from outside Japan. Sony recently lowered its sales forecasts for LCD television sets, Blu-ray disc players, digital cameras, camcorders, personal computers, and portable videogame machines. Smartphones have crept into all of these other consumer electronic domains, especially cameras, to the dismay of Nikon.

For the quarter ending September 2013, net loss of 19.3 billion yen ($195 million U.S. Dollars) (Note is 98.8 yen to 1.0 Dollars on November 4, 2013). Sony’s new smart-phone, the Xperia Z, became available in Japan in early February 2013, but Samsung’s Galaxy and Apple’s iPhone dominate the smartphone industry globally. Sony recently dissolved its capital-intensive LCD-panel joint ventures with rivals Samsung and Sharp.

The Future

Even though Nikon benefits from a weak yen, Nikon’s Precision Equipment segment is reporting falling revenues as a result of the semiconductor-related and LCD panel-related markets shrinking. In the Imaging Products segment, the compact digital camera market continues to shrink, but the interchangeable lens digital camera market is growing. In Nikon’s Instruments segment, the bioscience-related market has worsened as a result of reductions and execution deferments in government budgets in countries such as Japan and the USA, and the industrial instruments-related markets contracting resulting from restrained capital investment in the semiconductor and electronics fields. The company is suffering from the proliferation of cameras in smartphones because consumers increasingly find those cameras sufficient for their everyday needs.

Nikon needs a clear strategic plan for the future. Perhaps the firm needs to make key acquisitions to move into other areas that offer higher growth in revenues. Or perhaps the firm needs to establish cooperative agreements with Samsung, Nokia, or even Apple to offer Nikon’s camera quality smartphone cameras. But that strategy could further curtail Nikon’s mainstream revenue source from compact digital cameras.

A thorough strategic analysis is needed to determine the best path forward for Nikon.

Grupo Modelo S.A.B, 2013

www.grupomodelo.mx , GPMCF or GMODELOC

Headquartered in Mexico City, Grupo Modelo is the leading beer producer in Mexico, brewing 13 brands in 8 breweries, including Corona Extra, the top-selling Mexican beer in the world. Other brands include Modelo Especial, Victoria, Pacifico, Corona Light, and Negra Modelo. Six brands are exported outside of Mexico, with Corona Extra being sold in more than 180 countries. Negra Modelo is available in 34 nations, Modelo Especial in 23, Pacifico in 12, and Corona Light in 11.

On June 4, 2013, Anheuser-Busch InBev (NYSE: BUD) formally completed its acquisition of Grupo Modelo, S.A.B. de C.V. in a transaction valued at $20.1 billion. AB InBev says Grupo Modelo will continue to operate as an independent entity and thus has mandated that the firm develop a clear strategic plan for the future. Grupo Modelo’s headquarters remain in Mexico City and the company continues to have a local board. Carlos Fernandez, Maria Asuncion Aramburuzabala and Valentin Diez Morodo both continue to play an important role on Grupo Modelo’s Board of Directors.

AB InBev desires to introduce AB InBev brands through Modelo’s distribution network. The combined company leads the global beer industry with roughly 400 million hectoliters of beer volume annually, bringing together five of the top six most valuable beer brands in the world. Mexico is the world’s fourth largest profit country for beer. AB InBev desires to own approximately 95 percent of Grupo Modelo’s outstanding common shares.

Modelo produces bottled water and operates 960 convenience stores in Mexico under the Extra name. With more than a 60-percent share of the Mexican beer market, Modelo is 50 percent owned by Anheuser-Busch (AB) InBev. Modelo imports of AB InBev products, such as Budweiser, into Mexico and also imports Chinese Tsingtao and the Danish brand Carlsberg. Through an alliance with Nestlé, Modelo distributes several Nestlé water brands in Mexico. Through an alliance with Constellation Brands, Modelo established Crown Imports as a vehicle for Modelo’s products to be sold in the USA.

Modelo is vertically integrated with operations ranging from producing the base ingredients needed in beer production all the way to owning convenience stores. The company has more than 37,000 employees and annual revenues in excess of $91 billion Mexican Pesos (U.S. $7.2 billion). Modelo stock trades on the Mexican Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol GMODELOC and also trades in Spain under the ticket XGMD.

Of the six Modelo brands marketed and sold in the USA, volumes are at all-time highs. Modelo’s chief executive officer (CEO) attributes much of the gains in the USA to Crown Imports.

Copyrighted by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Founded in 1925, Grupo Modelo opened their first brewery in Mexico City, and by 1928, sales of Modelo and Corona brands reached 8 million bottles. In 1930, Negro Modelo was produced with limited exports to the USA starting in 1933. In 1935, the company acquired a rival Mexican company that produced the Victoria and Pilsner brands. In 1954, Modelo acquired the Mexican rival that produced Pacifico and several other brands.

Modelo spent the 1980s building and updating existing breweries and founding companies that supply the base ingredients for beer such as barley and malt. With the new capacity, Grupo Modelo for the first time ever exported beer to Japan, Australia, New Zealand, and several nations in Europe in 1985. The next year, Corona was the second most commonly imported beer in the USA. By 1990, Corona was available in traditional beer nations such as Germany, the Netherlands, and Belgium.

Grupo Modelo was listed for the first time in 1994 on the Mexican Stock Exchange, allowing the company to finance through equity more easily. With the extra capital, Modelo built additional breweries and by 1997, Corona was the number-one imported beer in the USA, a distinction it still holds today. In 2003, construction on a malting facility in Idaho began to help supply the growing firm’s need for raw ingredients. One of the larger joint ventures in the company’s history took place in 2006 with the agreement between Grupo Modelo and U.S.-based Constellation Brands to form Crown Imports LLC to export Modelo products more efficiently into the USA.

By 2013, AB was trying to purchase the remaining 50 percent of Modelo that it did not own. The U.S. federal government resisted this acquisition over concerns about potential price fixing of Corona versus Budweiser and other factors.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Modelo’s vision is “to obtain more than half of our revenue from international markets by 2015, and to consistently strengthen our leadership in the domestic market, while maintaining profitability.” Modelo’s mission is “to grow as a multinational competitor in the beverage market, inspiring pride, passion and commitment, and generating value for our stakeholders.”

Organizational Chart

Neither Modelo’s Annual Report nor their corporate website reveal the top executives of the firm, except for the CEO and two vice-presidents. No clue is provided at either source regarding whether the firm operates from a divisional-by-product or divisional-by-region structure. Exhibit 1 reveals the chart as best as can be construed.

Marketing

From marketing (in 1966) “the first beer sold in a can,” to using catchy slogans such as “how can 20 million Mexicans be wrong,” Modelo is always marketing. The company’s advertising theme in the USA is to “find your beach” that portrays people enjoying Corona in a relaxing place, whether that be an actual beach, the mountains, or somewhere else. Modelo promotes the principle that the best option for success is to provide the best service in the industry by being a strategic partner with clients. The company’s Ruta Modelo program helps facilitate better distribution planning systems and installs subzero refrigerators for all clients. The CEO of Modelo believes that extra cold beer is a key component to a brand’s success and wants to ensure restaurants, grocery stores, and other mediums only offer Modelo products as cold as possible.

EXHIBIT 1 Modelo’s Organizational Chart

Source: Based on company documents.

Borrowing from Coors Light, cans of Modelo Light and Pacifico Light now incorporate ink that changes colors to inform customers when their beer is the ideal temperature. The Ruta Modelo program currently includes 4,500 routes and serves 500,000 clients in Mexico. Through the Extra convenience stores, Modelo provides a means of advertising at little additional cost and test markets different beers in different regions of Mexico.

Corona Extra provides the largest incremental volume gain among Modelo’s portfolio of beers. Corona Extra is the most popular imported beer in the USA; further, Corona is a popular beer in Mexico City with a metropolitan population of more than 21 million. Advertisements showing the pride of the Mexican people for Corona Extra as a global brand and ads related to LA passion manda, a campaign pertaining to Mexican soccer, have attributed to the success of Corona. In addition to soccer, Modelo promotes its name through projects that finance Mexican youth who have aspirations in boxing and wrestling.

Modelo’s Especial brand uses a campaign called Con dedicacion especial to reinforce the importance of dedication and quality. U.S. football legend, Joe Montana serves as a Modelo sponsor because U.S. football is extremely popular in Mexico. In addition, Modelo began a campaign for Bud Light in which the logos of the U.S. Major League Baseball teams were added to the cans. Additional sports-related marketing includes a tour by U.S. country music singer Kenny Chesney whereby more than 1 million Corona Extra consumers were reached. Corona Extra has sponsored 12 Association of Tennis Professionals tournaments. Other developments include offering Corona Light in the iconic glass bottle in Mexico and providing Coronita Extra in a can.

In Oceania, Modelo uses the “from where you’d rather be” campaign, and in Australia, where Corona leads the next import beer by a factor of three, Modelo sponsors the Quicksilver Pro world surfing tour year round. Customers in New Zealand have classified Corona Extra as the “most adored” brand, and the launch of Pacifico is expected soon in this market. A “save the beach” marketing strategy was enacted in Spain promoting trash pickup on Spanish beaches, resulting in extensive media coverage for Modelo.

Sustainability

Grupo Modelo maintains their strategy of being a good corporate citizen by exceeding the minimal standards required by the governments where they operate, primarily through their foundation Fundacton Grupo Modelo. One of the notable activities of the foundation is its Juntos en la Conservacion program where for more than 10 years, restoration projects have been enacted and performed at Iztaccihuatl-Popocatepetl national park where Modelo has captured around 1,400 tons of carbon dioxide annually. In addition, there are several other national parks in Mexico where Modelo performs restoration and environmental education programs. Modelo has also teamed up with several other firms to better use waste and by-products from the beer production process. Modelo also engages in and promotes programs geared toward preventing child abuse. For their efforts, Modelo is included in the Mexican Stock Market’s Sustainability Index.

Finance

Modelo’s income statements are provided in Exhibit 2, followed by the company’s balance sheets in Exhibit 3. Note the 10.6-percent increase in beer sales in 2011 and the 14.4 percent increase in net income.

Segments

Exhibit 4 reveals Modelo’s sales by geographic region. Note that company revenues increased 9.1 percent, with the domestic division experiencing the largest total peso and percent gain. The domestic division accounts for about 52 percent of total revenues and the export (outside Mexico) segment about 40 percent, with the majority of those sales being derived from the USA. Note that Modelo’s “Other” category only represents 7.9 percent of total sales but that segment includes royalties from nations, excluding the USA and Europe, as well as from sales of soft drinks, water, wine, liquor, food, and other products sold through the 960 Extra convenience stores. In addition, sales of Tsingtao and St. Pauli Girl (both a part of Crown Imports) are also included in Other segments along with commissions from distributing Nestlé water products. (The Others segment perhaps should be divided up strategically). Bud Light is the top imported beer in Mexico with O’Doul’s leading the alcohol-free category. Carlsberg reported the highest percent growth of any brand in Grupo’s portfolio.

EXHIBIT 2 Modelo’s Income Statement (in thousands of Mexican pesos)

FOR THE YEARS ENDING

ON DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011

(Amounts in thousands of Mexican pesos)

 

2012

2011

Net beer sales

$91,403,937

$84,011,703

Other regular revenue

7,893,525

6.994,277

 

99,297,462

91.005,980

Cost of sales

46,831,150

43,410,766

Gross profit

52,466,312

47,595,214

Operating expenses

 

 

Sales and distribution

20.595,001

19,499,251

Administrative

7,054,973

6.464,604

 

27,649,974

25,963,855

Share of profit of associates

1,025,629

890,000

Other expenses

(736,370)

(494,601)

Operating profit

25,105,597

22,026,758

Financial income

1,558,952

1,505,297

Financial costs

(592,428)

(560,276)

Foreign exchange rate (loss) gain - Net

(568,464)

786,864

Financial income - Net

398,060

1,731,885

Profit before taxes to income

25,503,657

23,758,643

Taxes to income

6,588,340

5,473,561

Consolidated net income for the year

$18,915,317

$18,285,082

OTHER ITEMS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME:

 

 

Remeasurement of employee benefits, net of taxes

(773,850)

(155,810)

Cash flow hedge

152,022

(41,648)

Consolidated comprehensive income

$18,293,489

$18,087,624

Net income attributable to:

 

 

Controlling sharing

$12,343,656

$11,825,699

Non-controlling sharing:

 

 

Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

3,690,122

3,564,536

Other investors

2,881,539

2,894,847

 

6,571,661

6,459,383

Consolidated net income for the year

$18,915,317

$18,285,082

Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to:

 

 

Controlling sharing

$11,869,069

$11,674,151

Non-controlling sharing:

 

 

Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

3,542,881

3,518,626

Other investors

2,881,539

2,894,847

Consolidated comprehensive income

$18,293,489

$18,087,624

Basic and diluted earnings per share (Amounts in Mexican pesos attributable to controlling sharing)

$3.8147

$3.6567

Source: Company documents

EXHIBIT 3 Modelo’s Balance Sheets (in thousands of Mexican pesos)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2012 AND 2011 AND JANUARY 1, 2011

(Amounts expressed in thousands of Mexican pesos)

CURRENT:

2012

2011

2010

Cash and cash equivalents

$29,118,774

$32,271,175

$23,813,706

Accounts and notes receivable - Net

6,360,662

7,333,382

6,734,595

Taxes to income recoverable

955,238

892,044

1,751,570

Inventories

10,201,658

8,614,389

10,028,272

Derivative financial instruments

24,222

Prepaid advertising and others

2,397,991

2,677,254

3,038,048

Assets available for sale

595,052

579,749

716,907

Total current assets

49,653,597

52,367,993

46,083.098

NON-CURRENT:

 

 

 

Long-term accounts and notes receivable

933,846

953,574

1,274,630

Investments in associates

6,800,193

6,155,929

5,695,130

Property, plant and equipment - Net

59,045,264

59,431,154

60,821,611

Prepaid advertising and others

1,186,070

1,807,979

954,796

Intangible assets - Net

7,076,704

7,092.074

6,872,551

Total non-current assets

75,042,077

75,440,710

75,618,718

Total assets

$124,695,674

$127,808,703

$121,701,816

CURRENT:

 

 

 

Suppliers and other payables

8,024,082

8,490,694

8,210,999

Provisions

130,000

60,000

Excise tax on production and services payable

1,693,520

1,619,247

1,554,187

Employee profit sharing

1,185,877

1,153,955

1,083,369

Derivative financial instruments

111,419

Income taxes payable

95,826

55,019

Total current liabilities

11,033,479

11,531,141

10,903,574

NON-CURRENT:

 

 

 

Deferred taxes

5,305,889

5,975,126

6,464,562

Controlling company liability under tax consolidation

1.129,188

1,157,454

1,313,340

Employee benefits

1,753,806

686,258

473,713

Financial liability due to non-controlling sharing in subsidiaries

475,562

497,703

530,326

Total non-current liabilities

8,669,445

8,316,541

8,781,941

Total liabilities

$19,702,924

$19,847,682

$19,685,515

Capital stock

9,925,397

9,923,819

9,938,119

Premium on share subscription

1,090,698

1,090,698

1,090,698

RETAINED EARNINGS:

 

 

 

To apply

52,727,384

55,547,525

62,902,339

Current period

12,343,656

11,825,699

 

65,071,040

67,373,224

62,902,339

Reserves

3,294,637

3,177,961

3,209,925

Total stockholders’ equity of controlling sharing

79,381,772

81,565,702

77,141,081

NON-CONTROLLING SHARING:

 

 

 

Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc.

23,959,963

24,684,423

23,350,314

Other investors

1,651,015

1.710,896

1,524,906

Total stockholders’ equity of non-controlling sharing

25,610,978

26,395,319

24,875,220

Total stockholders’ equity

$104.992.750

$107,961,021

$102,016,301

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$124,695,674

$127,808,703

$121,701,816

Source: Company documents.

EXHIBIT 4 Modelo’s Sales by Geographic Region (in millions of pesos)

Sales

 

 

 

2012

2011

Millions of pesos

2012

2011

2010

Change

Change

Domestic

51,628

48,521

43,896

6.5%

10.5%

Export

39,776

35,540

33,929

11.9%

4.7%

Other income

7,894

7,142

7,194

12.99%

−0.7%

Total net sales

99,298

91,203

85,019

9.1%

7.3%

Source: Company documents.

For the second straight year, Crown Imports in 2012 was the only major distributor (out of four distributors) to post-positive growth in the USA. Considering the decline in beer consumption in the USA, Modelo believes the results are good. Corona Extra and Corona Light were the top two brands in the USA, with Modelo Especial ranked third and being awarded the “Hot Brands” prize by Impact Magazine for the brands growth. The Victoria brand continues to grow in popularity in the markets it serves and was awarded the “Leaders Choice Award” by Market Watch magazine in 2011 as the best new product.

Modelo reports rising sales in markets outside Mexico and the USA. In 2011, Australia became the second-largest export market behind the USA, with Corona Extra being the best-selling premium imported beer, with an impressive market share of 38 percent among imports. Building on the demand in Australia for its products, Modelo introduced Pacifico and Negra Modelo in late 2011. Europe, much like the USA, has endured several years of decreased beer consumption, but export volumes for Modelo had a growth rate of 10 percent in Europe in 2011. Modelo’s sales in Asia were sluggish from changes in key importers. Sales in Latin America and the Caribbean were not as good as desired by the company.

External

Exhibit 5 reveals the top beer brands in the world based on volume sold. The relatively unknown Snow beer is a Chinese beer resembling a U.S. lager in nature and is sold almost exclusively in China. Possibly surprising to some, Bud Light and Budweiser rank second and third by a rather comfortable margin. Modelo’s Corona Extra was the fourth and experienced a 9 percent gain over the pervious year, in an environment where most beer sales were declining. Three of the top five in the list are products of AB InBev, including Brahma, a Brazilan beer also owned by AB InBev that is the ninth most popular.

Beer Drinking Trends

More and more Americans are drinking less and less mass-produced beers because demand is shifting toward higher alcohol alternatives. Statistics reveal that beer drinking in the USA has dropped 11 percent over the last decade. Beer consumption in the USA was down every year from 2007 through 2011. However in contrast, craft beer sales grew by as much as 15 percent per year in the USA over that time period. That trend continued through at least the first half of 2012, when craft beer sales were up 14 percent, according to the Brewers Association.

EXHIBIT 5 World’s Most Popular Beers (millions of barrels sold)

Brand

2011

2010

Percent Change (%)

Snow

50.8

52.0

(2.4)

Bud Light

45.4

47.4

(4.4)

Budweiser

38.7

37.0

4.5

Corona Extra

30.4

27.9

9.0

Skol

29.5

30.2

(2.3)

Based on information at http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/09/26/worlds-most-popular-beer_n_1914327.html.

As a nation’s economy improves, historically consumers shift away from beer (cheaper) to wine, liquor, and spirits (more expensive). The taste for more alcohol in their drinks has also meant that beer drinkers are generally shifting to small batch, locally made, craft beers, which have higher alcohol content. This trend has benefited beer companies such as Boston Beer Company (NYSE: SAM) that produces Sam Adams. Although not a die-hard locally made craft beer, Sam Adams enjoys the middle ground between the mass-produced beers from AB and Molson Coors and the specialty brews found in top-notch liquor stores. Sam Adams’s sales jumped 50 percent in the 2011–2012 period. Sam Adams’s shipments in the third quarter in 2012 grew 17 percent over the third quarter in 2011. Samuel Adams’s introduction a few years ago helped redefine beer and launched the craft beer revolution in the USA.

The major threat that AB InBev, Heineken, and Molson Coors pose to brewers like Boston Beer, Craft Brew, and more than 2,000 privately owned small brewers lies in distribution clout. All beer companies fight for shelf space at stores and tap handles at bars and restaurants. Big brewers have far greater influence over distributors in deciding which beers win those spots. About 94 percent of noncraft beer brands are owned by the three, so as AB InBev, Molson Coors and SAB Miller continue to grow their lines of craft-style offerings, those beers crowd out beers made by the smaller craft brewers. So the big three’s craft brands such as Shock Top, Goose Island, Blue Moon, and Franciscan Well, have a huge upper hand over companies such as Sam Adams and privately held brewers.

Business Culture in Mexico

Even though many Mexicans are also Americans, and about 80 percent of Mexican exports are bound for the USA, there are quite a few differences in the two countries’ business culture. Mexican companies tend to be much more hierarchical (autocratic) with respect to how the firm is structured with important decisions being made by a few key individuals in high ranks. When collaborating with management, it is suggested to match levels of seniority as closely as possible, and when dealing with subordinates, it is important to keep a human touch, much more so than in the USA. Mexican managers tend to offer detailed instructions to subordinates to aid them in performing their tasks. Meetings in Mexico often start late and run late; so be careful when scheduling multiple meetings for the same day. Business lunches tend to start later than they do in the USA and often can run 2 hours in length.

Dress is formal in Mexico, and visiting women executives are treated with respect. However, Mexico still has a glass-ceiling problem regarding women having opportunities in business. Management style in Mexico is more authoritative and less participative as compared to the USA. Mexicans in general work hard for low wages, and for this reason many companies that departed Mexico 10 years ago to take advantage of lower wages in China, are now returning to Mexico. Mexico likely has a bright future for doing business globally and attracting businesses.

A Pending Anheuser-Busch InBev Takeover of Modelo

In fall 2012, all appeared well for AB InBev to buy the remaining 50 percent of Grupo Modelo for $20 billion and acquire the firm’s 50 percent stake in Crown Imports. But the U.S. government has delayed this acquisition, suing in February 2013 to block the acquisition for fear that AB InBev would have too much power in setting beer prices in the U.S. market. AB InBev’s home country of Belgium, claims the U.S. government has no grounds for such tactics and points out that Corona only has 7 percent of the current market share. In addition, AB InBev argues that Crown Imports sets the prices for Grupo Modelo products in the USA, and as part of the agreement they would be selling the acquired 50 percent share of Crown Imports to Constellation Brands with an option to buy their stake back in 10 years. Constellation Brands currently owns the remaining 50 percent of Crown Imports.

Despite AB InBev’s arguments, company documents cite one of the main reasons for the acquisition is Corona putting increasing price pressure on AB InBev products. The weak Mexican peso is much to blame. AB InBev vows to continue to fight and work every possible angle to salvage the deal. Analysts point out that the deal is actually more advantageous for AB to gain access to the Mexican beer market than for AB InBev to squeeze out a little extra profit in the USA, where the company already has a 48-percent market share. If true, it is likely AB InBev will negotiate a settlement with the U.S. Department of Justice, giving up some provisions in the USA to enable the firm to gain full access to the Mexican market. However, if the acquisition is approved, according to Exhibit 5, AB InBev will control four of the top five beer brands in the world, with the top brand not even readily available outside of China.

The 2013 Super Bowl

The cost for a 30-second Super Bowl ad in January 2013 was $4 million, following the average $3.6 million price the prior year. Demand for craft-style beer accelerated after the 2012 Super Bowl when AB InBev released its Bud Light Platinum ads. With a 6 percent alcohol content, that brand was a more upscale version of Bud Light, although it as not really a craft beer, the ad was successful. After those 2012 Super Bowl ads, Platinum sold more than 1 million barrels in just seven months, pushing up AB stock 42 percent. Those ads also helped portray Bud Light as a beer that could be enjoyed rather than guzzled.

During the 2013 Super Bowl, Budweiser rolled out Black Crown, a golden amber lager with the same 6 percent alcohol content as Platinum. This is more relatable to original Budweiser in terms of brewing style and heaviness, which probably makes it riskier than Platinum because of the beer’s strength. The two Super Bowl ads portrayed Black Crown beer as a classy, sexy, sophisticated beer, rather than Platinum’s hip, cool vibe. Interestingly, Molson Coors did not have a commercial during the 2013 Super Bowl. Their thought was that so many people have smartphones now that these people may be more plugged into their phones than the television, so they placed cheaper ads on the Internet. Over the last three years though, Miller has reported a 35-percent drop in sales of their Genuine Draft, Milwaukee’s Best, and High Life brands.

Competitors

Anheuser-Busch InBev SA/NV

Headquartered in Leuven, Belgium, AB InBev is the world’s largest beer brewer with a 25-percent global market share. AB InBev has four of the top 5 beer brands sold in the world and more than 200 brands total, 14 of which generate more than U.S. $1 billion annually. Popular AB InBev brands include Bud Light, Budweiser, Stella Artois, Beck’s, Brahma, Skol, and Natural Light. As of May 1, AB InBev owns 50 percent of Grupo Modelo and is desperately trying to buy the remaining stake. AB InBev has 116,000 employees in 30 nations and reports their financial results in U.S. dollars. The company trades on the Euronext Brussels Index as well as on the NYSE under the ticker symbol BUD. Sales in 2011 totaled $39 billion.

Heineken N.V.

Headquartered in Amsterdam, Netherlands, Heineken is a global brewing giant with more than €17 billion in sales in 2012. The company claims to have the most extensive global reach of any beer company, with products available in more than 178 countries, operations in 71 countries, and a workforce of more than 70,000. Heineken was founded in 1864 and currently markets more than 250 different brands of beer, including Heineken, Amstel, New Castle, Murphys Irish Stout, Tiger, Fosters, and many more. Perhaps Grupo Modelo’s largest competitors, Heineken owns 100 percent of Cerveceria Cuauhtemoc Moctezuma that produces well-known Mexican beers such as Tecate, Sol, Dos Equis, Bohemia, Indio, and Carta Blanca. The company operates breweries in seven different Mexican cities and sponsors many soccer teams in Mexico.

Cuauhtémoc Moctezuma Holding, S.A. de C.V. ( www.cuamoc.com )

A subsidiary of Heineken and headquartered in Monterrey, Mexico, Cuauhtémoc Moctezuma Holding produces and distributes beer from six breweries in Mexico, including the branded beers Carta Blanca, Dos Equis, Tecate, Bohemia, and Sol. The Heineken label was added to the lineup in 2010 when Heineken acquired Cuauhtémoc Moctezuma (formerly Fomento Económico Mexicano Cerveza) from FEMSA. Cuauhtémoc Moctezuma controls more than 40 percent of Mexico’s beer market but also produces glass bottles, aluminum cans, and crown caps through its subsidiaries Fábricas Monterrey (FAMOSA) and Sílices de Veracruz (SIVESA).

Fomento Económico Mexicano, S.A.B. de C.V. ( www.femsa.com )

Headquartered in Monterrey, Mexico, FEMSA is a leading soft-drink bottler and convenience store operator in Latin America. FEMSA’s Coca-Cola FEMSA subsidiary is the world’s largest Coca-Cola bottler. FEMSA bottles Coca-Cola, Sprite, other soft drinks, juices, and water in nine Latin American countries. Competing with Modelo’s 960 Extra convenience stores, FEMSA owns 9,000 OXXO convenience stores in 31 Mexican states, primarily in the northern part of the country, through its FEMSA Comercio subsidiary.

Before being sold to Heineken in 2010, FEMSA was a major beer brewer in Mexico and Brazil, through its former FEMSA Cerveza subsidiary. It brewed Carta Blanca, Indio, Sol, and Tecate beer. Heineken changed the name of FEMSA Cerveza to Cuauhtémoc Moctezuma Holding, S.A. de C.V.

Molson Coors Brewing Company (TAP)

Headquartered in Denver, Colorado, Coors and Molson joined forces in 2005 to create Molson Coors that manufactures and sells beers around the world. Popular brands include Coors Light, Molson Canadian, Keystone, Cobra, Miller Light, Miller High Life, and Blue Moon. Molson Coors produces some 19 million hectoliters (502 million U.S. gallons) of beer a year and dominates the Canadian market, accounting for 40 percent of the beer sold in that country. In the USA, Molson Coors does business through MillerCoors, a joint venture that is 58 percent owned by SABMiller. MillerCoors, the second-largest U.S. brewer by volume, markets Coors, Coors Light, and Molson brands. Miller won nine awards at the 2012 World Beer Cup, but not advertising during the 2013 Super Bowl is widely seen as a sign of weakness.

Molson Coors operates in the United Kingdom and as Molson Coors International (MCI) in developing markets. In mid-2011, Molson Coors finalized a joint venture in India with Cobra India, whereby the company has a 51 percent interest and operational control of the Molson Coors Cobra India. In mid-2012, the company acquired StarBev. In January 2013, Molson Coors acquired Ireland’s Franciscan Well brewery, a small Irish craft brewery. Although Franciscan Well brews only about 1,700 barrels a year, Molson Coors’ strategy is to further tap into the fast-growing craft brew market, which is still small at just 6 percent in the USA. Molson Coors’ plans for Franciscan Well include a sizable expansion in brewing capacity—from 1,700 barrels to more than 62,000—as well as the exploration of the export market for Franciscan’s beers.

SABMiller plc

Headquartered in London, England, SABMiller is one of the world’s largest brewers, producing more than 200 international, national, and local beer brands. Popular brands include Grolsch, Miller, Peroni Nastro, and Pilsner Urquell, and many local favorites, such as Castle Lager, the number-one beer in Africa. In Latin America, SABMiller owns Bavaria and Cervecería Nacional. In the USA, SABMiller owns 58 percent of MillerCoors, a joint venture with Molson Coors. SABMiller acquired Australian rival Foster’s in 2011. In addition to brewing, SABMiller is one of the world’s top bottlers of Coca-Cola products. Altria owns more than 25 percent of SABMiller and Colombia-based Santo Domingo Group almost 15 percent. In 2012, SABMiller acquired (a) the remaining 50 percent interest in Pacific Beverages Pty Ltd., (b) a 27.5 percent interest in BIH Brasseries Internationales Holding (Angola) Ltd., (c) a 33 percent interest in International Breweries plc, and (4) an additional 2.9 percent interest in Tanzania Breweries Ltd.

The Future

Big beer companies all over the globe are constantly making acquisitions to gain distribution rights and market share. Grupo Modelo needs a clear strategic plan to garner the best deal for its shareholders given the pending AB InBev acquisition. The beer industry is intensely competitive with acquisitions occurring quarterly. The overall demand for beer is declining, further fueling price competition and distribution battles. There are thousands of local craft breweries that could be acquired given that segment beer is growing, and the Far East remains virtually untapped for growth for Mexican beers.

Develop a three-year strategic plan for the CEO of Grupo Modelo.

Pearson PLC, 2013

www.pearson.com , PSORF or PSON (London exchange)

Headquartered in London, United Kingdom, Pearson is the largest education company and the largest book publisher in the world. Pearson is organized into three main business groupings: (1) Pearson Education (digital learning, education publishing and services including Poptropica and eCollege; (2) Financial Times (FT) Group (business information, including the Financial Times newspaper); and (3) Penguin Group (consumer publishing, including the Dorling Kindersley and Penquin Classics imprints). In late 2011, Pearson acquired Global Education and Technology Group. In 2012, Pearson acquired Certiport, Inc., Author Solutions, Inc. (ASI), and EmbanetCompass.

In late 2012, Pearson agreed to merge its Penguin Books division with Bertelsmann’s Random House to create the world’s biggest book publisher, a newly created joint venture named Penguin Random House. Bertelsmann will own 53 percent of the joint venture and Pearson will own 47 percent. The joint venture excludes Bertelsmann’s trade publishing business in Germany and Pearson retains rights to use the Penguin brand in education markets worldwide. The newly formed company is subject to customary regulatory and other approvals but is expected to complete in the second half of 2013.

In October 2013, Harish Manwani joined the board of directors of Pearson. Harish is Chief Operating Officer of the global consumer products company Unilever. Harish is a graduate from Bombay University and holds a Masters degree in management studies. Pearson chairman Glen Moreno said: “Harish brings to Pearson a deep knowledge of emerging markets, an understanding of the rapidly growing middle class in those countries, and senior experience in a successful global organization. This background is very relevant to our transformation of Pearson into the world’s leading learning company.” Harish replaces Dr. Susan Fuhrman on the Pearson board; Susan is President of Teachers College, Columbia University. Pearson also recently announced another appointment to its board, Linda Lorimer, Vice President of Yale University.

History

Founded by Samuel Pearson in 1844, Pearson originally was a building and engineering firm operating under the name of S. Pearson & Son. In 1880, control passed to grandson Weetman Pearson, an engineer later known as Lord Cowdray, who in 1890 moved the business to London and turned it into one of the world’s largest construction companies. Pearson was listed on the London Stock Exchange in 1969. Pearson acquired Penguin Books in 1970 and Ladybird Books in 1972.

During the 1990s, Pearson acquired a number of TV production and broadcasting assets and sold most of its nonmedia assets, under the leadership of future U.S. Congressman Bob Turner. Pearson acquired the education division of Simon & Schuster in 1998 from Viacom and merged it with its own education unit, Addison-Wesley Longman, to form Pearson Education.

In 2000, Pearson acquired National Computer Systems and entered the educational assessment and school management systems market in the United States. That same year, Pearson acquired Dorling Kindersley, the illustrated reference publisher and integrated it within Penguin. In 2006, Pearson acquired National Evaluation Systems, Inc. (NES; Amherst, MA), a provider of customized state assessments for teacher certification in the USA. Pearson completed the acquisition of Harcourt Assessment in 2008, merging the acquired businesses into Pearson Assessment & Information. In that same year, Pearson acquired eCollege, a digital learning technology group for $477M. In 2011, Pearson created the Pearson College, a British degree provider based in London and Manchester. Also that year, Pearson acquired Connections Education.

In late 2012, Pearson acquired KEV Group, the North American leader in the management and accounting of school activity funds and online payments. KEV Group’s School Cash Suite of products manage all aspects of every dollar that comes into secondary schools. Whether cash, check, or an online transaction, KEV’s products help more than 4,000 schools reduce fraud and significantly decrease their workload. Limiting cash in a school system and increasing transparency of cash that does come in decreases the risk of bullying, reduces classroom distractions, and ensures maximum efficiency for all users.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Pearson has no clearly stated vision or mission statement. However, there is a statement at the Pearson website, under the Strategy icon, that may be the firm’s mission statement. It reads: “Pearson’s goal is to help people make progress in their lives through learning. We aim to be the world’s leading learning company, serving the citizens of a brain-based economy wherever and whenever they are learning.”

Strategy

Pearson’s strategy, as stated on the company website, consists of four initiatives, paraphrased as follows to focus on:

  • 1. Long-term organic investment in content,

  • 2. Digital products and services businesses—Add services to our content, usually enabled by technology; Pearson’s digital revenues were £2bn or 33 percent of total sales.

  • 3. International expansion—Pearson sells in more than 70 countries, but desires new particular emphasis on fast-growing markets in China, India, Africa and Latin America. In 2011, Pearson generated $1bn of revenue in developing markets for the first time, accounting for 11 percent of total sales and 22 percent of employees.

  • 4. Efficiency—Pearson profit margins have increased to 16.1 percent and the ratio of average working capital to sales has improved from 20.1 percent to 16.9 percent.

Organizational Structure

On the Pearson website, the top management team is listed under the Board of Directors icon. Pearson’s organizational chart is provided in Exhibit 1. Chief executive officer (CEO) John Fallon replaced CEO Marjorie Scardino on January 1, 2013.

Segments

EXHIBIT 1 Pearson’s Organizational Structure

Source: Based on company documents.

Pearson is organized into four main business groupings: (1) Pearson International Education, (2) Pearson North American Education, and (3) Professional Education and FT Group. In 2012 Pearson generated total revenues of £5.059 billion, as indicated in Exhibit 2. £2.658 billion were from North America, £1.568 billion from International, £390 million were from Professional, and £443 million from Financial Times (FT) Group—as indicated in Exhibit 2. Note in Exhibit 3 that Pearson had 2012 revenue declines in three regions, but sales were up in the USA slightly.

EXHIBIT 2 Pearson’s Segment

 

2012

All figures in £ millions

North American Education

International Education

Professional

FT Group

Corporate

Discontinued operations

Group

Continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (external)

2,658

1,568

390

443

5,059

Sales (inter-segment)

12

18

Adjusted operating profit

536

216

37

49

838

Intangible charges

(66)

(73)

(37)

(4)

(180)

Acquisition costs

(7)

(8)

(1)

(4)

(20)

Other net gains and losses

(123)

(123)

Operating profit

463

135

(124)

41

515

 

2011

All figures in £ millions

North American Education

International Education

Professional Education

FT Group

Corporate

Discontinued Operations

Group

Continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales (external)

2,584

1,424

382

427

4,817

Sales (inter-segment)

12

Adjusted operating profit

493

196

66

76

831

Intangible charges

(57)

(60)

(11)

(8)

(136)

Acquisition costs

(2)

(9)

(1)

(12)

Other net gains and losses

29

(6)

412

435

Operating profit

463

121

55

479

1,118

Pearson Education

Pearson Education provides textbooks and digital technologies to teachers and students across all ages. Pearson’s education brands include Bug Club, Edexcel, Financial Times Publishing, Fronter, MyEnglishLab, and BBC Active. Pearson’s education brands in North America include eCollege, Poptropica, FT Press, MyLabs/Mastering, SAMS Publishing, and Que Publishing. Pearson generates about 60 percent of its education sales in North America but operates in more than 70 countries. Pearson publishes across the curriculum under a range of brand names including Scott Foresman, Prentice Hall, Addison-Wesley, Allyn and Bacon, Benjamin Cummings, and Longman.

Pearson’s Prentice Hall division is the market leader in higher education publishing across all discipline areas; Pearson’s Addison Wesley and Benjamin Cummings are premier publishers in computing, economics, finance, mathematics, science, and statistics; Pearson’s Longman brand focuses on materials in English, history, philosophy, political science, and religion; and Allyn and Bacon focuses on the social sciences, humanities, and education disciplines.

In 2013, Pearson Education reorganized into three main divisions: Pearson International Education, Pearson North American Education, and Professional Education. Pearson International is headquartered in London, with offices across Europe, Asia, and South America. Pearson North America is headquartered in Upper Saddle River, New Jersey, with major business units based in San Francisco, Boston, Columbus, Indianapolis, and Chandler (Arizona). In 2012, Pearson International Education had revenues of £1,568 million, Pearson North American Education had revenues of £2,658 million, and Professional Education had revenues of £443 million.

EXHIBIT 3 Pearson’s Revenues By Region

 

Sales

All figures in £ millions

2012

2011

Continuing operations

 

 

UK

705

713

Other European countries

391

394

USA

2,800

2,707

Canada

145

150

Asia Pacific

647

514

Other countries

371

339

Total continuing

5,059

4,817

Discontinued operations

 

 

UK

160

152

Other European countries

78

77

USA

603

606

Canada

56

59

Asia Pacific

139

132

Other countries

17

19

Total discontinued

1,053

1,045

Total

6,112

5,862

The North American segment had 2012 operating profits of £536 million. Student registration for MyLab grew 11 percent to almost 10 million. Student registrations in 2012 at Pearson’s eCollege grew 3 percent to 8.7 million. Also in North America, Pearson’s Connection Education, which operates online K-12 schools in 22 states, served more than 43,000 students, up 31 percent from 2011.

Pearson’s International Education segment reported 2012 operating profits of £216 million, partly due to student enrollments in China at Wall Street English (WSE), increasing 15 percent to 61,000. WSE is Pearson’s worldwide chain of English language centers for professionals with 11 new WSE centers opened in 2012. Pearson did especially well in 2012 in India with its TutorVista program and in Mexico with the launch of UTEL, a new university enabling Mexicans to enroll in online business courses. Also in the International segment, Pearson VUE test volumes grew 7 percent in 2012 to almost 8 million.

Financial Times Group

The FT Group provides business and financial news, data, comment, and analysis in print and online. FT Publishing includes: the Financial Times newspaper and FT.com website; a range of specialist financial magazines and online services; and Mergermarket, a financial data vendor. The FT Group also has shareholdings in Business Day and Financial Mail (BDFM) of South Africa (50 percent stake) and The Economist (50 percent stake). Pearson’s FT group reported 2012 operating profits of £49 million, with digital subscriptions increasing 18 percent to almost 316,000 and with 3.5 million FT web app users. The Economist (50% owned by Pearson) reported in 2012 a 2 percent increase in worldwide printed digital circulation.

Penguin Group

Penguin Group is an international consumer publisher, which includes imprints such as Allen Lane, Avery, Berkley Books, dial, Dutton, Dorling Kindersley, Grosset & Dunlap, Hamish Hamilton, Ladybird, Plume, Puffin, Penguin, Putnam, Michael Joseph, Riverhead, rough Guides, and Viking. Penguin publishes around 4,000 titles every year and its range of titles includes classics, reference volumes, and children’s titles. In October 2012, Pearson agreed to merge Penguin Group with Bertelsmann’s Random House to create the world’s biggest trade book publisher—Penguin Random House. Bertelsmann will own 53 percent and Pearson will own 47 percent. Penguin reported 2012 revenue of £1,053 million and operating profits of £98 million. E-book revenue grew strongly and accounted for 17 percent of Penguin’s global revenue.

Pearson now owns 47 percent of the new Penguin/Random House publishing company. In 2012, Penguin published 255 New York Times bestsellers.

Finance

Note in the income statements in Exhibit 4 that Pearson reported increasing revenues but declining profits in 2012. The decline in earnings resulted in a decline in 2012 retained earnings on the Pearson balance sheets, as shown in Exhibit 5.

External

Total U.S. college enrollments declined 2 percent in 2012 while the overall higher education publishing market declined 6 percent, according to the Association of American Publishers (AAP). AAP also reported a 15 percent decline in the textbook publishing market in 2012.

Competitors

EXHIBIT 4 Pearson’s Income Statements

Year ended 31 December 2012

All figures in £ millions

2012

2011

Sales

5,059

4,817

Cost of goods sold

(2,224)

(2,072)

Gross profit

2,835

2,745

Operating expenses

(2,216)

(2,072)

Profit on sale of associate

412

Loss on closure of subsidiary

(113)

Share of results of joint ventures and associates

33

Operating profit

515

1,118

Finance costs

(113)

(96)

Finance income

32

25

Profit before tax

434

1,047

Income tax

(148)

(162)

Profit for the year from continuing operations

286

885

Profit for the year from discontinued operations

43

71

Profit for the year

329

956

Attributable to:

 

 

Equity holders of the company

326

957

Non-controlling interest

(1)

Earnings per share for profit from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to equity holders of the company during the year (expressed in pence per share)

 

 

Basic

40.5p

119.6p

Diluted

40.5p

119.3p

The world of book publishing is changing rapidly as e-books, renting books, sharing books, avoiding books, photocopying books, scanning books, creating custom books, using e-readers permeate today’s publishing landscape. The historical day of students carrying around encyclopedic size books is drawing to an end. Although great news for students and customers, this changing environment makes book publishing much more risky for both publishers and authors.

EXHIBIT 5 Pearson’s Balance Sheets

As of 31 December 2012

 

 

All figures in £ millions

2012

2011

Assets

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

327

383

Intangible assets

6,218

6,342

Investments in joint ventures and associates

15

32

Deferred income tax assets

229

287

Financial assets–Derivative financial instruments

174

177

Retirement benefit assets

25

Other financial assets

31

26

Trade and other receivables

79

151

 

7,073

7,423

Current assets

 

 

Intangible assets–Pre-publication

666

650

Inventories

261

407

Trade and other receivables

1,104

1,386

Financial assets–Derivative financial instruments

Financial assets–Marketable securities

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding overdrafts)

1,062

1,369

 

3,103

3,821

Assets classified as held for sale

1,172

Total assets

11,348

11,244

Liabilities

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

Financial liabilities–Borrowings

(2,010)

(1,964)

Financial liabilities–Derivative financial instruments

(2)

Deferred income tax liabilities

(601)

(620)

Retirement benefit obligations

(172)

(166)

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

(110)

(115)

Other liabilities

(282)

(325)

 

(3,175)

(3,192)

Current liabilities

 

 

Trade and other liabilities

(1,556)

(1,741)

Financial liabilities–Borrowings

(262)

(87)

Financial liabilities–Derivative financial instruments

(1)

Current income tax liabilities

(291)

(213)

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

(38)

(48)

(2,147)

(2,090)

 

Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale

(316)

Total liabilities

(5,638)

(5.282)

Net assets

5,710

5,962

Equity

 

 

Share capital

204

204

Share premium

2,555

2,544

Treasury shares

(103)

(149)

Translation reserve

128

364

Retained earnings

2,902

2,980

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the company

5,686

5,943

Non-controlling interest

24

19

Total equity

5,710

5,962

Total Liabilities and Equity

11,348

11,244

The situation described leads to increased competition daily on many fronts such as price, e-commerce, new entrants, ancillary offerings, acquisitions, divestitures, and weakened players. A few of Pearson’s major rivals in this turbulent environment are McGraw-Hill, John Wiley, Houghton Mifflin, and Thomson Reuters, but even online book publishers such as iUniverse are attacking from new directions. Pearson is the largest and most profitable book publisher, which in a sense makes Pearson most vulnerable to competitor’s duplicating and imitating their product offerings, and continually examining Pearson for potential weaknesses that can be exploited.

A financial comparison of each rival firm is provided in Exhibit 6, followed by a brief overview of each firm. Note in Exhibit 4 that Pearson’s earnings per share (EPS) is lower than both McGraw-Hill and John Wiley.

McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (NYSE: MPH)

Headquartered in New York City, McGraw-Hill is a leading producer of textbooks, tests, and related materials, serving the elementary, secondary, and higher education markets through McGraw-Hill Education (MHE). Other businesses include S&P Ratings (indexes and credit ratings); S&P Capital IQ and S&P Indices (financial and business information); and Commodities and Commercial (Platts, J.D. Power and Associates, McGraw-Hill Construction, and Aviation Week).

EXHIBIT 6 A Comparison of Publishers

 

Pearson

McGraw-Hill

John Wiley

Thomson Reuters

Sales ($)

5.09B£

6.35B

1.75B

13.45B

Net Income ($)

329M£

789M

190M

−877M

Profit Margin (%)

6.46

13.01

10.89

−6.45

Debt-to-Equity Ratio

0.41

0.67

0.64

0.43

EPS ($)

0.40£

3.03

3.14

−1.06

Market Capitalization ($)

10.6B£

14.97B

2.27B

23.83B

Number of Shares Out

817M

277M

60.15M

826M

EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Based on company documents.

McGraw-Hill announced in late 2012 that it is divesting its education division for $2.5 billion to Apollo Global Management LLC (APO). McGraw-Hill’s education division had been reporting shrinking revenues over recent years, partly as a result of reduced spending on textbooks by the government (and students). Also, McGraw-Hill was facing difficulty with its plans to develop its education division into a subscription-based model through digital delivery. The new McGraw-Hill, without the education division, is being renamed McGraw-Hill Financial and will primarily focus on capital and commodities markets and include iconic brands like S&P Ratings, S&P Capital IQ, and S&P Indices. McGraw-Hill Companies expected revenues of approximately $4.4 billion from McGraw-Hill Financial in 2012, with approximately 40 percent of it coming from international avenues.

John Wiley & Sons (NYSE: JW-A)

Headquartered in Hoboken, New Jersey, John Wiley publishes scientific, technical, and medical works, including journals and reference works such as Current Protocols and Kirk-Othmer Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology. Wiley publishes more than 1,600 journal titles, produces professional and nonfiction trade books, and is a publisher of college textbooks. Wiley also publishes the For Dummies how-to series, the travel guide brand Frommer’s, and CliffsNotes study guides, as well. Wiley has publishing, marketing, and distribution centers on four continents: North America, Europe, Asia, and Australia. For second quarter of 2012 that ended October 31, 2012, Wiley reported a slight decline in revenue compared to the same period in the previous fiscal year, and a 15-percent decrease in net income. Wiley has a market capitalization of $2.3 billion.

Houghton Mifflin Harcourt Publishing Company

Headquartered in Boston Massachusetts, Houghton Mifflin is a publisher of pre-K through grade 12 educational material, as well as textbooks and printed materials. The company provides digital content online and via CD-ROM and publishes fiction (including J. R. R. Tolkien’s The Lord of the Rings series), as well as nonfiction titles and reference materials, and offers professional resources and educational services to teachers. Although founded back in 1832, Houghton Mifflin today is owned by private-equity concerns, including hedge fund Paulson & Co. The company filed for bankruptcy in 2012.

Thomson Reuters (NYSE: TRI)

Headquartered in New York City, Thomson Reuters is the market leader in financial data (ahead of rival information provider Bloomberg), providing electronic information and services to businesses and professionals worldwide, serving the financial services, media, legal, tax and accounting, and science markets. Nearly all Thomson Reuters’ revenues come from subscription sales to its plethora of offerings.

For the third quarter of 2012, Thomson Reuters reported revenues of $3.2 billion, a 7-percent decline from the same period last year. Its net profit rose, however, by 24 percent, to $474 million. Thomson Reuters’ best performing division is tax and accounting, but the firm reports flat or declining revenues in all its other divisions. Rumors circulated in 2012 that Thomson Reuters was maneuvering to buy Pearson’s Financial Times newspaper.

The Future

The digital world is rapidly eroding Pearson’s traditional book publishing business model. Luyen Chou, chief product officer for Pearson’s K–12 technology group, summed it up best, when he recently said: “Pearson needs to become an ‘Electronic Arts’ [EA] for education. To keep up with the changing environment, we can’t just digitize the static textbooks of the past; we need to excel at producing high-quality, interactive digital learning experiences and get them into the hands of students. That includes digital studios, animators, illustrators, producers, and 3-D artists. We need to build that capacity from within and we need the whole supply chain to take that from the studio to the actual users. The folks that have done that well are the Electronic Arts type companies of the world, digital studios. That’s not a core competency for companies like Pearson. We have to make sure that we’re complementing our data and platform with high-quality interactive learning content.”

In late 2012, Blackboard Inc. and Pearson reached an agreement to expand the availability of Pearson’s leading learning solution—MyLab & Mastering—with Blackboard Learn, the market-leading learning management system (LMS). Previously available in North America, the integration is now available in most markets worldwide.

The systems integration includes state-of-the-art web services that enable instructors to find and access MyLab & Mastering within their Blackboard learning system. For example, faculty can synchronize grade books, transfer information and create corresponding links in both systems, and customize courses by choosing content and rearranging items in the content area and course navigation bar. For example, Dr. Salim M. Salim, head of the Mathematics Department at Qatar University said: “The integration of MyLab & Mastering and Blackboard Learn has created not only a more enriched teaching and learning experience, but it also makes my job much more convenient. The single sign on, grade book synchronization, personalized study paths and real-time evaluations allow me and my students to easily benefit from the powerful tools both systems offer.”

Given the changing world of textbook publishing and publishing in general, Pearson is engaged is a competitive fight with rival McGraw-Hill for market share in the USA and indeed globally. McGraw-Hill’s Connect software competes fiercely with Pearson’s MyLab. Prepare a three-year strategic plan for Pearson.

Lenovo Group Limited, 2013

www.lenovo.com , LNVGY

Headquartered in Beijing, China, Lenovo designs, produces, and markets ThinkPad personal computers, notebook computers, tablet computers, desktop computers, mobile phones, workstations, servers, electronic storage, information technology (IT) management software, and smart televisions. Lenovo is the world’s second-largest PC vendor (behind Hewlett-Packard [HP]), and markets the ThinkPad line of notebook computers and ThinkCentre line of desktops. Lenovo’s U.S. headquarters is in Morrisville, North Carolina, and its registered office is in Hong Kong. Lenovo has operations in more than 60 countries and sells its products in around 160 countries. Lenovo ranks fourth in the global tablet market by volume. Lenovo’s fiscal year ends on March 31 every year. For fiscal 2012/2013 ending March 31, 2013, Lenovo’s revenues increased 14.5 percent to $33.8 billion while net income increased 33 percent to $631 million.

Lenovo sells directly to consumers and businesses through online sales, company-owned stores, chain retailers, and other distributors. Lenovo’s principal facilities are in Beijing, Morrisville, and Singapore, with research centers in those locations, as well as Shanghai, Shenzhen, Xiamen, and Chengdu in China, and Yamato in Kanagawa Prefecture, Japan. Lenovo operates factories in Chengdu and Hefei, China and recently started production in Argentina.

In July 2012, Lenovo and the National Football League (NFL) announced that Lenovo had become the NFL’s “Official Laptop, Desktop and Workstation Sponsor.” Lenovo said that this was its largest sponsorship deal ever in the United States. Lenovo will receive advertising space in NFL venues and events and be allowed to use the NFL logo on its products and ads. Lenovo said that this sponsorship would boost its efforts to market to the key 18-to-35-year-old male demographic.

Lenovo entered the smartphone market in 2012 and quickly became a huge vendor of smartphones in the Chinese market. Entry into the smartphone market was accompanied by a change of strategy from “the one-size-fits-all LePhone strategy” to a diverse portfolio of devices. In 2012, Lenovo passed Apple to become the number 2 provider of smartphones in China with about a 15-percent market share, behind Xiaomi. In late 2013, Xiaomi was a growing smart-phone rival to Lenovo, both firms being valued at $10 billion. Chinese-made smartphones are becoming serious competitors to Apple and Samsung both at home and overseas. In the second quarter of 2013, Xiaomi overtook Apple within China and became the sixth-largest smartphone maker globally with 5 percent market share compared to Apple’s 18 percent. Xiaomi also derives revenue from its own digital game platform and social messaging app, MiLiao. Lenovo is contemplating making a move to acquire Xiaomi—or it could it be the other way around if Lenovo falters?

Lenovo has invested U.S. $793 million in the construction of a mobile phone manufacturing and research-and-development facility in Wuhan, China. Lenovo has expanded sales of its smartphones into Russia, Indonesia, and India, with further expansion intended. The LePhone smartphone is offered at a low price point and is customized for the Chinese market. It has benefited from strong support from Chinese mobile phone companies and content providers such as Baidu, Alibaba, and Tencent.

A 7,500-square foot flagship Lenovo store opened in Beijing in February 2013. At the same time in the USA, Lenovo introduced the ThinkPad X131e Chromebook—a rugged PC designed for K–12 education. This product simplifies software and security management for school administrators and provides students and teachers with quick access to thousands of apps, education resources, and storage.

Copyright by Fred David Books LLC. (Written by Forest R. David)

History

Liu Chuanzhi founded Lenovo in 1984 with a group of 10 engineers in Beijing. For the first 20 years of its existence, the company’s English name was “Legend” but in April 2003, the company publicly announced its new name, “Lenovo,” with a large media campaign involving huge outdoor billboards and primetime television advertisements. Lenovo’s first successful product was the Han-card, an add-on card for PCs that allowed them to efficiently process Chinese characters. Lenovo became a publicly traded company after listing in Hong Kong in 1994, raising nearly $30 million.

Lenovo acquired IBM’s PC business in 2005 amid a backlash in Congress against Chinese companies trying to purchase U.S. businesses. Lenovo’s acquisition of IBM’s PC division accelerated access to foreign markets while improving both its branding and technology. Lenovo paid $1.25 billion for IBM’s computer business and assumed an additional U.S. $500 million of IBM’s debt. This acquisition made Lenovo the third largest computer maker worldwide by volume.

In January 2011, Lenovo formed a PC joint venture with NEC, a Japanese IT company. The venture is named Lenovo NEC Holdings B.V., which is registered in the Netherlands. Lenovo owns a 51 percent stake in the joint venture, whereas NEC holds a 49 percent stake. Lenovo has a five-year option to expand its stake in the joint venture. This joint venture is intended to boost Lenovo’s worldwide sales by expanding its presence in Japan, a key market for PCs. NEC spun off its PC business into the joint venture, so Lenovo is now the largest PC seller in Japan.

Lenovo recently acquired Medion, a German electronics manufacturing company, doubling its share of the German computer market to 14 percent and making it the third-largest vendor by sales after Acer and HP. The deal was the first in which a Chinese company acquired a well-known German company.

The Year 2012: Expanding Globally

Lenovo had acquired the Brazil-based electronics company CCE that sells products under the brand name Digibras for a base price of 300 million reais (U.S. $148 million) in a combination of stock and cash and an additional 400 million reais dependent on performance benchmarks. Before this acquisition, Lenovo already established a $30 million factory in Brazil, but Lenovo desired a local partner to maximize regional growth. Lenovo realizes that the 2014 World Cup that will be hosted by Brazil as well as the 2016 Summer Olympics and CCE has a reputation for quality.

Lenovo acquired the U.S.-based software company Stoneware, in its first software acquisition to date. Lenovo desires to improve and expand its cloud-computing services. For the two years before its acquisition, Stoneware partnered with Lenovo to sell its software. During this period, Stoneware’s sales doubled. Stoneware was founded in 2000. Stoneware is based in Carmel, Indiana, and has 67 employees.

Lenovo has made an investment in Vertex, a technology-oriented venture capital firm in Israel. Lenovo’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Yang Yuanging, said that this investment was just the beginning. He said, “Definitely we are interested in Israel’s technology, to grow our company, to grow our business.”

Lenovo recently introduced the more powerful desktop computer IdeaCentre A720, with a 27-inch touch-screen display and running Windows 8. With a TV tuner and HDMI, the A720 is also a multimedia hub of sorts. In 2013, Lenovo added a table computer to the IdeaCentre line. Lenovo sells tablet computers under the IdeaPad and ThinkPad product lines abroad and as the LePad in Mainland China. The LePad is part of an effort by Lenovo in the market for mobile Internet devices. Lenovo has established a Mobile Internet and Digital Home Business Group to compete in this space.

Lenovo is developing a new smart television product called LeTV. The PC, communications, and TV industries are currently undergoing a “smart” transformation. Lenovo recently offered a new cloud computing service that will allow users to share content between multiple devices, in addition to managing their personal information and social networking.

Internal Issues

Vision and Mission

Lenovo’s vision statement reads as follows: “To create personal devices more people are inspired to own, a culture more people aspire to join and an enduring, trusted business that is well respected around the world.”

Lenovo’s mission statement reads as follows: “To become one of the world’s great personal technology companies.”

Organizational Structure

Lenovo’s organizational chart is depicted in Exhibit 1. Note that there is no chief operations officer (COO), and the structure appears to be divisional by region because the only two presidents head geographic regions. There are three females among the top 13 executives. Lenovo’s new geographic based structure became effective in April 2012 with the creation of new reporting business units as follows: (1) China, (2) Asia-Pacific/Latin America (APLA), (3) Europe-Middle East-Africa (EMEA), and (4) North America. The new geographical structure, according to Lenovo, enables the firm to stay as close to its customers as possible.

EXHIBIT 1 Lenovo’s Organizational Chart

Note: EMEA = Europe/Middle East/Africa; APLA = Asia/Pacific/Latin America

Source: Based on company information provided at the corporate website.

Strategy

Lenovo is still primarily a PC company, but demand for PCs is falling; however, demand for smartphones is rapidly growing, so Lenovo is shifting gears. In smartphones, Lenovo is competing with Chinese rivals, such as Huawei Technologies Co Ltd. and ZTE Corp., that are already among the top-five smartphone companies globally. Although the second-biggest smartphone vendor in China, Lenovo has begun selling smartphones in Russia, Indonesia, the Philippines, and Vietnam, but the company faces stiff competition globally from Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. and Apple Inc.

Lenovo’s manufacturing operations are a departure from the usual industry practice of outsourcing to contract manufacturers. Lenovo instead focuses on vertical integration to avoid excessive reliance on suppliers and to keep down costs. Speaking on this topic, Yuanqing said, “Selling PCs is like selling fresh fruit. The speed of innovation is very fast, so you must know how to keep up with the pace, control inventory, to match supply with demand and handle very fast turnover.” Lenovo benefited from its vertical integration after flooding affected hard-drive manufacturers in Thailand in 2011 because the company could continue manufacturing operations by shifting production toward products for which hard drives were still available.

Lenovo began to accentuate vertical integration after a meeting in 2009 in which Yuanqing, and the head of Lenovo’s supply chain, analyzed the costs versus the benefits of in-house manufacturing and decided to make at least 50 percent of Lenovo’s manufacturing in-house. Lenovo Chief Technology Officer George He said that vertical integration has an important role in product development. He stated, “If you look at the industry trends, most innovations for PCs, smartphones, tablets and smart TVs are related to innovation of key components—display, battery and storage. Differentiation of key parts is so important. So we started investing more … and working very closely with key parts suppliers.”

Lenovo has partially moved production of its ThinkPad line of computers to Japan. ThinkPads are produced by NEC in Yamagata Prefecture. Akaemi Watanabe, president of Lenovo Japan, said, “As a Japanese, I am glad to see the return to domestic production and the goal is to realize full-scale production as this will improve our image and make the products more acceptable to Japanese customers.” Lenovo recently started manufacturing computers in Whitsett, North Carolina.

For Lenovo’s third quarter of 2012 that ending December 2012, the company reported a quarterly profit of $200.0 million, up 30 percent from a year previously. That amount exceeded its previous record of $163 million, on strong sales of smartphones and tablet computers. For the third quarter, Lenovo’s revenue grew 12 percent from a year previously to $9.4 billion, but the bulk of that still came from its PC business. Lenovo shipped 9.4 million smartphones in the third quarter, all but about 400,000 of them however in China. CEO Yang says “the smartphone business outside China is ‘still in the first stage’ and Lenovo needs to invest to gain market share before focusing on profitability.” The company’s third-quarter revenues in the bigger but slower-growing PC market rose 7 percent to $7.9 billion.

Lenovo’s global market share in PCs increased to 15.9 percent in the third quarter, trailing HP’s 17.0 percent, but well ahead of both Dell and Acer. Lenovo’s 15.9 percent was the average of their 11.1 percent market share in EMEA, 9 percent in North America, and 36.7 percent in China. Lenovo has rapidly gained market share in the PC sector and in early 2013 trails HP only by a slim margin in PC shipments. However, as PC demand growth slows, Lenovo has been diversifying into the mobile device sector to tap robust demand for smartphones and tablets, particularly at home in China, the world’s biggest market for mobile phones and PCs.

About a one-tenth of Lenovo’s third-quarter revenues in 2012 came from its mobile Internet and digital home (MIDH) business—mainly consisting of its smartphone sales in China, which jumped 77 percent to $998 million, although that was only 11 percent of total revenue. The company’s third-quarter shipments of media tablets rose 77 percent to 800,000 units. MIDH now contributes 11 percent of Lenovo’s overall revenue. At the end of the third quarter in 2012, Lenovo is number-three worldwide in Smart Connected Devices (PC’s, tablets, and smartphones).

Lenovo basically has what it calls a two prong strategy: (1) Protect its commercial global PC business and its China business and (2) attack three high-growth opportunities in emerging markets with smartphones, tablets, and smart TVs. For quarter ending January 31, 2013, Lenovo’s “attack” businesses delivered 50 percent of the company’s revenues, a significant increase from four years ago when the company first launched the strategy and attack revenues were 32 percent. Lenovo’s MIDH revenues include its smartphone, tablet, and smart TV businesses and accounted for a record 11 percent of total Lenovo revenue in the third quarter, up 77 percent year-over-year. And for the first time ever, Lenovo’s smartphone business in China became profitable in third quarter.

Ethics

In fiscal 2012, Lenovo CEO Yang received a $3 million bonus as a reward for record profits, which he in-turn redistributed to about 10,000 Lenovo’s employees. According to Lenovo spokesman, Jeffrey Shafer, Yang felt that it would be the right thing to “redirect [the money] to the employees as a real tangible gesture for what they done.” Shafer also said that Yang, who owns about eight percent of Lenovo’s stock, “felt that he was rewarded well simply as the owner of the company.” The bonuses were mostly distributed among staff working in positions such as production and reception who received an average of 2,000 yuan or about U.S. $314. This was almost equivalent to a month’s pay for the typical Lenovo worker in China. According to Lenovo’s annual report, Yang earned $14 million, including $5.2 million in bonuses, during the fiscal year that ended in March 2012.

Finance

Lenovo’s recent income statements and balance sheets are provided in Exhibits 2 and 3, respectively. Note in Exhibit 2 the 14.6 percent increase in revenues for fiscal 2012/2013, as well as the 33 percent increase in net income.

EXHIBIT 2 Lenovo’s Income Statements (U.S. $ 000,000 omitted)

 

FY2012/13

FY2011/12

Revenue

33,873

29,574

Cost of sates

(29,800)

(26,128)

Gross profit

4,073

3,446

Other income, net

20

Selling and distribution expenses

(1,888)

(1,691)

Administrative expenses

(847)

(730)

Research and development expenses

(623)

(453)

Other operating income - net

65

11

Operating profit

800

584

Finance income

44

43

Finance costs

(42)

(44)

Share of losses of associated companies

(1)

(1)

Profit before taxation

801

582

Taxation

(170)

(107)

Profit for the period

631

475

Profit attributable to:

 

 

   Equity holders of the company

635

473

   Non-controlling interests

(4)

Dividend

248

183

Earnings per share (U.S. cents)

 

 

   Basic

6.16

4.67

   Diluted

6.07

4.57

Source: Based on company documents.

EXHIBIT 3 Lenovo Balance Sheet (in millions of U.S. dollars)

 

As of Mar 31, 2013

As of Mar 31, 2012

Non-current assets

4,492

4,040

   Property, plant and equipment

480

392

   Intangible assets

3,326

3,092

   Others

686

556

Current assets

12,390

11,820

   Bank deposits and cash

3,573

4,172

   Trade, notes and other receivables

6,694

6,297

   Inventories

1,965

1,218

   Others

158

133

Current liabilities

12,091

11,809

   Short-term bank loans

176

63

   Trade, notes and other payables

10,576

11,251

   Others

1,339

495

Net current assets

299

11

Non-current liabilities

2,111

1,603

Total equity

2,680

2,448

Source: Based on company documents.

Segments

Lenovo does an excellent job of reporting segment financial information both by geographic region and by product. Exhibit 4 reveals geographic segment information for Lenovo’s 2012/2013 fiscal year that ended March 31, 2013. Note the high revenue growth in Europe/Middle East/Africa (EMEA) and the high profit margin in China. At March 31, 2013, Lenovo’s worldwide personal computer (PC) market share grew from 13.0 percent to 15.3 percent, trailing only HP’s 15.7 percent, and above Dell’s 13.2 percent.

Competitors

A financial comparison of various Lenovo competitors is provided in Exhibit 5. Note that Apple crushes all competitors, including Lenovo, on profit margin and earnings per share (EPS). Note that HP is struggling and that Lenovo does not have that many shares outstanding versus most rival firms. Apple is the second-largest publicly traded corporation in the world by market capitalization with its $424 billion figure. Lenovo is also concerned about China’s ZTE Corp., which plans to become one of the world’s top-three smartphone brands. ZTE was struggling financially as 2012 ended, but the company has aggressive plans and a good product.

Apple, Inc.

Headquartered in Cupertino, California, Apple’s best-known products are the Mac line of computers, the iPod, iPhone, iPad, iTunes, iLife, and iWork. Apple software includes the OS X and iOS operating systems and the Safari web browser. Apple is the world’s second-largest information technology company by revenue after Samsung Electronics. Apple is also the world’s third-largest mobile phone make after Samsung and Nokia. As of November 2012, Apple has 394 retail stores in 14 countries and an online Apple Store and iTunes Store. For its fiscal year that ended in September 2012, Apple posted revenue of $22.5 billion in China, Taiwan, and Hong Kong, nearly double the amount from the prior year. However, partly as a result of Lenovo, Apple’s market share dropped to 4.2 percent of the China smartphone market in the quarter ended September 2012, from 5.8 percent the prior year. Another problem for Apple in China is that the China’s largest mobile carrier, China Mobile Ltd., does not sell the iPhone, although that company had 87.9 million subscribers to high-cost, third-generation mobile services at year end 2012.

EXHIBIT 4 Lenovo’s Sales and Profit by Region (in U.S. dollars)

Including MIDH and non-PC revenue & results

Revenue US$ Million

Segment Operating Profit/(Loss) US$ Million

Segment Operating Profit Margin

FY13

Y/Y

FY13

FY12^

FY13

FY12^

China

14,539

17%

678

569

4.7%

4.6%

China - PC

11,751

6%

733

638

6.2%

5.8%

APLA

6,860

8%

24

0.3%

0.0%

EMEA

7,535

20%

147

83

2.0%

1.3%

North America

4,939

9%

168

161

3.4%

3.5%

Note: EMEA = Europe/Middle East/Africa; APLA = Asia/Pacific/Latin America.

EXHIBIT 5 A Financial Comparison of Lenovo with Rival Firms (in U.S. dollars)

 

Lenovo

Apple

Dell

HP

Toshiba

Fujitsu

Sales ($)

34 B

165 B

58 B

120 B

63 B

49 B

Income ($)

631 M

42 B

2.7B

−12.6 B

1.3 B

279 M

Profit Margin

1.86%

25.35%

4.44%

−10.5%

2.27%

0.55%

Market Capitalization ($)

11.07 B

424 B

24 B

32.5 B

18.5 B

8.5 B

Shares Outstanding

518 M

939 B

1.75 B

1.95 B

4.25 B

414 M

EPS ($)

1.10

44.10

1.47

−6.45

0.30

0.64

Note: EPS, earnings per share.

Source: Developed in February 2013 from a variety of sources.

An increasing number of companies are interested in purchasing Mac computers for all or part of their global operations. Apple focuses its business toward consumers and does not aggressively develop products and services for global enterprise customers. Organizations that have multiple-country operations oftentimes have to make separate arrangements in each region, with local partners making global deployments more complex. Apple has outstanding product design and innovation as well as financial stability, but the company lacks consistent global service and support. In September 2012, Apple unveiled the iPhone5, featuring an enlarged screen, more powerful processors, and running iOS6. The phone also includes a new mapping application (replacing Google Maps) that has attracted some criticism.

Dell, Inc.

Headquartered in Round Rock, Texas, Dell is the third-largest PC vendor in the world after HP and Lenovo. Dell employs more than 103,300 people worldwide and is a strong corporate PC supplier with good global coverage and capabilities. Dell is positioning itself beyond its PC roots however and as such is becoming less competitive on PC pricing. To diversify away from PCs—although that product, like Lenovo, is still Dell’s best seller—Dell in 2012 acquired Wyse Technology and Quest Software and Gale Technologies and Credant Technologies. These acquired firms produce and market other high-technology products and services, but not PCs, smartphones, or tablets.

Fujitsu

Headquartered in Tokyo, Japan, Fujitsu is the world’s third-largest IT services provider measured by revenues after IBM and HP. Fujitsu executes on a global basis and provides a good option for corporate purchasing for many organizations. Although its U.S. operations are still weak, Fujitsu has added desktops and bolstered its North American capabilities. Fujitsu is also a strong supplier of pen tablet PCs, an important segment with Windows 8. Fujitsu has a good desktop service portfolio across Europe and is strong in the Middle East, Africa, and Japan. In May 2011, Fujitsu entered the mobile phone market again and released various Windows Phone devices. Fujitsu offers a public cloud service delivered from data centers in Japan, Australia, Singapore, the United States, the United Kingdom, and Germany based on its Global Cloud Platform strategy. The platform delivers Infrastructure-as-a-Service (laaS) virtual information and communication technology (ICT) infrastructure, such as servers and storage functionality.

Hewlett-Packard

Headquartered in Palo Alto, California, HP has a strong global PC presence and portfolio of services and products and is a viable supplier for global enterprise customers, regardless of business size. In May 2012, HP announced plans to lay off approximately 27,000 employees, after posting a profit decline of 31 percent in the second quarter of 2012. The profit decline is largely as a result of the growing popularity of smartphones, tablets, and other mobile devices that have slowed the sale of PCs. HP recently merged its printing and PC businesses under one executive, Todd Bradley. In November 2012, HP recorded a write down of around $8.8 billion related to its $11.3 billion acquisition of the U.K.-based software maker Autonomy Corp. HP accused Autonomy of deliberately inflating the value of the company before its takeover, but Autonomy flatly rejected the charge. The FBI is investigating but HP’s stock has fallen to a decades’ low.

Toshiba Corporation

Headquartered in Tokyo, Japan, Toshiba provides a wide range of notebook computers targeted at businesses, but its global focus has shifted increasingly toward the consumer and small-business markets. Toshiba remains strong in Canada and Australia in commercial sales, but a lack of desktop offerings makes Toshiba inappropriate if a sole PC vendor is desired for a company. Toshiba’s focus has shifted toward the nonenterprise notebook market. Toshiba is no longer a major concern for Lenovo because the two firms’ product lines overlap less and less every day.

Acer

Headquartered in Taiwan, Acer plans to build up its smartphone business, raising sales from 500,000 units in 2012 to 1.5 million in 2013, and 5 million in 2014. Acer is targeting specific operators individually instead of trying to offer models across entire markets. Acer has suffered two consecutive (2011 and 2012) annual losses, still struggling from its bad acquisitions of Gateway, Packard Bell, and eMachines. Of late however, Acer has posted strong sales of notebooks using Google’s Chrome platform.

Nokia Corporation

Nokia is a communications and IT corporation headquartered in Keilaniemi, Espoo, Finland. Its principal products are mobile phones and portable IT devices. Nokia was the world’s largest vendor of mobile phones from 1998 to 2012 but over the past five years, the company has suffered declining market share as a result of the growing use of smartphones from other vendors, principally the Apple iPhone and devices running on Google’s Android operating system. As a result, its share price has fallen from a high of U.S. $40 in 2007 to under U.S. $3 in 2012. Since February 2011, Nokia has had a strategic partnership with Microsoft whereby Nokia smartphones will incorporate Microsoft’s Windows Phone operating system (replacing Symbian). Nokia unveiled its first Windows Phone handsets, the Lumia 710 and 800 in October 2011 but sales subsequently dropped and Nokia made six consecutive loss-making quarters from second quarter 2011 to third quarter 2012.. The fourth quarter of 2012 saw Nokia return to profit after strong sales of its new Windows Phone 8 handsets, particularly the high-end Lumia 920. In October 2012, Nokia said its high-end Lumia 820 and 920 phones, which will run on Windows Phone 8 software, will soon be available across Europe and in Russia. In December 2012, Nokia introduced two new smartphones, the Lumia 620 and 920T. In January 2013, Nokia reported 6.6 million smartphone sales for the fourth quarter in 2012, consisting of 2.2 million Symbian and 4.4 million sales of Lumia devices (Windows Phone 7 and 8). In North America, only 700,000 mobile phones have been sold including smartphones.

Samsung Electronics

Based in Seoul, South Korea, Samsung makes the popular Galaxy smartphone. Samsung also makes DVD players, digital TVs, and digital still cameras; computers, color monitors, LCD panels, and printers; semiconductors such as DRAMs, static RAMs, flash memory, and display drivers; and communications devices ranging from wireless handsets and smartphones to networking gear; microwave ovens, refrigerators, air conditioners, and washing machines. Galaxy runs on Google’s android mobile-operating software.

The Future

Lenovo’s diverse product brands overlap more and more, which is becoming confusing to many customers. The company’s current aggressive pricing may not be profitable in future years. The differentiation provided by Lenovo’s ThinkVantage software tools is eroding. Alternative offerings from Microsoft and third parties are improving, and are often free, reducing the value of Lenovo’s unique tools. Even for a strong firm such as Lenovo, rivals await at every turn to seize market share and customer loyalty. The global smartphone market increased by 39 percent in 2012 in terms of units shipped, according to International Data Corporation.

In the summer of 2013, Lenovo introduced another new product, a table PC that weighs 17 pounds and runs off Windows 8 and is called the Lenovo Idea Centre Horizon Table PC. The new product does everything and features a 27-inch high-definition display panel. Hundreds of fun games and educational apps come preloaded on the new product. Lenovo is engaged in discussions to acquire the maker of the BlackBerry smartphone, but a larger concern for the company perhaps is Xiaomi.

Develop a clear strategic plan for Lenovo that will enable the company to continue its historical success.